I s >7J Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2016 https://archive.org/details/ohionaturalist4619ohio Ohio Official Organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Volumes IV, V and VI, 1903-1906. LIBRARY NEW York: BOTANICAL GARDEN EDITORIAL STAFF. Editor-in-Chief John H. Schaffner Manager Jas. S. Hine. Zoology — F. L. Landacre. Associate Editors: Archaeology — W. C. Mills. Botany — W. A. Kellerman, Vol. IV. Harlan^H. Y’ork, Vol. V. R. F. Griggs, Vol. VI. Geology — J. A. Boavxocker, Vols. IV, V. J. E. Hyde, Vol. VI. Ornithology — lilAx Morse, Vol. IV. J. G. Sa.nders, Vol. V. Z. P. Metcalf, Vol. VI. Ecology — O. E. Jennings, Vol. V. JoH.N X. Frank, Vols. V,VI Advisory Board: Prof. W. A. Kellerman Prof. Herbert^Osborn, Prof. Charles’S. Prosser . Department of Botanj' Department of Zoology Department of Geology COLUMBUS, OHIO. INDEX TO VOLUMES IV, V AND VI. L d NE' ' '■ BOT ,■ A garden Acquired Characters, 26 Actinolophus, 262 minutus, 263 Aelosoma, 435 Aesculus glabra, 20 Agar-agar Method, 344 Alcohol, Mixing, 552. Alders, Key to, 517 Algae, Brush Lake, 268 Lake Erie, 148 Angiospermae, 390 Anthurus borealis, 474, 517 Apion nigrum, life history, 346 Aradidae of Ohio, 36 Aradus, 22, 36 aequalis, 36 crenatus, 37 dur}^, 39 duzei, 38 elongatus, 41 lobatus,40 ornatus, 22, 38 ovatus, 41, robustus, 37 simplex, 40 Ascaris, Reducing Division in, 519 Asccchyta pisi, 507 Ashes, Key to, 270 Aspidiotus ohicensis, 325 piceus, 96 Atemnus elongatus, 489 Batrachum longisrotris, 353 Biological Club, 98, 114, 193, 216, 250, 272, 294, 308, 329, 352, 377, 400, 422, 451, 474, 496, 518, 556 Birds of Ohio, Dawson’s, 66 Color Key to N. Am., 148 Records of Ohio, 112 Bryophyta, 388 Buds of Ohio Trees, Winter, 505 Caenia fumosa, 65 viridis, 65 Cambarus hinei, 401 Carnivore, Our Smallest, 251 Cataloguing of Collections, 62 Catalpas, Key to, 496 Cedar Point Flora, 186, 540 Chelanops oblongus, 407 Chicken Islands Flcra, 190 Chilocorus similis, 49 Chionaspis sylvatica, 95 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, 56 Chrysops calopterus, 392 coquelletti, 220 dimmccki, 393 melanopterus, 391 pachycnemius, 391 Cicada delicata, 498 erratica, 497 Clasping Organs, Pediculidae, H>7 Classification of Plants, 298 Commelina nudiflora, 448 Cone of Pinus laricis, 396 Corn, Development of Grain, 3 Cray fishes, 310 Cucumis sativus, 423 Dandelions, 74 Descriptions of Mallophoga, 528 Deciduous Leaves, 163 Desmids, A Few Ohio, 349 Dichaeta, 64 Disease of Seed Peas, 507 Dissecting Tray, 66 Diptera, 63 Division in Ascaris, 519 Dogwoods, Key to, 419 Dragonflies, 310 Drainage, Changes in Lancaster, 149 Elms, Key to Ohio, 315 Embryo of Batrachium, 353 Cucumis, 423 Nelumbo, 167 Staphylea, 320 Ephydridae, 63 Epistylus flavicans, 327 Equisetum laevigatum, 74 Errata, 74, 148 Expansion of leaves, 210 Fall Webworm, 453 Fasciation in Plants, 47 Faunal Lists, a Suggestion, 462 Ferns, Ohio, 205 Flora, Cedar Point, 186, 540, 544 Chicken Islands, 190 Shale Bluffs, 499 Fontaria indianae, 161 Fossombronia cristula, 58 Free-floating Plants, 420 Fulgorid, Root Infesting, 42 Fulgoridae, new species, 44, 373 Gall Insects, 115, 140 Literature of, 133 Mouthparts of, 121, 124 Diptera, 125 Hemiptera, 126 Hymenoptera, 126 Lepidoptera, 127 Ovipcsitcrs of, 121, 122 Gallinule, Purple, in Ohio, 553 Galls, 115, 140 Development of, 144 Epidermal Structures of, 120 Flower, 115 Fruit, 115 Histology of, 117 Index to Volumes IV, T' and VI. Galls, Lateral Bud, 141} Morphology of Leaf, 140 Root, 117 Stem, 143 of Acarina, 1 1.5, 117 Aphididae, 118, 121 Arachnida, 129 ('ecidomyia, 110, 119, 140 Cynipidae, 119, 120, 141 Diptera, 130 Hemiptera, 130 Hymenoptera, 130 Lepidoptera, 117 Psyllidae, 1 18 Tenthredinidae, 143 Gelastocoridae, 287 Genera Insectorum, 148 Geology and Physiography, 431 of Clifton Gorge, 7.5 Glands of Plants, 103, 399 Gymnospermae, 390 Hackberry, 21.5 Haematopota, 231 Helianthus illinoensis, 214 Helobiae, 83 Helizoan, A Xew, 261 Hemiptera of Ohio, 99, 273 S. Am., 19.5 Herbarium. State, .59, 249, 264, 316, 397, 403, 441 Heterosporous Pteridophyte, 2.5.5 Hibernacula of Water Plants, 291 Hickories, Key to, 269 Homosporous Pteridophyte, 483 Hydrofluoric Acid for Marking Slides, 272 Hyperiaceae, 403 Hypericum, 249 Hyphantria cunea, 4.53 Isopoda, Ohio List, 488 Jacket Layer in Sassafras, 192 Kentucky, Lower Ordovician, 447 Key to Alders, .517 Ashes, 270 t'atalpas, 496 Dogwoods, 419 Elms, 31.5 Genera of Woodv Plants, 364 Hickories. 269 Hyperiaceae, 404 Liverworts, 312, .503, .530 Maples, 297 Poplars, 271 Sumacs, 293 Walnuts, 307 Woody Plants, 277 Lactuca saligna, 74 Ladybird, Asiatic, 49 Lake Laboratory, 177 Leaf Expansion, 210 Leaves, Deciduous, 163 Limestone, Columbus, 67 List of Ohio Trees, 4.57 Liverworts, Correction to Key, .503 Key to, 312, .503, .530 Lycopodium porophyllum, 301 Lygaeus sulcatus, 200 Mallophaga, Xew, .528 Mammals, Former Occurrence, 471 Mammals, Ohio, Xotes on, 550 Maples, Key to, 297 Marking Slides, Method for, 272 Marsilea vestita, 554 Martynia, 444 Mat Plants, 26.5 Megamelas angulatus, 374 spartani, 375 Milk-sickness, Cause, 463, 477 Mole, Prairie, 213 Mollusca, 449 Xote on, 462 Morphology of Philotria, 304 Mosquitoes, 438 Mosses, 1.57 Moth Book, 74 Mutation, 448 Myndis fulvus, 46 radicis, 42 Myriopod, 161 Mytilus, Development of Gill, 51 Xatural History Survey, 471 Xectaries of Plants, 103 Xelumbo, Embryo of, 167 Xematophyta, 388 Xerthra stygica, 288 Xotiphila, 64 Xutating Plants, 214 Xymphaeaceae, 83 Ohio Academy of Science, 23, 47 Ordovician, 5Iapping Lower, 447 Orthezia solidaginus, 94 Orthoptera of Ohio, 109 Paddle Fish, 24 Pamera tuberculata, 201 Pangonia, 227 Paraffin Method, 344 Peas, Disease of Seed, .507 Pediculidae, 107 Philotria, Morphology of, 304 Phlepsius maculatus, 276 Phyllccelis atra, 93 Phyllodinus fuscous, 46 Koebelei, 44 Physiography and Geology, 431 Pinus laracio, 396 Index to Volumes IV, V and VI. Planarian, 254 Plant Notes, 20 Tissues, Imbedding, 344 Plants, Classification of, 298, 386, 513 Free-floating, 420 Hibernacula of Water. 291 Injurious, 16, 32, 69 Key to Woody, 277, 364 Mat, 265 Maximum Height of, 23 New and Noteworthy Ohio, 492 New and Rare Ohio, 475 Nutating, 214 Nutation of, 30 Poisonous, 16, 32, 69 Rare Ohio, 61 Self-pruning, 450 Species of, for Ohio, 492 With Compound Leaves, 340 With Glands, 103, 399 With Nodding Tips, 267 With Tendrils, 305 Platymetopius cbscurus, 274 Polydon spatula, 24 Poplars, Key to, 271 Porkelesia setigera, 373 Protophyta, 388 Protozoa, Brush Lake, 394 Gr^^wth in, 327 Pseudoscorpion from Guatemala, 489 Pseudcsccrpionidae, 407 Psilopa fulivpennis, 64 Pteridophyta, 388, 390 Pteridophyte, 255, 483 Pteridophvtes, Ecological Notes on 295 Putcrius allegheniensis, 253 Reducing Division in Ascaris, 519 Reduction Division, 331 Remarks on Mollusca, 449 Report on Mcsquitoes, 438 Rusts, Experiment with, 57 Salix amygdaloides, 14 babylonica, 13 fragilis, 13 interior wheeled . 11 nigra, 14, 15 pentandra, 12 sericea, 14 Sanguinaria canadensis, 379 Sassafras, Jacket Layer in, 192 Scalops aquaticus machrinus, 21.3 Self-pruning, 450 Seridentus denticulatus, 203 Sex Organs in Aelosoma, 435 Sexual and Nonsexual Genera- tions, 473 Shale Bluffs, Flora of, 499 Shrubs, Winter Buds of, 505 Silvius, 229 Skull, vertebrate, 52 Snowiellus attratus, 230 Sparrow, English, 518 Staphylea trifoliata, 320 Stobaera minuta, 376 pallida, 375 Struggle for Life on a Sandbar, 302 Stylopidae, 443 Sumacs, Key to, 293 Sunflower, A New, 214 Survey, Natural History, 471 Tabanidae, 217 Tabanus, 231 flavidus, 236 laticeps, 239 laticornis, 239 csburni, 241 productus, 242 vivax. Life History of, 1 Trees, List of Ohio, 457 Winter Buds of, 505 Tendrils, Ohio Plants With, 305 Terminology of Organs, 541 Thamnotettix furculatus, 275 Thysanura, Key to, 545 Tinobregmus vittatus, 9 Topography of Clifton Gorge, 75 Shore Line, 61 Trembles in Stock, cause, 463, 477 Twigs of Hackberrv, 215 Unionidae, 309 L'redineous Culture Experiments, Index 78 Velia brunnea, 204 Vertebrate Skull, 52 Viburnums, 551. Walnuts, Key to Ohio, 307 Willows, Interesting Ohio, 11 Summer Flowering, 15 Wright, Professor A. A., In Memcriam, 357 INDEX TO AUTHORS. Berger, E. W., 407, 453, 489, 552. Burgess, A. F., 49, 438. Buexo, J. R., de la Torre, 287. Claassen, Edo, 58, 157, 312, 503, 530. Clevenger, Joseph F., 272. Coberly, E. D., 47, 98, 114. Index to Volumes IV, T' and VI. Cook, Melville T., 115, 140. Cotton, E. C., 270, 34(1. Cushman, Joseph A., 349. Durrant, E. P., 52S. Durv, Chas., 148, 443. Estabrook, a. H., 518. Fischer, Walter, 340, 396, 475, 499. Flory, Charles PF, 297. Frank, John N., 193, 216, 272. Gleason, H. A., 205, 214, 249, 264, 316, 397, 403, 441. Griggs, Robert F., 11, 24, 67, 519, 554. Hillig, Fred J., 448. Hine, Jas. S. (J. S. H.) 1, 63, 66, 74. 113, 148, 217, 391, 399, 550, 553. Hopkins, Louis S., 166. Hubbard, Geo. D., 431. Hyde, Jesse E., 149, 250. Jackson, C. F., 545. Jennings, O. E., 59, 61, 186, 492, 544. Jones, Lynds, 112, 351. Kellerman, W. a., 20, 56, 57, 78, 190. Kellerman, W. a., and Gleason, H. A., 205. Kellerman, W. A., York, H. H., and Gleason, H. A., 441. Kellerman, W. A., and Jennings, O. E., 59, 186. Kellerman, W. A. and York, H. H., 540. Landacre, F. L., 327. Lindahl, Josua, 488. McOwen, Allen, 496. Mead, Charles S.. 52, 109. Metcalf, Z. P., 451, 474, 496, 518, 556. ;\Iiller, a. M., 447. Morse, Max, 24, 25, 161. ;Morse, Wm. C., 517. Moseley, E. L., 463, 477, 504. Nelson, Jas. A., 435. Ortmann, a. E., 401. Osborn, Herbert, (H. O.) 9, 22, 36, 42, 44, 93, 99, 107, 177, 195, 273 307, 373, 471, 497. Poindexter, C. C., 3. Rice, Edward L., 51. Riddle, Miss Lumina C., 213, 268, 304, 320, 353, 394. Sanedrs, j. G., 94. SCHAFFNER, JoHN H., ( J . H. S.), 16, 23, 30, 32, 47, 69, 74, 83, 103, 148 163, 192, 210, 214, 215, 255, 265, 267, 271, 277, 298, 301, 392, 307 331, 363, 364, 386, 399, 419, 450, 457, 473, 483, 505, 513, 541. ScHAFFNER, Mrs. Mabel, 293, 420. Scholl, Louis H., 269. Smith, Lindley ^L, 315. Sterki, Y., 444, 449, 462. Stockberger, W. W., 517. SuMSTiNE, D. R., 474. Surface, F. M., 294, 308, 329, 352, 377, 379, 400, 422. Tillman, Miss Opal L, 305, 423. \'anHook, j. M., 507. Wacker, Miss Alma H., 295. Walton, L, B., 56, 62, 66, 254, 261. Wells, W. E., 75. Westgate, Louise G., 61. Williamson, E. B., 309. Wright, Albert A., 251. Young, Robert A., 551. York, Harlan H., 167, 291, 325, 344, 441. 01 THE lio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 1. NOVEMBER, 1903. fjxTiixxxTJiJiTi-Hiiiiirixxixiirixnxxinixxjijr THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, G. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, • • • Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Net’s, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue and list of entomological SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. Entered it the Po.st Office at Columbus, Ohio, as second class matter. The Ohio Naturalist. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Hiologic.vi, Cu b of the Ohio State Cniversity. Published monthly during the academic year, from Xovember to .luno (8 numhers.) Price SI 00 jicr year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Edilor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner. Managing Editor, James S. Hine. Associate Editors. W. A. Keeeerman, Botany, W. C. Miei.S, Archaeology, F. Iv. Landacre. Zoology, Max Morse, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, (). E. Jennings, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. \V. A. Keei.erman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Chari.es S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controllere.sent is wholly dependent on the income from subscriptions and advertisements. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular jiatrons. the Naturali.st will bo mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. The first three volumes may still be obtained at the former sub.scription iirice of tifty cents per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Managing Editor, .1. S. Hise. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. SYSTEMATIC COLLECTION OF Minerals, Rocks, Fossils Birds and Mammals, Shells and Echinoderms. Also Human Skeletons, and Anatomical Models. Relief Models by Messrs. Shaler, Davis and Harris, illustrating Physical Geology and Physiography WRITE FOR CIRCULARS, \X/^ards’ Natural Science Establishment, ROCHESTER, N. Y. ''Damon’s Bitds of Ohio” WILL ILLUSTRATE AND DESCRIBE THE 322 SPECIES || POPULAR! OF OHIO BIRDS. II - ■ A BOOK FOR BIRD LOVERS, NATURE STUDENTS AND THOSE WHO VALUE GOOD READING. It will contain a com- plete account of plum- ages. range, nesting, etc., together with piquant sketches and condensed life-histories of the birds themselves. The text is by Rev. W. Leon Dawson, of Columbus ; the intro- duction and analytical keys by Lynds Jones, S. M.. of Oberlin, both well- known ornithologists. Song Sparrows. — A Brooding Female Being Fed by Mato. Specimen illustration from “Dawson’s Birds of Ohio.” Photo by J. B. Parker. MAGNIFICENTLY ILLUSTRATED BY 80 SELECTED PLATES IN COLOR and 200 ORIGINAL HALF-TONES From Photographs Taken in Ohio, SHOWING THE WILD BIRDS AND THEIR HAUNTS. No expense is being spared to make of this work a sumptuous volume, complete in every detail, the BEST OF ITS CLASS, yet well within the reach of all. PRICES RANGE FROM $5.75 to $7.50 ACCORDING TO BINDING. IISQUIRV COUPOIS. THE WHEATON PUBLISHING CO. 1216 The Hayden, Columbus. O. Plea.se send me specimen pages of your fortlicoming work, “Dawson’s Birds of Ohio,” also special terms by which I may secure a numbered copy of the Author’s Autograi>h Edition. SPECIAL TERMS TO ADVANCE SUBSCRIBERS. The Author’s Autograph Edition of 1,000 copies, limi- ted, is being rapidly sub- scribed for. Sign “Inquiry Coupon.” Address ORDER NOW. THE WHEATON PUBLISHING CO., 1216 The Hayden. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Your Laboratory Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference. ^ WRITB FOR DISCOUNTS DISSECTING MICROSCOPES T 1 . -S2..50 1 . $ 9.75 lu . . . G.75 Y 1 COMPOUND M ICROSCOPES Ali 1. . S.'fi.OO 1!B 4 .& 55 00 Tt 1 no ]}p> s . 100 00 -lo 00 CA S . 127.00 JiA •>.. 4‘> 00 DD S CATALOGUE On Request r^v' ] 1-^- w Scientific Materials Company MAKERS - = - IMPORTERS 7115. Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. The Ohio ^J^atwalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni^versity, Volume IV. NOVEMBER, 1903. No. 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS Hine — On the Life History of Tiibanus Vivax 1 Poindexter— The Development of the Spikelet and Grain of Corn 3 Osborn— Note on Tinobreginns vittatus Van Duzee 9 Griugs— Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows 11 SCHAFFNER — Poisoiioiis and Other Injurious Plants of Ohio 16 Kei.i.erman — Minor Plant Notes, No. 5 20 Osborn -Note on Aradus ornatus Say 22 SCHAFFNEI!— The Maximum Height of Plants. V 23 News and Notes 23 Griggs— Meeting of the Biological Club 24 ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF TABANUS VIVAX. James S. Hine. Eggs. — Deposited in masses composed of several hundreds, on stones that project above the -water in riffles. Mass nearly round in outline, onlj' slightly convex, composed of about three laj’ers one above the other. Color of the -vrliole mass brown, mottled over tlie top with whitish. Female observed ovipositing June eighth. Larva. — In September and October of various years, when the water was low, I have taken a number of larvae among stones and rubbish in riffles. Sometimes they are taken in nets used for collectiug Corydalis larvae, and like them appear to be at home in the .swiftest part of the the stream ; in this respect differing from most tabanid larvae with which I am acquainted. Larvae taken late in the fall and kept in wet earth and fed on angle- worms or other animal food pass through their transformations and reach the adult stage in late spring or early summer. Since I have never come across these larvae in nature in spring their exact habits at this time of 5'ear are not known, but .suppose they leave the water and pupate in the earth near at hand. General color yellowish white, anterior margin of each thoracic segment and a narrow band including the prolegs on the anterior half of the first seven abdominal segments opaque and appearing darker than the other parts, which are more or less shining and usually finely striate longitudinally. Prothoracic segment divided b\' longitudinal grooves into four nearly equal parts, which may be called the dorsal, ventral and lateral areas. The lateral areas are shining and fineh' striated on posterior third and opaque on anterior two thirds : the dorsal and ventral areas are opaque on about anterior fourth and distinctl}- shining on the remaining 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, parts. The ventral space is quite evidently divided into two equal parts by a longitudinal grove. In order to see the characters of this segment it must be fully extended. The mesothoracic and metathoracic segments have a number of longitudinal grooves, some of which are very narrowly bordered by opaque darker col- oring, which proceeds backward from the narrow anterior border of these segments. Each of the first seven abdominal segments has on its anterior part a transver.se row of eight tubercles which encircles the segment. These all bear spines or claws at the apexes, excepting a dorsal pair on each of the first three or four segments. They may be called prolegs, since they have the parts necessar}’ to such organs. On the posterior dorsal border of most of the abdominal .segments there ma}' be a narrow, irregular, oj)aque marking of the same color of the narrow band in the region of the prolegs ; eighth segment on each side with two nar- row, curved markings, which have the appearance of being com- posed of contiguous punctures. These markings are of the same shade of color as the other darker areas, and the lower one is more than twice as long as the upper. Length, 20 millimeters. The size of these lar\-ae is rather diffi- cult to give, since a specimen fully extended is longer than at other times. Pup.v. — Length 18, diameter 4 millimeters. Light brown in color, thorax somewhat paler than the abdomen. Antennal and other tubercles of the head and thorax prominent and darker than the surrounding parts. Prothoracic spiracular tubercle slightly elevated, reniform, oblique ; rima uniformly curved for nearly its whole length, but just before the anterior end the curvature is stronger but no hook is formed. First abdominal spiracle nearly round ; rima nearh’ uniformly curved, posteriorly ver}' slighth' widened just at the end, anterior!}- slightly narrowed and curved so as to form a short hook. The other abdominal spiracles agree with the first one in general, but there appears to be .slight varia- tion in the enlargement and curvature of the extreme ends. Ter- minal teeth prominent, shining brown in color, darkest at the extreme tips. Dorsal pair of teeth smallest and closer together than the ventral, lateral teeth longer and larger than the ventral and located much beneath the dorsal, in fact they are nearly mid- way between the dorsal and ventral. I have never found the adults of this species especially com- mon, neither have I observed that they molest stock. The male has been procured fully as often as the female on protruding stones in swift-flowing streams, and in sunny spots in woods near such streams. Most of the specimens in my collection were taken during the first half of June. All the stages of this fly have been procured from the Scioto River in the vicinity of Jones’ Dam, near Columbus. Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 3 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPIKELET AND GRAIN OF CORN.* C. C. Poindexter. With a view to a later study of the subject of xenia in corn, a preliminary observation of the development of the carpel and endosperm was attempted in order to see what relation exists between them, since some of the authorities mentioned claim that the effect of double fertilization is shown in the carpel wall, while others assert that it is shown only in the endosperm and embr3’0- sac. The embryology of the corn grain also was studied and figures were made of the ovule at different stages beginning with the archesporial cell and ending with the fully developed embryo. These drawings and observations not being complete will be reserved for another paper. As there are few recent descriptions and figures of the develor ment of the spikelet and grain, it was thought advisable to publish this general part at the pre.sent time. The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Professor John H. Schaffner for invaluable suggestions and criticisms in the preparation of the paper. The material used was common white field corn gathered at different stages of maturity from the corn field of the Ohio State Universit}' in the summer of 1902. The ver>^ 3’oung ears were left whole or cut in two, while the larger were quartered length- wise and, after killing, cut into pieces convenient for use. The material was killed in chrom-acetic acid and preserved in 70 per cent alcohol and later imbedded in paraffin. Pieces of the 3'ounger ears were cut from three to six grains in length, while single grains were used of the older stages. The sections were cut 12-18 fj. in tliickne.ss, and stained on the slide in anilin-safranin and gentian-violet and iron-alum-haematox3din. All things con- sidered, corn is an eas3" object to work with, but in using the older grains precaution should be taken to guard against shrinkage of the endosperm tissue. This ma3' be practicall3' obviated by punc- turing the grain with a dissecting needle before killing. The outer covering of the.se grains may also be sliced off on either side to permit of rapid penetration. The iron-alum-haematoxalyn proved to be the most efficient stain and was soon the only one used. The production and development of new varieties of plants depends upon the fact that the offspring of a cross par- takes of the characters of both parents, which, according to Men- del ( I ) follows a definite law of proportion in some species. Some plants appear to be more susceptible to hybridizing than "Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University. XIV. 4 The Ohio Naturalist, [Vol. IV, No. 1, others, and the first offspring shows the characters of the starain- ate parent in a marked degree, especially in the character of seeds and fruits. This immediate, or direct effect of pollen upon the character of seeds and fruits Focke, (5) has termed xenia, a phe- nomenon which has long been more or less puzzling to botanists and plant breeders. Just how such an effect was brought about was not definitely understood, and it is only a few 3’ears since that ail}' phenomenon has been known which could be called upon for a reasonable solution of the problem and that a tentative expla- nation has been offered. In 1898 Nawa.schin (10) reported the process of double fertilization in Lilium martagon and Fritillaria teiiella. Guignard (6) soon followed with a full description of the jirocess, adding figures of the more interesting phases, and claimed that the process was not peculiar to the Liliaceae but very general in the Phanerogams. In corroboration of this author’s statement, the process has been observed in many plants by a number of investigators. The corn plant, however, is the one among the many observed in which the process of xenia is well established and belief in the phenomenon seems to rest mainly u})on its constant occurrence in this plant. \'ihnorin (12) observed xenia in corn as earh’ as 1866. Hildebrandt also report- ed it the following year and in 1872 Koernicke (8) made a similar report. These authors used seeds that were pure so far as known. Some years later American botanists took up the subject for investigation. Sturtevant in 1883 made the first report. Burrill reported the process in 1887; Kellerman and Swingle in 1S88, and McCluer in 1892. But some doubt attaches to their findings becau.se the seeds used were not known to be pure. Moreover, the process was apparently contrary to certain well-established laws of repro- duction and embryology, errors could easily have been made in conducting the experiments; and until some explanation could be given for the phenomenon, botanists looked upon the matter with some suspicion. The explanation was left to DeVries (3). In a recent preliminary article ‘ ‘ On the hybrid fecundation of the Albumen,” he suggests the act of double fertilization as explana- tory of the phenomenon of xenia ; and although as late as 1900 no detailed researches on the embryology of corn or any of the cereals or gra.sses had been made, nor any direct observations that were conclusive that double fertilization occurred in corn, Webber ( 13), holding the same opinion as DeVries (3), proceed to con- duct some experiments on the subject. His seed corn was pure so far as known, and the results, published in 1900, elicited his conclusion ‘‘that xenia does occur in maize, whatever its interpretation may be.” Correns (2) about the same time reported observations practically similar to those of De \’ries. The following year Guignard (7) removed all doubt of the occur- rence of double fertilization in corn by his publication of a paper Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 5 on “ La Double Fecondation Dans Le Mais.” It is much regret- ted that this author produced no drawings with his excellent paper. The ovulary of the maize has been defined by Guignard (j~) as being constituted of a single carpellary leaf turning its ventral suture from the side of the axis of the ear. In the very young spikelet (Fig. i) the incipient carpel appears in longitudinal sec- tion as two rounded protruberances, due to a depression in the top. The carpel wall begins to develop rapidly on one side, and immediately begins to develop the 3mung silk, or style (Fig. 2). The inner empty glume at this stage is quite prominent and a rudimentar\’ flower appears on the side away from the axis of the ear. The grain grows rapidl}- from the beginning and the stjde and ovule soon become more distinct. The silk elongates (Fig. 3), and the carpel begins to close, while at the same time the integuments make their appearance, the inner one developing more rapidly than the outer one. At this stage the archesporial cell is becoming prominent. A little later (Fig. 4), the floral organs pecome perfectlj^ distinct and the integuments diverge, the inner one inclining toward the ovule and the outer one point- ing toward the opening of the carpel. When the carpel wall closes, there is left a small prominence at its summit. A double funnel effect is produced as the walls close up around this open- ing, the bowls of the funnel arising at the two extremeties (Fig. 5). Guignard (7) terms this opening the “ st3’lar canal.” Later on this canal closes up completeh- at the lower extremit3’, but the funnel effect at the top persists throughout (Fig. 10). ” It is at the base and upon the inner side of the protuberance,” says Guig- nard (7), ” that is to say, on the side of the axis of the ear, that the long st3’le of the flower is inserted; the style does not occup3’, then, as one might believe at first glance, the organic summit of the ovary.” The writer’s observations, as shown by the figures, agree with this statement. In this connection it might be well to call attention to the carpel of Typha as described by Schaffner (ii). The development of the carpel and st3’le of this plant appears to be quite similar to that of the corn. The writer saw the pollen tube after fertilization had taken place, but in all the study failed to see its entrance into the canal, through which one might expect it to pa.ss. According to Guignard (7) the tube probably passes through the canal, although he does not state that he actual^' observed it. He describes its course in the fol- lowing terms : ‘‘Arrived at the base of the style, the pollen tubes must evidently direct themselves toward the ovarian prominence in order to enter it and to follow the course of the canal whicli conducts then into the cavity of the ovary.” When the 8-celled embryo-sac appears ( Fig. 5) the nucellus has not greatly enlarged. The semi-anatrophus ovule occupies the base of the cavity of the 6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, ovulary. The tip of the nucellus emerges slightly between the injtegiuneiits, the inner of which extends entireh’ around the ovule, while the short outer integument does not go beyond the middle of the ovule. Just at the base of the stylar canal the outer integument, rising freely from the inner one, bends itself abruptly upward as if to form a stopper to the cavity of the ovulary which at this place is quite large. Guignard (7) says that this upward bending accounts for the shortness of the the outer integument, and also states that the inner integument became thicker where it was not covered by the outer; but the writer saw but little dif- ference in the thickness and if any, the reverse was true. Imme- diately after fertilization development of the nucellus is very rapid ( Fig. 6) so that at that stage of the ovule the embr3'0-sac occu- pies onlj- a ver>' small portion of the entire body. Endosperm also begins to develop, spreading upward and backward from the 3’oung embryo. When the nucellus has about completed its development the endosperm takes on a rapid growth, destroying the large mass of nucellar tissue. Simultaneous with this growth, the embryo also develops with rapiditj', evidently being well nourished by the large endosperm cells (Fig. 8). This growth continues until the endosperm entirely replaces the nucellar ti.ssue, leaving onl>" a vestige of the latter surrounding it ( Figs. 9-1 1 ). The 3'oung embr\’o, protected by the scutellum, lies on the ventral side of the grain, somewhat above the base of the endro- sperm and outside of it, except for a ver}- thin layer one or two cells in thickness. It is shielded on the outside by the remaining nucellar tissue and the carpel wall (Figs. 9-10). In Figure ii is shown a nearl}- mature grain cut in longitudinal section transverse to the ear. The remains of the nucellus is ver\- thin or entirely absent. A little above the base of the grain is the young embr3’0, showing the plumule and the .scutellum, below which the large suspensor extends with its end surrounded with elongated endosperm cells. Across the upper end of the grain is shown a strip of endosperm with larger and quite irregu- lar cells. There are sixty or more cells across the entire width, the cells being comparatively minute in comparison to the .size of the grain and not large as is usually figured in the text-books. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. B.\TKS0N, W. ]Mendel’.s Principles of Heredit\-. Pp. 40-103. 1902. 2. CoRRKNS, C. Untersculumgen ueber ilie Xenieii bei Zea mays. Ber. d. deut. Bot. Gesellsch. 17 :4io-4i7. 1899. 3. Dk \'riks, Hugo. Sur la Fecoiidation h3bride de Palbiimen. Comples rendiis Acad, des Sc. 4 Dec. 1899 4. . Sur la Fecoiidation liybride de Fendospenn dans le Mai's. Revue gen. de Bot. 15 .\pril 1900. 5. Focke, W. O. Die Pflanzeu Mischlinge. j). 511. iSSi. Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 7 •6. Guignard, L. Sur les antherozo'ides et la double copulation sexuelle chez les vegetaux angiospermes. Comptes rendus. 128 : 869. April 1899. 7. . La double fecondation dans le Mais. Journ. d. Bot. 15 ; 1-14. No. 2. 1901. 8. KoERNICKE, Friedr. Vorlaufige Mittheilungeu ueber den Mais. Sitzungsbericbte d. niederrheinischen Gesellsch. f. Nat. w. Heil- kunde in Bonn. Pp. 63-76. 1872. 9. Nawaschin, S. Ueber die Befruchtungsforgange bei einigen Dicoty- ledoneen. Ber. d. Deut. Bot. Gesellsch. 18 : 224-230. 1900. 10. . Resultate einer Revision des Befruchtungsvorgangs bei Liliuni martagon und Fritillaria tenella. Bui. d. I’Acad. Imp. d. Sciences de St. Petersbourg, T. 9, No. 4. 1898. Also Botanisches Centralblatt. 77 : 62. 1899. 11. SCHAFFNER, JOHN H. The Development of the Stamens and Carpels of Typha Latifolia. Bot. Gaz. 24 ; 93-102. 1897. 12. ViEMORiN, Henry L. de. Bui. de la Soc. Bot. de France. 14 : 246. Stance du 29 Nov'. 1867. 12. Webber, Herbert. Xenia, or the Immediate Effect of Pollen in Maize. Bull. 22, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. PI. Ph}"S. & Path. 1900. F.XPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II. All figures originally magnified 75 diameters, except figures 8 and 9, which are magnified 190 and 30 diameters respectively. Figures were drawn under the camera with Bausch & Lomb microscope, and subsequently reduced to about Ye diameter. In the figures, S indicates style (silk) ; C, the stylar canal ; I, inner glume ; O, outer glume. Fig. I. Very young spikelet showing incipient carpel. Fig. 2. Spikelet with young carpel, showing first definite appearance of style and ovule. Fig. 3. Spikelet with style elongated ; ovule showing archesporial cell and first appearance of integuments. Fig. 4. Spikelet in which the carpel is nearl}- closed, leaving only a small pore into the ovulary. Fig. 5. Spikelet with ovule containing 8-celled embryosac. Fig. 6. Spikelet with ovule after fertilization and the development of considerable endosperm, showing decided enlargement of the nucellus. F'ig. 7. Carpel still further developed, showing great increase in micellar tissue with only slight increase of endosperm. Fig. 8. Fhidosperm and embryo same as Fig. 7. F'ig. 9. Grain with large embryo, showing great development of endo- sperm and the remains of the nucellus. Fig. 10. Nearly mature grain, showing relation of carpel wall, integuments, endosperm and embryo. Endosperm somewhat shrunken. Fig. II. Nearly mature grain, showing section of embryo and comparative size of endosperm cells. 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. I, Ohio Naturalist. Plate /. Poindexter on “Coni. Nov., 1903.] Note on Tinobregmus vittatus. 9 Ohio Naturalist. P/aie II. NOTE ON TINOBREGMUS VITTATUS (.Van Duzee). Herbert Osborn. Tinobregmus vittatus was described by Van Duzee in 1894 from two specimens collected in Florida, females only being represent- ed. Since then no further record of the species has been made and the male has remained unknown. The species is an extremely interesting one, possessing a number of unique characters, and remains still the onl}’ species known to the genus which was erected by Van Duzee for its reception. As I can now give two additional records and a description of the male, a note on the species seems warranted. Some time ago I received a female specimen in a collection of Homoptera collected in Bermuda and kindl}^ given to me by Dr. C. M. Weed. Quite recently Prof. J. S. Mine has placed in my hands several specimens including both sexes, collected at the Gulf Biologic Station, Cameron, Louisiana, in August, 1903. lO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1 He informs me that the two forms wliich he felt confident were male and female were taken at the same time and on the same plant, Iva fridesccns. While none were observed mating, the fact that they occurred so closely associated and that no other species of the genus was found to occur with them, makes the supposi- tion almost a certainty. Furthermore, they agree so closely in all generic characters that I do not hesitate to regard them as sexual complements and present herewith a description of the male. This differs strikinglj- in some respects from the female, though no more than is common to many species of Jassidae. Male. — Black, prouotum, and elytra, except at tip, silvery white with latter barely reaching to tip of anal style, beneath black, tips of femora and most of tibiae and tarsi, e.xcept at the apex, brown. Length, 3.5mm. Width, 1.75 mm. Head as in female and face very long, pronotum very short and hind border evenly but ver}- slightly convex, scutellum scarcely visible. Legs long, femora and tibiae much compres.sed but not foliaceous. Color. — Head piceous black, the sutures between the vertex and e5'es pale, as also the triangular area between the vertex and eye and a narrow margin of the occiput. Front black with mid- dle line slightl}' paler and sides showing very obscure transverse markings. Pronotum above silvery white, changing to fuscus black on sides. Elytra silvery white to near the apex, apical margin deep piceous black. Abdomen above whitish, anal style light orange-yellow, black at tip, pygofer black. The females agree closely with the description of the Florida specimen. The markings appear to vary in the different individ- uals somewhat, and the elytra in these specimens are distinctly brownish between the broad, whitish veins. Ovipositor is black, except a narrow ventral border, the inner faces of tibiae, and somewhat broken line on the femora and the inner face of the hind tibia black. The Bermuda specimen appears somewhat darker in general color, the head being .somewhat infuscated, the elytral spaces a darker brown, and there is an additional .short, broken fuscus stripe on the pronotum between the first and second stripes of either side. The apical .spots extend further upon the cells, and one line in the outer cell is elongated and extends fully two-thirds of the length of the cell. These variations seem to me, however, to be entirely within the limits of specific variations. The distribution of the insect based on these specimens would extend from Louisiana around the gulf coast and to Burmuda, and it seems probable that it will be found at intervening points on the Gulf coast, especially in the salt marshes where its host plant occurs, as well as westward and southward in suitable locations. Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. NOTES ON INTERESTING OHIO WILLOWS. , Robert F. Griggs. Among the willows there are, as is well known, very man}- hybrids and freaks. These escape description in general works because each has an individualiti- of its own and the treatment of one is of suggestive value only for others. But to the student of dynamic nature these forms are of the most extreme interest as giving some clue to nature’s methods of evolution. Likewise they are of interest to the si'stematist in a negative waj' because they stand in his wai' and prevent the perfect classification of all plants into genera and species which he aims to accomplish. This general interest is the apology, if apolog}’ be needed, for report- ing some of the forms of this sort that have come under observa- tion. Salix ixterior VAR. WHEELERi Rowlee. Since Prof. Rowlee’ s publication not long ago of the variety wheeleri of the common long leaved willow, there has been some question as to its validity. Dr. Rydberg omitted it entireh’ from his revision of the willows in Britton’s ^lanual. These doubts maj- be in a great measure due to lack of material of the varietj- as, indeed. Prof. Rydberg intimated to me in a letter not long since. Neither at Washington nor New York are there specimens nor at the time of publication did Prof. Rowlee himself have flowering material. Fortunately the plant grows abundantly on Cedar Point, and in close proximity to the .species, so that there are exceptional opportunities for comparative stiuh-of the two. The two characters on which Prof. Rowlee named the variety’ were the greater wooliness of the leaves and their relative!}^ greater breadth. All who know the long-leaved willow know how very variable the leaves are, both in shape and pubescence. Young leaves and those at the bases of secondary twigs are broader than others, and when the}' first appear the}' are fre- quently densely covered with wool, though becoming entirely glabrous. The hairiness does not seem to have much taxonomic signifi- cance. Leaves on the same plant vary from one extreme to the other. Narrow leaved plants are almost as likely to be woolly as broad leaved. Variation in hairiness is, so far as tlie writer can observe, entirely unconnected with variations in other directions. But in the breadth of the leaves, the Cedar Point plants much exceed the measurements given by Prof. Rowlee. Remaining about the length he describes, they are frequently more than two cm., or twice as broad. In its extreme development this broad leaved form is almost glabrous, not at all hairy as are many of The Ohio Nnturnlist. [Vol.IV, No. 1, I 2 the half-way forms from which, unforUmalel}-, the t>pe was taken. The extreme forms are generalh' low, not more than one m. tall, and very bushy in habit, making them easily distinguish- able from the typical forms of the species at a distance. Rarely, however, it grows into a more open shrub eight or ten feet tall. In its flowering habits it carries the peculiarities of Salix inte- rior to an extreme. The species has a habit of sending out sec- ondary aments just below the first to open, .so continuing the flowering period until late in the season. In the variet}' these secondary catkins become so prominent that the inflorescence sometimes takes on a cymose character. Half a dozen catkins are often seen in a cluster, all of about the same age. In the species thej’ come on one by one and are much less noticeble even when as numerous. The flowering period is also di.stinctly later than with the species. On Cedar point it seems to beat its height about the first of July and continues through the month, tapering off into August. The species growing near b}* has by the first of Juh' almost passed its flowering time and only a few straggling catkins can be fotmd. It must be added in this connection that nearl}' all of the plants are staminate. Not over i per cent, of them are carpellate. What significance this may have cannot be told as 3’et. Altogether the variety is so different from the species that it would be taken for a distinct species on first sight. Because of numerous intermediates such an assumption could not be main- tained, but it is the best marked willow variety we have in the State. Salix pentaxdra in Ohio. Salix peutandra, the European species corresponding to .Sh//_v laiida, is not infrequently cultivated in Ohio for its twigs, which are of good (iuality for basket weaving. It is very similar to the American species and in some forms they can hardly be distin- guished. But the European species never has the very long attenuate, ovate leaves .so characteristic of vigorous shoots of Salix I Jidda. Its leaves are rather thinner and less glossy, not so different from the ordinary willow leaf as those of Sali.v lucida. Salix pcntandra has not, to my knowledge, been reported as an e.scape in America. At least it is not included in the Manuals. This makes it of considerable interest to note that two plants have been detected escaped in Ohio. One is from Bridgeport, Belmont county, by Dr. W. A. Kellerman, the other from Co- lumbus. Any possible uncertaint}- as to identification owing to the similarity to the native species, is much reduced b}- the fact that both cases are in territory out of the range of Salix lucida, which occurs only in the northern part of the .State. The reports of the collectors also make it certain that the plants were rcallj' wild and not cultivated. Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. 13 SalIX BABYLONICA X S. FRAGILIS. This cross is common in Europe but so far as I know has not hitherto been reported in America. It is altogether to be expect- ed and it is ver}- strange that it is so scarce. As is well known, Sa/ix babylonica exists in America — with extremely rare excep- tions— onl}' as a carpellate plant. The flowers, however, genearlly seem to be fertilized for the capsules fill out well. The natural inference is that the pollen came from either S. alba or S. fragilis, the most closely related forms. If such be the case it is very strange that these h3'bridized seeds do not grow into trees more often than they do. The single plant which I was fortunate enough to find is grow- ing in a quarr>' near Sandusky, where it has taken root in a waste place from which the stone has been removed. There are no other trees near b>q and neither of the parents was seen in the immediate vicinitj', though both are common in the region, Salix babylonica as an ornamental tree planted in the cit\' 3’ards, and .Salix jragilis as a ^■er3' common escape. Its habit is striking, from a hundred feet awa3’. When I first saw it I commenced to wonder what it could be. The first thought was Salix nigra. The leaves are narrow and about the the same color as S. nigra. But there is something which gives an impression, when at a distance, different from A. nigra, though you cannot tell what it is. When you get up to it 3’ou find the leaves glaucous below ! It cannot be S. nigra, it does not look like S. anngdaloidcs, nor S. alba, nor S. fragilis, and so 3’ou ma3^ go over the catalogue successively den3'ing it a place in aii3" of the species, so peculiar does it seem. Mo.st of the twigs are long, slender, semipendent. The buds on slender twigs are small, as in the weeping willow, on ranker growth, larger, about midway between the two species. The leaves on the upper branches are small, 6-7 cm. long, 8-10 mm. broad, quite glaucous or only paler beneath, close and even, sharp serrate, with a venation more irregular than that of Salix fragilis, pri- maries close with a strong suggestion of a marginal. On water shoots, the leaves ajjproximate A. fragilis more closed* in form, being long, 16 cm., and narrow, 2 cm., with more distinct teeth. The veins, too, are more similar to A. /^ragilis, but more irregu- larit3' is evident and the marginal is still suggested. The flowers, especially if they were carpellate, would be very interesting. They might show some peculiarities worth3^ of note. The identification without them cannot be said to be as positive as it might be. But the leaves are so closely intermediate as to leave but little doubt. If it should turn out to be something else it would be of even greater interest, for it is evidently very different from aii3-thing else hitherto discovered in our Ohio flora. 14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol.IV, No. 1, Saijx nigra X Salix amygdaloides. The two parents of this hybrid are so common and so closely related— one was formerly considered a variety of the other — that one would expect it to be one of the commonest crosses. But such is not the case. Less than half a dozen plants of it have been found within our borders. This is probably because Sa/ix aniygdaloidcs blooms two weeks earlier than Salix nigra and the two do not normally overlap, so that there is no chance for crossing. The scarcity of hybrids in this region is more remark- able from the fact that in some localities intermediates are very abundant. In the vicinity of St. Louis, where the southern Salix longipcs enters in and complicates the matter, Dr. Glatfelter reports that not half the plants are nominal and that there are all sorts of intermediates connecting them. Prof. A. D. Selby collected the first plant from this State. It is, however, not a good intermediate, but is much closer to .S'. nigra. Later one or two trees were discovered around Columbus. These also were not as nearly half way between the two as might be desired. During the summer just passed a very fine example was found within a stone’s throw of the new Lake Laboratory building on Cedar Point. It is a ver\’ fair intermediate between the two species. From a distance it resembles Salix aniygdaloidcs ; though only a bush in a thicket it has the clean branching habit of Salix aniygdaloidcs in contrast to the scraggly habit of the other species. The sleiider- petioled leaves hang with that peculiar grace characteristic of the Peach-leaved Willow. The buds are nearly as large as in that species, i. e., twice as large as in the Black Willow. But the leaves are lanceolate, neither as broad as one nor as narrow as the other commonly is. The coarser venation is that of Salix ainyg- daloides ; there is scarcely any marginal and the primaries are close, ascending. But the smaller veins show a reticulation as fine as in Salix nigra. The under surfaces of the leaves show no sign of the glaucescence of Salix aniygdaloidcs, but are onh’ slightly paler as in the other species. An Abnormality of Salix sericea. South of Columbus is a swamp, now nearly drained, which is one of the few places near the city where Salix sericca flourishes in abundance. Among several interesting forms growing here is one plant which may be .somewhat contaminated with some other species or simply abnormal. Part of its flowers are exactly as they should be in Salix scricca but others have a very peculiar appearance. The rhachis and scales are very wooly, covered with long white hair which all but conceals the caiisules. The latter are sometimes covered with Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. 15 long hair, rather thinl}^ or are almost glabrous, this last suggest- ing Salix cordata. The leaves, however, show no sign of diverg- ence from Salix sericea. Carpeliferous Filaments in Salix nigra. There is one class of willow freaks reported commonly by others from other places which have escaped observation, if pres- ent, in Ohio. The class contains those forms, certainly more common in Salix than in almost any other genus, of plants which have mixed up in some way their staminate and carpellate flow- ers. All sorts of combinations and mixes of the two kinds of flowers are reported. These forms would be very interesting to experiment upon from a physiologcal point of view, as well as anatomically, for they might throw some light on the problems connected with heredity and plasticity of cells. The plant is growing in the limestone bed of Jonathan creek at White Cottage, Ohio. It is a shrub 8°-io° tall, with the usual apperance of Salix nigra. At the time of collection, 23d of Maj’, it had passed its prime but an abundance of flowering mate- rial was 3’et to be had. At first sight it looked as though it was monoecious, with both sorts of flowers on one plant. Some aments were normall}" staminate ; others were apparently all car- pellate ; and still others were partly staminate and partly carpel- late. But on closer examination it developed that none of the ovularies had stigmas, but that in every case the place of that organ was taken by an anther. The ovularies, moreover, were not one to a flower, but each scale supported several, sometimes as many as five, but more often three or four. Sometimes they were joined together at their bases and radiated in all directions like prongs to some burr. Sometimes the stigmiform anther was sessile without a style ; or the style might be quite long. Occa- sionally the anther was supported on a long filament bearing a conical thickening at the base. Again one carpel may bear two styles, each with an anther. The anthers were all polleniferous and functional ; not one appeared withered or blasted. None of the carpels, however, under a low power, show developing ovules. They are frequently hairy-like filaments and were colored yellow like them. It seems most rational to conclude that these pseudo- carpels were homologous to filaments and were influenced in some way to assume their thickened form. Summer-Flowering Willows. Occasionally when collecting, one meets with willows flowering late in the summer. In the long-leaved willows this is no remark- able thing, for they have a special adaptation to secure a long flowering period. But in the other groups it is an occurrence rare enough to call for note. During several seasons collecting four i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, such instances liave come to the writer’s attention. At least one other instance has been reported previously.* In Ottawa county three years ago a good sized bush of Sa/ix discolor was found with many catkins in August. They are not normal but much whiter than ordinary pussies, and many of the capsules are aborted. At Washington, late in the summer of 1902, a solitary carpellate ament was found at the tip of a leafy branch of .Sa/ix scricca. This lone catkin was of normal appearance but about ready to drop off when noticed The third was a plant of Sa/ix Candida, at Castalia, the past summer, which had two carpellate aments just about at anthesis in July. These were normal and ordinary in ever\" way except in being borne on leaf}’ branches. Near Big Darby creek, in B'ranklin county, two plants (carpellate) of Sa/ix corda/a were found in August, full of blossoms. The two were about a hundred feet aj)art and entirely unconnected. Why the}’ should both be blooming at the same time is very peculiar — one of the interesting things which have yet to be explained or chance. All these instances are from among the species which flower earliest in the spring and hence develop their flowers furthest in the fall. It would be quite surprising to find Sa/ix nigra, for instance, flowering a second time. In each case, except the reported instance of Sa/ix /iinni/is, the flowers were carpellate. This ma}' be mere coincidence. It is difficult to see what reason there could be that the carpellate flowers should be especially liable to be affected in this way. Rather one would expect the staminate aments to furnish the most frequent examples because they seen; to develop first in the spring. •^'O. A. Farwel, Second Flowering of Salix hitmilis. Bot. Gaz , 11 : 517. POISONOUS AND OTHER INJURIOUS PLANTS OF OHIO. John H. Sch.\ffnek. In the following catalogue of plants an attempt has been made to furnish students with a convenient reference list of the injuri- ous plants of Ohio, in the hope that it may be of .service to those who wish to make a study of the subject. The list is believ’ed to be fairly complete except the thallophytes, where only a small number of the most important Fungi have been included. I am under very great obligation to Mr. V. K. Chesnut, of the Ik S. Department of Agriculture, who has kindly added a large number of plants to the original list and furnished many of the notes given under the species. I wish here to express my thanks and apjM'eciation of his invaluable assistance and criticism. Nov., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 17 I. Thallophyta. Fungi. 1. Aspergillus herbariorum (Wiggers). (A. glaucus (L. )’ Link.) Apparently the cause of “staggers” in horses, when eaten with food on which it grows. 2. Claviceps purpurea ( Fr. ) Tul. Ergot. Very poisonous to stock. 3. Ustilago maydis (DC. ) Corda. Corn Smut. Causes death to cattle, although not supposed to be very poisonous. 4. Ustilago avenae (Pers.) Jens. Oat Smut. In large quan- tities it is poisonous to cattle. 5. Tilletia tritici (Bjerk.J Wint. Stinking Smut of Wheat. Poisonous to stock. Deleterious in the flour. 6. Coleosporium solidaginis ( Schw^ ) Theum. Parasitic on species of Solidago. Supposed to be poisonous to horses, when eaten with the host plant. 7. Puccinia graminis Pers. Wheat Rust. Uredo stage. The spores cause inflamation of the mucous membrane of the mouth and no.se of persons harvesting wheat. The sore- ness of the lips caused by the rust is often severe. 8. Boletus felleus Bull. Bitter Boletus. Poisonous to man. 9. Boletus juperatus Bull. Poisonous to man. 10. Cantharellus aurantiacus (Wulf.) Fr. Supposed to be pois- onous. 11. Hygrophorus conicus (Scop.) Fr. Poisonous to man. 12. Lentinus stipticus (Bull.) Schr. (Panus stipticus Fr.) Poisonous to man. 13. Marasmius peronatus (Bolt. ) Fr. Supposed to be poisonous to man. 14. Marasmius urens (Bull.) Fr. Supposed to be poisonous. 15. Chalymatta campanulata (L.) Karst. Poisonous. 16. Hypholoma lacrimabundum Fr. Supposed to be poisonous. 17. Pholiota squarrosoides Peck. Poisonous. 18. Hyporhodius clypeatus (L. ) Schr. (Entoloma clypeatum E.) Poisonous. 19. Volvaria glojocephala (DC. ) Quel. Poisonous. 20. Volvaria volvacea ( Bidl.) Sacc. Poisonous. 21. Agaricus illudens Schw. (Clitocybe. ) Poisonous. 22. Lepiota morgani Peck. Poisonous to man. 23. Amanita mappa (Batsch.) Sacc. Poisonous. 24. Amanita muscaria ( L- ) Pers. Fly Amanita. Very poisonous wdien eaten and causes death. Poisonous also to cattle. Used as a fly poison. 25. Amanita phalloides (Fr.) Quel. Death Cup. ( A. bulbosa Bull. ) Poisonous. Probably the most dangerous of all the American fungi. i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, 26. Amanita umbrina (Pers. ) Schr. (A. pantherina (DC.) (Quel.). Poisonous to man. 27. Amanita verna Fr. De.stro3’ing Angel. Poisonous to man. 28. Amanita virosa (Fr.) Sacc. Poisonous. 29. Globaria bovista (L.) Quel. Giant Puff-ball. (Lj’coper- don giganteum Bat.sch. ) Poisonous if eaten after the white interior changes to a brownish color. II. Archegoniata. 30. Ptericlium aquilinum (L. ) Kuhn. Eagle Fern. Leaves supposed to be poisonous to cattle and horses. 31. Equisetum arvense L. Common Horsetail. Supposed to to be injurious to horses, at least when it is in the form of haj’. III. Sperm.\tophyta. Gymxospermae. 32. Taxus canadensis Marsh. American Yew. Leaves supposed to be poisonous to stock. 33. Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper jk Goats are pois- oned from eating the leaves. 34. Juniperus virginiana L. Red Cedar. Poisonous to goats. An'gio.spermae. Monocotylp:doxes. 35. Arisaema triphj’llum L. Jack-in-the-pulpit. Underground parts somewhat poisonous, but edible when boiled or roasted a short time. 36. Calla palustris L. Water Arum. Poisonous. 37. Spathj-ema foetida (L. ) Raf. Skunk Cabbage. Has an acrid juice and a disagreable odor which seems to cause headache. 38. Alisma plantago L. Water Plantain. Has poisonous effect on cattle. 39. Sagittaria latifolia Willd. Broad-leaved Arrow-head. The rootstalk contains a bitter milkj' juice in the raw state, but is edible when cooked. 40. Xelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. American Nelumbo. The rootstock is sometimes used to kill roaches. 41. Chaetocloa italica (L.) Scrib. Millet. Hungarian. The hay, if fed in large quantities and too frequently, is inju- rious to horses. 42. Lolium temuleutum L. Darnel. Poisonous. Grain nox- ious and injurious when ground in with flour. 43. Zygadenus elegans Ph. Zj’gadene. Swamp Camas. Pois- onous to cattle and sheep, sometimes causing death. 44. Melanthium virginicum L. Bunch-flower. Rhizome is poisonous. Nov., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 19 45. Veratrum viride Ait. American White Helebore. Roots are poisonous. 46. Veratrum woodii Robb. Wood’s False Helebore. Poison- ous like the preceding species. 47. Lilium superbum L. Turk’s-cap Lily. The pollen is said to cause skin poisoning. 48. Asparagus officinalis L. Asparagus. Will sometimes blis- ter the skin of those who work with it. The seeds are used as a substitute for coffee. 49. Convallaria majalis L. Lily-of-the-valley. All parts of the plant are very poisonous to man, horses and cattle. 50. Trillium grandiflorum (Mx.) Salisb. Large-flowered Wake- robin. Emetic. Contains saponin. 51. Trillium erectum L. Ill-scented Wake-robin. Rhizome somewhat poisonous. 52. Smilax rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Greenbrier. A case of poisoning from eating the young leaves is reported. 53. Iris versicolor L. Large Blue-flag. Underground parts are poisonous. 54. Cypripedium reginae Walt. Showy Lady’s-slipper. ( C. spectabile Swz. ) Poisonous to the skin, much like Poison Iv}’. At least 50 per cent, of persons are suscep- tible. 55. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. Large Yellow Lady’s-slipper. ( C. pubescens Willd. ) Poisonous like the preceding species. 56. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. Small-flowered Lady’s- slipper. This .species is also poisonous, but to a less extent than the other two. Dicotyi.kdones. 57. Toxylon poiniferum Raf. Osage Orange. The thorns produce poisonous wounds in the skin. Horses acqi:irea strong liking for the 3’onng shoots and eat them in large quantities withoiR apparent ill effects. 58. Hmnulus lupuliis L. Hop. Hop pickers often have an inflammation of the hands. 59. Cannabis sativa L. Hemp. The resin of this plant is a powerful narcotic. An intoxicating drink is prepared from the dried leaves. The leaves and other parts are smoked tor their intoxicating and narcotic effects. 60. Urtica dioica L. Stinging Nettle. Stinging and injurious to the .skin. 61. Urtica gracilis L. Slender Nettle. Injurious to the skin of man and horses. (To be continued.) 20 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, / / / MINOR PLANT NOTES, No. 5. W. A. KELI.ERMAN. White Heath Aster. — Some notes were given in a former number of the Ohio Naturalist concerning the Aster ericoides, the White Heath Aster. Opportunity was afforded in 1903 to see the behavior of this species in Washington County, Ohio. Here, as was the case in Adams County, the plant, if unmolested, soon takes full possession of the pastures and roadsides, and all neglected arable ground. While it does pre- vent washing of the hilLsides, it would not seem to be a profitable plant to grow or to let grow for this purpose; grasses rather should be cultivated. The thrifty farmer apparently has no anno\-ance from this weed, since it does not venture to grow on ground occupied u'Hh properly cultivated crops. It is believed that the former e.stimate and judg- ment relative to Aster ericoides does not need revision. Be-VT Th.vt ? — At the end of the previous growing season there was found in a garden, a beet (not a dead beet) that had been evidently struggling heroically against adverse circumstan- ces. Adjacent sweet pea vines, not properly supported, had fallen over and partially .smoth- erecl a row of garden beets. One of these made an effort to reach up to the light but was caught again and dragged down. It evidently per- sisted in its efforts and the result is shown in the marginal figure reproduced from a photograph. The stem sent up manj' many small branches whose small leaves obtained the neces.sary sun- .shine. This struggle for existence also awakened the instinct of reproduction and according!}’ an elongated inflorescence was formed. Nnmerous flowers and .some fruits were produced. The total length of the stem was six feet. j Abxorjial Leaves of Aesculus Glahra. — A very striking case of abnormal leaves was recently noticed near Columbus, in a grove of small trees of the Ohio Buckeye, Aesculus glabra. Earlier in thesea.son they had been cjuite denuded of leaves by insect depredation. A den.se tuft of leaves termina- ted each of the twigs — in itself conspicuous — and nearly half of the new leaves were more or less aborted and abnormal. The Nov., 1903.] Minor Plant Xotes. 2 I leaflets were seldom of the normal shape, the lamina generall}- extendining downward to the petiole — a suggestion of a pinnate t}’pe — and the whole affair presenting a crumpled and distorted aspect The accompan_\ ing sketches indicate some of the com- moner outlines. Abxormai. Le.wes of Aesccujs glabra. Large Ohio Tkkk.s. — From time to time ns opportunity offered, trees of unusual size have been measured with the results here tabulated — the measurements taken about three or four feet from the ground ; Name. Locality. Circumference. Acer negnndo. Box Elder. Columbus 8 ft. 2 iu. Acer saccharinum, Silver Maple. Symuies Creek, Lawrence County 8 ft. 6 in. Aesculus glabra, Ohio Buckeye. Marblehead, Ottawa Co. .. . 9 ft. 2 in. Aesculus octaiidra, Sweet Buckeye. Manchester, .Adams Co. 9 ft. 7 in. Asimina triloba, Papaw. Symmes Creek Vallejy Lawrence County 3 ft. 8 in. Betula nigra. River Birch. Hocking Co 7 ft. i in. Ca.stauea dentata. Chestnut. Brush Tp., Scioto Co 13 ft. 3 iu. Catalpa catalpa, Catalpa. Sammies Creek Valley, Lawrence County. i 9 ft. 2 in. Celtis occidentalis, Hackberry. Columbus 10 ft. 5^ in. Cercis canadensis. Red Bud. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co 5 ft. Cornus florida. Dogwood. Symmes Creek Vallet-, Lawrence County .' 3 ft. 4 in. Crataegus mollis. Red-fruited Thorn. Marblehead, Ottawa Co. 5 ft. 9 in. 2 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1^ Name. Locality. Circumference. Crataefa;us punctata. Thorn, .\inanda, Fairfield Co i ft. 6 in. Diospyros virginiana, Persinnnon. Cedar Hill, F'airfield Co. 5 ft. 7*4 in. Fagus americana, Beech. Arion, Scioto Co 12 ft. 4 in. Fraxinus quadrangulata, Blue .\sh. Colunibu.s 7 ft. 7^ in. tileditsia triacanthos, Honey Locust. Sandusky 10 ft. 2 in. Gymnocladus dioica, Kentucky Coffee Tree. Columbus 7 ft. <)% in. Liriodendron tulipifera, Tulip Tree. Hocking Co 13 ft. Magnolia acuminata, Cucumber Tree. Lawrence Co 4 ft. 8 in. Malus coronaria. Crab Apple. Amanda, I'airfield Co 2 ft. 7^ in. Nys.sa sylvatica. Sour Gum. Otway, Scioto Co 8 ft. 10 in. Ostrya virginiana, Ironwood. Waynesville, Warren Co 3 fL 7 in. Oxydendrum arboreum. Sorrel Tree. Saltpetre Cave, Hock- ing Co 4 ft. 8 in. Platanus occidentalis. Sycamore. Groveport, Franklin Co. . . 23 ft. 5 in. Ouercus acuminata. Yellow Oak. Waj-nesville, Warren Co.. 8 ft. 5 in. Ouercus alba. White Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co 15 ft. 6 in. yuercus leana, Lea’s Oak. Cedar Point, Erie Co 4 ft. 5 in. Ouercus macrocarpa. Bur Oak. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co 12 ft. i in. Quercus palu.stris. Pin Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co 8 ft. in. Quercus prinus. Chestnut Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co .... 9 ft. 8 in. Quercus stellata, Iron Oak. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co 10 ft. 10 in. Rhamnus carolinianus. Buckthorn. Cedar Mills, .\dams Co. . ii in. Rhus hirta, Staghorn Sumach. Geneva, A.shtabula Co 2 ft. 9 in. Robinia pseudacacia, Black Locust. Waynesville, Warren Co. 10 ft. 4 in. Sassafras sassafras, Sas.safras. Bainbridge, Ro.ss Co 6 ft. 4 in. Ulmus americana, American Elm. Columbus 15 ft. 8 in. NOTE ON ARADUS ORNATUS (Say). Herbert Osborn. Aradus ornatus was described by Say in 1831, since which time it has remained almost unrecognized, the only record being that of Bergroth who mentions a specimen* and suggests that the sjDe- cies that had usually borne this name in collections was one to which he gives the name “ duzei.” A short time ago in looking over Mr. Dur\-’s interesting col- lection I found three specimens of this sj)ecies, which was new to me, and with his kind permission they were brought to Columbus for stud}’. Careful comparison with the related species and Say’s description proved them to be certainly his ornatus and it is no small pleasure to add this rare and handsome species tf> our local fauna. As Say’s description was written from specimens taken in Indiana, presumably in New Harmony, these captures at Cin- cinnati may be considered quite near to the type locality, and since they agree in the minutest details with Say’s description, they may be considered as typical examples for the spe ies. The species agrees with robnstus and duzei in having swollen antennae but differs from both in the three shiny spots at the hind border of the pronotum, and from robust us in the much lighter color. Proceedings Entomological Society, Washington, II, 332. Nov., 1903.] Notes and News. 23 THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF PLANTS. V. John H. Sch.^ffnfr. The plants listed below were measured during the past season in Ohio and Kansas. All are considerably taller than given in Britton’s Manual: OHIO. Bromus tectonini L., . • . . . . sK feet. Urtica gracilis Ait., ..... 10 “ Thalictrum purpurascens L., . . . .8 “ Impatiens aurea Muhl., . . . . . 7)4 “ Angelica atropurpurea L., . . . . . .10 “ Daucus carota L., ....... 5K “ Pastinaca sativa L., . . . . . . . 10 “ Carduus altissimus L. , . . . . . I2j^ “ Lactuca canadensis L., . . . iiK “ KANSAS. Sagittaria latifolia 3Villd., ..... 5 “ Phleuin pratense L., . . . . ■ . .5 “ Eb'mus virginicus L., . . . . . . 5 “ Elymus canadensis L., . . . . . . 7K “ Rumex crispus L., . . . . . . SK “ Saponaria officinalis L., . . . . -4 “ Brassica nigra (L. ) Koch., . . . . . 8 “ Penthorum sedoides L. , ...... 2)4 “ Geuni canadense Jacq., ...... “ Althaea rosea Cav., ....... 10 “ Asclepias syriaca L., ...... “ Marrnbium vulgare L., . . . . . . 4 “ Aster vimineus Lam., ...... 6^ “ Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., . . . . “ NEWS AND NOTES. The thirteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science will be held a Denison University, Granville, Ohio, Nov. 27th and 28th. The Ohio State Academy of Science has this year published three important “Special Papers.’’ The first is Special Paper No. 5, Tabanidae of Ohio, by James S. Hine. This is a pamphlet of 63 pages and, in addition to a general discussion of the life history and anatom}' of these insects, it contains a catalogue of Taban- idae from America North of Mexico and a systematic treatise of Ohio species with keys for their identification. Special Paper No. 6 is entitled “ The Birds of Ohio,’’ A Revised Catalogue, by Lynds Jones. It contains 241 pages and gives a general view of Ohio in relation to its bird life and a list of the 24 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1, Ohio birds with notes on each species. This paper is an impor- tant contribution to onr knowledge of the local avifauna and will certainly do much to advance the study of ornithology in Ohio. Special Paper No. 7, by Thomas A. Bonser, is entitled “ Eco- logical Study of Big Spring Prairie,” Wyandot Count)', Ohio. It contains 96 pages with maps and numerous illustrations and is a very complete presentation of the ecology of the area under consideration. J. H. S. A specimen of the Paddle-fish, Polydon spathula (Wal.), was seen by the iindersigned in the Post Company’s Fish House, Sandusky, Ohio, in August of the present year. According to Osburn (Fishes of Ohio, Special Paper 4, O. Ac. Sc. , p. 18), records of its occurrence in the Great Lakes are not abundant. From the fishermen, I learned that the fish is seen at irregular intervals but not commonly. Max Morse. MEETING OF THE BIOLOLICAL CLUB- Ortox Hall, June i, 1903. After the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting the committee on nominations rej:)orted the following board of editors for the Naturalist : Rditor-in-Chief, Business Manager, .Issodatc Geology, ... Zoology, .... Archaeology, Botany, ... Ecology, .... Ornithology, T. H. SCHAFFXER. J. S. Hixe. Editors. J. .•). Bownocker. F. L. L-andacre. \V. C. Mills. )V. A. Kellermax, O. E. JENXIXGS. Max Morse. Upon motion the Club adopted the report and elected the editors as recommended. Mr. C. W. Mally spoke to the Club of his experience in South Africa. The climate is adapted to grow most of our temperate crops. There is great need of a vegatable pathologist. Ento- mology is strictly economic and the strictly scientific work is done in England and in this country. Under reports on theses, IMr. J. G. Sanders reported the addi- tion of 21 or 22 species and 4 genera of scale insects to the State list and the description of three new species. Mr. Swezey reported work on the life histories of .some of the Fulgoridae. Mr. E. A. Sanders reported a joint thesis with Mr. A. W. Whetstone upon the forest ecology of F'ranklin County. Robert F. Griggs, Secretary. Starting Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR \ EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ ^ ^ | WELL EOlJIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. LONG & KILER University Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE PINS. Cpriuafe (^mBufance ^erotce. 18- (Bbti?arb ^ Co*, ^uneraP ©irecfora* 1239 ^o 1241 (U. j5*s3 ^frcef. CofumBue, . Hand Magnifier, metal case Xo, 7. Folding Magnifier, metal case Xo. 172. Hasting’s Ai)lanatic Triplet . DISSECTING MICROSCOPES COMPOUND MICROSCOPES WRITE FOR DISCOUXTS CATALOGUE On Request Scientific Materials Company MAKERS = = = IMPORTERS 7115- Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. I’he Ohio V^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uniro or con, imless an easier explanation is at hand, and in this ca.se many think there is. Let us turn now to another phase of the subject. Breeders and fanciers have long insisted that their produce show case after case of the inheritance of acquired modifications. Xaj-, indeed are not our social institutions themselves built on this assumption ? Edu- cate the father and the child will profit thereby. Raise the man of the slums and thereby better his offspring. What teacher that will not on first thouglit answer that the child of an educated jiarent learns more easih' than that of an ignorant and illiterate father? And so we may read in the stock journals and the fanciers journals of the tramsmission of acquired traits and an outbreak of discussion is probable at any time. Of discussions on this topic the most noteworthy is the Spencer-Weismann controversy that was carried on in the pages of the Con feiiipomrv Review in 1893. The discussion aro.se from an article b}’ Herbert Spencer entitled “The Inadequacy of Natural Selection.’’ In it he attempted to .show that coadaptation of the various parts of the body of an organism could be explained far ea.sier by admitting the transmis- sion of functional changes than by the theory of Natural Selec- tion. From the law of probabilit>’ he attempted to show that the chance of two characters that were mutually adapted arising in the .same individual was almost infinite. As a concrete examjde he took the case of the stag with its antlers weighing pounds. Now in an adult stag we find the mo.st beautiful coadaptation of parts to parts. The shoulder muscles are immense, the front legs are much .stronger than the hinder pair, there is an increa.sed blood suppl}’ to these parts, etc. How, he asks, can we assume that all these adaptations arose simultaneously in the same individual as variations, so that from the other less favorable conditions these were selected by natural .selection? How much easier, he .says, is the transmission hypothesis to be applied here! In answering this and admitting the force of the argument, W'eismann submits that if one case could be shown whereby there is no po.ssibility of the tramsmission of acquired characters the burden of proof would fall to the transmi,ssionists. As such a case he brings forward that of the worker bee. It is well known that the worker bee as well as the soldier termite produce no off- spring, as in their development the organs of generation atroplu'. Dec., 1903.] Transmission of Acquired Characters. 29 Obviousl}^ selection of favorable variations is the onh- explana- tion here. If, then, we must assume that, for instance, the im- mense jaws with the corresponding muscles of the termite soldier are produced bj' selection, whj^ must we assume a different cause in the case of the antlers of the stag ? When all evidence is weighed, it must be admitted that here is a solution of the prob- lem. The problem has been attacked from other points of view. Thus, Henry Fairfield Osborn, in an article in \Ai^ American Aat- uralist,'^ shows the plausability of the transmission of functional changes being the method of evolution in organic life. It is too much to assume, he says, that the tubercles in the teeth of mam- mals have been formed in an}' way other than by the the transmis- sion of mechanical mouldings. Eimer, the friend of Weismann, is the author of an elaborate volume in which he presents an array of facts in support of the transmission theory. He lays special stress on the matter of the pigmentation of the races of man. He finds that in the Nile valley there is a gradation, as one passes from Alexandria .southward, in the color of the native races from an intense black to lighter complexions through vari- ous intermediate shades. How, he asks, are we to account for such gradations by the preservation of favorable variations? Is it not more logical to assume that they have been the direct effect of environment from generation to generation ? Eimer’ s work is written in German and J. T. Cunningham of England has trans- lated it. This author him.self is a firm believer in the transmis- sion hypothesis and is a frequent contributor to the subject. To him is due partly the prominence that the question occupies at the present time. We have considered thus far proofs from the a priori point of view and also deductive proofs. There remains but one class of evidence — experimental. The classic experiments of Brown- Sequard on the guinea pig, in which he attempted to show that epilepsy, caused by the severance of the spinal cord in adults was transmitted to the offspring, are now considered invalid since germs of disease maybe transmitted in the germ-cells as syphillis is known to be. There have been thousands of cases reported of the so-called transmission of mutilations. Absolutely no depend- ence can be put on the large majority of these because of insuffi- cient data. Moreover, regeneration is so general that it is a priori improbable that amputations and the like are ev'er transmitted. The acme of attempts at experimental proof is found in the work of John Cossar Ewart, the Scotchman. The experiments in breeding zebras, horses, sheep, dogs, rabbits, etc., that he has carried out are of the highest type of scientific work. Environed * American Naturalist, 23 : 561. 30 The Ohio Naturalist.. [Vol. IV, No. 2, as he is by transniissionists, both as men of science on the one hand and with fanciers on the other, one would expect him to follow. But he does not, and as a conclusion to these remarks and as an expression of what the speaker deems the sentiment of those biologists who have worked more especially in this field, the following summary of his experiments, given by himself before the British Association, is appended : “In nn- experiments I have never seen anything that would point to the transmission of an acquired character.’’ Note. — Since the above was prepared, a volume from Macmil- lan & Co., written by Thomas Hunt Morgan and entitled “ Invo- lution and Adaptation’’ has appeared. In this book is found a treatment of the general subject in the light of recent research. It maj’ be said that the transmis.sion lu’pothesis is not counte- nanced b}’ this author. NOTES ON THE NUTATION OF PLANTS. JOHX H. SCHAFFXER. In the summer of 1896, the writer studied the nutation of Hel- ianthus annuus ( i ) and found that in this plant we have one of the most remarkable and striking diurnal phenomena to be ob- served in the plant kingdom. It has been believed quite generally that the disc of flowers follows the sun but Kellerman (2) showed conclusively that this is not the case. The nutation occurs in the upper part of the stem before anthesis, the terminal ro.sette fol- lowing the sun from morning until sunset. Along with H. annu us, H. scaberrimus was studied and found to act in the .same way. In 1900, the cultivated variety of H. annuus was reported (3) to nutate as strongly as the wild variety, and the same was observed in regard to H. petiolaris. More recently Stevens (4) has shown that a similar nutation occurs in various other genera of widel}' .separated families. He found nutation in Bidens frondo.sa and Ambro.sia artemi.saefolia. He als» mentions the genera, Amaranthus, Lespedeza, Melilotus (especially M. alba), Medicago, and Trifolium, as containing species which show more or less nutation. During the past summer numerous observations were made on various plants in Cla}' count}-, Kansas. The writer had himself noticed the nutation of Ambrosia trifida in 1897, d was not included in a previous report as no careful observations had been made. The giant ragweed nutates very decidedly when conditions are favorable, often bending 90° to the west in the evening. In the morning the bending of the stem is Dec., 1903.] Notes on Nutation of Plants. usually uot more than 2o°-3o° east. During dr}- weather the amount of nutation was increased b}" watering the plants. As in the sunflower, the stem is usually straight by lo o’clock at night. Ambrosia artemisaefolia was studied and found to nutate well, as reported by Stevens. Ambrosia psylostachya and Xanthium speciosura also nutate, considerable movement of the stem being readil}- observed during favorable conditions. Helianthus maxi- miliani, H. grosseserratus, H. hirsutus, and H. tubersus nutate well before anthesis. H. maximiliani is especiall}^ striking on Fig. I. Helianthus annuus nutating to the west at 7 p. m. Fig. 2. Ambrosia trifida at 7 p. m. Both from Clay Co., Kansas. occount of its stout stem and slender, rigid leaves. On favorable dat's the nutation is 90° west in the evening and 20° or more east in the morning. Although Stevens gives Amaranthus as a genus which shows nutation, he does not name the species observed. During the past summer two species were studied by the writer, namely, Amaranthus hybridus and A. retroflexus. The first nutates the more prominently both in the morning and evening, probably be- cause of its more slender stem. The process is much the same as in the sunflowers, but the curve in the stem is not nearly so abrupt. However, on favorable evenings the terminal rosette faces the setting sun to such an extent that the rays of light fall on the broad surface of the leaves at right angles. 32 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vo]. IV, No. 2, The wild variety of Heliantluis animus still appears to the writer to be t/u’ nutating plant. For on certain cloudy days when nutation is very slight in such plants as H. maximiliani and Am- brosia trifida it is still ver}- decided in this species. Occasionally there are days in which all the factors favorable to nutation are at a maximum. Such days may be distinguished as special “ nutation days.” One of the most remarkable in the writer’s experience was August 5, 1903. The ground was moist but the sk}' was exceeding!}- clear. The sunlight was very intense during the entire da\-. Toward evening all the nutating plants in the fields and roadsides presented an appearance not soon to be forgotten. The various sunflowers, ragweeds, and amaranths were all nodding to the west at an angle of 90°, giving to the landscape a verj- peculiar and even unnatural appearance. In the account given above, fifteen species of nutating plants are named. There are probabh- scores of others in the United States which show a diurnal bending or nutation of the stem to a greater or less extent.- 1. SCH.\FFNER, John H. Observations on the Nutation of Helianthus annuus. Bot. Gaz. 25 : 395-403. 1898. 2. Kei.LErman, }V. a. Observations on the Nutation of Sunflowers. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 12 : 140-15S. 1SS9-90. 3. ScHAFFNER, John H. The Nutation of Helianthus. Bot. Gaz. 29 : 197-200. 1900. 4. Stevens, F. L. Nutation in Bidens and Other Genera. Bot. Gaz. 35 : 363-366. 1903. POISONOUS AND OTHER INJURIOUS PLANTS OF OHIO. John H. Schaffner. (Continued from p. 19.) 62. Urtica ttrens L. Small Nettle. Produces irritation of the skin. A severe case of poisoning is reported, caused by drinking a hot infusion of this plant. 63. Urticastrum divaricatum (L. ) Ktz. Wood Nettle. (La- portea canadensis Gaud.) Injurious to the touch. 64. Phoradendron flavescens ( Ph. ) Nutt. American Mistletoe. Berries poisonous when eaten bj’ children. 65. Rumex acetosella L. Sheep Sorrel. Seeds said to poison horses and sheep. Leaves, when eaten in large quanti- ties, are poisonous. 66. Fagopyrtim fagopyrum (L.) Karst. Buckwheat. Causes the formation of a rash on some persons, when eaten. Buckwheat straw is considered injurious. Dec., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 33 67. Polygonum Indropiper L. .Smart- weed. Ver}- acrid. Some- times causes inflammation when applied to the skin. 68. Pol3-goniim punctatnm Ell. Dotted Smart-weed. Some- times causes inflammation of the skin. 69. Chenopodium anthelminticum L, Worm-seed. A fatal case of poisoning from the oil has been reported. 70. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Mexican Tea. Goosefoot. Probably has much the same properties as the preceding. 71. Phytolacca decandra L. Pokeweed. Roots and seed contain a virulent poison. Poi.sonous to cattle. 72. Agrostemma githago E. Corn Cockle. (Lychnis githago Lam.) Seeds poisonous to j^oultr)’. The seed is some- times mixed with wheat and ground into flour which is injurious. 73. vSilene antirrhina L- Sleepy Catchfly. Said to be poison- ous. 74. Saponaria officinalis L. Bouncing Bet. Soapwort. Some- what poisonous. 75. \'accaria vaccaria (L. ) Britt. Cow Cockle. Seeds probably poi.sonous to stock. 76. A.simiua triloba (L.) Dun. Papaw. Is edible, but a case of severe poisoning from the fruit is recorded. 77. Caltha palustris L. IMar.sh Marigold. Somewhat poison- ous 78. Ilelleborus viridis L. Green Hellebore. Plant poi.sonous. Leaves poisonous to cattle. 79. Actaea rul>ra (Ait.) Willd. Red Baneberr}-. Poisonous, although animals usualh' do not eat it. Berries poison- ous. 80. Actaea alba (L.) Mill. White Baneberrjv Poisonous like the last. 81. Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. Black Snakeroot. Under- ground part poisonous. Slightly emetic. 82. Delphinium consolida L. Field Lark.spur. Poisonous and fatal to cattle. 83. Delphinium ajacis L. Garden Larkspur. Probably pois- onous to stock. Also the two following species; 84. Delphinium urceolatum Jacq. Tall Larkspur. (D. exalta- tum Ait.) 85. Delphinium carolinainum Walt. Carolina Larkspur. (D. azureum Mx.) 86. Delphinium tricorne Mx. D^varf Larkspiir. Fatal to cattle. 87. Aconitum noveboracen.se Gr. New York Monk’s-hood. Leaves, roots, flowers, and seeds poisonous to man, horses and cattle. 34 The Ohio NahirnlUt. [Vol. IV, No. 2, 88, Aconituin uncinatuin L. Wild Monk’.s-liood. Poisonous like the precedin'; species. Sg. Anemone qniiupiefolia L. Wind P'lower. Poisonous to cattle. go. Clematis virj;iniana P. Common Virgin’s-bower. Prob- abl\’ .somewhat ])oisonous. Most of the species of Clematis contain an acrid poison, gi. Clematis viorna L. Leather Flower. Probably somewhat poi.sonous. g2. Ranunculus sceleratus L. Cursed Crowfoot. Very poi.s- onous. Juice acrid and blisterin';. Poi.sonous to cattle. g3. Ranunculus acris L. Tall Buttercup. Acrid, poisonous and blisterinj;, inflaming; the mouths of cattle, g;. Ranunculus bulbosus L. Bulbous Buttercup. g5. Ranunculus repens L. Creeping Buttercup, gb. Ranunculus arvensis L. Corn Crowfoot. The above three species, as well as all other species of Crowfoot, are more or less poisonous. g7. Ficaria ficaria ( L. ) Karst. Le.s.ser Celandine. Has a .somewhat acrid taste. g8. Berberis aquifolium Pursh. Trailing Mahonia. The ber- ries are injurious to birds. When eaten fresh they are emetic and cathartic. go Podophyllum j)eltatum L. IMay Apple. Roots, .stems and leaves drastic and poisonous, but the ripe fruit less so. Leav’es when eaten by cows produce injurious milk. The ripe fruit may be eaten in small quantities. 100. Menispermum canadense L. Canada Moonseed. A ca.se is reported of the death of three boys from eating the berries in mistake for grapes. 101. vSa.s.safras sassafras (L. ) Karst. Sassafras. The berries are poisonous. Excessive doses of .sassafras tea have l)roduced narcotic poisoning. 102. Papaver somniferum L. Opium Poppy. Narcotic and poisonous. Animals killed Iw eating seeds and .seed- pods. 103. Papaver rhoeas L. Red Field Poppy. 104. Papaver dubium L. Long Smooth-fruited Poppy. 105. Papaver argemone L. Pale Poppy. All the above more or less narcotic and poi.sonous. 106. Argemone mexicana L. Mexican Popp}’. Poisonous to stock. Seeds narcotic. 107. Sanguinaria canadensis L. Bloodroot. Acrid and some- what poisonous. Chelidonium majus L. Celandine. Narcotic and j)oi.son- ous. Stock refuse to eat the plant. 108. Dec., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 35 109. Drosera rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Sundew. Poison- ous to cattle. no. Sedum acre L. Wall-pepper. Produces inflaniination and vesication when applied to the skin. The fresh herl) is emetic and cathartic. 111. Fragaria vesca L. European Wood StrawberrAv The fruit produces an irritation of the stomach, in some per- ■sons, which lasts about a day. 1 12. Sorbus aucuparia L. European Mountain Ash. The ber- ries are poisonous to man, but are eaten I)}' some birds. 1 13. P\TUS communis L. Pear. Horses are reported to have been killed by eating rotten pears. 1 14. Malus mains (L.) Britt. Apple. Seeds poisonous. 1 15. Prunus pennsylvanica E. Wild Red Cherr}-. Leaves pois- onous, but less so than the two following species. Ker- nels probably poisonous. 1 16. Prunus virginiana L. Choke Cherr\'. Leaves poisonous. Kernels probabl}’ poisonous. 1 17. Prunus serotina Ehrh. Wild Black Cherry. Leaves very poisonous to cattle, especially the half-wilted leaves. Kernels very poisonous. 1 18. Amygdalus persica L. Peach. Leaves and kernels pois- onous. 1 19. Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch. Kentucky Coffee Tree. Leaves and pulp of the fruit or beans poisonous. Leaves reported to be used as a fl}- poison. 120. Baptisia australis ( L. ) R.Br. Blue Wild Indigo. Fhnetic. 1 2 1. Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R.Br. Yellow Wild Indigo. Emet- ic. Supposed to be poisonous. 122. Crotalaria sagittalis L. Rattlebox. Leaves and seeds poisonous to houses and cattle. Poisonous also in hay. 123. Lupinus perennis L. Wild Lupine. The seeds are prob- ably poisonous to stock. 124. Melilotus alba De.sv. White Sweet Clover. Objectionable in wheat because of the foul odor the .seed imparts to flour. 125. Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. Yellow .Sweet Clover. Said to be poisonous. Also imparts a foul odor to flour. 126. Cracca virginiana L. Goats Rue. Used b}- the Indians as a fish poison. 127. Robinia pseudacacia L. Common Locust. Black Locust. Roots, leaves and bark very poi.sonous to man. 128. Robinia viscosa Yent. Clammy Locust. Underground parts somewhat poisonous. 129. \'icia sativa L. Common Yetch. Caution must be ob- •served in feeding this plant to pigs. It is not injurious to cows. (To be continued.) 36 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2, ARADIDAE OF OHIO.* Herbert O.sborn. The Aradidac are a very interesting gronj) of Ilcmiptcra , being adapted bj’ tbeir flattened bodies to live under the loose bark of stumps and dead timber. The species are main' of them quite rare and it seems probable that tbeir numbers have dimini.sbed rapidh' with the deforestation of the region and the destruction and manufacture of the dead timber that constitute tbeir natural habitat. It is of particular interest, therefore, to collect them as carefullj’ as possible since the chance of .securing a full knowledge of our local fauna is growing constantly less. Some of the species seem to show a preference for certain kinds of timber and possibh' careful stud}- would show some decided predilection; so far, however, little accurate record has been kept of the kind of bark under which they occur. In many cases, no doubt, the determination of the kind of a tree which has become a rotting log or stump is difficult, but records, whenever possible, w'ould have a distinct interest. Xeuroctenus simplex Uhler has been taken under the bark of beech at Columbus, but I have specimens from Iowa in a locality where I think the beech does not occur. Mr. Dury has collected a number of species in sifting dead leaves and forest rubbish in fall and winter. Our native species are dark brown or black and have wings much reduced in size, the elytra or fore wings covering onlj- the disk of the abdomen. The beak is rather short in some genera — not reaching beyond hind border of head. Our sjx'cies so far recognized in the State fall into three genera, . Iradus, Ihachy- rhynchus and Ncuroctenus, but we most probabh’ have re])re.senta- tives of Anciirus also. Tliese genera are separable as follows: \. Ileiiielytra with distinct veins. a. Pro.sterninn with distinct sulcus Beak (except in niger) reaching or passing prosternuui. ^iradiis. aa. Prosternuni without sulcus. Beak short, not passing hinder edge of head. b. .Vbdoniinal segments without keel l)etweeu spiracles and lateral margin. Hrachyrhyuchus. 1)1). .-Vbdo.i.inal segments with a distinct keel on marginal space between spiracles and border. Xeuroctenus. \.K. Hemelytra without evident veins. . Ineurus. Ar.adus .\K0U.\I.IS S-W. A t adiis aegualis Say . Ileterop , Ueinip. p, 29 (1831). Coll. Writ., 1, 352. Stal. Emitn. Ueiiiip III, p. 136. fhler Bull. C. ,S. Oeog. aiul Ocol. Siir., I, 321. Large, dark fuscous, with gray spots, joints 2 and 3 of antennae of very nearly equal length, all joints cylindric. Length, 10 mm. *5* Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Kiitomology. No. 14. Dec., 1903.] Aradidae of Ohio. 37 Head a trifle longer than wide, anterior process coarsely granulate, pro- notuni widening sliglitljy anterior margin with irregular denticles. Disk with four rough longitudinal elevations on posterior half and two approximate and still more elevated ridges on anterior half. Eh’tra moderately dilated at base, nearly reaching the tip of abdomen. Abdomen moderately broad, sides subparallel, appearing somewhat cren- ulate. Color dark fuscous with grayish suffused spots on sides of pronotum, base of elytra and couuexivum, and indistinct annulations on the legs. This species may be mistaken for crcnatus Say as it approaches that species in length and has the margin of the abdomen simi- larly ornamented. It is, however, narrower, the abdomen with sides di.stinctly fuscous instead of grayish. Say gives the equal length of joints 2 and 3 of the antennae as the distinctive charac- ter, but in the specimens in hand I find a slight deviation from an exact equality, the second joint being a trifle longer. Two specimens collected b3’ Prof. Hine at Cincinnati, also a pair collected by Mr. Dury at .same place. Aradus crenatus Say. Aradus crenatus Say. Heterop. Heniip. (1831). Coll. Writ. I, 350. Stal Emira. Hem. Ill, 137. Osborn. Proc. O. S. A. S. VIII, p. 77. The largest of our native Aradids, the abdomen broad, the margins crenate. Color gra3’ish brown. Length ii mm. Head slight!}- longer than broad. Anterior process rather slender, antennae, joints 2 and 3 nearly equal, two usuall}- a trifle longer, fourth about two- thirds of three. Pronotum widening anteriorly-, anterior margin denticulate, disk with subparallel, elevated granulate ridges. Scutellum elongate, trian- gular. Elytra expanded at base, distinctly narrower at apex and occupying only the- central disk of the abdomen. Abdomen broad, oval, margin crenate, the posterior lobes rounded behind. Beak reaching the posterior edge of anterior coxae. Color gray, with light grayish or pallid area on the sides of prothorax, base of elytra and occupying a large part of the exposed portion of the dorsal abdominal segments ; beneath gray, the venter suffused with reddish, legs light fuscous with gray annulations. This elegant species .seems to be of rare occurence, or, at least, it is rarely taken, though from its color it would seem to be fully as conspicuous as man3' of the other species. It is longer and liroader and the abdomen more dilated than aequalis. The anten- nal joints 2 and 3 “sub-equal,” according to Sa3', are in my specimen in proportion of 5 to 6, the second being the longer. One specimen collected at Columbus, and I have before me one eollected at Cincinnati by- Mr. Dury. Aradus robustus Uhler. Aradus robustus Uhl. Proc. Bo.st. ,Soc. Nat. Hist. (1871) p. 104 and (i878) p. 419. This species is of a dark gray to blackish color, the antennae very robust. Length -6 mm. 38 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2, The head wide, antennae very rot)ust, joint 2 a little longer than joint 3, about ecjually thick, 4th joint smaller, shorter than third. I’ronotnni ronnde’, and the deeply indented margin of prono- tum .separates from any of the other species. I have a specimen from Florida collected by j\Irs. Slosson, and Mr. Dury has sent me an example collected at Cincinnati — both males. Bergroth cites its occurrence in Canada, Penn., Md., Mich., Ind., 111., Mo., Texas and California. Nkproctenus .simplex, ITil. Brachyrhym hHS simplex Thl. Bull. U. vS. Geol. 8: Geo^. Surv. I. 323. Xeuroilenus simplex Uhl. Bergroth Proc. Ent Soc. Wash. II. ]). 336. Osborn Proc. Ohio State Acad. Sci. VIII. p. 77 ^record only). lUongate ovate ; black. Surface finely granulate, elytra white. Length, male, 4.5-5 mm.; female, 6 mm. Head about as broad as long, antennae slender, third joint slightly longer than the others, which are about equal. Pronotum trapezodial, the lateral margins sloping towards the head from the basal third, surface granulate, without trace of elevated carinae. .-\bdo- men very flat. Elytra occupying about one-third of dorsal surface. Color dark brown or black throughout, except elvtral membrane, which is white, though sometimes infuscated on central part, and disk of abdomen under the elytra, which is red. Some .specimens are less intensely black than the others, but excej)t in immature individvals such cases are rare. This .seems to be our most abimdaut species, having been taken ill large numbers at different points in the State, Columbus, Cin- cinnati, Williamsburg and Hanging Rock. Dec., 1903.] Aradidae of Ohio. 41 It is also widely distributed over the country from New Eng- to Cuba, and west to Iowa, Indian Territory and Texas. Uliler says under bark of oak, but it has been taken here under beech bark also. Neuroctenus ovatus, Stal. Mezira ovatus Stal, Stet. Ent. Zeit. XXIII. 339. Neuroctemis ovatus Stal. Bergroth. Pr. Ent. vSoc. Wash. II, 336 Broad ovate, larger, broader than simplex. Black. Length, male, 6 mm.; female, 7 mm. Width of abdomen, male, 3 mm.; female, 3.5 mm. Head with anterior process deeply cleft, that is, the lateral lobes extend- ing well beyond tylus and not fused. Antennae, joints subequal, third slightly larger than the others. Pronotuni slightly sinuate on lateral mar- gin, anterior margin slightly concave, granulate, without carinae. Scutellum triangular, basal margin longest Elytra with two wdiitish spots at base of membrane. Male genital segment oval, baoader than long ; female genital segment quadrate, the hind border lobate, lateral lobes divergent. The above description is written for a male and a female col- lected by Mr. Dtiry at Cincinnati. While there is a slight differ- ence in measurements and in incision of anterior lobe of head as compared with Stal’s description, I believe it should be referred to his species. The species was described from Mexico by Stal and has been accredited to North Carolina by Bergroth. The specimens col- lected by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati extends its range to our State. It is similar to simplex except in larger size and broader, more ovate form. Neuroctenus elongatus n.sp. Elongate, narrowing slightly and anteriorly. Brown. Length of male, 5.5 mm ; width of abdomen, 2.25 mm. Head wdth anterior process slender, the apex slightly notched. Antennal joints subequal. Pronotuni narrowing toward head from near the base, scarcely sinuate. Anterior border slightly concave, surface finely granulate. Scutel- lum triangular, pronotal border slightly longer than the others, a faint median carina, surface minutely granulate. Elytra narrow, the neuratioii weak but distinct. Color dark brown, the apical half of the fourth antennal joint rufous; the elytra have two diffuse yellowish spots at base of membrane, the membrane brown. Abdomen uniformly red-brown. Beneath red-brown. The legs darker. Genital segment, male, broad oval, the posterior margin subangulate, the lateral lobes small. 42 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2 This species described from one specimen, male, collected at Cincinnati by Mr. I)ur\-, is nearly the size, slightly larger, than simplex, but it differs in shape, being narrower proportionate!}', and its color is quite distinct from any specimens of .simplex that have come under my observation. It also differs in thecarina on the .scutellnm, the shape of the genital segment, and the smaller lateral lobes. In addition to the species treated above, I have a specimen of larval Aradus from Mr. Dury, which from antennal characters appears to be different from any American species known to me, and it is hoped adult individuals may be .secured so that it may be properly characterized. A SUBTERRANEAN ROOT— INFESTING FULGORID ' Myndus radicis n. sp.) Herbert Osborn. On May loth of the present year (1903), I found a specimen of Fulgorid in the larval stage occurring upon the roots of several different kinds of plants, Impatiens, nettles and some grasses, in a river bed near the Olentang}' river. The insects occurred in galleries and cavities usually connected with open cracks and about to ij/2 inches below the surface, in .some cases and on later days, individuals were found attached to roots of plants above ground, but always where th.e}’ were well protected by drooping or dead leaves or underrubbish of the surface. Frequently two or three larvae were found in the same cavity, but seldom more than this, and the cavit}^ was lined with a cottony fibre .secreted from the posterior abdominal segment of the body of the insect. The insects were found onh’ in one small area, but dur- ing: the two or three weeks in which the specimens were found, adults and nymphs of different stages were taken in .some num- bers, so that it has been possible to trace a part of the life history. The adults were evidently all derived from larvae developed in the preceding weeks, and it seems quite certain that the larvae mu.st hatch in early May either from eggs deposited in the spring by hibernating adults or, what is less probable, in the preceding autumn. So far all efforts to find adults or nymphs during the autumn have failed and the status of the insect during that period can only be surmized. There would seem to be abundant time for two broods, that is, for a .second generation resulting from the eggs deposited in June, the individuals of which are usually matured by late summer, but no proof of this has been .secured. Actual knowledge of the life history is, therefore, confined to the development of nymphs during May and the occurrence of ima- gos during the latter part of this month and early June. Dec., 1903.] A Root — Infesting Fulgorid. 43 A.s the life habits of related species of Myndus are unknown, it seems quite possible that others nia3' prove to be suhterranean and the rarity of these forms in collections readilj" accounted for by this protected habit. What appears to be the larva or a pre-pupa stage has a length of two and .sixt>' hundredths mm. and a width of one mm. It is pallid greenish, sutural lines appearing white, and the cotton^" secretion of the posterior segment of the abdomen scant; the beak extends just beyond the second coxae. The mature inunph or pupa stage has a length of four mm., or, including the cottony .secretion, four and one-half mm. and a width of one three-tenths mm. It is mostly of a pale yellow or whitish color ; some indi- viduals appear more decidedh- greeni.^h and some dusky or dirt color. There is a well marked median dorsal stripe and fainter lines lateralhy marking the margins of the wing pads. The three terminal segments with the projecting cottony filaments extend one-third the length of the abdomen and Avhen full}’ extended appear as a wide tuft. The tuft, however, is easilv shed and when the abdomen is denuded only very narrow margins of white thread appear around the terminal borders of the segments. The surface of the thorax and abdomen is fainth’ duskjy contrasting with the white sutural lines. The eyes are red. The bodv of the segments are dusk}- with broad sutures A’ellow, a du.sk}’ patch on the thorax and another on the posterior border of the hinder wing pad. The leg.s are whitish, the beak reaches to the base of the third coxae. The Imago is pallid yellowish green, the front above and on lower border with black. Length, male, 3.5, mm , to tip of elytra 5 mm.; female, 4 mm., to tip of elytra, 5.5 mm. Head wider than long, vertex one and one-half linie.s longer than wide, tapering to apex which is broadly rounded, margins slightly raised, disk slightly raised towards apex. Front ninch widened towards apex. Lateral keels thin, broad, median keel weaker. Clypens triangular, keels obtuse, rronotum short, posterior margin deeply concave. Posterior angles scarcely rounded. Scntellnm longer than head and pronotnm together acutel}’ angled behind. Keels slightly divergent. Elytral nervures strong and set with minute hairs, slightly .setigerons Color greenish or pallid, the verte.x unmarked, but the front bears the black spots just beneath the apex of vertex and a band across its apex, either yellowish or infuscated, in some specimens distinctly blackish. The scntellnm outside the lateral carinae, and in some cases in posterior portion of intercarinal spaces infuscated, appearing as obscure longitudinal stripes. Elytra hyaline with veins infuscated, a faint stigmal and post-claval spot and the apical portion of whole elytron sometimes slightly smoky. Ovipositor of female black. Male pygofers nearly truncate, a minute median process, the styles broadly expanded apically, curving outward but their inner borders touching. 44 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2, Described from numerous specimens of both sexes collected at Columbus, Ohio, in 1903. This species resembles viridis Ball, but is larger, with more pronounced coloring, especially the black spots of the front. The vertex is less elongate and genitalia different. While the root iidiabiting habit is unusual in this family there are, of course, abundant instances in other homopterous families, as Aphidae. Membracidae and Cercopidae. NEW SPECIES OF OHIO FULGORIDAE. Herbert Osborn. PhyLLODIXI’S Koebelei n. .sp. BrachyptiTOHS, female. With transverse markings on vertex and front, pronotum except anterior border, all of scutellum, a broad apical margin of the aborted elytra and the first two joints of the tarsus and margin of the pygofer white, with terminal joint of the antennae, ba.se of the legs, most of the coxae and a series of marks on the abdomen, dirt}- white. Length, 2.7 mm ; width, i}4. mm. The head narrower than pronotum, vertex quadrangular, carinae distinct, front with sides parallel; two times longer than wide; median carina distinct and continued to apex, and a faint carina intermediate between median and lateral. Clypeus longer than width at base, polished black. Pronotum about as long as verte.x, anterior border truncate between the eyes, posterior border nearly straight or slightly concave. Scutellum wider than long, a short divergent lateral carina at base, median carina continued to apex, lilvtra reaching to base of the second abdominal segment ; veins well marked, becoming indistinct, on posterior margin. Legs dilated about as in nervatus. Color dull black or fuscous black. Vertex with a soiled occipital white margin, a broken polished band just in front of the middle and two quadrate spots just behind the apex. P'ront black, with .short quadrangular bars just beneath the vertex margin. Three interrupted bars across its disk, two spots about the middle of the lateral margin and a band across the apex, yellowish white. Clypeus black, labruni brownish or yellowish. Pronotum white, the anterior margin blackish, the dusky line extending further along the curved carinae. Scutellum entirely ^white. Elytra pitchy black with broad apical margin, narrower at apex of clavus. Abdomen fuscous with a series of dorsal triangular spots, a lateral suffused spot on second abdominal segment, a series of round spots on first to third segments and longitudinal stripe, one on third, three on fourth, three on fifth, one broken stripe on sixth, and margins of terga yellowish white. Anal style white; legs, yellow- ish brown at base ; femora yellowish brown at base ; the anterior and middle Dec., 1903.] New Species of Ohio Fulgoridae. 45 tibiae, dull black ; hind tibiae, fuscous, indistinctly annulated with yellow- ish; tibial spur and first and second joints of tarsus, yellowish white. Third joint of tarsus and claws, black. Brachypierous, male. Color as in the female, bitt the black of elytra and head more intense and white a purer white. Length, 2.3 mm. Structural characters of the body as in the female, the difference lying in the size and the intensitj' of the color marking. The tibiae slightly more dilated. Genitalia. Pygofer excavated ventrally ; styles narrow, nearly parallel, slightly curved dorsalh’. Macroptcrous, male. Black with the white bars on the vertex and front and tip of scutelhim faintl}' white. Length to tip of elytra, 3.2 mm. Head as in bracli3-pterous forms, the carinae of the vertex apparent!}’ a little stronger. The hind border of pronotum broadly sinuate. Scutelhim larger, broader than in the brachypterous form, with the posterior lateral margins concave. Elytral neuration strong, veins tuberculate, having short setae. Almost entirely black. Differs from the brachypterous form in not having white on pronotum and scutelluni. Vertex barely shows traces of white margin, front has the transverse bars and lateral spots distinct, with apical border distinct but narrow ; tip of scutelluni is faintly whitish ; the antennae are brownish ; the apex of the first joint, black ; femora, yellowish brown ; anterior and middle tibiae, black ; tip of tibiae and first and second tarsal joints, white ; hind legs mostly brownish ; tips of spines and claws, black. Macroptcrous, female. Black with margins of vertex in front and tarsal joints white, as in the brachypterous forms. Pilytra hyaline with a fuscous spot at vertex of clavus. This form agrees with the macropterous male, except that the hind border of the pronotum is more broadly whitened. White markings of the vertex more distinct near the apex. The color as a whole somewhat less intensely black. A single specimen of this form, which must evidently be associated with the preced- ing. Described from two brachypterous females, two brachypter- ous males, and one macropterous male, collected in Columbus, O., by i\Ir. Albert Koebele, September, 1903. One macropterous female collected in “D. C.,” May. , This is one of the most elegant Delphacids which has yet come to light in Ohio fauna, and I take special pleasure in dedicating it to my friend, Mr. Albert Koebele, who collected these and a number of other interesting fulgorids here the past summer. It resembles nervatus but differs particularly in the white tar- sal joints and in the extent of the frontal bars, and in the color- ing of the pronotum and .scutelluni. 46 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2, PlIYLLODIXUS FUSCOUS X. SP. Brachvptcrolis, female. Somewhat larger, lighter colored than Koebelei but similarly marked. Length, 3 mm. Head narrower than protliorax ; vertex cjuadrate, carinae well marked ; front with sides parallel, median carina small with very faint cari- nae about one-third of the distance from the median to the lateral. Ch’peus triangular ; median and lateral carina strong ; pronotum as long as vertex ; posterior margin faintly sinuous ; scutellum scarcely longer than pronotum ; median carina becoming obsolete before the apex ; elytra reaching the mid- dle of the first segment. Veins moderateh* elevated, becoming obsolete towards apex. Color brownish and fuscous ; markings very similar to those of Koebelei, but those of pronotum white with median anterior portion black. A some- what interrupted band on either side close to the anterior margin and the anterior angles directly beneath the eyes, black. Scutellmu 'white, with an irregular transverse broken band of fuscous-black. Klytra brown, .somewhat fuscous ; on costal margin a broad apical band of soiled white. .Abdomen medially polished brown, laterally fuscous with white markings, cpiite similar to those of Koebelei. Tibiae moderately dilated. Described from one .specimen collected at Columbs in Septem- ber b\- Mr. Albert Koebele. This mat' po.ssibly be an extreme variety of Koebelei or the brachypterous female of nervatus, but without sufficient material to connect them definitely it would better stand by itself. It is a large and handsome specimen, but the color markings are much less intense than in Koebelei. Myxdus fulvus x.sp. Light orange or yellow-orange, immaculate. Length, to tip of elytra, female, 4.5 mm.; male, 4 mm. \'ertex cpiadrate, carinae indistinct; front broad, widened to near apex, then narrowing abruptl}- to cljpeus ; lateral carinae of ch’peus sharp. Pro- notuni shorter than vertex, hind bordor sinuate ; carinae of scutellum weak. Color uniformly tawny or light yellow-orange. The elytra hyaline but tinged with tawny. Tips of spines and tarsal claws black. IMale st}des long, expanded on ajrical half, bent at about the middle. I)e.scribed from four females and two males collected at San- dusky and Castalia, Ohio, in late June and July. Ha.sily recognized by the bright tawny color and the ab.sence of spots. Dec., 1903.] Notes and News. 47 NEWS AND NOTES. The thirteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of vScience was held at Denison University, Granville, on Nov. 27. A very interesting program was given in the three sessions of the meeting, and some important busine.ss was transacted, with a view toward better organization and publication. Prof. E. L. Mo.seley of vSandusky, was elected President. Important Notice. — By a special arrangement the Ohio Naturalist is sent to members of the Ohio State i\cademy of Science who are not in arrears for annual dues. Members of tlie Academy wishing to receive the Naturalist regularly should see that their dues are paid promptly to Prof. Herbert Osborn, the Treasurer of the Academy. The reports of the Academy will be seut from time to time, as heretofore, to members who have not neglected to pay their annual dues for more than a j-ear. During the past summer I have observed fasciation in the following plants which should be added to Miss Riddle’s list on p. 348, Ohio Natur.alist, Vol. 3 ; Cassia marylandica, Viola tricolor, Ambrosia trifida. J. H. S. MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Hall, October 5, 1903. The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Morse, and after the adoption of the minutes of the previous meeting, the regular program was taken up, consisting of reports by the mem- bers upon the work of the summer. Prof. Prosser reported two months spent in the field in the north, central and southern portions of the State. The so-called Huron shale was studied in northern Ohio, and the exposures near Mon- roeville were referred to the Cleveland. The name Huron is not acceptable, having been applied in 1S61 to a Michigan forma- tion. The shale along Vermdlion river appears to be interlock- ing with the Ohio shale from the south. Exposures of the Prout limestone at the base of the “ Huron ” were found. In Highland count}’, at Hillsboro, the Cedarville limestone shows abundant remains of a large Brachiopod shell. Cavities in the rock are filled with asphalt. Mr. Mead reported on some exposures of the Huron studied by him between Sandusky and Rye Beach. He further reported on the fishes and Orthoptera of Cedar Point and vicinity. Seventeen 48 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2, species of fish were washed up along the shore, although some of the more common species, for instance, the white fish, were not observed. About twenty-seven or twentj’-eight species were found in the orthopterous fauna of Cedar Point. Prof. Schaffner reported on observations made in Kansas. He studied nutation in plants and nectaries outside of floral organs. Plants new to the Kansas list and added by Prof. Schaffner are Bertoroa incana, Lysimachia nummularia and Taraxacum ery- throspermum. To the Ohio list he added Kacinaria punctata. Prof. Osborn reported fourteen mammals in the Cedar Point fauna. Late in the summer he collected Hemiptera at Columbus and at Sugar Grove. Prof. Landacre reported tlie addition of forty-six species of Protozoa to the State list, three of which are probably new to science. Prof. Hine reported on collections at Sandu.sk}", and at the Gulf Biological Station, in Louisiana. • Prof. Lazenb}' reported circumference measurements of grow- ing trees. Mr. Morse reported one new snake added to the State list, Val- eria virginica. Mr. Jennings reported work on the flora of Cedar Point. The herbarium of Cedar Point now contains 312 mounted .specimens, all collected on the Point. The Committee 011 Nominations named by the President was as follows: Prof Prosser, Prof. Lazenby, Prof. Davis. Club adjourned to the first Monday evening in November. Oktox November 2, 1903. The program con.sisted of the address of the retiring President, Mr. Morse, which is presented in full in another portion of this issue. Officers were elected for the year as follows : President, O. IV Jennings; Vice President, J. G. Sanders; Secretar\', E. D. Coberly. IV D. Coberly, Secretary. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURIIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAmi & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. LONG & KILER University Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Kemovel from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE PINS. ^rioofe (^mBufancc ^crtjice. ^cfep3one 18- ;^uneraC ®trec^o^:6. 1239 fo 1241 (Jt. §133 #trcef. CofumBuB, (D^to. Photos = = = FROM THE OUD f^ELilABLiE Bcik er’s y^rt Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. Ihe Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. fUeclieal and Seientifie Books The Second liargest Stock in Ohio. The most libcFal discounts given Public and Private Liibraries. Sold at Wholesale Prices. CATRLiOGUE FREE. b. S. WEbbS, 665 North Higt» Street, COLiUlVIBOS, OHIO. Both Telephones. Reduced Rates to Teachers. Ohio State Unioetsify. Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the best methods in modern education. The advantages are offered to both sexes alike. The following list of departments will suggest the organization of the institution : Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing, Astronomy, Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa- tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History, Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture and Forestry, Industrial Arts. Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics, Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary Medicine and Zoology and Entomology. Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the catalogue write for specific information to the President Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio. SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR BOTANICAL The large mushrooms. Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees. Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address Prof. W. A. Keplerman, Department of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous MUSEUM. fossils. Address Prof. J. A. Bownocker, Curator, Geological Museum, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec- MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will greatly appreciate all contributions to that end. Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn, Department Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie. Open to Investigators June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four )-ears graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINti SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: Gp;orge’M. W.\Tkrs, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. BETHKI., D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-7 J 6 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. Bucket Engtacing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. 80% North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. a THE lio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 3. JANUARY, 1904, Annual Subscription, $1.00. ’ Single Number, 15 cts. gcxiiiixixziiixiiiixiiiTiixiiiiiiiiiiiixiiiiixiiiiiiiiiiiizixixix XllXXXXIIXIXXXIXXIIIIXXXjd THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, G. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists' Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, » • • Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. Entered at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, as secondiclass matter. THE OHIO NATURALIST. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Hiological Ci-t i! ok the Ohio ('.mveksity, and of The Ohio State Academy of SctENCE. Tuhlishcd monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 number.s.) Price SI 00 ]a r year, iiayablc in advance. To foreign countries, Sl-25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-m-Oiief, John H. .Schaffner. Managing Editor, ...... James S. Hine. The Ohio Natukaust is ouned and controlled by the Hiological Club, and at ])resent is wholly dependent on the income from subscriptions and advertisements. In order to obviate inconveniences to our reguhir patrons, the Natihai.ist will he mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the nnmagement. By a special arran.gement with ilic Ohio State .\cade.my ok .Scie.vce. the Ohio Natfralist is sent without additional exi>ensc to all members ol the Acai>k,mv who arc not in arrears for animal does. The first three volumes may still he obtained at the former subscription iirice of lifty cents per volume. Kemittances of all kinds should he made payable to the Managing Kditor, ,1. S. IIiXE. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, Associate Editors. W. A. Keelerm.an, Botain-, F. L. Landacre. Zoologv', J. A. Bownocker, Geolog}-, \V. C. jNIii.LS, Archaeology, Max INIorse, Ornithology, O. E. Jennings, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Keelerm.an. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. (Jprthctfc ^mBufance Service. ?tcfep3onc 18- 1239 fo 1241 (U. ^freef. CofumBus, otos ^ ^ ^ FROM THE OLD RELilABLiE State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. Ohio State Univetsity. Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the best methods in modern education. The advantages are offered to both sexes alike. The following list of departments will suggest the organization of the institution : Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political Science, .'Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing, Astronomy. Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa- tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History, Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture and Forestry, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, IMechanical Engineering, IMetallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics, Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary Medicine and Zoology and Entomology. Catalogues will be sent upoti application. After examining the catalogue write for specific information to the President Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio. SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR BOTANICAL The large mushrooms. Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees. Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address Prof. W. A. Kei.LERMAN, Department of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous MUSEUM. fossils. Address Prof. J. A. Bownocker, Curator, Geological Museum, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec- MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will greatly appreciate all contributions to that end. Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn, Department Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie. Open to Investigators June 15 to September 13. Laboratory courses of six and eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular. Your Laboratory x h. Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference, ji- a j* j&, DISSECTING MICRCiCOPES T 1 W 1 S H.75 r 1 6,7.‘) Y 1 25.75 COMPOUND MICROSCOPES .\B 1 Sjri.mi BB 4 H 1 25.00 BB 8 100.00 IJ -10 00 CA S 1-J7.00 1!.\ 2 I)D S MICROSCOPES From the Simplest to the Most Complete. For Stiiilcnt.s, I’lij.siciiiiis iiiul Specialists. Ffu, (ir.\i;.v.vncK with eveiy Instrument. MAGNIFIERS No. 50. FoldiiiK Focket Maynilier s 20 No. .51. •• •• 40 a n Kept . U Bird Mammal. HE ^ Supra occ»pt t « 1 c S LOTA TEC HR 1 iSxoccipital Q s TU LOTA DEC HR £a&ioccu.W. Mead on the “ Vertebrate Skull. Jan., 1904.] Comparative Chart of Vertebrate Skull. 55 Ohio Naturalist. P/ate IV. Pfety^o.ci C F,sK 5 A m ph 1 b; » n F U Rej>t 1 U LOTA B -rd DPC HP AliSpKenotoi c 5 PU LA UPC HR c Basi sphenoid q S LTAO DPC HR -« ■PraapKenoid c *0 1 -C Q_ <0 LO DPC HR ] O^bitosphcnoid q s HFC D_ HR Meseth mot ci ^ s L0/\ DPC 6-thmoi d H R M £Ho«ihmo.c( s DPC Para.Sphenoid s T'U LO DPC R o st r u m DPC Ba&i te mporal Tu.k.nal LOTA DPC hrm Pront-ul s U Fronto- LOTA DPC HR M Parietal s pATietai in U F LOTA DPC HRM Prefrontal ^ U LOA Pre^ronfo- Nasc.1 ^ s FU naSQ 1 . n LOA T DPC HRM s FU LOTA DPC HR Pre maxilla ^ s FU LOTA DPC HR Palatine. s FU lota DPC HRM Vomer s FU LOTA DPC HR M Seipra-angular „ LTA DPC e r F 1 I P CoYO n 0 1 d LOTA DPC Splenial FU LOTA DPC ^ s FU i LOTA DPC - Angular ^ s FU , LOTA T5 DPC 1 Articalor ^ s FU LOTA DPC HRM Malleus HRM Incus Meellei's cartilage ^ s T aeialrate s FU LOTA DPC H^omandi Lular ^ s F Columella LOTA DPC HRM S+apes :MK.-vn on the “ Vertebrate Skull.” 56 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3, THE RELATIONSHIP OF VARIATION TO ENVIRON^ MENT IN CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM. It is not sufficient to show that a particular species possesses a •certain index of variability in a restricted locality. We must attempt to ascertain the component stimuli forming the environ- ment and learn the effect which each group of stimuli has on the variability of the organism in question. Onlj’ by so doing can we draw accurate conclusions concerning the factors of evolution. While natural environment does not furnish us with the best conditions for the solution of the problem, a study of the varia- bility exhibited by two groups of Clirysantlianuvi Icucanthcmuui {the common white daisj’ ) has brought to light some facts of considerable interest. In a comparison of two groups of 500 each, obtained on the same day from localities less than a mile apart, it was found that the group having the greater nourishment had the greater varia- bility as measured by the “ index of variabilit)- ” and the amplitude or range of variation. Thus the data obtained in this particular study suggest that the difference in variability is dependent on food supply, or, in other words, that chemical stimuli are one of the underlying factors producing variability. This is a conclusion that has been previous!}’ suggested but not definitely established by statistical methods. It is evident that there is a need for further investigation in this direction on animals as well as plants, for only by the careful application of statistical methods can the fundamental principles of evolution be ascertained. Kenyon College. FURTHER FLORISTIC STUDIES IN WEST VIRGINIA. An account of a collecting trip through portions of Randolph and Webster Counties, especially in the Cheat and Point Mount- ains, with brief outline of the more conspicuous and interesting fungi — several of which are now reported for the first time. L. B. Wai.tox. {Abstract.) the “ average deviation ” W. Kei.lerm.\x. {Abstract. ) Jan., 1904.] Infection Experiments with Species of Rusts. 57 ADDITIONAL INFECTION EXPERIMENTS WITH SPECIES OF RUSTS. W. A. KEI.I.KRMAN. {Abstract.) General report of artificial cultures of Rust stages, both hete- roecious and axitcecious .species, continuation of work reported the previous 3’ear. Over twent}' species were used and inocula- tions of a ver}' large number of host-plants were attempted. The experiments numbered nearly two hundred. In nine cases posi- tive results were obtained — some being repetitions of previous successful experiments, others showing connections not previou.sly known. Of the latter it was shown that the Black Rust (Puccinia muhlenbergiae Arth.) on the common Muhlenberg Grass (Muh- lenbergia mexicana) was the alternate stage of the Yellow Cluster-cup fungus (Aecidium hibisciatum Schw.) on the Marsh Mallow ( Hibiscus moscheuto.s). Cultures with the Black Rust (Puccinia cirsii-lanceolati Schroet.) of the Common Thistle (Carduus lanceolatus L.) resulted in the development of aecidia or Yellow Cluster-cup stage (as well as the red and black spores) but this has not before been reported in this countr}'. The Rust has heretofore been called Piccinia cirsii Lasch, but the experiment showed it to be P. cirsii-lanceolati, a species described in Europe several j-ears ago b}’ Schroeter. In a similar manner it was proven that the \Yestern Sage Rust ( Puccinia canlicola Tr. & Gall, on Salvia lanceolata) — material for cultures received from Kansas in the early spring (sent by Mr. E. Bartholomew) — has a hitherto unrecorded aecidial stage on the same host plant. Cultures demonstrated experimentallj’ for the first time the aut- eu-puccinial character of the Rust of Ruellia. That is to say, all of the four stages grow on one and the same host. Tlie jxaper is published in full in the December number of the Journal of Mycolopy. A summary of the successful cultures may be brief!}’ stated thus, it being understood that the teleuto-spores (lilack or winter spores) were ixsed when sowings were made on the host plants, and, in case of Puccinia lateripes, aecidiospores, also ; Puccinia angustata (on Scirpus atrovirens) — aecidia on Ej'copus americanus. Puccinia canlicola (on Salvia lanceolata) — aecidia on Salvia lance- olata. Puccinia caricis-erigerontis (on Carex festucacea) — aecidia on Eeptilon canadensis. 58 The Ohio N^aturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3, Puccinia caricis-solidaginis (on Carex stipata) — aecidia on Soli- dago canadensis. Pnccinia cirsii-lanceolati (on Cardnus lanceolatus) — aecidia on Cardinis lanceolatus. Pnccinia helianthi (on Helianthns mollis) — aecidia on Helianthns annuns and H. mollis. Pnccinia hibisciata ( on Mnlilenbergia mexicana) — aecidia on Hibiscus moscheutos and H. militaris. Pnccinia lateripes (on Ruellia strepens) — aecidia, etc., on Ruellia strepens. Pnccinia snbnitens (on Distichlis) — aecidia on Chenopodinm album. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FOSSOMBRONIA CRISTULA IN OHIO. Edo CD-^..■vssEN. This beautiful liverwort reported, so far as the writer knows, by Underwood from New Jersey only (Gray’s Manual, 6th lid.), occurs in numberless specimens, often associated with Dicranella heteromalla Schimp., on a claye}' field southwest of Prookside Park in Brookljm Township, Cuyahoga County, Ohio. Although very small in size it is easily identified by its peculiar thallus and more or less dark purple rhizoids. The description of it in Gray’s Botany should, however, be corrected since the pedicel of the capsule when ripe surpasses the thallus consideraby and the elaters contain one or two ( mostly two ) spirals. One specimen was examined more closely as to its dimensions, and was found to be as follows: 1. Length of longest rhizoid, 1.36111111. 2. Length of “rooting” part tbroken off at end), 1.36 mm. 3. Height of plant from uppermost rhizoid on the horizontal stem to the top of the split capsule, about 5.1 111111. 4. Height of plant from uppermost rhizoid to top of thallus, 2.64 mm. 5. Length of pedicel (about 0.25 mm. thick) above the thallus, 1.36 mm.; or of entire pedicel from its origin, 3.4 mm. 6. Capsule (split and by depre.ssion expanded), height and width, about 1.1 to 1.2 mm. Capsules of other specimens (not split but ripe and globular in shape), diameter about 0.34 to 0.90 mm. 7. About a dozen spores were measured. Their diameter was between 0.044 0.048 mm. Cleveland, Ohio. Jan., 1904.] The State Herbarium. 59 REPORT FOR 1902 ON THE STATE HERBARIUM INCLUDING ADDITIONS TO THE STATE PLANT LIST. W. A. KEI.I.ERMAN and O. E. JENNINGS. There have been added to the State Herbarium, since the last report was made, 876 specimens of the Flowering plants and F'erns. The contributors and number of specimens by each are as follows : contributed Bonser, Thos. . . . . 17 Louth, E. V 2 Burr, Harriet G • . ■ ■ 37 Mark, Clara I Case, Mrs. T. W 2 IMead, Chas. S 5 Clayton, W. IM . . . . I Minns, E. R 92 Coberly, E. D . . . . 2 Morris, E. L I Coberly, E. D., and Moseley, E. L. .. 21 Long, J. Paul . . .. 5 Norman, L. M 3 Hacker, Otto . . . . 70 Schaffner, J. II 9 Hopkins, L. S . . . . I Sharp, Mrs. K. D . . . 3 Horlacher, S. PI . . . . 171 Shafer, John G I Ingold, C. P ■ ■■ ■ 33 Tyler, F. J 6 Jennings, O. E . . . . 21 1 Wetzstein, A 54 Kellernian, W. A.... . . . . I2I — Total 871 The number of specimens of tlie Flowering plants and F'erns in the State Herbarium at the close of 1901 was reported last year as 19,219. The addition of 871 specimens thus makes a total of 20,090 mounted specimens at the close of the year 1902. Species new to the State List and not previously reported in the Annual Reports of the Ohio State Academy of Science nor in the State Catalogue are as follows ; iiS/e Miscanthus sinensis Anders. ( Eulalia japonica Trin. ) Chinese Eulalia. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker. 124a. Paspaluni muhlenbergii Nash. IMuhlenberg’s Paspalum. Sandusky, Erie Co. W. A. Kellernian. 366(1. Carex gynandra Schw. Nodding Sedge. Buckeye Lake, Perry Co. \V. A. Kellernian. 621a. Salix pentandra L. Bay Leaf Willow. Bridgeport, Belmont Co. W. A. Kellernian. 752a. Amaranthus lividus L. Purpli.sh Amaranth. Montgomery Co. S. E. Horlacher. So5(?. N}-mphaea variegata Englem. Spatter Dock. Sandusky Bay, Erie Co. PI. L- Moseley. Previously reported as N. advena but speci- mens sent to Gerrit S. Miller at Washington were verified as N. variegata Engelm. 6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3, Sgoi?. Coronopiis rlidyinus (L. ) J. K. Smitli. Lesser Wart Cress. I’aines- ville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker. 924iked Pobelia. 212. Pobelia leptostachys A. DC. Spiked Polielia. All the aliove acrid and poisonous. 213. Pobelia inflata P. Indian Tobacco. \'ery poi.sonous, nar- cotic and acrid. 214. Pobelia kalinii P. Kahn’s Pobelia. 215. Pobelia nuttallii R.&S. Nuttall’s Pobelia. Both the above acrid and poisonous. 216. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia P. Roman Ragweed. The pollen has an irritant action upon the muceus membranes ; cause of hay fever. 217. Xanthium spinosum P. Spin}" Clotlmr. The seeds and probably the whole plant poisonous. 218. Xaulhium strumarium P. Euro]iean Cocklebur. Young- seedlings and seeds probably jioisonous to hogs. 219. Xanthium canadense Mill. American Cocklebur. Young .seedlings poisonous to hogs. 220. Plupatorium perfoliitum P. Boneset. Emetic in large doses. 221. Rudbeckia laciniata P. Tall Cone Elower. Supposed to be fatal to sheep and hogs. 222. Bidens frondosa P. Black Beggar-ticks. Produces an itching .sensation to some persons. 223. Helenium autumnale P. Sneezeweed. Plant and also flowers poisonous to cattle, sheep and horses. 224. Helenium nudiflorum Xutt. Purple-head Sneezeweed. Poi.sonous. 225. Helenium tenuifolium Xutt. Slender-leaf Sneezeweed. Poisonous. Suppo.sed to be fatal to horses and mules. 226. Aiithemis cotula P. Ma3'weed. Will sometimes blister the skin. Has a disagreeable odor. 227. Artemisia absinthium P. Common Wormwood. The vola- tile oil of this plant is a violent, narcotic poison. 228. Arctium lappa P. Great Burdock. Produces an itching sensation to some persons. 229. Cichorium intybus P. Cliicor}-. When fed in large quan- tities to dairy cattle it imparts a bitter flavor to the milk and butter. 74 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. .S, NEWS AND NOTES. Most of the papers and abstracts in this issue of tlie X.atural- IST were read at the Novcniljcr meeting (jf the Ohio State Academy of Science. Others will appear in later numbers of the Naturaust. Krr.vta. — In Prof. Griggs’ “ Ncjtes (m Interesting Ohio Willows” (Ohio Nat., 4:11) the following correc tions sh"uld he made : jr 13, 37th line, for h/s/iurt r(jad d/stau/ : p. i4, 131I1 line, for iiomi)ial read uoriual : p. J5, 36th line, for /miry ! Hr read hairy. Hire. During the past year the dandelion ( Taraxacum tara.xacum and T. erythrosi)ermum ) has been in bloom in the open every month from January to December. Other jdants which are in bloom during the greater ]rart of the year, at Columbus, are Alsine media, Lepidium virginicum, aud Lamium amidexicaule. Recently Mr. A. A. Eaton has written an interesting account of Hquisetum laevigatum A. Hr. (Fern Bull 11 140). His ob.ser- vations agree with my own as I know this .species in the west. The manuals, even the latest, sa\’ that the stems of this species are perenuial, evergreen, the cones tipped with a rigid point. The aerial stems are annual and the cones do not have a point. Formerly in Kansas the plants growing on the prairie were burned off annually and the new aerial stems usually had the coues mature by the first of June. Either the description in our manuals of Braun’s F. laevigatum is wr cents. Edilor-in-Chief ...... John H. Schafkner. Managing Editor, James S. Hine. Associate Editois. W. A. Keleerman, Botany, \V. C. Mii.r.S, Archaeology, F. L. Landacre. Zoology, Max Morse, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, O. E. Jennings, Ecology. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club, and at present is wholly dependent on the income from su Ascriptions and advertisements. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, ihe Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional e.\]>ense to all members of the Acade.my who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first three volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price of lifty cents per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Managing Editor, J. S, IIlNE, Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8^Tumbus‘oh‘/6 Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Keleerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charees S. Prosser. ^efey0oiie 18- 1239 io 1241 Qt. §106 #trecf. CofumBuB, (&3»o. Photos = = = FROM THE OliD State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. Ohio State Unioetsit}^. Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the best methods in modern education. The advantages are offered to both sexes alike. The following list of departments will suggest the organization of the institution: Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing, Astronomy, Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa- tion. Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History, Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture and Forestry, Industrial Arts. Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics, Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary Medicine and Zoology and Entomology; Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the catalogue write for specific information to the President Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio. SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR botanical The large mushrooms, Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees. Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address Prof. W. A. KEI.I.ERMAN, Department of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous MUSEUM. fossils. Address Prof. J. A. Bownocker, Curator, Geological Museum, Ohio State U:iiversity, Columbus, Ohio, ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec- MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will greatly appreciate all contributions to that end. Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn, Department Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie. Open to Investigators June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular. Your Laboratory jju su Si Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference. jS. Scientific Materials Company MAKERS - . . IMPORTERS 7115: Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. l~he Ohio ^ACatiiralist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of ihe Ohio State University. Volume IV. FEBRUARY, 1904. No. 4. TABLE OF CONTENTS Wells— The Topography mid Geology of Clifton Gorge 75 IvEi.LEioi.iN — Index to Uredineou.s Culture Experiments with List of Specie.s and Hosts for North America 78 SciiAFFNER— Some Morphological Peculiarities of the Nympliaeaccao and Hcliohae.. 83 OsiioKX — Note on Alate Form of ITiylioscclis 93 Sanders— Tlirec New Scale Insects from Oliio 04 ColiF.RLV— Meeting of tlie Biological Club 08 THE TOPOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF CLIFTON GORGE. W. E. Wells. This gorge is located in Greene count}", Ohio, about two miles from the town of Yellow Springs. It is made b}- the headwaters of the Little Aliami river. The beauty of the gorge is not surpas.sed by anything of a like nature in the State. It has been visited by thousands of plea.sure- .seekers from all the surrounding country, especially from the near-by cities of Dayton, Springfield and Xenia. Neither is this remarkable gorge unknown to the scientists of this and other states. In the gorge are found two quite rare plant-s — Ground Hemlock (Taxus canadensis), found nowhere else in the county, and xAsplenium ruta-muraria, found nowhere else in the State. The origin of the gorge seems to be as follows : The head- waters of the Little Miami flow with an apparently gentle slope over the glacial drift, for some distance. At the town of Clifton, however, the drift thins out and the Niagara limestone comes to the surface. At the same time the slope increases, with the natural result that the river has hewn for itself a deep bed in the .solid rock. This deep bed is the gorge. At its beginning the gorge is very narrow, having an average width of about 40 feet. The average depth here is 34 feet. But as the stream proceeds the valley gradually widens. This is due to the fact that the Springfield division of the Niagara has been more easily eroded than the Cedarville division just above it ; so that from time to time the latter has broken off. In proof of this we find the valley floor strewn with rock masses, most of them moss-covered, some of the largest with 76 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, small trees growing on their upper surfaces. One large mass has lodged in mid-stream, and from its resemblance is called “Steam- boat rock.’’ About three miles downstream a softer ridge (Clinton) is encountered, whereupon the valley becomes broader and the cliffs disappear for the most part. About a mile further down, the river pa.sses through a still softer rock (Cincinnati limestones and shales). As a result the valley becomes ver\" capacious, being one-fourth to oue-half a mile wide. Fig. I. Looking down the Gorge towards the site of tlie old Woolen Mill, just above the Waterfall. The slope of the river bed in the gorge was found to be about 35 feet to the mile. It is hardlv necessary to add that this pro- duces au abundant water jiower. Fifty years ago not much of this power was allowed to go to waste. In 1855 there were in the gorge alone five grist mills, one paper mill, one woolen mill, one saw mill and three distilleries. But as time went on these enterprises, one by one, were abandoned, until at the present time only two grist mills are left. The only reason that can be given Feb., 1904.] Topography and Geology of Clifton Gorge. 77 for this failure to utilize so bountiful a supply of free power is that this particular locality has failed, geiieral- 1}’, to meet the expectations of its first settlers. The town of Yellow Springs was laid out for a city of io,ooo inhabitants. It now has 1,300. In the softer strata just under the overhanging cap rock, are some shaly seams. These act as water bearers, and as a result the gorge is well supplied with springs, some of considerable strength. The}' always ap- pear at the base of the cliffs. It is interesting to note in this connection that this same stratum furnishes the remarkable iron spring which has given the town of Yellow Springs its name. The hard cap-rock (Ce- darville) when burned makes excellent lime : and yet, in over two miles of exposure we found the re- mains of but two limekilns. Not the least among the interesting things connect- ed with a stud}- of this gorge is the existence of an old abandoned channel. In 1876, Prof. Claypole, then a professor in Antioch Col- lege, worked out this chan- nel very completely. The record of his work, unfor- tunately, is lost. All we know of his investigations is, that he dug into the channel to the depth of about 20 feet before reach- ing rock. At this depth the drill brought up a black, mucky soil 78 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, filled with old, dead leaves ! The channel is located near the month of the gorge and is cut through Clinton limestone. Its length is about one-half mile, its average width 125 feet, and its present height above the river, 22 feet. This corre.sponds to the depth of Prof. Claypole’s drilling. In fact, all the evidence goes to prove that this channel is preglacial and is now largely filled with drift. At the head of the channel a ravine has cut a deep trough, showing very nicely the character of the filling (boulder clay). The owner of the land upon which the channel is located says that at one time a large stump standing in the old channel turned over and in the course of a few months disappeared entirel}'. A few bluffs are to be seen at the lower end of the channel, giving additional proof of its origin. Not long ago Prof. Bownocker worked out the history of this river, but unfortunately overlooked this old channel. He has traced, however, the old channel to within about a mile of this one. So that this di-scover}- simply extends the cour.se of .some ancient river bed, whose course is being graduall}’ mapped out. A terrace with an average height of about 30 feet was found in the gorge. This would indicate, in the history of the ])resent stream, a general upward movement of the crust, in times past. The gorge itself is without doubt post-glacial. Note : The topographical map which accompanies this sketch was made by Miss .-\lice Carr, yiiss Gertrude Baker and ^Ir. R. O. Wead of the geology class of .\ntioch College. .Antioch College. INDEX TO UREDINEOUS CULTURE EXPERIMENTS WITH LIST OF SPECIES AND HOSTS FOR NORTH AMERICA. \V. .A. Keli.erm.cn. I Abstract.) Careful culture work to determine life histories of fungi or cycles of development was initiated by Ue Bary in 1865. It was continued by him in 1866 and in the same year also taken up by Oersted and Woronin. A few years later other foreign botanists engaged in similar work, and the list continued to the pre.sent contains such additional names as Schroeter, Rostrup, Winter, Schenk, Cornu, Plowright, Klehban, Hartig, Dietel, Barclay, P'ischer, Tubeuf, Soppit, Tranzschal, Eriksson, Pazschke, Juel, Wagner, Bubak, Jack}-, Shirai, Miiller and Ward. In America Dr. Earlow was the pioneer worker, publi.shing his first experiments on the “ Gymnosporangia or Cedar Apples of the United States” in 1880. He continued work on the same group in 1885, and it was supplemented ( independently) by Hal- sted in 1886-7, published in the Bulletin of the Iowa Agricultural Feb., 1904.] Index to Uredineous Culture Experiments. 79 College. More fruitful results were obtained by Thaxter in 1887 and again in 1889, — the connection between the several species of Gymnosporangium and associated Roestelia occurring in this country being satisfactorily established, which may be found in print in the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston ; and Bulletin 134, Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Pam- mel repeated the experiment verifying connection in case of one of the species (la. Hort. Soc. Rep. 1893), the same also by Stewart and Carver (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. for 1895, Yol. 3; same in N. Y. Exp. Sta. for 1895). No connections between Uredineous forms were then experi- mentally determined — except that Howell (in 1890) showed the three stages of the Clover Rust to be genetically related, and Clinton (in 1894) t'™ stages of the Bramble Rust — until 1899, when extended and important work was reported b}" Arthur and by Carleton. The latter dealt with the Cereal Rusts only, making sowings almost exclusively of Uredospores mainly from Wheat, Oats, Barle}^ R}'e and Maize, on the same and on differ- ent host species. The interesting results were published as Bulletin No. 16, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Veg. Physiology and Pathology, April 23, 1899. Arthur communicated his first results to the public in a paper read before the A. A. A. S., Botanical Section, Columbus, Ohio, August, 1889, and the same was published in the Botanical Gazette, 29 : 268-276, April, 1900. Of eleven .species of Uridineae, the aecidial and teleutosporic forms were definiteh^ connected b}" these cultures. In the Journal of Mycology (8:51-6), June, 1902, he reported cultures made in 1900 and 1901 — successful inoculations in eight cases, four being repetitions of previous!}- demonstrated connections, and the complete C5-cle for four being reported here for the first time. Arthur’s third report (cultures in 1902) was published in the Botanical Gazette ('35 : 10-23) for Januar}’-, 1903. The successful cultures made number eleven previously reported and seven reported for the first time. In 1902 cultures were undertaken by Kellerman. The first case of demonstrated connection was published in the Journal of Mycology (8 : 20), Maj^, 1902, and appeared in the same periodi- cal (9:6-13) in February, 1903. This showed seven successful inoculations, two of these not having been previously demonstra- ted. The second report (continuing his work during 1903), detailing more extended cultures, was given in part in the Journal of Mycology (9:109-10), May, 1903, and the year’s work is reported in full in the Journal, December Number, 1903. This brief historical outline shows that as yet comparatively few American mycologists have undertaken culture work to determine life cycles of our numerous species of Uredineae. 8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Space precludes giving here a detailed record of work by Amer- ican botanists, but the paper in full is published in the Journal of Mycolog)', also printed o/i one side of page as a Separate. The following is a summarj’ of the alternate forms whose connection has been demonstrated : SUMMARY OF ALTERNATE FORMS. Aecidiuni albiperidium Arth. — Puccinia albiperidia Arth. Aecidium asteratuni Schw. — Puccinia caricis-asteris Arth. Aecidiiim berberidis Pers. — Puccinia poculiformis (Jacq.) Wettst. .Aecidium calystegiae Desm. — Puccinia convolvuli Cast. .Aecidium caulicohmi Kellerm. — Puccinia caulicola Tr. & Gall. Aecidium cirsii-lanceolati Kellerm. — Puccinia cirsii lanceolati Schroet. Aecidium ellisii Tr. & Gall. — Puccinia subnitens Diet. .Aecidium erigeronatum Schw. — Puccinia caricis-erigerontis Arth. .Aecidium euphorbiae Am. .Auct. — Uromyces euphorbiae C. & P. .Aecidium fraxini Schw. — Puccinia fraxinata (Lk. ) Arth. Aecidium on Ilelianthus — Puccinia helianthi Schw. Aecidium hibisciatum Schw. — Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kellerm. (P. muh- lenbergiae Arth. & Holw. ) .Aecidium hydnoideum B. & C. — Puccinia li3-dnoidea (B. it C.) Arth. .Aecidium impatientis Schw. — Puccinia impatientis (Schw.) .Arth. (P. rubigo- vera Auct. on Elymus virginicus. ) .Aecidium jamesianum Pk. — Puccinia jamesiana (Pk.) .Arth. (P. bartholo- maei Diet. ) Aecidium on Larix decidua, see Caeoma on Larix decidua. .Aecidium lateripes Kellerm. — Puccinia lateripes B. & Kav. Aecidium leucospernium B. &. C. — Uromvces lespedezae - procumbentis (Schw.) Curt. .Aecidium Ij’copi Ger. — Puccinia angustata Pk. .Aecidium oenotherae I’k., see .Aecidium peckii DeToni. Aecidium pammelii Trek — Puccinia panici Diet. Aecidium peckii DeToni (.Ae. oenotherae Pk.) — Puccinia peckii (DeToni) Kellerm. (P. caricis .Auct. p. p. ) .Aecidium pentstemonis Schw. — Puccinia andropogonis Schw. .Aecidium plantaginis Ces. (?) on Plantago rugelii Dec. — Urom}-ces ari.stidiae E. & E. .Aecidium pteleae B. &: C. — Puccinia windsoriae Schw. .Aecidium pustulatum Curt. — Puccinia pustulata (Curt.) .Arth. Aecidium [ranunculacearum (?)] on .Anemone canadensis L. — Puccinia sim- illinia Arth. Aecidium ranunculi Schw. — Puccinia eatoniae .Arth. Aecidiuni rhamni Pers. — Puccinia rhamni ( Pers. ) Wettst. ( P. coronata Corda. ) Aecidium rubellum Pers. — Puccinia phragmitis Schum. Aecidium sambuci Schw. — Puccinia .sambuci (Schw.) Arth. (P. atkiusoniana Diet., P. bolle\'ana Sacc.) .Aecidium smilacis Schw. — Puccinia amphigena Diet. .Aecidium solidaginis Schw. — Puccinia caricis-solidaginis Arth. •Aecidium on Solidago — Uromyces solidagini-caricis Arth. Feb., 1904.] Index to Uredineous Culture Experiments. gf Aecidiuin on Stropliostyles lielvola — Urom^-ces phaseoli (Pers.) Wint. Aecidium on Trifolium, see Uromyces trifolii (A. & S. ) Wint. Aecidiuin urticae Schum. — Puccinia caricis (Schum.) Reb. Aecidium verbenicola K. & S. — Puccinia vilfae A. & H. Caeonia (Aecidium) erigeronatum Schw., see Aecidium erigeronatum Scliw. Casoma (Aecidium) liibisciatum Schw., see Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kellerm. Caeoma on Larix decidua-- Melampsora medusae Thiim. [M. populina Am. Auct.] Caeoma miniata Am. Auct. — Phragmidium speciosuni Fr. Caeoma nitens Schw., see Gjmnoconia interstitialis (Schlect.) Lagh. Caeonia ulmariae Thiim. — Triphraginium ulmariae (Schum.) Lk. Gymnoconia interstitialis (Schlecht. ) Lagh., aecidium (Caeoma nitens Schw.), and teleuto (Puccinia peckiana Howe); autoecious. Gymnosporangium biseptatum Ell. — Roestelia botryapites Schw. Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme (Jacq.) Rees. — Roestelia lacerata (Sow.) Fr. Gymnosporangium clavipes Cke. g: Pk. — Roestelia aurantiaca Peck. Gymnosporangium conicum Rees. — Roestelia cornuta (Ehr.) Fr. Gymnosporangium ellisii (Berk.) Farl. — Roestelia transformans Ellis (?). Gymnosporangium globosum Farl. — Roestelia globosum (“lacerata z’’) Thaxter. Gymnosporangium macropus Lk. - Roestelia pj’rata Thaxter. Gymnosporangium nidus-avis Thaxter — Roestelia nidus-avis Thaxter. ^Melampsora medusae Thiim [M. populina Am. Auct.] — Caeoma on Larix- decidua. IMelampsora populina Am. Auct., see IMelampsora medusae Thiim. Phragmidium speciosuni Fr. — Caeoma miniata Am. Auct. Puccinia albiperidia Arth., aecidium [albiperidium Arth.], uredo and teleuto; autoecious. Puccinia americana Lagh., see Puccinia andropoginis Schw. Puccinia amphigena Diet. — Aecidium smilacis Schw. Puccinia andropoginis Schw. (P. americana Lagh. )— Aecidium pentstemonis Schw. Puccinia angustata Pk. — Aecidium lycopi Ger. Puccinia atkiiisoniana Diet, see Puccinia sambuci (Schw.) Arth. Puccinia bartholoniaei Diet., see Puccinia jamesiana (Pk. ) Arth. Puccinia bolle\-ana Sacc., see Puccinia sambuci (Schw. ) Arth. Puccinia caricis (Schum.) Reb. — Aecidium urticae Schum. Puccinia caricis Am. Auct. p. p. (P. peckii DeToni) Kellerm., see P. peckii ( DeToni ) Kel lerm . Puccinia caricis-asteris Arth. — Aecidium asteratum Schw. Puccinia erigeronlis Arth. — Aecidium erigeronatum Schw. Puccinia caricis-solidaginis Arth. — Aecidium solidaginis Schw. Puccinia caulicola Tr. & Gall., aecidium [caulicolum Kellerm.], uredo and teleuto ; autoecious. Puccinia cirsii-lanceolati Schroet., aecidium [cirsii-lanceolati Kellerm.], uredo and teleuto ; autoecious. Puccinia convolvuli Cast., aecidium [calystegiae Desm.], uredo and teleuto ; autoecious. Puccinia coronata Corda, see Puccinia rhamni (Pers.) Wettst. Puccinia eatoniae Arth. — Aecidium ranunculi Schw. 82 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Puccinia fraxinata (Lk.) Arth. — Aecidium fraxini Schw. Puccinia graminis, see Puccinia poculiformis (Jacq. ) Wettst. Puccinia helianthi Schw., aecidium [Caeonia helianthi Schw.], uredo and teleuto ; autoecious. Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kellenu. (P. iiiuhlenbergiae Arth. & Holw.) — .Aecidium liibisciatum Schw. Puccinia hydnoidea (B. & C.) .A.rth. — .\ecidium hj-dnoideum B. & C. Puccinia impatientis (Schw.) Arth. (P. rubigo-vera Auct. on Elymus virgin- icus) — .\ecidium impatientis Schw. Puccinia jamesiana (Pk.) Arth. (P. bartholomaei Diet.) — Aecidium Jamesi- an uni Pk. Puccinia lateripes B. & Rav., aecidium [lateripes Kellerm.], uredo and teleutospores ; autoecious. Puccinia iiiuhlenbergiae .\rth. & HoL, see Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kel- lerin. Puccinia paiiici Diet. — Aecidium pammelii Trel. Puccinia peckiana Ilowe, see Gymnoconia interstitialis (Schlecht.) Lagh. Puccinia peckii (DeToni) Kellerm. ( P. caricis Am. .\uct. p. p.) — .\ecidium peckii DeToni (.\e. oeiiotherae Pk.). Puccinia perideriiiiospora (E. iS:T.) .\rtli., see Puccinia fraxinata (Lk.) Arth. Puccinia phragmitis (Schum.) Korn. — .\ecidium rubellum Pers. Puccinia poculiformis (Jacq.) Wettst. — Aecidium berberidis Pers. Puccinia piustulata (Curt.) Arth. — .\ecidium pustulatum Curt. Puccinia rhainni (Pers.) Wettst. (P. coronata Corda) — .\ecidium rhamni Pers. Puccinia rubigo-vera .\m. .\uct. on Elymus virginicus, see Puccinia inipa- tientis (Schw.) .\rtli. Puccinia sambiici (Schw.) .\rtli. (P. atkinsoniana Diet., P. bolleyana Sacc. ) — .Aecidium sambuci (Schw.) Arth. Puccinia .simillima Arth — Aecidium [raiiunculacearum (?)] on Anemone canadensis L. Puccinia subnitens Diet. — Aecidium ellisii Tr. & Gall. Puccinia vilfae A. & H. —Aecidium verbenicola K. & S. Puccinia windsoriae Schw. — .\ecidium pteleae B. & C. Roestelia aurantiaca Pk. — Gymnosporaiigium clavipes Cke. &; Pk. Roestelia botryapites Schw. — Gymnosporangium biseptatum Ell. Roestelia cornuta (Ehr.) PT. — Gymnosporangium conicum Rees. Roestelia globosum (“ lacerata z”) Thaxter — Gynino.sporangium globosum I'arl. Roestelia lacerata (Sow.) Fr.— Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme (Jacq.) Rees. Roestelia nidus-avis Thax. — Gymnosporaiigium nidus-avis Thaxter. Roestelia pyrata Thaxter— Gyninosporaiigium macropus Lk. Roestelia trail sformaiis Ell. (?) — Gymnosporangium ellisii (Berk.) Earl. Triphragmium ulmariae (Schum.) Lk. — Caeoma ulniariae Thiini. I'romyces aristidae E. E —.Aecidium plantaginis Ces. (?) on Plantago rugelii Dec. Uroiiiyces solidagini-caricis .\rtli.— i\ecidiuni on Solidago. Uroinvces euphorbiae C. & P. — .\ecidium euphorbiae .Am. Auct. Uroiiiyces lespedezae-procumbentis (Schw.) Curt., aecidium [leucospermum B. & C.], uredo and teleuto; autoecious. I’romyces phaseoli (Pers.) Wint , aecidium, uredo and teleuto; autoecious. Uroiiiyces trifolii (A. & S.) Wint., aecidium, uredo and teleuto ; autoecious. Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeaceae and Helobiae. 83 SOME MORPHOLOGICAL PECULIARITIES OF THE NYMPHAEACEAE AND HELOBIAE.* JOHX H. SCH.-VFFNER. Having spent some time in studies upon various species belong- ing to the Helobiae, the writer has naturalh' taken considerable interest in the recent investigations bj- Lyon, Cook and others on the embryogeny of the Nymphaeaceae. On account of cer- tain peculiarities in the anatomical structure of these plants, the writer following many others had reservedly placed the Nymphaeaceae near the Helobiae ; but, because of the supposed characteristic Dicotyl embryo and certain Dicotyl features which were read into the flowers, it was thought improper to take them away from their “authoritative” position. However, since the waj^ has been considerably cleared b\- L3'on and Cook, at least so far as the embryo is concerned, for judging certain other charac- ters of the group on their merits, a considerable study has been carried on for the last three years upon various species of the group. It might perhaps be proper to state here that the writer had the pleasure of examining most of Cook’s preparations on wdiich his more important conclusions were based ; even going so far as to reconstruct the earl}- stages of the embryo which showed that in Nymphaea advena the development of the so-called cotj'ledon is essentiallj" the same as what Lyon had reported for Nelumbo. It is unfortunate that Coulter and Chamberlain in their “Mor- phology’ of Angiosperms” overlooked the reference to Cook’s embryo of Nymphaea advena. For the fact that the embryo of Nymphaea has such a close resemblance to Nelumbo must have a very’ important bearing on the subject. As is well known, tlie vascular bundles of the Nymphaeaceae are essentially Monocotyl in type, showing the characteristic closed bundle. So striking is this in the bundles of the flower stem of Nelumbo that one might almost palm off a section for a corn bundle. The disposition of the xylem and vessels, the phloem, and the cap of sclerenchyma, taken together with the scattered arrangement and the absence of secondary’ cambium certainly represent a structure characteristic of Monocotyls (Fig. I ). The vascular bundles of Podophvllum and certain species of Piperaceae which the writer examined are considerably’ different and show the open type of bundle characteristic of Dicotyls. These plants have therefore no important bearing on the relation- ship of the Nymphaeaceae so far as the anatomy of the stem is concerned. The many’ superficial characters must also be taken into con- sideration. The similarity of habitat, the rhizome habit, the ■ Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University, XVI. 84 The Ohio Xaturalisf. [Vol. IV, Xo. 4, striking agreement of some of the leaf forms, and the general character of the flowers at once suggest the Helol)iae as near rela- tives ; and though such characters could not be of first rank in making a final disposition of the group, they do not in the least stand in the way but rather assist in disposing of the water lilies as Monocotj’ls. Since there has been a strong tendeuc}' to read Dicot\ l charac- ters into the flowers of some water lilies, the writer took the opportunit\' to make a study of the flower of a few representative s]:>ecies of Xaiadales and Xymphaeaceae in order to see how well the floral plan could be made to fit into the Monocotyl scheme. It is certainly much easier to read Moiiocotyl characters into the flowers than Dicot}’!. The mere position in which a species is placed may have much to do with its description. For instance, the perianth of Xymphaea advena is de.scribed as having six sepals and an indefinite number of stamen like petals. These staminodes, the so-called “petals,” are so evidently only ver}- slightly modified stamens that in many cases a superficial exami- nation will not distinguish them. The perianth is then typically trimerous with three sepals and three petals. This is of course of no special importance, for many of the true Ranales also have a trimerous perianth. In Castalia the sepals are said to be four and the petals numer- ous. This is sometimes the case ; but in Castalia odorata (Fig. II j the sepals are normally three in a cycle, but sometimes by the expansion of the receptacle one of the segments of the second cycle is partly or nearly completely brought to the outside. Its relationship to the inner cycle is, however, always evident. The second cycle of three segments usually with some green on the outside, must therefore be regarded as corresponding to the sec- ond cycle in Cabomba or Xymphaea and all the rest of the petal - like segments may be staminodes. In Castalia tuberosa (Fig. 12) the dispacement by expansion is normal and there are four green .segments, but the one “.sepal” still clearly shows its relation to the inner cycle. This tendency of the floral organs to fall into sets of four is very prominent in some Ilelobiae as in the various species of Potamogetou (Fig. 9). The transition from comparatively simple flowers to tho.se with great numbers of parts as appears in passing from Cabomba to Xymphaea is also characteristic of the Alismaceae. The extreme numbers no doubt represent multiplication or augmentation. In Alisma the parts are few (Fig. 2), in Sagittaria rigida ( Figs. 3, 4 ) the numbers are greater, but still small when compared with the carpellate flowers of Sagittaria latifolia, where the carpels count up to sixteen hundred, more or less (Figs. 5, 6). Stamin- odes are also a prominent character in various Helobiae as in Sagittaria rigida, Vallisneria, Philotria, Putomus, and Limno- charis. Feb., 1904.] Nymphdeacae and Helobiae. Ss Although there is much variation in the number of parts, t3’pi- cal specimens were selected to repre.sent the diagrams accompa- n3’ing this paper. Each diagram given represents an actual flower of the species. The descriptions following represent what to the writer appears to be the correct characterization, so far as number and arrangement of parts are concerned, of the flowers of the .species studied : Cahomba caroliniana Gr. — Flowers li3’pog3mous, pentac3’clic, actinomorphic, trimerous, with all the parts separate ; sepals 3, petals 3, stamens 6, carpels 3 more or less ( Fig. 7). Brast’nia purpurea (Mx. ) Casp. — Flowers hypogynous with all the parts separate ; perianth C3"clic, trimerous ; androecium and gynoecium .spiral, stamens 18 more or less, carpels 9 more or less (usually 6-18) (Fig. 8). Nymphaea advena Sol. — Flowers hypog3-nous with the parts separate except in the gynoecium ; calyx and corolla C3’clic, tri- merous ; androecium and staminodes spiral ; staminodes stamen- like, 18 more or less; stamens 250 more or less, arranged in spirals with about 14 circles of 18 stamens each; g3'noecium cyclic of 18 carpels more or less, complete^' united in i C3’cle forming a plurilocular ovular3' (Fig. 10). Castalia odotaia (Dr3^) W. & \V. — Flowers with partly epigy- nous stamens, staminodes and perianth ; caly-x C3'clic of 3 sepals ; corolla and staminodes not separable, spiral ; original petals probably 3, the staminodes arranged in about 7 circles of 6 divi- .sions each, passing gradual^’ into fertile stamens ; stamens 100 more or less, spiral^’ arranged in about 17 circles of 6 divisions each ; carpels 18 more or less, united in i C3’cle forming a plnri- locular ovulary (Fig. ii). Casfa/ia tubcrosa ( Paine) Greene. — Flowers with numerical ])lan about the same as in C. odorata, but the arrangement much displaced so that there are apparent^' 4 sepals, and 4 petals of the second C3’cle. Tliere is also a disarrangement of the stamin- odes ( P'ig. 12). N^cliuuho lutca (Willd.) Pers. — P'lowers li3’pogynous with 2 dimerous C3’cles of sepals and 3 petals in the first corolla C3’cle ; the remaining petals or highF" modified staminodes spiral^" arranged in about 7 circles of 3 each ; stamens 150 more or less, spiral^' arranged, falling into 6 circles of 24 each ; carpels 18 more or less, distinct, situated in pit-like depressions of the large top-shaped receptacle, arranged into several imperfect circles of 3s, 6s, gs, etc., repi'esenting a primitive spiral arrangement (Fig. 13). There has been no constanc3* in the progressive development of the ovule in the Helobiae ; for in the epigynous H3'drocharitales we have both orthotropous and auatropous ovules, while in the hypogynous Alismaceae as in Alisma and Sagittaria the ovule 86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, passes in its development from ortliotropous, tlirough the anatro- pons condition and becomes campylotropous when mature. The setting aside of the lower endosperm nuclens of the first division by a wall and its development as a large vesicular cell, as is the case in Sagittaria and Vallisneria, while not confined to the Helo- l^iae nor apparently’ characteristic of all of them, is yet significant when one finds a similar peculiarity in some of the Xymphaeaceae. The number of ovules in the carpel also shows a diverse devel- opment. In Potamogeton, Alisma, Sagittaria and Xelumbo there is usually a single ovule in each ovulary. In Butomus, A^allisneria and other genera of the Plydrocharitales the ovules are scattered on the inner surface of the ovularies. This is also one of the striking characters of Xymphaea and Castalia. In fact the pecu- liar way" in which the ovularies of certain Xymphaeaceae agree with many of the Hydrocharitales must appear most interesting to anyone who has made the comparison. Coalescence and epigyny also figure in both the Hydrocharitales and Xymphaea- ceae. Thus it will appear that what might be cou.sidered as minor or secondary’ characters do not detract but rather add considerably to the weight of the argument that the Xymphaeaceae have very- much in common with the Helobiae. The important investigation of Lyon shows conclu.sively that he was correct in claiming that the embryo of Xelumbo is essen- tially of the “ Monocotyl” type, and, since there can be no ques- tion of the facts, it also appears that his further conclusion was unavoidable that the Xymphaeaceae should be placed near the Helobiae. As stated before, the writer had the opportunity of studying .some of Cook’s preparations and it became evident that the embryo of X'ymphaea advena is in all es.sentials similar to that of Xelumbo. Later a special study was made of the young embryo of Xymphaea advena. As stated by Cook, in the young embryo of Xymphaea the “cotyledon” is at first not lobed. Later there is a rapid development at the two sides resulting in a two-lobed structure (Figs. 14, 15). Since Conrad stated that in Ca.stalia odorata the embry^o has two distinct “cotyledons” from the first, a study was also made of this species. With .some difficulty very youug embryos were dissected out of their embryosacs which are easily removed from the ovule. It was found that although the “Dicotyl” appearance is quite strong, the embryo must be regarded as of the same type as Xynqdiaea and Xelumbo. In the vei'y young embryo there is an expansion which extends nearly around the base but is discontinuous at one side ( Fig. 16). .Soon this expansion develops on opposite sides as two prominent lobes in such a manner that the original connection between the two lobes is very difficult to distinguish (Fig. 17). On examining the embryo from below, however, the similarity to the Xelumbo aud Xymphaea embryos becomes perfectly apparent (Figs. 18, Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeacae and Helobiae. 87 19). There is the same opening on one side, and on the back a connection of the two lobes, only to a less extent. Unless special care were taken in reconstructing such an embrj'o from serial sec- tions, one might readily take it for a Dicotyl. It will be evident, however, from a comparison of the figures that the Castalia embryo represents only the extreme of the lobing shown in Nelumbo and Nymphaea. There is a structure present in various Helobiae which deserves special attention in discus.sions on the relationship of the Nym- phaeaceae. The so-called macropodous embryos of Halophila, Ruppia, Zostei'a and other genera appear to the writer to throw considerable light on the peculiar structure of the Nymphaea embr3’o. The enormous development of the basal or hypocotyle- donary region of the embrj’o in such widely separated genera shows a strong and peculiar tendency in the group of Helobiae. In such typical forms as Sagittaria latifolia, Zannichellia palustris Fig. I. Similar part.s are indicated as follows : c, cotyledon, and h, the basal or lateral region developed into an expanded organ in some embryos. a — Knibryo of Sagittaria latifolia. b — Kmbryo of Zannichellia palustris. c— Embryo of Vallisneria spiralis, d - longitudinal half of embryo of Halophilia ovalis. after Balfour, e -Section of young embryo of Krythronium americannm showing beginning of ma.ssive development of basal region, f— Embryo of Ruppia rostellata, after Wille. g— Longitudi- nal half of embryo of Zostera maritiina, after Rosenberg, h —Young embryo of Nelumbo lutea, after I„5’on. i — Older embryo of Nelumbo lutea. aher Lyon. and \’allisueria spiralis (Text Fig. i, a, b, c) there is bareh' a hint of such a development. In some other Monocotyls, as, for instance, in Erythronium americannm, the ba.sal region of the embryo earl>’ shows a rapid development, growing into a massive, lobed structure which functions as an absorbing organ (Text Fig. I, e). This is no doubt the purpose of the massive expansions and lobes present in Halophila, Ruppia, Zostera, Nelumbo, Nym- phaea and Castalia (Text Fig. i, d, f, g, h, i, and Figs. 14-19). To the writer there is no more reason for calling the ridge or lobes of the N^miphaeaceae, cot3’ledons, than the remarkable expansion at the base of the embr3'o of Zostera. The basal expansion in the Castalia embryo, to the writer, cannot represent the same or homologous structure as the cotyledons of Sagittaria or Bursa. According to this view the so-called cot3’ledons of Nelumbo, N3'inphaea and Castalia represent li3’pocotyledonar3’ 88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, expansions honiologons to the expansions found in Zostera and other genera of the Helobiae. It appears to the writer that the supposition that all so-called cotyledons are honiologons is probably erroneous. The type of embryo found in Sagittaria and Alisina is in fact rather excep- tional among Monocotyls and must be regarded as ideal rather than typical of the class. Neither is the fact that the plumule develops as a terminal structure to be regarded as at all conclusive for it is said that the plumules in Dioscoreaceae and Commelina- ceae are apical. There are also a number of fundamentally differ- ent tj-pes of Dicotyl embryos. Instead of having two general types in Angiosperms there are several types, and the.se approach each other at various points in widely separated orders. The division line between ^Ionocotyls and Dicotyls is, after all, not Fig. 2. Diagram of relationship between Helobiae, Nyniphaeaceae and Ranales. very distinct. Although Angiosperms are far removed from all other plants, they represent such a vigorous modern group that there has not been time for the extinction of intermediate forms. With the removal of a few connecting groups it would be more easy to recognize .six or seven classes of Angiosperms instead of two. With our increasing knowledge of the embryogeny of Angios- perms it is becoming more and more apparent that the mere difference in the character of the embr3’o is not sufficient to deter- mine the position of a genus or family. All pos.sible characters Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeacae and Helobiae. 89 during the life cycle must be taken into account, otherwise the result will be largely artificial. As intimated above, the writer, through paleontological studies, came to the conclusion a number of years ago that Monocotyls did not come from Dicotyls nor Dicotyls from Monocotyls ; that the Angiosperms do not represent two sharpl}’ defined classes, but that there are a number of lines of development from some common stock ; and that on this account there are frequent independent duplications of important characters in quite di.stinct .series of forms. According to the view's expres.sed above the relationship of the groups under dis- cu.ssion may' be represented as .show’ii in the diagram ( Text Fig. 2) . Since lists of the important literature have recently' beeii given in a number of papers, it is not necessary to add an extensive bibliography here. 1. Lyon, H. L. Observations on the Embryogeny of Neluinbo. Minn. Bot. Studies 2 : 643-655. 1891. 2. Cook, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Castalia odorata and Nymphaea advena. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24 : 21 1-220. 1902. 3. Conrad, H. S. Note on the Embryo of Nymphaea. Science 15 : 316. 1902. 4. Camprei.d, D. H. On the Affinities of Certain Anomalous Dicotyle- dones. Amer. Nat. 36 : 7-12. 1902. EXPLANATION OF PLATES V-VII. The diagrams represent typical flowers selected from a series of variable types and show the actual number and po.sition of the floral organs. The other figures were drawn w'ith the aid of an Abbe camera. PDATE V. Fig. I. Section of vascular bundle from the peduncle of Nelumbo lutea. Fig. 2. Diagram of flower of Alisma plantago. Fig. 3. Diagram of carpellate flower of Sagittaria rigida. Fig. 4. Diagram of staminate flower of Sagittaria rigida. Fig. 5. Diagram of carpellate flower of Sagittaria latifolia. Fig. 6. Diagram of staminate flower of Sagittaria latifolia. PLATE VI. Fig. 7. Diagram of flower of Cabomba carol iniana. F'ig. 8. Diagram of flower of Brasenia purpurea. F'ig. 9. Diagram of flower of Potamogeton natans. F'ig. 10. Diagram of flower of Nymphaea advena. F'ig. II. Diagram of flower of Castalia odorata. Fig. 12. Diagram of flower of Castalia tuberosa. F'ig. 13. Diagram of flower of Nelumbo lutea. PLATE VII. F'ig. 14. Young embryo of Nymphaea advena. F'ig. 15. The .same embryo as in Fig. 14, back view. Fig. 16. Young embryo of Castalia odorata. Fig. 17. Older embryo of Castalia odorata, upper side. Fig. 18. The same embryo as in Fig. 17, under side. F'ig. 19. Still further developed embryo of Castalia odorata, showing “ Dicotyl ” appearance. 90 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Ohio Naturai.ist. J'laic r. ScHETi-'Ni-R on “ Xyniphaeacae and Ilelobiae.’ Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeacae and Helobiae. 91 Ohio Natur.a.list. P/a/e VI. ScHAFFNER Oil “ N3’mphaeacae and Hclobiae. ” 92 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Feb., 1904.] Note on Alate Form of Phylloscelis. 9^ NOTE ON ALATE FORM OF PHYLLOSCELIS.* Herbert Osborn. The genus Phj-lloscelis was established in 1839 by Gerinar to contain the American species atra and pallescens. One of the generic characters of this genus has been the absence of wings. Stal using this in his key ( Heinip. Africana, IV, p. 15 1 j to separate the genus from other genera of Dictyopharida. Partly owing to lack of knowledge of wing structure the genus has been difficult to place, and some authors have included it in the Caloscelinae because of the foliaceous anterior legs, others including it in Dictyopharinae on elytral characters, etc., not- withstanding the absence of the projecting vertex. No one seems to have de- scribed the alate form and it was therefore with much inter- est that I discovered a short time ago an individual with fully developed wings in the collection of Mr. Dury, of Cin- cinnati. The specimen, indeed, differs so much in general ap- pearance from the ordinary apterous individual that its rela- tion to Phylloscelis atra was not at first suspected. The main difference lies, how- ever, in the larger development of the elytra and the presence of perfect wings. The elytra are elongate, oval, thick and black to apex, the venation es.sentially like the apterous form. The wings are nearh- as long as elytra, broadly rounded, the anal area without reticula- tion and the venation of Dicty- opharid pattern. Based on venation, tlieretore, it becomes possible to definitely refer the genus to the subfamily Dictyopharidae. Whether this character should have greater weight than the dilation of tibiae may be an open question. Usually, however, venational characters are counted of special value. *Read at the November meeting of Ohio State Academy of Science. Fig. I. Phylloscelis atra. «, elytron of apterous form; h, elytron of macrop- terous lorm; c, wing. 94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Germar speaks of it as near Issus and closeh' related also to Iinr3-brachus, being distinguished b}' the absence of wings, the foliaceoiis anterior femora and the smaller five-keeled front and long six-spined tibiae. As these genera now stand in distinct subfamilies this reference is of little value in determining rela- tionship. The sequence of events in cases of reduction are indicated b}" the following : First, normal individuals have full}’ developed elytra and wings ; next we find man}' species with fully developed elytra but aborted wings ; next, individuals with reduced elytra and no wings, and finally forms with elytra absent or reduced to mere rudiments. The conclusion seems evident that for species not using wings the first loss is from reduction of the wings probably since they ai'e more delicate and susceptible to influences of disuse ; next the elytra show reduction at the apex, usually by obliteration of the apical cells, the next most sirsceptible area, and finally by still further reduction in length. In one remarkable genus, Danepterix, recently discovered in California, the wings are wanting and the elytra instead of being shortened have been narrowed to mere strap-like appendages, leaving a wide strip of abdomen exposed between their dorsal margins as well as at the sides. THREE NEW SCALE INSECTS FROM OHIO. J. G. S.\XDERS. Orthezia soudagixis, n. sp. PI. \TII. Figs. 57-63. . /(/«// fenia/e : I.enj^th (including inarsupium), 6niin. ; width, 2.5mm. Body covered completely by white waxy secretion in four series ; two inner series composed of eight pairs of lamellae extending laterally from median line with tips turned backward and upward, gradually increasing in length to the sixth, then rapidly decreasing; the ninth pair joined at tips forming a ring around anal orifice. The two lateral series are each composed of ten lamellae, all turning backward except the first on either side. The second and third lateral lamellae are subequal, the others increasing in length to the long subequal eighth and ninth, reaching midway on the marsupium ; the tenth pair are very short and inconspicuous. A lamella extends down- ward between the antennae to the ventral surface. The marsupium is fluted on the dor.sal surface, plain ventrally and gradually narrowed and elevated posteriorly. Bodv, antennae and legs dark reddish-brown, .■\ntennae 8-jointed bearing scattered hairs and with distal ends of joints enlarged ; the fusoid eighth joint with a terminal spine and with distal half black. Formula - 3, 8, (4, 5, 2,) 6, (7, I). I.ength of joints in (O i35. (2) (3) 205, (4) 150, Feb., 1903.] Three New Scale Insects from Ohio. 95 (5 ) I50< (6) 140, (7) 135, (8) 180. Legs large and strong, rather spin}' with femur and tibia of almost exactly equal length and with tarsus more than half the length of the tibia ; large claw with three or four denticles and a pair of short flattened digitules. The body is thickly covered with tubules about 20/X long, and small derm-orifices. The anal ring is elliptical, bearing six hairs and a narrow chitinous band on each side of the orifice, and is thickly dotted. Immature stage: Length, 3mm.; width, 2mm. Completely covered above by four series of waxy lamellae. The two median series consist of eleven short thick lamellae ; the nth pair being very small and the anterior pair protruding forward over the head in a bilobed manner. The first four lateral lamellae are similar to those of the adult, the 5th and 6th pairs are short, and the apparently fused 7th and Sth are again longer, giving the insect a rectangular appearance. The 9th lamellae from either side are fused, forming a single long lamella projecting posteriorly on the median line. On the ventral siirface there are 12 short, broad subequal lamellae on each side around the margin of the bod}', and the entire surface has an armadillo appearance on account of the short, plate-like lamellae. This stage has 7-jointed antennae. Formula; 7, 3, 2, 4, {5, i, ) 6. (i) 75, (2) 87, (3) 120, (4) 81, '(5) 75, (6) 72, (7) 141. The distal half of the Sth joint is black. Larvat stage : With 6-jointed antennae and two series of large cottony lamellae on the dorsal surface. Remarks : The author has fouud only five adults, near Port Clinton, Ottawa county, Ohio, July 5, 1903. The immature forms have been collected at Port Clinton, Columbus and Georgesville. Concerning this species. Prof. Cockerell says : " Orthezia soli- daginis is no doubt part of what has been called ' amcricana but since ' amcrkana ’ was never properly described, it is all right to give a name to 5’our insect. The species one first thinks of com- paring it with are O. urticae (which might have been introduced from Europe ) and O. graminis (which gets as far East as Kansas). O. solidaginis differs superficial!}' from both ; from iniicae by the triangular outline of the mass of dorsal lamellae {\w 7irticac it is oval ) ; from graminis by the very long posterior lamellae, over- lapping the ovisac.” Chionaspis sylv.-vtica, n. sp. PI. VUE Figs. 64, 65. Scate of femate : Length, 1.5 — 2mm., somewhat convex, very irregulur in shape, sometimes elongated and rounded posteriorly, and sometimes deci- dedly broadened and truncated posteriorly, giving it a deltoid shape ; dirty- white to light-buff in color. First exuvia persistent, buff ; second exuvia, brown . Scate of mate : Length, .6 — imm., white, strongly tri-carinate with par- allel sides. Exuvia very small, delicate, semi-transparent, covering about one-fifth of the scale. Commonly fouud on the leaves of the host, causing pale spots at the point of attachment. 96 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, Female : Oval in outline, with 3rd, 4th and 5th sejjments anterior from the pvgidium prominent. Median lobes fused to near the tip, diverging widely to rounded tips, then truncated obliquely toward the second lobes ; serrate or crenate on lateral margins. Inner lobule of second lobes serrate, produced on inner margin to a rounded tip ; outer lobule reduced, triangular, sharp-pointed, entire. Third lobe slightly produced, serrate. On the median line, a chitinous band extends anteriorly to base of median lobes, e.xpanding to a bulb-like thickening. Chitiuous bands extend obliquely toward this from outer margins. Second lobes slightly thickened on inner margins. frland-spines are arranged as follows : i, i, i, i — 2, 4 — 6 ; the first short and blunt. Second row of dorsal pores represented by i — 2 in anterior group; 3rd row by 3 — 4 in anterior and 4—5 in posterior group ; 4th row by 3 — 5 in anterior and 5 — 7 in posterior group. Median group of circumgeniial glaud- orijices, 7 — 10; anterior lateral, 15 — 26; posterior lateral, 14 — 18. Remarks : The writer has found this scale on sy/vatica at four widely separated locations in .southeastern Ohio — Sugar Gro\-e, Fairfield county ; Newark, Licking county ; Soiner.set, Perr}’ count}' ; (Quaker City, Guernsey county. Prof. R. A. Cooley has kindly examined this species and pro- nounced it a valid one. Aspidiotus piceus, n. sp. PI. VIII. Fig. 66. Scale of female : i.S — 2mm. in diameter, flat, often sul)elliptical to oval, with subcentral exuviae ; black shading to dark gray toward margin, having the appearance of pitch covered with dust. The raised, shiny black, decidu- ous finst exuvia is surrounded by an indistinct ring-like depression. When rubbed the second orange exuvia appears. The young scales apj)ear not unlike the young male scales of .1 . pcniiciosus. When removed a white patch is left. Scale of male : Elliptical, mini, in length, black, with a di.stinct ring-like depression surrounding the lustrous black exuvia, the posterior flap shading to gray. Female : With one pair of lobes, well developed, prominent, broad, notched midway on lateral margin, with outer corners well-rounded off toward inner angle. Inner margins parallel, not close, bounded by large chitinous processes, which e.xtend somewhat reduced in deiusity around the outer margin to a denser jjrocess at outer base of lobe. Second and third lobes rudimentary, sometimes with inner angle of second lobe slightly devel- oped. Interlobular incisions broad and deep, bounded by elongated chitinous processes, the inner usuall}' the larger. There are two perforations anterior to median lobes on a level with the base of chitinous processes of first incision. Between the median and second, and second and third lobes are pairs of di-pointed spine-like plates, two-thirds of length of median lobes. On the dorsal surface there is a spine on each of the second and third lobes, and on the ventral surface each lobe bears a spine on the lateral margin laterad of dor- sal spine, also spines one-third and two-thirds of distance to penultimate seg- ment. First row of dorsal pores (between first and second lobes) of 2 ; Feb., 1904.] Three New Scale Insects from Ohio. 97 P/ate VIII- Ohio N.\turai.ist, Jl o 1 0 1 Sanders on “Three New Scale Insects from Ohio. 98 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4, 2nd row of about 6 ; 3rd row, 5 — 6 ; 4th row (near margin) of 3 — 4 orifices. Four or five groups of circiimgenital gland-orifices, the median sometimes wanting; median, o — 3; anterior lateral, 15 — 23, averaging iS ; posterior lateral, 6 — 14, averaging 9. Anal orifice very large, removed from margin by about three lengths of median lobes. Remarks : Found verj' abundantly on 3’oung IJriodaidron tidipifera, at Painesville, Lake count>', Ohio, Julj’ 21, 1903. This species differs from A. osbonii, its nearest species, by the jet-black exuviae, the verj- large anal orifice, and the numerous circum- genital gland-orifices. EXPI.-\NATIOX OF PL.tTE VIII. Figures Oii/iezia solidagiiiis. Fig. 57 — Adult female. Fig. 5S — Cephalic leg. Fig. 59 — Tarsus and claw. Fig. 60 — Antenna of adult female. Fig. 61 — Dorsal view of immature form. Fig. 62 — Ventral view of immature form. Fig. 63 — Antenna of immature form. Fig. 64— Pygidium of female of Chionaspis sylvatica. Fig. 65 — Enlarged view of lobes. Fig. 66 — Part of pygidium of female of Aspidiotus piceus. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Hall, December 7, 1903. The meeting was called to order b>' the President, Mr. Jennings. Under the head of personal observations. Prof. Kellernian and J. X. Frank reported studies on the teleutospore of Puccinia muhlenbergii, and Prof. Kellernian made some remarks on a I^uffball. Prof. Schaffner reported that the color of the fruit of the Dandelions varies considerabh’. Prof. Hine reported work on a small family of Diptera. Mr. Jennings mentioned that ferns formerlj' called A.splenium pinnatifidum (Muhl.) Nutt, had been examined by \V. X. Clute, of the “Fern Bulletin,’’ and pro- nounced Asplenium ebenoides Scott. Prof. Hine reported a new “Moth Book’’ bj- Holland in which it is claimed 1,500 species are figured. Prof. Kellernian outlined the botanical papers pre- sented at the Ohio Acadeni}- of Science and Mr. Sanders did likewise for the zoological ones. Prof. Schaffner spoke of the relation of the Ohio Acadenn’ of Science to the Biological Club and the Ohio Xaturalist. Prof. Kellernian talked on collecting in the Cheat Mountains of West Virginia. The following new members were elected: F. G. Smith, Harlan H. York, Miss Marie Gill, G. A. Pfaffman and W. G. Jenkins. The Club adjourned to the second Mondaj' in January. E. D. CoBERLY, Secretary. Date of Publication of February Number, February 15, 1004. THE WILSON BULLETIN A Quarterly Journal Devoted to The Study of Living Birds, The Official Organ of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association. ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the publication of field work done by members of the Chapter. This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there- fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census of the birds of Lorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of general interest and value. Each number contains not less than forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this up-to-date bird magazine. Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlltl, O. Cedap Point Ltake Liabo^atot^y. Offers Exceptional Opportunities for Study or Investigation During the Summer Months. The laboratory is located on a beautiful site on Cedar Point near Sandusky giving convenient access to Lake Erie, to the marshes of Sandusky Bay, the river, islands, beach, forest and prairies, affording great variety of plant and animal life. Students are granted free trans- portation on the steamers of The Cedar Point Company. INSTRUCTION is offered in General Zoology, Botany, Entomology, Embryology, Icthyology, Ornithology, Plant Ecology, Morphology and Advanced Laboratory or Research Courses. FEES for the season are twenty dollars. EQUIPMENT includes tables, aquaria, dark room, boats^ dredges and collecting apparatus. Microscopes and other instruments are supplied from the university. INVESTIGATION. Properly qualified persons are given free opportunity for independent investigation. INSTRUCTORS. The staff includes regular members of the instruc- tion staff of the university. CREDITS given university students for courses completed. LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSES BEGIN JUNE 27, 1904. For further information or special circular, address Pres. W. 0. Thompson, or Herbert Osborn, Director Lake Laporatory, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. “PSYCHB” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December, Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. J First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Eleventh Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Keli.icott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fovvke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By J.\MES S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Address : W. C. MILLS, Libraiian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Every) One of Oar Aafhertisers Are Strictly Reliable People and if you Want Anything in their Line, it Will Pay You to Consult Them. P.ease Mention The OHIO NATURALIST In Writing. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAh% 8 GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. LONG & KILER Unwersity Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, atid two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW, For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M.* Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethee, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. . OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. Biichet Engtamig Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro* typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. 80^2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. 0 THE hio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 5. MARCH, 1904. Annual Subscription. $1.00. * bingle Number, 15 cts. oh mmiiixxi iiiiiiiiiixirTxiiimiTTiTiiii xiixxxxiiixxxxxxxxixxxxxxxxi THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, G. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, ' Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, • • • Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. Entered lit the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, as second class matter. THE OHIO NATURALIST. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biological Clvb of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countrie.s, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Ediior-in-Chief John H. Schaffner. Managing Editor, James S. Hine. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by tbc Biological Club, and at present is wholly dependent on the income from subscriptions and adverti.semcnts. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular ]iatrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Acade.my of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first three volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price of fifty cents per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Managing Editor, J. S. IIine. Add,... THE OHIO NATURALIST, Associate Editors. W. A. KELLERMAN, Botany, F. L. Landacre. Zoology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology, Max Morse, Ornithology, O. E. Jennings, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. KELLERM.A.N. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. 18- 1239 to 124-1 (Jt. §103 CofumfiuB, ^3to. Photos * ^ * FROM THE OIiD State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. Ohio State Unioeisit^. Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the best methods in modern education. The advantages are offered to both sexes alike. The following list of departments will suggest the organization of the institution: Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing, Astronomy, Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa- tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History, Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture and Forestry-, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, Metallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics, Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary Medicine and Zoology and Entomology. Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the catalogue write for specific information to the President Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio. SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR BOTANICAL The large mushrooms. Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees. Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address Prof. W. A. KEI.I.ERMAN, Department of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous MUSEUM. fossils. Address Prof. J. A. Bownocker, Curator, Geological Museum, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec- MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will greatly appreciate all contributions to that end. Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn, Department Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie. Open to Investigators June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular. Your Laboratory ?!=, Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference. ^ From the Simplest to the Most Complete. For Students, I’hjsicians and Specialists. Fri.i. Gu.tn.vNTEE with every Inslnnnent. MAGNIFIERS No. .10. Folding I’ocket Maijnifier Xo. 51. “ ■' “ (JR Tripod Magnitier, adjustal)Ie Xo. 6. Hand Ma.gnifier, metal case — Xo. 7. Folding Magnifier, metal case Xo. 172. Ilasting's .tplanaiie Triplet . . COMPOUND MICROSCOPES S26.00 Hli 1 35.00 1511 8 10.00 t'.\ 8 1).00 1)1)8 WRITE FOR DISCOUNTS CATALOGUE On Request Scientific Materials Company MAKERS - = - IMPORTERS 71 Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. The Ohio IJ^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY - The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Unvversity. Volume IV. MARCH, 1904. No. 5. TABLE OF CONTENTS OsBORX— A Further Coutributiou to the Hemii>terous Fauna of Ohio 99 ScH.\FFXER— Ohio Plants with Extra-Floral Nectaries and Other Glands 103 Osborn — Note on Morphology of Certain Clasping Organs in the Pediculidae 107 Mead— List of the tirthoptera of Ohio 109 ,IoxF.s — Additional Records of Ohio Birds 112 .1. S. H.— Books Received 113 COBERLY— Meeting of the Biological Club 114 A FURTHER CONTRIBUTION TO THE HEMIPTER= OUS FAUNA OF OHIO.* Herbert Osborn. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Ohio was published in the proceedings of the Academy in 1900 (8th Annual Kept. ), and a short supplementary list in the 9th Annual Report. Since these publications a number of new species have been added and much additional data obtained concerning the distribu- tion of some of the rarer forms hitherto noted. Some of these are of sufficient interest to merit a record at this time, especially as a final report upon the group is yet impossible. It is hoped that during the next two years sufficient collections may be made in certain quarters of the State to render possible a monograph of ilie State fauna 111 this group. Several members of the Academy have kindly assisted in gathering material and I am especially indebted to Mr. Dury, Prof. MAtzstein, Mr. J. G. Sanders, Prof, Hine, Mr. O. H. Swezey and T. W. Ditto for such help. Mr. Swezey has secured a number of the Fulgoridae and Mr. Ditto most of the Aphididae included in this list. The Coccidae have been studied exhaustively by Mr. Sanders, and he has prepared an annotated descriptive list for the State' so I have not introduced detailed records here. Prof. P\ M.’ Webster and Mr. A. F. Burgess published a list of this family (Bull. U. S. Dept. Agriculture), and this list was republished with certain revisions and additions by IMr. Geo. B. King, Enf. Xctvs, XIV, page 204. Collections at Cincinnati, the south-east portion of the State and in Ashtabula County are especially desired. *Read at the meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science. lOO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5, W'ith the previous lists of 32 1 and 60 species these additions give us a list of 528 species for the State. CICADIDAE. Cicada canicularis Harr. One specimen of this species which is now sepa- rated from the tiljicen of Linnaeus. This specimen agrees in size with typical specimens from Maine and is I believe correctly placed here but additional specimens are much desired, The species differs fromtibicen in being smaller, about 40 mm. long instead of 50 mm., and the opercles of male are broader than long. MEMBRACIDAE. Publilia nigridorsum Godg. Columbus. Ceresa taurina Fh. Ashtabula. Cere.sa brevicornis Fh. Medina ( Hine). Ceresa vitulus Fab. fronton iHine). Stictocephala lutea Walk, fronton, Vinton, ffanging Rock, Sugar Grove, Newark. FUI.GORIDAK. Chlorochara conica Say. Sandusky (Swezey). Cincinnati (Dury). Col- umbus (Koebele). Scolops dessicatus Uh. Cincinnati (Dury). ffitherto listed for Hellaire onl}-. Phylloscelis atra Germ. .Vlate form, Cincinnati (Dur}-). IMyndus radicis Osb. On roots of various plants. Columbus. M}-ndus fulvus Osb. Sandusky and Castalia. Myndus viridis Ball. ? One specimen agreeing closely with this species except in male styles and frontal markings, was collected at Sandusky by jNlr. Swezey. IMyndus pictifrons Stal. Collected at Vinton by Prof. Hine. Cixius stigmatus Say. Cincinnaii ('f)urj-). Oliarus huniilis Say. Cedar f’oint, Sandusky. (Swezey) Castalia, Vinton. Oliarus 5-liiieatus Say. Cedar f’oint. Kelisia axialis Van D. Quite common at Columbus September and October 1903 and collected by Mr. Koebele and the writer. Pissonotus aphidiodes Van D. Columbus (Sweze}’) Koebele? Pissonotus dorsalis Van D. Columbus (Swezey) June. Phyllodinus Koebelei Osb. September and October 1903. (Koebele.) Pli3-llodinus fuscus Osb. Columbus. f.iburnia Kilmani Van D. Columbus. Newark. (Sweze>-.) fdburnia pellucida Fieb. Wooster (Webster), fronton, Columbus, Georges- ville ? fdburnia lineatipes Van D. Columbus (Swezej’)- Liburnia lutulenta Van D. Abundant at Columbus, Cedar Point. fdburnia occlusa Van D. Columbus (Swezej'). Liburnia Gillette! Van D. Newark (Swezej-). fdburnia Osborni Van D. ? Columbus. Liburniu incerta Van f). Newark (Swezey). Mar., 1904.] Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio. lOI CERCOPIDAE. Tomaspis bicincta Sa}'. Cincinnati (Dury). JASSIDAE. Phlepsiiis decorus O. & B. Severel specimens collected at Columbus by Mr. Albert Koebele. Phlepsius majestus O. & B. A specimen seen while collecting but escaped from net. It is a very active flyer and one of the most difficult Jassids to capture. Thamnotettix lusoria O. & B. Rather plentiful at Columbus in September and October, 1903. Chlorotettex spatulatus O. & B. Columbus, October, 1903. Dicraneura communis Gill. Wooster (P'. M. W.). Empoasca obtusa Walsh. APHIDIDAE. Phjdloxera caryaeren Riley. (Ditto.) Pemphigus rubi Thos. ( Ditto. ) Pemphigus populicaulis Fh. (Ditto.) Pemphigus populitransversus Riley. Shizoneura corni F'ab. Columbus. (Ditto). Shizoneura Rileyi Thos. On elm. (Ditto). Phyllaphis fagi D. Weed. (Ditto). Lachnus longistigma Monell, on willow, Columbus. Lachnus platanicola Rile}-. Columbus. Cladobius Smithae Monell, on willow, Columbus. (Ditto.) Cladobius bicolor Oest. Willow. Columbus. (Ditto.) Cladobius flocculosus Weed. Columbus. Chaitophorus negundinis Thos. (Ditto.) Chaitophorus viniinalis Monell. (Ditto). Callipterus discolor Monell. (Ditto). Callipterus bellus Walsh. (Ditto). Drepanosiphum acerifolii Thos. (Ditto.) Aphis cornifoliae Fh. Columbus. (Ditto.) Aphis maidis Fh. On corn. (Ditto.) Aphis pomi. Previously listed as mali. Aphis P'itchii. Columbus. (Ditto.) Aphis rubicola Oestl. Columbus. (Ditto.) Aphis crataegifolii Fh. (Ditto.) Aphis runiicis L. Columbus. (Ditto.) , Aphis prunifoliae Fh. Aphis maculatae Oestl. (Ditto.) Aphis marutae Oestl. Columbus. (Ditto.) Siphocoryne salicis Monell. Columbus. (Ditto.) Myzus rosarum Walk. ( Ditto. ) Rhopalosiphum berberidis Fh. (Ditto.) Nectarophora cucurbitae Thos. ( Ditto. ) Nectarophora pisi. The pea aphis. Nectarophora circumflexa Buckton. (Ditto.) 102 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5; COCCIDAE. Psetidococcus trifolii Forbes. “ pseuclonipae Ckll. Phenacocceus acericola Kiiig^. “ Osbornii Sanders. Ericoccus azaleae Conist. Gossyparia spuria (Modect). Kermes galliformis Riley. “ pubescens Bogue. “ andrei King. “ trinotatus Bogue Asterolecanium variolosum (Ratz.). Eulecaniuin caryae Bdlch. “ Fletcheri Ckll. “ Cockerelli Hunter. “ Fitchii Sign. “ canadense Ckll. “ Websterii King. “ tnlipifera Cook. “ qnercitronis F'itch. “ inagnoliaruni Ckll. “ querifex Fitch. “ prunastri Fonsc. Saissetia depressnni Targ. Saissetia hemispherjcum Targ. Pulvinaria innumberabilis Ratbv. Aspidiotus ostreaforniis Curtis. “ juglans Conist. “ glandiliferous Ckll. “ lataniae Sign. “ cyanophylli Sign. Chrysomphalus aurantii Mask. .\spidiotus comstocki Johns. “ uvae Comst. “ ulmi Johns. “ cydoniae crawii Ckll. Chionaspis aniericana Johns. “ gleditsiae Sand. “ carpae Cooley. “ euonynii Conist. ‘ ‘ ortholobis Comst. Hemichionaspis aspidistrae Sign. Diaspis boi.sduvalii Sign. Parlatoria zizyphus (Lucas). Fiorinia fiorinniae (Targ.) Conistockiella sobalis Coin.st. HETEROPTER-\. Canthophorus cinctus. Cincinnati. Previously listed for Columbus. Amnestus pusillus LTi. Cincinnati. (I)ury, Coll. ) Corimelaena Gillette! V. I). Ironton. IMineus strigipes F'ab. Columbus. Podisus maculiventris Say. Spinosus Dali. Generali)' distributed. Brocln inena 4-pustulata Fab. Euschistus tristigmus Say var. Van D. Chariesterus antennator Fab. was noted in various stages on Euphorbia nutans the past summer. Have seen specimens in Cincinnati (Durv, Coll). Alydus 5- spinosus Say. Sandusky (H. O.). Cincinnati (Dury, Coll.). Corizus hyalinus. Found in various stages on Euphorbia nutans in Sep- tember. Ischnorynchus didymus Zett. Vinton (Hine). Columbus. Belonochilus numenius Say. Columbus. Ischnodemus falicus Say. Cedar I’oint. Sandusky. ^ Geocoris limbatus Stal. Cymodema tabida Stal. Ironton. Cymus angustatus Stal. Columbus. • Cymus lividus Stal. Castalia. Ligyrocoris constricta Say. Cincinnati (Dury). Ptochiomera nodosa Say. Microtoma carbonaria Rossi. Columbus. Salacia pilosula Stal. Einblethis arenarius I.. Cedar Point. Lygaeus Kaltnii. Stal. Cedar Point. Sandu.sky. Aradus aequalis Say. Collected at Cincinnati by Prof. Hine. Mar., 1904.] Extra-Floral Nectaries and Glands. 103 Aradus ornatus Say. Collected bj- Mr. Dury at Cincinnati. This is an especially interesting addition to our list as the species has been un- known since Say’s description in 1831, until a few years ago when Bergroth rediscovered it. I have noted it in the Ohio Naturalist, volume IV, page 22. Aradus Duryi Osb. Cincinnati, collected by Mr. Dury. Aradus Duzei Bergroth. Westerville, J. G. Sanders. Cincinnati (Dury). Brachyrhynchus lobatus Say. Cincinnati by Mr. Dury. Neuroctenus elongatus Osb. Cincinnati (Durv). Neuroctenus ovatus Stal. Cincinnati (Dury). Two species. Previoush- recorded for Mexico and North Carolina. Coriscus propinquus Rent. Columbus. Opsicoetus personatus L. Has been rather frequent in Columbus and Sandusky. Pelogonus americanus Uh. Cedar point. Sandusky. Limnoporus rufoscutellatus Lat. Cedar Point. OHIO PLANTS WITH EXTRA-FLORAL NECTARIES AND OTHER GLANDS.* John H. Sch.\ffner. The existence of glands and nectaries outside of the flower or inflorescence has been a subject of much interest to biologists. Delpino, Darwin, Trelease, and many others have given a large amount of information in regard to the occurence and nature of these organs ; yet much is still obscure and any one so inclined ma}’ at least obtain considerable pleasure b}’ making observations along this line. A'arious views have been held as to the cause and use of extra- floral glands and their secretions. Delpino considered that the power to secrete nectar b\- an}- extra-floral organ has been speci- ally gained in every case for the sake of attracting ants and wasps as a body-guard, or as defenders of the plant against enemies. Darwin while admitting that this may be the case in some plants did not think that all such glands originated in this way. He held that the saccharine matter in nectar was excreted as a waste product of chemical changes in the sap and that this product might then become useful for accomplishing cross-fertilization or for attracting a body-guard, and thus the nectary would become an object for selection. He cites the case of the leaves of certain trees where a saccharine fluid, often called honey-dew, is excreted without the aid of special glands. By some, the special use of extra-floral nectar is supposed to be to divert ants and other insects from visiting flowers which they might otherwise injure. But many plants have nectar long before and long after the flowering period. On Viburnum opulus, for example, nectar is still present and abundantly used by ants late in October. An- other view has been that certain of the.se glands act as absorptive ’^Read at the ISIeetiiig of the Ohio State Academy of Science. 104 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5^ cups and surfaces for the absorption of rain and dew. In Euphorbia pulcherriina, commonly cultivated in green houses, there are very large cup-shaped -nectar glands, one on the involucre of each C5'athium. There are also stipular glands and glands on top of the petiole at the base of the blade. Ants visit the large glands very extensively and one might be inclined to believe that in such cases the foliar glands are guides to the more abundant sweets to be found higher up when the plant is in bloom. In the case of submerged water plants, as for example in certain species of Potamogeton with glands on the leaves, the entire question of a relationship between in.sects and glands in general is eliminated. Besides nectar there are various other secretions : important among which are those with a digestive function and those of a stick}’ nature to prevent crawling insects from pa.ssing certain parts or for holding them fast while they die and decay. During the past summer, the writer spent some time in study- ing the glands which appear on the blades, petioles, stipules, and other parts of our native and cultivated plants. The mode of occurrence and the character of these organs is quite erratic. A species may have higlil}’ developed glands while its near relatives have none whatever. Even on a given individual, some leaves ma}’ have the glands while others have none and rarely is the number constant. \’ery common among plants is the presence of gladular hairs or pubescence, like on Petunia violacea, Martynia louisiana,. Polanisia graveolens, Silene virginica, and C\'pripediuni acaule. Punctate glands in the leaf blade and other parts are also abun- dant as in Xanthoxylum americanum. Polygonum punctatum, Amorpha fruticosa, H5'pericum perforatum, and Boebera papposa. The latter has comparativeh’ large, 3'ellow, oval glands which are very conspicuous under a hand lens. \’arious plants also have glutinous leaves especiall}' when young, but these will not be considered here. Of plants which have glandular surfaces with digestive secre- tions especially concerned in capturing and absorbing other organ- isms as food, we have the following : 1. Sarracenia purpurea. 2. Drosera rotundifolia. 3. Drosera intermedia. 4. I'tricularia cornuta. 5. Utricularia vulgaris. 6. Utricularia intermedia. 7. Utricularia minor. - Dr. David Star Jordan at the Phrst Congregational Church on February i6th, under the auspices of the Philosophical Club. The Club adjourned to the first Mondaj- evening in IMarch. E. D. CoBERLY, Secretary. Date of Publication of March Number, March 10, 1004. THE WILSON BULLETIN A Quarterly Journal Devoted to The Study of Living Birds, The Official Organ of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association. ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the publication of field work done by members of the Chapter. This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there- fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census of the birds of Lorain Count}", Ohio, besides other matter of general interest and value. Each number contains not less than forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how others are studying, you will not mi.ss seeing a copy of this up-to-date bird magazine. Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O. Cedars Point bake Li a bo pa to t^y. Offers Exceptional Opportunities for Study or Investigation During the Summer Months. The laboratory is located on a beautiful site on Cedar Point near Sandusky giving convenient access to Lake Erie, to the marshes of Sandusky Bay, the river, islands, beach, forest and prairies, affording great variety of plant and animal life. Students are granted free trans- jjortation on the steamers of The Cedar Point Company. INSTRUCTION is offered in General Zoology, Botany, Entomology, Embryology, Icthyology, Ornithology, Plant Ecology, Morphology and Advanced Laboratory or Research Courses. FEES for the season are twenty dollars. EQUIPMENT includes tables, aquaria, dark room, boats, dredges and collecting apparatus. Microscopes and other instruments are supplied from the university. INVESTIGATION. Properly qualified persons are given free opportunity for independent investigation. INSTRUCTORS. The staff includes regular members of the instruc- tion staff of the university. CREDITS given university students for courses completed. LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSES BEGIN JUNE 27, 1904. For further information or special circular, address Pres. W. 0. Thompson, or Herbert Osborn, Director Lake Laporatory, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. “PSYCHB" JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature^ Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year, All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, ami First ami Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and F'ourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Eleventh Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers— No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L- Mosei.EY Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. KeelicoTT Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By R.aymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By J.AMES S. HinE Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thom.as A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Address : W. C. MILLS, Libi’ai’ian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Every One of Our Adl^ertisers Are Strictly Reliable People and if you Want Anything in their Line, it Will Pay You to Consult Them. Please Mention The OHIO NATURALIST In Writing. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. LONG & KILER University Supply Store Gornef Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE PINS. Ohio Medical University. DEPART.iMENTS OP MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation sj-stem. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINti SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address; George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. INIatson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co, 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price. 5 cents. Biichet Engtamig Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro* typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 80% North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. THE lio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 6. APRIL, 1904. Annual Subscription. $1.00. * Dingle Number, 15 cts. giiiiixxxiiTTiiTximiiiiiiJiiiiiiiiiiTiiximTirii THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, G. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, • • • Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. Entered lit the Post OfiSce at Columbus, Ohio, as second jclass matter. THE OHIO NATURALIST. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Cniveksity, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from Xovember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 jier year, jiayable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents, Editor-iti-C/lief John H, Schaffner. Managing Editor, ...... J.\mes S, Hike. Associate Ed i tots. W. A. Kellerman, Botany, \V. C. Miixs, Archaeology, F. L. Landacre. Zoology, Max Morse, Ornithology, J, A. Bownocker, Geology, O, E. Jennings, Ecology. The Ohio Naturalist is owneil ami controlled by the Biological Club, and at present is wholly dependent on the income from sub.scri]itions and advcrti.'-ements. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular jiatrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of divcontinnance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of .Scte.nce, the Ohio N.vturalist is sent without additional expense to all members ol the Ac.vdemy who are not in arrears for annual lines. The first three volumes may still be obtained at the former snbscri]>tion jirice of tifty cents per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made jiayable to the Managing Editor, J. S. IIine, Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. Advisory Board. Prof. W, A. KeeeERMAN. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Ch.arles S. Prosser. ^rthafe (^mBufance ^crtjtcc. 18- 1239 io 1241 (Jt. #frcef. CofumSuB, - these marks it is eas>" to And the egg, but it is not until September that the larva leaves the egg, and then gall formation begins.” MOUTHPARTS. Since oviposition does not give an explanation of the stimulus cau-sing the formation of the gall it is necessar}" for us to turn our attention to the mouthparts. For convenience the insects inaj' now be divided into two groups, those with mouthparts for sucking, which make their attacks upon the outside, and those with mouthparts for biting, which make their attacks from the inside. Under the former are included the Acarina, the Ilemiptera and the Diptera ; under the latter are included the Lepidoptera and the Hymenoptera. I. HEMIPTERA. The Hemipterous insects which produce galls may be placed in the following order, with reference to the comi^lexit}’ of their galls, beginning with the lowest : Schizoneura, Colopha, Horma- phis. Phylloxera, Pemphigus and Pachypsylla. Mouthparts of the follow'ing were carefullj- examined : Schizoneura americana Riley, Colopha uhnicola Fitch ( Fig. 99), Hormaphis hamamelis Fitch, Phjdloxera carjm-fallax Riley, P. c.-globuli Walsh, P. c.-spinosa Shinier, P. vastatrix Planchon, Pemphigus populi- transversus Riley, P. p.-caulis Fitch, P. vagabundus Walsh, April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 125 Pachypsylla celtidis mamma Riley (Figs. looa, b), and P. c. -gemma , Riley. The study of these mouthparts gave no new anatomical facts. The different genera showed considerable variation as to length of beak and setae. In general it may be said that the setae tend to increase in the distance they may be protruded beyond the tip of the beak as the galls approach complexity. This, however, cannot be considered an exact rule, since the S. americana, C. ulniicola and H. hamamelis have setae of practically the same length, although the gall produced by S. americana is much simpler than the galls produced by either C. ulniicola and H. hamamelis (Part I, Figs. 12, 13 and 15). It was impossible to make exact measurements of the distance the setae protruded beyond the tip of the beak, since it was impossible to tell whether the setae were full)* extended or partiall}’ retracted. The above conclusions were reached after the examination of a large number of specimens. So far as I have been able to determine the insects do not remain attached to any one point for a great length of time. The P. c. -mamma (Figs. looa, b) has a gall of the greatest complex- ity, and the insect has .setae which protrude farther beyond the point of the beak than any other examined ; a large number of these galls were opened and the position of the insect noted. The insect was never found attached and apparentl}" had no definite point of attack. The preceding observations emphasize Conclusions 6 and 8 of Part I and a statement in the first of Part V. That is, the modi- fication of the plant tissue to form the gall is pureh' mechanical, being a continuous effort on the part of the plant to heal the wound produced bj’ the repeated puncturing of the cells by the insect. When a branch is cut from a tree a growth is produced which tends to cover the wound. In this case a single wound and a single stimulus which is purely mechanical but which pro- duces rapid growth for the purpose of covering the wound. In the case of Aphididae and the Psyllidae galls the wounds are more slight but repeated rapidly, the stimulus is mechanical and the growth rapid, tending to cover the injury. It is possible that the setae of the various genera may stimulate different ti.ssues and thus cause galls of var}’ing complexity, but upon this question I am not read}- to give a definite statement. 2. DIPTERA. The Cecidomyid galls occur upon a greater variety of hosts than any other group of galls, and as previously stated in Part show by far the greatest variation in structural characters and the smallest number of typical characters. 126 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, The mouthparts of a number of larvae were examined (Figs, loi, 102 j, and all were practically the same; salivary or other gland structures could not be demonstrated. I am inclined to believe that the Cecidoni3-id galls are due to purelj" mechanical stimuli and that the great variations are due to the different tissues upon which the larvae feed. Mr. W. A. Cannon,* in discussing a Cecidoniyid gall on the Montere>' pine, says that the “larvae take their food only by absorption through the surface of the body,’’ also that “ there is no indication that the h3-pertroph>' is either caused or affected by any substance deposited with the eggs.” 3. HYMENOPTERA. \Ye now come to the galls of greatest complexit3- and also to those with which we have the greatest difficult3'. These galls are so ver3" generall3' infested with parasites and inquilines that it is difficult to decide which larva is the true gall producer. A careful study of these shows that the in.sects have a very strong pair of mandibles (Figs. 103 to 108), each working upon two pivotal points. Some of these mandibles appear to have an opening at the tip (^Figs. 104, 105), and some showed what appeared to be .sacs or glands at the base (Figs. 104, io6b). In one case at least (Fig. 104) these glandular sacs appeared to be connected with the opening. The question that naturally pre- sents itself is, are these openings for the purpose of pouring out a fluid or are the3’ suctorial as in the case of Chr3’sopa and other families? In onl3’ two species was it possible to demonstrate these structures. Some light is thrown upon this b3’ Part VIII, in which it was shown that the cell walls of the inner or nutritive zones were not destroyed, but that the contents of the cells were removed, causing them to shrivel. The teeth of the mandibles are never on the same plane and the mandibles become more and more chitinous as the larvae approach maturit3’. The strength of the mandibles appears to depend upon the densit3’ of the tissue through which the insect works its way to the out.side In A. inanis (104) and A. con- fluentus (Fig. 105) the .strength of the mandibles is practically the .same and the character of the galls ver3' similar. In D. sim- inis (Figs. io6a, b) the mandibles are stronger and the tissues of the gall correspondingh’ denser. C. petiolicola ( Fig. 103) is by far the strongest of those studied, and the tissues through which the insect mu.st work its wa3^ the dense.st of the leaf galls (Fig. 124). A stud3' was made of the larvae from galls of C. papillatus. This is a small, rather dense leaf gall. Larvae of two species * Cannon. W. A. “The Gall of the Monterey Pine.’’ The American .XaluralisI, Vol. XXXIV, No. 406 (Oct., 1900), p. 801. April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 127 were found (Figs. 107, 108). A careful study of the mouth- parts lead me to consider No. 107 as a true gallmaker and No. 108 as a parasite. The mouthparts of the one which I consider a true gallmaker were as strong as those of C. petiolicola (Fig. 103). The mandibles of the parasite (108) were equally strong and showed what appeared to be rudimentary gland structures. Holcaspis globulus Fitch was the only bud (i. e., incipient stem gall, Part III, F'ig. 34) gall examined. In the young larvae the mouthparts are weak, but as the larvae approach maturity the mandibles become very strong (Fig. 109) and well fitted to cut the opening for the escape of the insect. However, the mouthparts were not so strong as in the case of C. petiolicola, but the gall of H. globulus is not so dense as the gall of C. petiolicola. The mouthparts of Nematus pomum Walsh (Fig. no) were very similar to those of the Cynipidae. I am not inclined to con- sider the apparently glandular-like structure observed in a few species of any great importance. They may be suctorial or they may be degenerate organs. I consider the stimulus as purely mechanical. The character of the gall may depend upon the location, which would result in difference in tension in different parts of the plant on which the gall may be located and also upon the laws of natural .selection, which will be considered in the latter part of this paper. It would be interesting to know the exact time that cell divi- sion begins in the formation of a gall, but it is very difficult to make satisfactory ob.servations upon this point. Adler has made succes.sful observations upon this stage in Neuroterus laviusculus and Biorhiza aptera. He says: “The moment the larva has broken through the egg covering and has for the first time wounded the surrounding cells with its delicate mandibles, a rapid growth begins. This goes on so quickly that while the posterior part of the larva is still within the covering a wall of like growth of cells has already arisen in front. This rapid cell increase can be easily explained because the irritation set up by the emerging larva is exerted upon highly formative cells which collectively possess everj' condition of growth. The cells which are primarily around the larva cannot be distinguished from the parenchymatous cells from which they proceed.’’ 4. LEPIDOPTKRA. A careful study was made of the mouthparts of the Gelechia solidagiuis Fitch (Fig. iii)and upon an undetermined species found upon Rudbeckia laciniata (Part VI ). The mandibles are larger and much stronger than in any of the Hymenopterous gallmakers which I examined. The gall is also much stronger than any of the Hymenopterous galls whose larvae were studied. No glandular structures were observed. 128 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, CONCIXSIOX. 1. The fluid secreted by the ovipositor is not an irritant, and therefore cannot be the stimulus for gall production. 2. Since the gall does not form, excepting the Nematus galls, until the appearance of the larvae, it is improbable if oviposition is a stimulus for gall production ; and in those insects in which the egg is not deposited within the tissues of the plant it is impossible. 3. Glandular structures were observed in only a few of the Hymenopterous larvae and these were of doubtful character. 4. Since it has so far been impossible to demonstrate tl;e presence of a chemical stimulus except in Xematus, we must consider that the stimulus is usualh- mechanical. As previous!}' stated (Part I, Conclusion 3) the morphological characters of the gall depend upon the genus of the insect producing it rather than upon the plant upon which it is produced. The early history of all galls except the Cecidomyid is practically the same ( Part Con. 2). The shape and external character of the gall probably depends upon the following : ( i ) The plant upon which the attack is made; (2) Upon the part upon which the attack is made ; (3) Upon the tissues affected ; (4) Upon possible results of natural selection. SUMMARY OF PARTS. Next in importance to the problem of a stimulus giving rise to a gall is the explanation of specific external characters. This question is not easily answered and at the present time any explanation must be largely theoretical. The gall-producing insects are found in six orders, as follows : I. Arachnida (mites); 2. Hemiptera (Aphidae and Psyllidae); 3. Diptera (Cecidomyidae and Trypetidae); 4. Hymenoptera (Cynipidae and Tenthrenidae); 5. Lepidoptera, and 6, Coleop- tera. The gall-producing habit must have originated independ- ently in each of these orders and in some orders (Diptera and Hymenoptera) it must have originated independently in each of the two families represented. The formation of the gall is due to two primary factors ; a stimulus, usually mechanical, given by the insect, and nourish- ment furnished by the plant. Conclusions reached as results of previous studies and bearing on this subject are as follows : I. “Galls maybe classified into two general groups, viz.: those produced by mouthparts and those produced by oviposition. Those produced by oviposition may be considered the more highly developed.’’ (Part I, Con. i.) April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 129 2. “ The gall does not form until the appearance of the larvae. Therefore all galls are produced by inouthparts.” (Part Vlll, Con. I.) The Nematus galls are an exception. 3. “The morphological character of the gall depends upon the genus of the insect producing it rather than upon the plant on which it is produced.’’ (Part 1, Con. 3.) 4. “ Within each family we find certain morphological resem- blances.’’ (Part 1, Con. 4.) 5. “ The families show parallel lines of development from a low form of gall structure up to a high form.’’ (Part I, Con. 5. ) 6. “ The pre.seuce of at least two zones, of which the inner may be considered nutritive.’’ (Part I, Con. 7.) 7. “The formation of the gall is probably an effort on the part of the plant to protect itself from an injur\" which is not sufficient to cause death. Both Adler and Fockeu consider that after the first stages of formation the gall becomes an independ- ent organism growing upon the host plant. This is probably true in the highly developed galls of Aphididae, Cecidomyia, and Cynipidae, but the writer is doubtful if this is true in the less complex galls of Acarina, Aphididae and Cecidomyia.’’ (Part I, Con. 8 and Part V, Con. 6.) 8. “ In the formation of all leaf galls except the Cecidomyia galls the normal cell structure of the leaf is first modified by the formation of a large number of small, compact, irregularl}^ shaped cells. In the galls of Acarina and Aphididae this is followed by a development of trichomes, especially in the former. In all galls the mesophyll is subject to the greatest modification. Man 3" small fibro-vascular bundles are formed in this modified meso- phyll.’’ (Part V, Con. 2.) 9. “Trichomes are far more common in galls produced by mouthparts than in those produced by oviposition.’’ (Part V, Con. 9, and .see Sununar3" 2.) 10. “Variation in galls is due to their being produced by insects of different orders, to their working upon different parts of the plant and upon different tissues of these parts.’’ (Part III, Con., and Part IV, Con. r.) I. ARACHNIDA. The Arachnida galls are of four types : ( i ) A modification in the epidermis of the leaf as in the Phytoptus galls on maple and elm ; (2) A fold in the plant tissue camsing a cavity filled with trichomes. among which the parasites live, as in the case of man}' Phytoptidi (Figs. 8, 9, 10, ii, 43, 44, 45, Parts I and V) ; (3) A swelling with an exposed surface covered with trichomes, among which the parasites live, as in the case of Erineum 13° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, anomalum ( Part V, Figs. 47, 48); (4) The witchbroom forma- tion, as in the case of the Phytoptus sp , and Sphaerotheca phytoptophila Kell, and Sw. on Celtis occidentalis. The author has studied only the second and third types. The difference between these two may be accounted for by the fact that the Phytoptus attacks the blade while the Erineum attacks the petiole, mid-rib or larger vein. The part affected undergoes a curvature in each case in the direction of the least resistance. 2. HEMIPTERA. The method of attack by the Hemiptera is practically the same as in Arachnida, i. e., by sucking mouthparts. The galls present a complete serial line of development, the lowest form being a simple curling of the leaf as in the case of Schizoneura americana, the next higher, a simple folding of the leaf, as in the case of Colopha ulmicola, the next higher is a more complex structure, such as the Phylloxera galls and H. hamamelis, the next higher, the slightly more complex, as in the case of the Pemphigus galls (Figs. 12 to 21, and 49 to 58). The galls of the Pachyps3’lla { Figs. 59, 60) are the most liighl}' developed of the entire series. Although in this case we have a complete series, it is difficult to understand how this development has been produced. It maj' be that the different forms are due to the attack being made upon different tissues in each case, or to the degree in which the tissues are injured. Upon this point we have no direct proof. However, there is ver\' little doubt that the stimulus is entirel}' mechanical. 3. DIPTERA. As previousl}' stated, the Cecidomjdd galls are far more varied in location and in morphological structure than any other group of galls and show less number of characters peculiar to them- selves alone. There is not sufficient data to draw even theoretical conclusions concerning the influencing causes in their devel- opment. 4. HYMENOPTER.V. As previous!}- stated, the Cynipidous galls are the most highly developed and show a greater number of morphological structures peculiar to themselves than ain- other group (Part I, Con. 2 ; Part V, Con 3). Since the gall does not begin to develop until after the hatching of the larvae, oviposition cannot be an important factor except in so far as it is necessar}- to have the egg placed in certain ti.ssues. lixamination of the mouthparts show few, small and insignifi- cant gland-like structures the character of which is doubtful. It is therefore prol)able that the stimulus is purely mechanical except in the Nematus. But how are we to account for the great num- April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 131 her of specific external characters ? Let us first review the struc- tural characters of the leaf galls, since these galls show the most uniform line of development. Considering Neuroterous irregu- laris the gall of greatest simplicit}-, w’ecan formulate the following diagram : X. irregularis — C. tumifica, C. papillatus. A. confluentus. I — H. centricola. A. inanis. D. palustris. A. petiolicola. In X. irregularis the zones are not so well developed as in C. tumifica. In C. tumifica the zones are perfect, but in contact. In C. papillatus the protective and parenchyma zones are sepa- rated, but connected b}' long parenchyma cells. In H. centricola and A. inanis the protective and parencli3’ma zones are connected by fibro-vascular bundles. In A. confluentus the}* are connected both b}’ fibro-vascular bundles and b}' parenchjmia cells (Fig. 1 21). In D. palustris the parenchyma and protective zones are not connected. In A. petiolicola the zones are in contact, but the tissues are verj* dense, due to location in the petiole of mid- rib of the leaf. If galls become independent structures the}’ are undoubtedly subject to the same laws of natural selection as au}- other group of organisms, or if the}’ be considered as parts of the plant they must also be subject to the same laws of natural selection as any other part of the plant on which they live. How, then, have these laws affected the gall? It may be a protective coloration against birds and rodents, and other insects, but this cannot be very important since many species of galls are very conspicuous. Furthermore, animals make but ver}’ little use of galls for food. So far I have observed other animals using galls for food but once and then birds were tearing open the large galls of Pemphi- gus vagabundus and eating the insects. The tannin which devel- ops in such abundance in all galls as they approach maturity is probably a great protection against insectivorous animals. The greatest insect enemy with which the gall insect has to contend is the great number of parasites. The size, shape and character of the epidermal covering of the gall may be a protec- tion against this numerous enemy. The thickness of the gall and the density of the tissues, especially the protective zone, is an 132 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, important protective device. The large intercellular chambers in the parenchjmia zone place the larvae at a great distance from the surface of the gall without increasing the amount of work neces- sary for the mature insects to accomplish before reaching the outside ; this is undoubtedly a great protection against parasites, since it increases the difficulties for the parasite in reaching the larv^ae with the ovipositor, The development of these protective devices is probably the resi:lt of natural selection. Since the character of the gall depends upon the insect, many variations in the gall may also depend on variations in the stimuli giv’en by the insect. If these variations in character of epidermis, in thickness of parench5’ma zone, in the formation of large intercellular spaces, in thickness and densit}’ of protective zone, are advantageous to the insect in protecting it from the numerous parasites, these characters may be perpetuated in succeeding generations and the gall may increase in complexit3^ Natural selection is a reasona- ble explanation. It should be remembered that the plant is making an effort to resist a parasite from which it cannot escape. The gall-maker derives its nourishment without destroying its host and at the same time strives to protect it.self as far as possible from the great number of parasitic enemies. The food supply first becomes a part of the gall and upon this supply which, in the case of the Cynipidae, is stored in the nutritive zone, it feeds. Any irritation, such as the cutting or puncturing of plant tis- sues, may and usually does cau.se excessive growth. It is proba- ble that the primitive galls were of a type similar to the simplest of the Phytoptus galls, i. e. , a peculiar grow’th of the epidermal cells. The next step in the evolution of the gall may be repre- sented by a type similar to Schizoneura americana, in which case the stimulus is greater, resulting in a curling of the leaf. The next step maj- be represented b}’ a type similar to the more com- plex Phytoptus galls, H. hamamelis, C. ulniicola, the Phj’lloxera, the Pemphigus and the most complex of the Pachypsylla galls in which we find a series of more or less complex folds in the leaf up to the increase in amount and differentiation of the tissue as in the case of P. p. -mamma. In the Cynipidous galls we have the greatest complexity, but also a factor somewhat different from that in the forms to which we have referred, i. e., the placing of the egg below the surface and in those tissues upon which the larva is expected to feed. It is impossible to saj* whether this habit of placing the egg below the surface was acquired before or after the gall-making habit, but it must be a great advantage to the in.sect. These galls, as previously demonstrated, show the more complex serial line of development of any of the galls, but even the simplest of these is more complex than the most complex gall produced b}' ain’ other April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 133 order of insect. This ver}’ complex development is due to an early acquirement of the gall-making habit or to more rapid evo- lutionary development as a result of the deposition of the egg below the surface. The greater part of the work connected with Part IX of this series was conducted at the Lake Laboratory of the Ohio State University at Sandusky, Ohio, and I am very much indebted to the Director, Professor Herbert Osborn, for valuable assistance. I also wish to express my thanks to the many friends who have collected material and otherwise aided in these studies. This series of papers will be presented to the Faculty of the College of Arts, Philosophy and Science, of the Ohio State University, as the thesis requirement for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, June, 1904. LITERATURE. Continuous with the bibliography published with Parts I and II. 24. Adler, Dr. H. “ Lege-Apparat und Eierlegen der Gall- wespen.” Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift XXI. 1877, Heft II. 25. Beyerinck, Dr. M. W. “ Beobachtungen uber die ersten entwicklung.sphasen einiger Cynipidengallen.” Veroffentlicht durch die Konigliche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Amster- dam, 1882. 26. Beijerinck, M. W. “ Bydrage tot de Morphologie der Plantegallen,” 1877. 27. Beijerinck, M. \V. “ De Gal van Cecidomjda aan Poa nemoralis,” Overgedrukt uit bet Maandblad voor Xatuurwet- enschatten, 1884, No. 5. 28. Beijerinck, M. W. “ Ueber Gallbildung und Genera- tionswechsel bei Cjmips calicis und uber die Circulansgalle,” Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, 1894. 29. Beijerinck, M. W. “ Sur la Cecidiogenese et la Genera- tion Alternante chez le Cynips calicis. Observations sur la galle de L’Andricus circulans,” Extrait des Archives Neerlandaises, T. XXX, p. 387-444. 30. Busgen, M. “Der Honigtau Biologische Studieu an Pflanzen und Pflanzenlausen.’’ Zeitschrift fur Naturwissenschaft. Bd. XXV. 31. Busgen, M. “ Zur Biologie der Galle von Hormomyia Fagi Htg.” Forstlich-naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift, Jan- uar, 1895. 32. Courchet, M. L. “ Etude sur less Galles Causees par des Aphidiens.’’ Akademie des Sciences et Lettres de Montpellier. Memoires de la section des sciences. 33. Derbes, M. “ Observations sur les Aphidiens qui font les Galles des Pistachiers.’’ 134 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, 34. Eckstein, Dr. Karl. “ Pflanzengallen und Gallenthiere.” 35. Fockeu, H. “ Etude sur Quelques Galles.” Paris, 1897. 36. Heim, Dr. F. “Observations sur les Galles produites sur Salix babylonica par Nematus salicis.’’ 1893. 37. Kessler, Dr. H. F. “ Die Entwicklungs und Lebens- geschichte der Gallwespe C5Uiips calicis Brgst. und der von denselben an den weiblichen Bluthen von Quercus pedunculata Ehrh. horvorgerufenen Gallon, Knoppern genannt.’’ Cassel, 1897. 38. Lacaze-Duthiers, M. Recherches pour servir a L’His- toire des Galles.’’ Extrait des Annals des Sciences Naturelles, Tome XXIX. 39. Molliard, Marin. “ Recherches sur les Cecidies Florales.’’ 1895- 40. Nabias, Dr. B. “ Les Galles et leurs Habitants.’’ Paris, 1886. 41. Tschirch, A. “ L^eber durch Astegopterj^x, eine neue Aphidengattung, erzeugte Zoo-cecidien auf Styrax Benzoin Dryan.’’ Deutschen Botanischen Gesell-schaft. 1890, Band VHI, Heft 2. 42. Rubsaamen, Ew. H. “ Uber Zoocecidien von der Balkan- Halbinsel.’’ 43. Paszlavszkjq Jozsef. “A Rozagubacks Fejlodeserol.’’ Ternieszetrajzi Fuzetek, Vol. V, Parte II-IV. Budapest, 1882. 44. Paszlavszk)’, Jozsef. “ Beitrage zur Biologie der Cjmipi- den.’’ Wiener Entomologische Zeitung II. 1883, Heft 6. 45. Prilleieux, M. Ed. “ Etude sur la Formation et le Devel- opment de Ouelques Galles.’’ 46. Pierre, M. I’abbe. “ La Mercuriale et ses Galles.’’ Extrait de la Revue scientifique du Bourbonnais et du Centre de la France, Juin, 1897. EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX-XII. The drawings were made with a Bausch & Lomb microscope. For Figs. 70-76 and Figs. 84-91 and Fig. 93b, a Number 2 ocular and objective. For Figs. 77-83, a Number 2 ocular and A immersion objective. With Figs. 92-98 and Figs. io6a, no and in, a ^ ocular and % objective. F'or Pig- 93 3 Number 2 ocular and ^ objective. The reduction is not so great as in the preceding parts and therefore the figures are proportionately slightly larger. The diagrams were not made upon a definite scale. The numbering of the drawings is continuous with the preceding parts. Abbreviations : e. epidermis. mi. — nutritive zone. ep. — epidermal zone. f. v. b. — fibro-vascular bundles, pa. — parenchyma zone. 1. c. — larval chambers, p. “protective zone. sc. — sclerenchyma. FLOWER AND FRUIT GALLS. 70. Section of leaf of Euphorbia corollata. 71a. Diagram of section of Phytoptus sp gall on leaf of E. corollata. 71b. Section of 71a. 72a. Section of lower part of ovary of E. corollata affected by Phytoptus .sp . April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 135 72b. Section of upper part of flower of E. corollata affected by Phytoptus sp . 73a. Diagram of cross section of Cecidomyid bud gall on Solidago canadense. 73b. Section of same. 74a. Diagram of longitudinal section of Cecidomyid gall on Ratibida pinnata. 74b. Diagram of longitudinal section of Cecidomyid gall on Ratibida pinnata. 74c. Section of 74b. 75a. Section of unaffected fruit of Prunus virginiana. 75b. Section of Cecidomyid gall developed in fruit of P. virginiana. ROOT GALL. 76a. Section of young gall of Amphibolips radicola. 76b. Section of mature gall of A. radicola. HISTOLOGY. 77. Section of young gall of Phytoptus quadripes. 78. Section of young gall of Phytoptus abnormis. 79. Section of nutritive zone of young gall of Amphibolips inanis. 80. Section of mature gall of A. inanis. 81. Section of mature gall of Callirhytis papillatus. (Nutritive, protective and part of parenchyma zones.) 82. -Section of mature gall of Dryophanta palustris. (Nutritive, protective and part of parenchyma zones.) 83. Section of mature gall of Andricus petiolicola. SURFACE SECTIONS OF 84. Dryophanta palustris. (Very young gall.) 84b. Dryophanta palustris. ( Mature gall. I 85. Amphibolips inanis. 86. Diastrophus siminis. 87. Diastrophus potentilla. 88. Pachypsylla c.-mamma 89. Colopha ulmicola. 90. Phylloxera c.-globuli. 91. Pemphigus p.-transversus. OVIPOSITORS OF 92. Cecidomyia gleditsiae. 93a. Nematus salicis-ovum. 93b. Nematus salicis ovum. 94. Dryophanta palustris. 95. Amphibolips radicola. 96. Andricus cornigerus. 97. Andricus serainator. 98a. Rhodites radicum. 98b. Rhodites radicum. MOUTHPARTS OF 99. Colopha ulmicola. looa. Pachypsylla c.-mamma, with setae extended. loob. Pachyp.sylla c -mamma, with setae retracted, 101. Cecidomyia gleditsiae. 102. Cecidomyia pellex. 103. Andricus petiolicola. 104. Amphibolips inanis. 105. Amphibolips confluentus. io6a. Diastrophus siminis. io6b. Diastrophus siminis. 107. Callirhytis papillatus. 108. Parasite from gall of C. papillatus. 109. Holcaspis globulus, no. Nematus pomum. HI. Gelechia gallae-solidaginis. 136 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, Ohio Naturaijst. P/a/e IX . Cook on “Galls and Insects Producing Them.” April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. i37 Ohio Naturalist. Plate X. Cook on “Galls and Insects Producing Them, 138 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, Ohio Naturalist. Plate XI. Cook on “ Galls and Insects Producing Them.” April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 139 Cook on “Galls and Insects Producing Them.’’ Ohio Naturalist. Plate XII. 140 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, APPENDIX I. GALLS AND INSECTS PRODUCING THEM. Melviu.e Thurston Cook. Part I. Morphology of Leaf Galls. I. GALLS OF THE APHIDIDAE. The gall of Pemjjhigiis vagabuiidus Walsh (Fig. 112) is evi- dently formed as a result of the distortion of a large number of bud leaves. My specimens of these galls were mature, so I was unable to follow its development. Small fibro-vascular bundles were numerous and tannin was formed in great abundance. The structiire was so modified that the leaf characters were lost ; the cells were uniform in character, but were slightly smaller near both the exterior and interior surfaces. The galls of Pemphigus rhois P'itch (log. 113) are large, blad- dery and evidently the pocketing of a single leaflet of the host plant, Rhus glabra or R. typhina. My specimens of these galls w'ere fully mature, and I was therefore unable to follow the line of development. The leaf structure was modified into the char- acteristic Aphididae gall structure. F'ibro-vascular bundles were numerous and near the inner surface of the gall. Opposite each bundle was a large cavity filled with some substance which I was vinable to determine. 2. GALLS OF CECIDOMYIDAE. The galls of Cecidomyia pellex O. S. (Figs. 114a, b) are formed by a thickening of the petiole, giving it the appearance of a long fleshy bean pod with a slit along the upper side. This gall shows three well defined zones ; an inner nutritive zone of small cells, a parenchyma zone of larger cells and the epidermal zone. The fibro-vascular bundles are numerous and are located between the nutritive and protective zones and arranged around the larval cavity and opening, the largest one just below the larval chamber and corresponding to the mid-rib of the leaflet. Cecidomyia impatientis O. S. (Fig, 115) is a fleshy gall occur- ring on the leaves of Impatiens fulva. Some of my specimens had the appearance of deformed flower buds, but upon this point I was unable to decide. This gall .showed two well defined zones ; a zone of small cells lining the larval chamber and making up about one half the thickne.ss of the gall, and an outer zone of large cells. Small fibro-vascular bundles were formed between the zones. The galls of Cecidomyia holotricha O. S. on Hicoria ovata (Figs. ii6a, b, c) are small and very firm. My specimens were April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 14 1 mature, but the cells lining the larval chamber were well supplied with protoplasm, and numerous short trichomes were developed from the dorsal surface and extended into the chamber. Tannin was very abundant. The gall of Cecidomyia tubicola O. S. on Hicoria ovata (Figs. 117a, b, c) is very similar to C. holotricha, except that the amount of tannin is not so great. The upper wall of the gall is much thicker than either the side or lower wall. The point of attach- ment is not so large, but the gall is protected bj’ a growth pro- ducing a cup-shaped cavity in which the gall is developed (Fig. 117a). The inner la}'ers of cells are ver}" rich in protoplasm. The cells are elongated in the long axis of the gall and fibro- vascular bundles are more numerous than in C. holotricha, but are very small. The cup-shaped structure (117c) in which the gall is formed is composed of elongated cells. The pali.sade cells in that part of the leaf opposite the gall are unaffected. Cecidomyia viticola O. S. (Fig. 118) has the same general character as C, tubicola, but is much longer. Sciara ocellaris O. S. is one of the simplest of the Cecidomyidae galls. The larva does not penetrate the tissues of the leaf, but confines its attack to the outside, causing an indentation on one surface of the leaf and a corresponding elevation on the opposite surface (Fig. 119a) and also causing a very slight thickening. The structure ( Fig, 119c) when compared with that of the normal leaf (Fig. 119b) shows the palisade transformed into ordinary mesophyll and the intercellular spaces entirely obliterated. It therefore corresponds in structure to the simple leaf-curl galls produced by some of the Aphididae (e. g., Schizoneura Ameri- cana Riley, Part i. Fig. 12). 3. GALLS OF THE CYNIPIDAE. My specimens of Rhodites bicolor Harris ( IHg. 120) were well developed when collected. I was therefore unable to determine the early structural characters. The structure in these galls evi- dentl}’ does not show the four well defined zones so characteristic of this family. The inner cells are well supplied with nourish- ment for the large number of larvae. The galls of Amphibolips conflueutus Harris are verj- large and have a single larval chamber in the center. The nutritive and protective zones (Fig. 121a) can be distinguished, but are not so well defined as in the closely related species. A, inanis (Part I, P'igs. 28a, b). The parenchyma and epidermal zones ( log, 121b) are well defined and the space in the parenchyma is filled with a cottony-like substance which upon close examination is composed of fibro-vascular bundles (as in A. inanis, Figs. 28a, b, and H. centricola. Figs. 27a, b, c) and of long, unicellular threads (Fig. i2ic), as ill C. papillatus (Figs. 30a, b, c and 81). 142 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, My specimens of Amphibolips illicifoliae Bassett were too far advanced to admit of sectioning, but a careful examination indi- cated that the zones were well defined and that the space in the parenchyma zone is bridged by means of fibro-vascular bundles as in A. inanis and H. centricola. The galls of Amphibolips primus Walsh (Fig. 122) are very firm and all the zones are well defined except the protectiv’e zone, which is entirely absent. The parenchyma zone is very thick and probably compensates for the lack of a protective zone. There are very few small fibro-va.scular bundles. Cialls of Amphibolips sculpta Bas.sett (Fig. 123) were more succulent than other specimens which I have examined. My specimens were mature, but the four zones were well defined. The nutritive zone was almost obliterated, due to the age of the gall. The protective zone was thin and the cell walls not ver}’ thick. The parenchyma zone was very thick and composed of large, succulent cells and was probablj- very important in furnish- ing nutriment to the larva. Near the outer surface were numer- ous small fibro va.scular bundles. The epidermal zone was very prominent and compo.sed of small cells. Andricus petiolicola Bassett is one of the firmest of the leaf galls. It is formed either on the petiole or mid-rib and is com- posed of very small, firm cells ( Fig. 124). The four zones are well defined, but the protective zone is very thin and the cell walls but ver}' little thicker than in the neighboring cells The parenchyma zone is very thick, compo.sed of very small cells with no intercellular .spaces, but with many layers of long fibrous cells. The galls of Acraspis erinacei Walsh (Fig. 125) are very con- spicuous. The galls are always developed on the mid-rib of the leaf, but contain no fibro-vascular bundles. The nutritive zone is thick and very rich in protoplasm. The protective zone is also thick and gradually merges into the parenchyma zone, which is al-so thick. The epidermal zone is very irregular and is covered with numerous unicellular trichomes. The galls of Biorhiza forticornis Walsh are fig-.shaped and the larval chamber instead of being suspended in the center of the gall, as is many others, is placed at the apex (Fig. 126a) and the space between the protective and parenchyma zones, or rather in the parenchyma zone, extends Jess than half way round the larval chamber. My specimens were mature and I was unable to make a careful study of the nutritive and protective zones. However, the nutritive zone appeared to be relatively thicker, while the protective zone was thin and merged gradually into the paren- chyma zone ( F'ig. 126b). The parenchyma zone was thick and composed of large C'='lls fl'ig. 126c). Considerably more of this zone remained attached to the jirotective zone than is the case with most galls where this .sejiaration occurs. The cavity formed April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 143 by the separation of the cells in this zone is bridged by numerous unicellular threads as in C. papillatus (Figs. 30a, b, c). In the outer part of the parenchyma zone, but near the cavity, are formed the fibro-vascular bundles. The epidermal zone is well defined and the trichomes on the surface are uni-cellular ( Fig. 126c). 4. GALLS OF TENTHREDINIDAE. The galls of Nematus pomum Walsh were the only leaf galls of this family that I secured and the}^ were mature. There was no indication of a zonal structure, but the cells were very uniform in size and structure throughout the entire gall (Fig. 127). Many of the cells contained tannin and intercellular spaces were large and evenly distributed. Part II. Lateral Bud Galls. Mature specimens of HolcasjDis globulus Fitch show the four well defined zones (Fig. 128). The inner nutritive zone is thick, composed of small cells and well supplied with nutriment for the larva. The protective zone is thin and composed of verj' small cells with thin walls. It graduall}' merges into the nutritive zone on the one side and the parenchyma zone on the other side. The parenchyma zone is verj’ thick, the cell walls medium in size and the fibro-vascular bundles small and numerous. Further obser- vations upon this gall emphasize the statement previously made that it is the eidargement of an incipient stem. Further observations upon the gall of Andricus seminator Harris confirm the statement previou.sly made that it is a com- pound gall produced by the insect depositing an egg in each element of the I)ud. Part III. Stem G.vlls. The gall of Diastrophus nebulo.sus O. S. (Fig. 129a, b) is a very large swelling on the canes of Rubus villosus and is about two or three inches in length. It contains a large number of larval chambers each containing a single larva (Fig. 129a ). The four zones are especially well defined. The nutritive and protec- tive zones are composed of a few layers of cells while the paren- chyma zone is very thick, composed of smaller cells and more dense than the corresponding zone in most galls of this famih'. Andricus cornigerus O. S. (Fig. 130) produces one of the hardest of the stem galls. My specimens of this were gathered in the winter and were fully mature. The horn-like protuber- ance is a closed tube extending to near the center of the gall. This tube is composed of sclerench^-ina tissue and evidently cor- responds to the protective zone. Near the base of the tube is a thin partition forming the larv'al chamber. When mature the 144 The Ohio N^aturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, insect destroj’s this partition, travels to the end of the tube which projects be\’ond the bodj- of the gall, and there makes an opening through either the end or the side of the tube and thus makes its escape. Examination of j’oung specimens would probably show the four zones as well defined as in Diastrophiis nebulosus. Part IV. Development of Galls. Examination of ver}’ 3’oung specimens of Andricus .seminator Harris shows three well defined zones (Figs. 131a, b), the pro- tective zone being undeveloped. The fibro-vascular bundles were verj- numerous and distributed just beneath the epidermal zone. I have examined a large number of these galls of various ages and have been unable to find anj' trace of a protective zone. Tannin develops in the outer cells verj- earl}- and probabh’ helps to form a protection for the larva. PLATES XIII-XV. 112. Section of gall of Pemphigus vagabundus. 113. Section of gall of Pemphigus rhois. 114a. Diagram of gall of Cecidomyia pellex. 114b. Section of gall of Cecidomyia pellex. 1 15. .Section of gall of Cecidomyia impatientis. ii6a. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomj ia holotricha. ii6b. Section of the gall of Cecidomj-ia holotricha. ii6c. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia holotricha. 117a. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomj’ia tubicola. 117b. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia tubicola. 117c. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia tubicola. 1 18. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomyia r-iticola. 119a. Diagram of the gall of Sciara ocellaris. 119b. Section of normal leaf of Maple 1 19c. Section of gall of Sciara ocellaris. 120. Section of gall of Rhodites bicolor. i2ia. Section of gall of Ainphibolips conflueutus. (Epidermal and parenchyma zones.) i2ib. Section of the gall of .Ainphibolips conflueutus. Nutritive and protective zones.) 121C. Section of gall of Ainphibolips conflueutus. (Elongated cells in the cavity of the parench5'ina zone.) 122. Section of gall of .Ainphibolips piiinus. 123. Section of gall of .Ainphibolips sculpta. 124. Section of gall of .Andricus petiolicola. 125. Section of gall of .Acraspis erinacei. 126a. Diagram of gall of Biorhiza forticornis 126b. Section of gall of Biorhiza forticornis. (Nutritive and protective zones.) 126c. Section of the gall of Biorhiza forticornis. (Section of protective and epidermal zones. ) 127. Section of the gall of Neinatus pomiiin. 128. Section of the gall of Holcaspis globulus. 129a. Diagram of gall of Dia.strophus nebulosus. 129b. Section of gall of Diastrophiis nebulosus 130. Diagram of gall of .Andricus coriiigenis 131a. Diagram of cross section of gall of Andricus seminator. 131b. Section of j ouiig gall of .Andricus seminator. April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. Plate XIII. Ohio Naturalist. Cook on “Galls and Insects Producing Them.” 146 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, Ohio Naturalist. Plate XIV. Cook on “ Galls and Insects Producing Them April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. Ohio Naturalist. Cook on “Galls and Insects Producing Them.” Plate XV. 148 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6, NEWS AND NOTES. Color Key to North American Birds. — This is a recent addition to the ornithological literature of North America from the pen of the well known author, Frank M. Chapman, of the American Mu.seuin of Natural History, with over 800 illustrations in color, by Chester A. Reed, whose drawings and photographs have added so much to the value and attractiveness of the “ Bird Magazine.” The work is wholly devoid of technicalities, .■-o one that is not a specialist as well as one that is may use and enjoy it together. It comes nearer answering the question, ‘‘ How can I learn to know the l)irds,” to the satisfaction of all, than any other work puldished. The authorship is sufficient proof of its accurate- ness which' is much in its favor, especially at the present time when so man\- questionable books on natural liistorN- subjects are appearing. The author states in the introduction that an attempt has been made so to group, figure and describe our birds that au}- species may be named which has been definitelj’ seen. Tlie birds are kept in their systomatic orders, a natural arrangement readily comprehended, but further than this, accept- ed classifications have been abandoned and the birds have been grouped according to color and markings. This in a word gives the plan of the book, and any one who desires to know the birds afield, will find it a most desirable aid. Doubleday, P.vge & Company of New York City are the publishers. — J. S. H. Krrata — In February, ’04, Natur.vlist, p. 98, line 27, read formerl}’ labled xVsplenium ” for ‘‘ formerly called Asplenium.” In Bulletin of the United States F'ish Commission for 1902, pages 369-394, Miss Julia W. Snow of Smith College gives the results of her work on ‘‘The Plankton Algae of Lake Erie.” This is an important contribution to the flora of the lake and represents an inviting field of stud}’ which seems to be much neglected by American botanists. Two hundred and eleven species with a considerable additional number of varieties are listed, thirteen of which are described as new. Four good plates are given to illustrate the new species. — J. H. S. Wytsman's Genera Insectorum in the Lloyd Library, CiNCiNN.vn, Ohio. — C. G. Lloyd is subscribing for this great illustrated work, and has already received a number of the parts, which have been placed in the great Lloyd Botanical Library in Cincinnati, O. This library is open free to students who wish to Consult any of the books on Botany and Entomology. Through the courtesy of Mr. Holden, the librarian, I have examined this magnificent work. — Ch.vrles Dury, Avondale, Cincinnati, Ohio. Date of Publication of April Number, April S, 1904. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt WELL EOliIPPED A\D THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. W.aters, A. M., M. D., Dean, IVIedical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. jVIatson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co, 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4. List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. Biichet Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ d0y2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. THE KNY-SCHEERER CO Oi THE lio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 7. MAY, 1904. Annual Subscription. $1.00. ’ bingle Number. 15 cts. DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, C. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N, Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, • • • Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW 'insect catalogue and list of entomological SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. Entered at the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, as second class matter. THE OHIO NATURALIST. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The BiOLOCic.tL Cixb of the Ohio State I'miver-sity, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 mimber.s.) Price SI. 00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, SI .25. Single copies, 15 cents. Edilor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner. Managing Editor, ...... James S. Hine. Associate Editofs. \V. .A. Kellerman, Botany-, \V. C. Mills, Archaeologj-, F. L. Landacre. Zoology-, M.\x Morse, Ornithology, J. -A. Boyy-NOCKER, Geology, O. E. Jennings, Ecologj-. The Ohio Natuhaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club, and at ]iresent is wholly dependent on the income from subserii>tions and ady-ertisements. In order to obviate inconveideuces to our regular ])atrons, the Xati-raust will be maikal regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a "special arrangement with the Ohio State .\cade.my of Science, the Ohio Nati kai.ist is sent without additional expense to all members of the .\caI)E.mv who arc not in arrears for annual dues. The first three volumes may still be obtained at the former subscrii)tion jirice of tifty cents per volume. Keniittances of alt kinds should be made jiayablc to the Managing Editor. .1. S. Hine. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. Advisory Board. Prof. AV. .A. KelLERM.an. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Ch.arles S. Prosser. Cprtoafc 0.m6ufance ^crtjtce. i^efeip^onc 18- 1239 fo 1241 (n. l^igU ^freef. CofumSuB, Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference. j& * MICROSCOPES From the Simplest to the Most Complete. For Students, I’hy.sieiiins and .Specialists. Ffi.i. Gu.\r.\.vtee with every Insirnment. MAGNIFIERS No. .'jO. Folding Pocket Magnifier S 'iO No. 51. ■■ " '■ to QK Tripod Magnilier, adjustal)le .50 Xo. fi. Hand Magnilier, metal ease 1 00 Xo. 7. Folding jlagnilier, metal ease 125 Xo. 172. llasting’s .Iplanatic Triplet 7.00 DISSECTING MICROSCOPES . . .52.50 W 1 . . . .s y. 6.7.) V 1 25. COMPOUND MICROSCOPES AH 1. . . S26.00 BB 4 .. i aa 00 HI... 35.00 BB 8 . . 100.00 I! 2 . .. 40 00 t'A S HA 2... 4.1.00 1)1). S WRITE FOR DISCOU.NTS CATALOGUE On Request Scientific Materials Company MAKERS - - - IMPORTERS 7115: Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. The Ohio ^J^atiiralist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni-versity. Volume IV. MAY, 1904. No. 7. TABLE OF CONTENTS Hyde— Changes in the Drainage Xoar Lancaster. U9 ri.AASSEN — List of the Jlosses of Cnyahoga and Other Counties of Xorthern Ohio 1.37 Morse — The Breeart of the rock gorge. It is probable that ice which melted afterward aided greatly in blocking the old channel. It is po.ssible that this dam is the extreme outer limit of the Late Wisconsin ice .sheet at this point, as drift deposits to the west are abundant and uninterrupted while to the east they are unknown to the writer. Hunter’s Run, in the lower part of its course occupies the east- ern end of the valley extending from Lancaster to Amanda which has been mentioned. xVbont three miles .southwest of Lancaster, as it enters this valley it passes through a narrow constriciion between two high sandstone hills. Above this point the valley is not so well defined. There are rock hills on the south, but looking toward the north from these hills, one is impres.sed by May, 1904.] List of Mosses. 157 the low, rolling country which sinks gradually to the level of the Hocking valley several miles distant. It seems quite probable that the drainage above the constriction was formerly carried to the northward into Hocking, but the region was not studied closely and the course of the old outlet is undetermined. LIST OF THE MOSSES OF CUYAHOGA AND OTHER COUNTIES OF NORTHERN OHIO. Edo Cl.a-assen. This list is the result of the author’s moss-collecting excursions during the last eight years ; it may, consequently, be expected to fairly represent the moss-flora of Cu3'ahoga county, as also the greater part of that of the surrounding counties. Manj’ species were found many times in the same countjq others but once in the same county or even in all the counties together, and while many may be new to the flora of the respective counties, several are new to the State, as, for instance, Dicranella curvata, Hypnum ochraceum and M^iium Drummondii. Although almost all the species could be and were collected in the fruiting condition, there were several that were never seen with sporophj’tes, as. for instance, Eurynchhim Boscii, Hylocoiniuvi splefidcns, Hypnum Sc/ireboi and Myurella Carey ana. It ma}’ be added, that all the species enumerated below are represented in the author’s herba- rium, often in several or many packages from the same count}', and that the list-names of the mosses are those accepted in Le-'quereux «& James’ Manual and in Barnes’ Ke}'s. [The letters following the species names stand for the counties, as follows: C — Cuyahoga; E — Erie; G — Geauga ; L — Lake; M — Medina ; O — Ottawa ; P — Portage ; S — Summit.] I. SPHAGXALES. Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrh., G. cymbifoliuni Ehrh., C., G., P , S. II. BRYALES. I. Cleistocarpi. Ephemerum serratum Ilampe, C. Pleuridium alternifolium Brid., C. 2 Stegoc.arpi. a. Acrocarpi. Atrichum angustatum Br. & Sch., C. undulatum Beauv., C. Presented at the November meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science. 158 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. Aulacoinnium heterostichum Br. & Sch., C., L., S. palustre Schwaegr., C., G., L., P. Barbula mucronifolia Br. & Sch., C. ruralis Hedw., IG unguiculata Hedw., C., L. Bartramia poniiformis Hedw., C , L. Bryum argenteum L , C.. L. bimum Schreb., C., E., P. caespiticium L., C., L. interniediuni Brid., C., O. roseum Schreb., C., L., ()., S. Ceratodon piirpureus Brid., C., E., G., S. Desmatodon arenaceus Sull. & Lesq., C., L., O. Dicranella curvata Schimp., C. heteromalla Schimp. , C. rufescens Schimp., C. varia Schimp., C. Dicraiium flagellare Hedw., C., L. fulvum Hook., C , L. scoparium Hedw., C., E. Didymodon rubellus Br. & Sch., C. Diphj’scium foHosum Mohr, C. Discelium nudum Brid., C. Ditrichum pallidum (Hampe), C. tortile (Schrad.), C. Drummondia clavellata Hook., C. Fissidens adiantoides Hedw. , C., O. iucurvu,s Schwaegr., C. oblusifolius Wils., C. subbasilaris Hedw. , C. tauifolius Hedw., C. , L., O. Fontiualis antipyretica gigantea Sulk, C., E. Funaria hygrometrica Sibth., C., L., P. Grimmia apocarpa Hedw., C., O Gymnostomum calcareum Nees & Hornsch, C. curvirostrum Hedw., C., L. rupestre Schwaegr., C. Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh., C., G., L., S. Leptobryum pyriforme Schimp., C., L., O., S. Leucobryum glaucum Schimp., C. Mnium affine Bland, C., L. cuspidatum Hedw., C., P., S. Drummondii Br. &. Sch., C. punctatum Hedw., C. rostratum Schwaegr., C. serratum Laich., C., I.. May, 1904.] List of Mosses. ^59 Orthotrichuni anomalnm Hedw., O. strangulatum Beauv., C., G., M. Philonotis fontana Brid., C., G., L. Physcomitrium immersum Svill., C., G. turbinatiim Muell., C. Pogonatum brevicaule Beauv., C., L. Polytriclium commune L., C., G., L., P. juniperinum Willd., C., P. ohioense Ren. & Card., G., L., P. , S. Schistostega osmundacea Web. & Mohr, G. Tetraphis pellucida Hedw., C., P., S. Timmia megapolitana Hedw., C., S. Ulota crispa Brid., C. Hutchinsiae Schinip., C. Webera albicans Schimp., C. elongata Schwaegr., L. nutans Hedw., C., P., S. Weisia viridula Brid., C. b. Pleurocarpi. Amblystegium adnatum Hedw., C. compactum C. Muell., C., G. confervoides (Br.) Br. & Sell., C. irriguum (Wils. ) Br. & Sch., C., S. “ spinifolium Schimp. , C. minutissinium (S. & L. ) Jaeg. & Sauerb., C.. noterophilum (Sull.) HoHinger, C. riparium (Hedw.) Br. & Sch., C., P., S. ‘ ' fluitans ( L. & J - ) R- & C. , C. serpens (Hedw.) Br, & Sch , C., I,., M. P. varium (Hedw.) Lindb., C., L., M., P. Anacamptodon splachnoides Brid., C. Anoniodon attenuatus Hueben., C., M. obtusifolius Br. & Sch,, C. rostratus Schimp., C.,S. Brachythecium acuminatum Br. & Sch., C. laetum Br. & Sch., C. plumosum Br. & Sch., C rutabulum Br. & Sch., C. salebrosum Br. & Sch., C., M. velutinum Br. & Sch., C. M. Climacium americanum Brid., C., E., G., L., S. Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Schimp., C., L., M., P. Eurynchium Boscii (Schwaegr.) Schimp., C. hians (Hedw.) Br. & Sch., C., P. piliferum (Schreb. ) Br. &Sch., C., L. strigosum (Hoffm.) Br. & Sch., C., E., P., S_ i6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7, Homalothecium subcapillatum Sull., C. Hylocomium brevirostruni Br. & Sch., C., L. splendens Br. & Sch., C. triguetrum Br. & Sch., C. Hypnum chr\’sophyllum Brid., C., O. crista- castrensis L., C. cupressiforme I.., C., G., L., M. “ unciuatuluni Br. & Sch., C. ciirvifolium Hedw., C., G. Haldanianuin Grev., C., L. hispidulum Brid., C., L. imponeiis Hedw., C., P., S. inolluscum Hedw., C., L. ochraceum Turn., C. prateuse Koch, C. rugosum L., C., S. Schreberi Willd., C., G., L. uncinalum Hedw., C. Leskea obscura Hedw., C. polycarpa Ehrh., C., Pb, G. Leucodon julaceus Sulliv., C., E., O. M}’urella Careyaiia Sulliv., C. Neckera pennata Hedw., C. Plagiothecium denticulatuin Br. & Sch., C., L. Sullivantiae Schinip., C., L., S. sylvaticuin Br. & Sch., C., G., L., P., S. Platygyriuin repens Br. &; Sch., C., L. Pylaisia intricata Br. & Sch., C., E., G., L. velutina Br. & Sch., C. Raphidostegium deinissum (Wils.) , C. inicrocarpuin (Muell.) , C. Rhynchostegiuni rusciforme Br. & Sch., C., G., S. serrulatuin (Hedw.) Schimp., C., L. Thelia asprella Snlliv., C., E., L. hirtella Sulliv., C., G. Thuidiuin Blandovii Br. 6c Sch., G., L. delicaluluin Br. & Sch , C. microphyllum (Sw. ) Best, C. minutuluni Br. 6c Sch., C., L. paludosuin (Sull.) Ran. 6c Herv., C., G., M., P. recognituni Lindb., C., E., L., S. XCleveland, O.] May, 1904.] The Breeding Habits of the MyrioTgod. i6i THE BREEDING HABITS OF THE MYRIOPOD, FONTARIA INDIANAE. Max Morse. There are in Ohio, three species of the genus Fontaria and further work will probably discover one or two others. The spe- cies under consideration is limited in its range in the State to the northern third, or perhaps it descends no farther southward than the latitude of Bucyrus. The species indianae Bollman, is about two inches in length. The ground color is yellowish brown above while the ventral parts are uniform light yellow. Dorsally, the posterior edges of the .segments are bounded by lighter yellow, similar to that of the ventral parts. The head is uniform brown. These considerations will distinguish the genus from any other in the State. The present species is distinguishable from the other species by the fact that in the male the genital hooks are curved inward, i. e., toward one another. The form is the nar- rowest of those of the species found in the State, the pleura of the segments not being bent outward as in the other species, but rather bent downward to quite a degree. The observations on which the present paper is based were all made near Sandusky, Ohio, and mainly on Cedar Point, during the summers of 1900, iQor, 1902 and 1903. The animals began to leave their winter quarters about the first of May or, in some years, earlier when the temperature had been higher for several weeks. Often after leaving the fallen leaves, etc., under which they pass the winter, they were forced to again bury themselves owing to cold periods. As soon as summer sets in in earnest, the myriopods are quite common. They are to be seen running here and there over the sand in the daylight hours, but from the tracks left in the sand it is evident that the}- are active during the night. This is rendered certain by finding adults running about during the night when, by means of a lantern, the sand is illuminated, and also by finding a labyrinth of tracks on the sand which, dur- ing the late afternoon and evening, has been swept smooth by a storm, thus obliterating the tracks made during the day. It is very probable that their activities during the night are directed towards foraging for food. Up until the middle of July, while the species is common every- where, yet only isolated individuals are seen. After that date, however, they apparently congregate and are found associated together. An examination showed that these collections were not of either one sex, but were made up of individuals of both sexes. Soon, however, the sexes pair off and are found in the tall grass that borders the south beach of Cedar Point which is washed Read at the November meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science. i62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7, by Sandusky Bay. Here they lay their eggs immediately, except when the weather becomes cold, as during the summer of 1903. B'or weeks during that summer, there were strong winds from the west and northwest that drove a heavy surf against the beach mentioned. Moreover, the major portion of the season during which oviposition generall}’ takes place, remained cold and cloudy. The result was that the myriopods did not lay their eggs until late. During the latter part of Jul}- and the first of August, adults were not to be .seen, as during hot summers like that of 1902, running about in groups on the .sand, but were found hud- dled together in numbers under the dead mar.sh grass and debris that covered the bay beach above the wash of the waves. For a short while in the second week in August, some were found pairing in the grass farther towards the middle of the Point, and a little later, several nests were discovered. The nests are built in loose sand, preferably that when mixed with a little loam and always soil that is somewliat damji. The nests are dug bj' the female while the male is mounted. She uses her anterior appendages to dig the hole, passing the dirt upward to the open- ing of the hole Iw means of the remaining appendages. She removes the dirt until she has made a cavity a little greater than the width of her body and about two inches in depth. When the greatest depth has been reached that she is to make the hole, she widens out a cave-like terminus which reaches a diameter of about half an inch. She is now read}- to depo.sit the eggs. To under- stand this process, it is necessarj’ to keep in mind that the exter- nal generative opening of the female is on the second body .seg- ment. Hence the female is enabled to deposit the eggs without withdrawing from the hole. The eggs are fastened to the walls of the enlargement at the base of the tubular nest, and after .she has lined the cavity, she keeps on depositing eggs until she has made four or five layers of eggs. vSometimes the whole of the enlargement is filled, but generally there is a lumen in the center of the nia.ss of eggs. There is no evidence furnished by the present observations for the statement made by some authors’ that the female guards the nest after she has deposited her eggs. Of the many cases watched, none of the females nor males remained in the vicinity of the nest after the egg-laying had been completed. The mouth of the nest was in each ca.se left uncovered, but u.sually, by chance, the open- ing became stopped up either by rain or wind or some other factor. Young specimens were found during the whole of the summer amongst the adults. The.se immature individuals ranged in length from three-quarters of an inch to full size. In color the}’ differed I. Korschelt and Heider, Kmhryology of Invert. Vol. III. p. 218. May, 1904.] Deciduous Leaves. 163 decidedly from the adults, being clay colored, the bands on the posterior borders of the terga in the adults being represented by paler markings in these immature specimens. By successive moultings, they increased in size and after several weeks became colored like the adults when kept in the open air or in sunlight. Experiments on the young at different stages failed to bring out the adult colors until the normal length had been attained. The eggs lie over winter and the larvae emerge in the following spring as minute white bodies which grow quickly into the young described above. DECIDUOUS LEAVES. John H. Schaffner. Plants have alternating periods of rest and activity. In our latitude these periods usually correspond to the alternating con- ditions of day and night and to the seasons of the year. The active growing period usually occurs in the summer or the rainy season and the inactive one corresponds to the cold or dry season. Wdiere the seasons are so marked as in Ohio one takes it as quite natural that there should be a resting period in the winter. But mail}" plants pass into a period of rest even if growing in an envi- ronment perennially favorable. Thus it is very common for complete defoliation to take place in many plants of the tropics. It is said that there are nearly two hundred species in Ce}don which become leafless at different times of the year. The state- ment is made that there is not a month when all the trees are in full leaf. It is evident, therefore, that in many cases the period of rest and the deciduous habit are independent of climatic condi- tions no difference how the character was originally acquired. In our own plants the influence of cold is no doubt predominant. The injuries of winter are not only due to the direct effect of cold upon the protoplasm, but also to the loss of water. Whth the approach of autumn, the chdled roots are unable to suppl}- the necessarj' amount of water for the transpiration going on above ; consequently there is a great advantage in reducing the transpira- tion surface by shedding the leaves. Thus we might say that the casting of the leaves is an adjustment to a more limited water supply. Plants ma}’ of course go into a period of rest without shedding their leaves, as in our common Conifers. In mo.st cases, however, there is a great change in the bod)? of the plant or some of its parts to prepare for the severe conditions. The annuals die completely and the only resting period is in the seed. The bien- nials usually grow but little after the cold becomes severe. The greater number of geophilous plants die to the ground. The woody plants and a few herbs have mostly learned to endure the 164 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7, winter bj" specially developed stems, the leaf which represents the active transinring and food manufacturing organ being usuallj’ shed. The methods b}' which the leaves are separated from the stem are various. Some plants like the Hemlock shed them after they are several years old. Others like the Pines get rid of the foliage leaves by pruning off dwarf branches of a certain age. Some like the Bald Cypress and Tamarix drop the dwarf branches and smaller twigs with the leaves at the end of each growing season ; so the plant has no leaves in the winter. But the common way is for the leaves alone to be separated from the branches. A cleavage plane is formed usually at the base of the petiole and the leaf then falls away. The .separation layer is gradually devel- oped between the vascular bundles and epidermis, and finally, when the cleavage is nearlj’ complete the merest puff of wind will break the wood}’ strands and carry the leaf away. The casting of the leaf, however, is not a sudden process but preparatory changes are going on in its tis.sues for some time before it is detached. In many ca.ses anthocyan and other color- ing matters are developed to protect the chlorophyll and proto- plasm while the food material is being transferred to the stem. After the cleavage plane is formed a heavy frost will help to break away the fragile woody strands which still hold the leaf in place. This is very apparent in such trees like the White Mul- berry, which may put off its entire leaf dre.ss in a .single day after a frosty autumn night. There is much difference in the time of casting the leaf. The Ohio Buckeye, Juneberr}', Walnuts, and Hickories are among the first to .shed their leaves. The Cotton- wood and Chestnut Oak shed their leaves verj’ gradually ; and some of the Oaks are among the last of the trees to l)e bare. The Shingle Oak drops few leaves before late in the winter, although they dry off, and it is not completely denuded until about the first of April. It is interesting to note the several ways in which the cleavage planes are produced. In plants with simple leaves a separation layer is more commonly formed at the base of the petiole very close to the stem, as in the Him, Maple, Oak, and Catalpa. In some, however, two cleavage planes are produced, one at the base of the petiole and the other at the outer end just at the base of the blade. This is strikingly .shown in Ampelopsis tricuspidata and A. cordata. The blade drops off some time before the petiole, so that in certain }’ears a vine of A. tricuspidata may shed nearl}- all of its blades before the petioles begin to fall making a rather unique appearance. The same adaptation is pre.sent in the various species of Grape. There is probably con.siderable advantage to the plant in such an arrangement, for the food in the large peti- ole, which is in much less danger of freezing than the blade, may May, 1904.] Deciduous Leaves. ^65 thus have a longer time to be withdrawn into the stem. In the Catalpa, for instance, the blades often freeze and dry np in the fall while the petioles are still green and active. It \vould evi- dently be better if the u.seless blade were cut off by a cleavage plane so as not to hinder the work of the petiole. In compound leaves the leaflets are usually shed singly. The leaflets of such palmate leaves as in the Virginia Creeper and the various Buckeyes are cut off some time before the petiole. Pin- nately compound leaves ha\ e various peculiarities. In such forms as Rhus glabra the leaflets are separated by cleavage planes but no transverse cleavage joints are formed in the main rachis which persists for some time. In other forms, like in Fraxinus quad- rangulata and Staphylea, not only are the leaflets cut off by cleavage planes but there is a series of cleavage joints formed in the rachis at the insertion of each pair of leaflets and thus the main rachis of the leaf drops off piece by piece. Decompound leaves often form an elaborate system of separation layers. A good example of this is shown in the leaf of the Honey Locust. First the numerous leaflets drop off, the main rachis and the side branchlets remaining on the tree for some time. Next the side branchlets begin to fall, and Anally the whole rachis is separated. One may well a.sk the meaning of such an elaborate system of cleavage planes when one amputation at the base of the petiole would be sufficient. There is no doubt but that the green rachis and petiole may continue, to a limited extent at least, the process of photosynthesis ; and as stated above, by means of a gradual cutting away' of the large leaf surface the more exposed parts are removed first and there is a better opportunity' for the withdrawal of the food present into the stem. A very interesting condition is present in the Green Briers. The leaf of Smilax hispida has two tendrils near the base of the petiole and these, of course, hold the jdant to its support. Evi- dently if the leaf were shed in the usual way the whole vine would fall to the gouna in the winter. There is a more or less perfect brittle layer formed in the petiole just a little beyond the two tendrils where the leaf finally breaks off, leaving the petiole base with the tendrils intact. Most of the leaves hang on until after December i, though usually frozen before this time. The development of a brittle layer in the petiole of this plant seems to be quite a modern adaptation. Smilax glauca, S. rotundafolia, and S. bona-nox show the same peculiarity'. The genus Rubus represents another group of plants which .shed their leaves by a break in the petiole, leaving the base on the stem. In this case there are no tendrils and the only apparent advantage to the plant is the protection of the bud or tender part in the axil of the leaf. The adaptation, however, may have no other significance than one of the possible way's in which the plant was able to get rid of its i66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7, leaves. Among the species which show this peculiarity well are Rubus odoratus, R. strigosus, R. occidentalis, R. nigrobaccus, and R. invisns. In the common Mock Orange, Philadelphus coronarius, the cleavage plane is formed a little above the ba.se of the petiole which remains as a protection to the axillary bud. There are certain plants which have the habit of covering their axillary buds with the base of the petiole. The Sycamore, Plat- anus occidentalis, presents a very perfect example of this adapta- tion. The reason for such a peculiarity is not easy to see. It may be for protection, or again as in Rhus glabra it may prevent the development of too many lateral buds into branches. Rut there may be no special ad^•antage whatever. It may be a mere incident to the adjustment of the leaf to the surrounding tissues. Other plants which cover their lateral buds are Cladrastis lutea, Rhus hirta, R. copallina, Acer negundo, Ptelea trjfoliata, Gledit- sia triacanthos, Robinia jiseudacacia, R. viscosa, and R. hispida. In Gleditsia and Robinia there are a number of superposed buds only part of which may be covered. The irndersigned wishes to make a census by counties of the pteridophytes of Ohio. To further this aim, the cooperation of every science teacher and fern student is asked. Specimens with full and exact data are de.sired and will be identified or referred to .some competent authorit}'. Unless otherwise provided for all duplicate specimens will be sent to state herbarium, O. S. U. Address June 15th to August loth, University of Wooster, O. Lewis S. Hopkins, 'froy, 0/iio. Date of Pnblication of May Number, May 1, lb()4. Starling Medical College^ Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ J* MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS and PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four }-ears graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation sj-steni. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. W.aTERS, .A. M., M. I)., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. II. M.vtson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. Biichet Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. ^ ^ ^ ^ 80^2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. a THE lio Naturalist Volume IV. Number 8. JUNE 1904. Annual Subscription, $1.00. * ‘ Single Number, 15 cts. THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW ‘insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. • • • Division of Entomology. DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL SCIENCE, G. LAGAI, Ph, D. 225-233 Fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Entered lit the Post Office at Columbus, Ohio, as second class matter. Your Laboratory & s. Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar= atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the most available source? Send us a trial order and notice the difference. Jk ^ ^ ^ Jk ^ OT ^ ^ r:. , . - ~ MICROSCOPES t From the Simplest to the Most Complete. j For Students, Physicians and Specialists. Guarantee with every Instrument MAGNIFIERS Fri.i. Xo. ."jO. F'olding Pocket Magnifier ,.S 20 No. 51. “ “ “ . .40 QR Tripod Magnifier, adjiistalile .... .50 No. 0. Hand Magnifier, metal case . 1 00 No. 7. l-'olding iMagnitier. metal case . 1 25 No. 172. llasting’s Aiilanatic Triplet DISSECTING MICROSCOPES .. 7 00 T 1. S2.50 W 1 S 0.75 U 1. G . 75 Y 1 26.75 COMPOUND MICROSCOPES AB 1 S26.00 BB 4 S 55 (0 B 1 35.00 BB 8 100 00 B 2 40.00 CA S 127.00 BA 2 DDS WRITE FOR DISCOUNTS CATALOGUE On Request Scientific Materials Company MAKERS . . - IMPORTERS 711^ Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa. The Ohio ^J\^atiiralist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity. Volume IV. JUNE, 1904. No. 8. TABLE OF CONTENTS York— The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo 167 Osborn — Formal Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building 177 Kellei;m.\n and Jennings— Flora of Cedar Point 1S6 Keller.man— Flora of Hen ami Chicken Islands. 1903 190 SCHAFKNER — The Jacket Layer in Sassafras 192 Frank— -Meetings of the Biological Club 193 THE EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO OF NELUMBO.* H.arl.\x H. York. Since the publication of Lyon’s studies on Xelumbo and Cook’s work on Castalia and Xymphaea, the systematic position of the Xympli3-aeaceae has again become a prominent question. Owing to the Yariety of opinions held in regard to the classification of this group, it was thought desirable to continue the stud\’ of the life history of Xelumbo lutea, although this plant has been described more or less completely a number of times. yiaterial was collected during July and August, 1902, in San- dusk}' Ba}', near the Ohio vState Uniuersity Lake Laboratory, at Sandusky, Ohio. Flemming’s stronger and weaker solutions and chromo-acetic solution were used as killing and fixing agents. On examining the ovules, it was found that in most cases the tissues had not been properly penetrated by these fluids. In the summer of 1903 more material was collected, near the jilace already mentioned, which was killed and fixed in Kleineii- berg’s picro-acetic and picro-sulphuric solutions and was found to be preserved in good condition. The ovules were passed through the alcohols, imbedded iu paraffin, and serial sections were cut 10-12 mic. thick. For staining several reagents were used : Delafield’s heamotoxylin, Heidenhain’s iron alum haemo- toxylin, analin safranin and gentian violet. All of these stains were successful, the last named stain giving the best results. Considerable difficulty was experienced, in that a great many ovules had failed to develop embryo-sacs and others had not been fertilized. Quite a large number of slides were prepared and most of the points mentioned were observed a number of times. This work was commenced under the direction of Prof. Mel. T. Cook in the De Pauw Universit\’ Botanical Laboratory and '‘Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University. XVII. The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, 1 68 completed under Prof. John H. Schaffner in the Botanical Labor- ator}^ of Ohio State Univensitj", to both of whom I wish to express ni}- sincere thanks. In Xelumbo, the carpels are situated in deep pits of the top- shaped receptacle. The stigma and the narrow canal which traverses the short st3’le are covered with glandular cells which secrete a mucilagenous fluid at the time of pollination (Fig. 8). The ovule is suspended from the summit of the ovular>' (Fig. i). Some time before the integuments begin to develop, the growth of the ovule is more rapid at one side ( Fig. r ) and anatroph}' is well marked when the incipient seed-coats make their appearance. A single hypodermal archesporial cell can be easilj' distinguished from the adjacent cells b}’ its larger size and more granular cell contents (Fig. 2). Verj' earh" in its development, it divides by a transverse wall into an upper cell, the primar}^ parietal cell and a lower cell, the megasporocyte (Fig. 3). By a series of divisions of the primary parietal cell, a large parietal tissue of twelve cells, arranged in three tiers of four cells each, is formed (Fig. 5). The megasporocyte expands almost equall}^ in all directions. The divisions of the megasporocyte were not followed, but four megaspores are formed. The lowest one becomes the functional megaspore while the others degenerate (Fig. 6). By the further division of the parietal tissue and the epidermis at the tip of the uucellus, the functional megaspore becomes deepl}’ placed in the ovule (Fig. 7.) The nucleus of the functional megaspore now divides into two (Fig. 9), four (Fig. 10), and eight nuclei respective!}’, producing the eight-celled embryo-sac (Fig. ii). Frequently great irregularities in the development of the embryo- sac w’ere present. In many cases two or more imperfect sacs were observed. Usually there was one complete sac with one or more imperfectly developed sacs. By the appearance of the prepara- tions, it seems that the extra sacs are derived from sister niega- .spores, rather than from independent megasporocytes (Fig. 15.) The embryo-sac developes very rapidly and is usually straight. It enlarges principally in the direction of its longer axis, destroy- ing the parietal cells above and encroaching on the ovular tissue below. The antipodals are small (Fig. ii) and u.sually disappear before the conjugation of the polar nuclei. In only a few instan- ces could any trace of them be found after the polar nuclei had conjugated. The synergids are small. They become slightly enlarged from their original condition, and are elongated trans- versely to the longer axis of the sac. They degenerate about the time of fertilization or soon after (Fig. 12). The egg becomes quite large and usually is placed considerably to one side of the sac ( Fig. 13 ). The polar nuclei begin to conjugate about the time the flower opens and the fusion is not complete until after fertilization. In June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo. 169 approaching each other, the lower polar nucleus travels much farther than the upper one and the fusion usually occurs near the egg or even in contact with it (Fig. 13). Quite a number of examples of a triple fusion were found. In many of the prep- arations in which the pollen tube had appeared, two of the nuclei were about the same size while the third one was smaller (Fig. 14). Several other examples were found where there were three conjugating nuclei, almost equal in size and similar in appearance even before the pollen tube had appeared. It seems that in the first instance where fertilization had occurred, the small nucleus of the three conjugating nuclei represents the second male cell and that there is here a true case of wdiat has been called double fertilization ; while in the second instance the conjugating nuclei were embryo- sac nuclei, since the pollen tube had not yet entered the sac. Soon after the eight-celled sac is formed it begins to grow very rapidly in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the ovule. The cells of the tissue below the antipodal region of the sac become greatly enlarged and between them are large intercellular spaces. Usually there is a single row of cells very rich in cyto- plasm, which becomes very prominent in the preparations because of its deep stain. This row extends downward from the base of the sac toward the lower end of the ovule (Fig. 14). The cells surrounding this axial row become much larger in size and then disintegrate, leaving a large space filled with thin cytoplasm (Fig. 18). The cytoplasm of the embryo-sac extends down to the axial row of cells ( Fig. 14). These central cells are present some time after the adjacent cells have disappeared, and .since they are rich in cytoplasm, it seems that the}’ serve as a conduct- ing passage for food from the lower ovular tissue to the cytoplasm above, which in turn carries the food to the egg apparatus. After fertilization the axial row begins to degenerate and then disappears entirely, leaving a cavity reaching far back into the tissue of the ovule (Fig. 21 ) Sometimes the nuclei of the axial row of cells become active and divide (Fig. 20), and are after- wards found massed together in the lower part of the cavity after their walls have disappeared (Fig. 21). The cavity formed by the disintegration of the cells below’ the antipodal region enlarges greatly while the embryo is developing and into it the two basal lobes of the embryo are rapidly extended, their outer surface lying in contact w'ith the walls of the cavity. The first division of the definitive nucleus occurs about the time of the formation of the two- celled embryo and a very delicate wall is formed between the two daughter nuclei which divides the embryo-sac into two chambers. A division of one of the two endosperm nuclei thus formed takes place and a second w’all is formed across the sac so that there are then three superposed The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, 1 70 compartments (Fig. 24). It seems that all three of the daughter nuclei continue to divdde until the whole .sac is filled with endo- sperm extending far down into the space formed by the di.ssolu- tion of the tissue of the ovule below the ba.se of the embryo-sac (Fig. 27). The development of the endosperm, after the three- celled stage, begins at the upper end, but there is no large vesicu- lar cell developed at the lower end of the sac, as Cook reported for Castalia odorata. At first the endosperm cells are quite large, but as the division continues the cells become much smaller, walls continue to be formed between the dividing nuclei until the endosperm is fully developed, no free cell formation taking place, so far as observed, at any stage of the proce.ss. The historj’ of the embryo as followed is the same as reported by Lyon. After fertilization, the oospore continues to occupy the same position as the oosphere and it enlarges .somewhat before it divides (Fig. 13). Although no two-celled embrj’o was ob- served, it is evident that the first division of the oospore is by the formation of a transverse wall. Then b}’ the formation of a longitudinal wall in each of the two cells, a quadrant is formed (Fig. 23). Although this is the typical course of development, very frequently the divisions are different. The lower cell often divides by a transverse wall, thus forming a tier of three cells in the proembr5’o (Fig. 22). B}' the formation of longitudinal walls in the quadrant, the embryo pas.ses into the octant stage. In ca.se of a more irregular development, the three cells of the embryo arranged in a row, divided by longitudinal walls, making a six-celled embrj’o (Fig. 25). Whether the early development is t3’pical or irregular, a series of divisions follows Iw which a spherical embryo of several hundred cells is formed (Figs. 26-29. ) No suspensor cell is present; so the 3'oung embryo lies against the nucellus at the micropjdar end and is almost surrounded b}’ endo.sperm tissue (Fig. 27). When the spherical embr^-o has reached its maximum growth, it becomes flattened at the outer end 1)3' the development of a collar-like ridge extending about two-thirds of the wa3’ around (Figs. 30, 31 and 32). This is followed by the outgrowth of a small protuberance from the flat- tened .side about parallel with the apex of the ovule. After the formation of the crescent-.shaped ridge, the development continues at the opposite side, giving rise to the two “ cot3’ledonar3' ” lobes of the embryo (Fig. 33). The two lobes grow downward veiw rapidl3’ outside the endosperm, the tissue of the ovule raj)idlv disappearing before them. In the meanwhile, the endosperm has formed a sac-like mass of tissue around the embr3-o and extends down into the cavit3' of the embr3’o-sac to the di.sorganizing tissue below. In the meantime the growth of the plumule has been very slow, being a dome-shaped projection of tissue occup3'ing a central position between the lobes but to one side of the axis of June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumho. 171 the embr3’o (Fig. 33.) Both the cotyledonan- ridge and the incipient stem tip come from the outer end of the embr5’o and probably repre.sent terminal structures, but the stem tip represents the more central mass of cells. On account of the spherical con- dition of the embrj'o itis practicall}' impossible to trace the origin of an>’ set of cells which appear at the outer end of the more mature embr>'o, and the cot}dedonar3' ridge ma}' be lateral. After the cotjdedonary lobes have become greatl}^ enlarged the incipient plumule continues its development. It grows downward, forcing its way into the center of the mass of endosperm which lies between the two cotyledonar}' lobes. The first leaf and stem tip develop side b>' side from the terminal mass of cells in the protruberance. The leaf arises on the side opposite the cotyle- donar}'ridge (Fig. 34). The second leaf arises on the side of the plumule opposite the first and develops more slowly than the first leaf. The comparative growth and manner of development may be seen from Figs. 35-40. The radicle has its origin at the base of the plumule. It is a vestigial organ and does not develop on the .sprouting of the seed. It can only be seen at a late stage of development and is enclosed by an outgrowth from the sur- rounding tissue (Fig. 40). The homology between the development of the embryo of Nelumbo and other monocotyledonous embryos is very striking in many respects. In its early development the embryo of Ne- lumbo is very similar to tho.se of Aglaonema, DifEenbachia, and Lysichiton. In these forms the oospore does not cut off a suspen- sor cell but builds up a spherical embryo as is formed in Nelumbo. In the forms de.scribed by Campbell, the egg may segment, first, by two transverse divisions before any vertical division, or a reg- ular quadrant may be formed, which is likewise true in Nelumbo. The development of the “cotyledonary” ridge shows a striking re.-emblance to the hypocotyledonary expansion of various Helo- biae. The mature embryo may thus be compared with those of Halophila, Ruppia, Zostera, and Phyllospadix. In these forms there is a broad expansion of tissue below the plumule. In Halo- phila, Ruppia, and Zosteria, the hypocotyledonary lobe is contin- uous, while in Phyllospadix the structure is somewhat lobed if one may judge from the published figures and descriptions. The plumule with the so-called cotyledon is attached near the center. It is probable that the broad two-lobed expansion of tissue in the Nelumbo embryo commonly known as the cotyledons, is a true hypocotyledonary body as in the forms just mentioned. It bears a rather close re.semblance to the hypocotyledonary expansion of Phyllospadix. If such a comparison is correct, the first leaf of Nelumbo is homologous with the so-called cotyledon in Ruppia and Phyllospadix, and the plumule and cotyledon of these forms may arise as terminal structures side by side, as do the plumule 172 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, and “first leaf” of Xelumbo and the similar structures of the Araceae mentioned above. A careful study of all the Helobiae with “ macropodous ” embr3’os, as well as other monocotyledon- ous tj’pes, will probably be necessary before a definite conclusion can be reached. RECENT LITERATURE. Lyon, H. L. Observations on the Phnbryogeny of Xelumbo. Minn. Rot. Studies. 2 ; 643-655. 1901. Cook, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Cast.nlia odorata and Xymphaea advena. Bull. Torr. Rot. Club. 24 :2ii- 220. 1902. MurbECK, Sv. Ueber die Embryologie von Ruppia Rostellata Koch. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapa-Akademiens Ilandlingar. Baiidet 36. Xo. 5. 1902. Campbell, D. H. Notes on the Structure of the Embryo-sac in Spargani- um and Lysichiton. Rot. Gaz. 27 ; 153-166. 1S99. Campbell, D. PI. Studies on the Araceae. Ann. Rot. 14 : 1-25. 1900. ScHAFFNER, J. H. Some Morphological Peculiarities of the Nymphaeaceae and Helobiae. Ohio Xat. 4 ; 83-92. 1904. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. The figures were drawn with the aid of an Abbe camera and the following combination of oculars and objectives: P'igs. 2-7, 9-13, 20, 22, 23, 25 and 26, Rausch & Lomb j’j obj., Leitz oc. 4 ; Figs. 15, 28-32 and 34, Leitz 1 obj. and oc. 4 ; Figs. 14, 16-19 ami 33, Leitz } obj. and oc. 2 ; P'igs. 21, 24 and 27, Rausch & Lomb obj. and oc. 2. Fig. I. Fig. 2. Fig. 3- Fig. 4. F'ig. 5- Fig. 6. Fig. 7- Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. II. Fig. 12, Fig. 13. PLATE XVI. Young carpel before the integuments appear on the ovule. Xucellus with archesporial cell. The megasporocj’te and primary j^arietal cells. Megasporocyte and three parietal cell. Megasporocyte and twelve parietal cells, six of which show in one plane. The four megaspores, the lowest enlarging as the functional mega- spore. The nucellus with cap of tissue developed from the epidermis. Carpel with two celled embryo-sac in the ovule, showing the stylar canal lined with glandular cells. Two-celled embryo-sac with remains of the three potential mega- spores. P'our-celled embryo-sac. Eight-celled embryo-sac, showing conjugation of the polar nuclei and disorganization of the antipodals. Upper end of embryo-sac, showing the oosphere, synergids and conjugating polar nuclei. Upper end of embryo-sac, showing tripple fusion, the egg, remains of pollen tube, and synergid. June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo. 173 Ohio Natur.a.list. Plate XVI. York on “Nelumbo.” 174 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, Ohio Xaturalist. P/ate X\'II. York on “Nelumbo.” June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo. 175 Ohio Naturalist. Plate X VIII. York on “Nelumbo.” iy6 Kis. 1 4. Fig. 15- Fijj. i6. Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. F'ig. 22. Fig. 23. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. F'ig. 26. Fig. 27. Fig. 28. Fig. 29. Fig. 30. Fig. 31- Fig. 32. Fig. 33- Fig. 34. Fig. 35- Fig. 36. Fig. 37- Fig. 38- Fig. 39- Fig. 40. The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, Fimbr3’o-sac with fusion of the gametes and triple fusion below. Below the sac appears the beginning of the cavity formed bj- the breaking down of the ovular tissue, with axial row of glandular cells. PFATE XVII. Abnormal embryo-sac, showing three separate nuclear fusions. Earl\- stage in development of the axial row of cells. Axial row of cells further developed. Perfectlj’ developed axial row, surrounded bj- a cavity- formed bj' the breaking down of the cells of the surrounding tissue. The cavity below the sac, with irregularlj’ developed axial row. Basal cavity below the embryo-sac, with irregularlj’ developed axial row. Basal cavity with groups of nuclei massed together. Three-celled embr3'o. F'our-celled embr3'o and pollen tube. F'our-celled embr3’o with pollen tube and early formation of endo- sperm. Six-celled embryo with remains of pollen tube and one S3’nergid. Section of young spherical embryo. Endosperm and embr3-o somewhat flattened b3’ being in contact with the wall of the ovule. Section of embr3'o, showing difference in staining between the basal and outer parts. Section of spherical embr3’o. Section of embr3'o, showing the flattening due to the development of the incipient “ cot3dedonar3’ ” ridge. PLATE XVIII. Section of the flattened embr3’o further developed. Section of embryo, showing the two sides of the cotyledonar3' ridge. Section of embryo, showing the beginning of the dome-.shaped protuberance between the cot3'ledonar3’ lobes. Section of the dome-shaped protuberance, or the incipient plumule, showing terminal origin, side by side, of first leaf and stem tip. Outline section of embr3 0, showing incipient plumule. Outline section of embryo, showing the plumule further advanced. Surface view of the incipient plumule a little older than in F'ig. 36. Outline section of plumule, showing the beginning of the develop- ment of the leaf blade. Surface view of a still older plumule than Fig. 38. Outline of section of enibr3'o, showing the position of the first three leaves. June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. 177 FORMAL OPENING OF THE LAKE LABORATORY BUILDING. Herbert Osborn. The formal opening of the new building for the Lake Labora- tory on Cedar Point near Sandusky, occurred July 2nd, 1903. A number of invited guests were present in addition to the students and investigators enrolled for the summer. After a time spent in the inspection of the building and its appointments, all assembled in the main lecture hall and listened to a program including addresses by Prof. C. J. Herrick, Denison University, President of the Ohio State Academy of Science and Secretary of the Section of Zoology, American Association for the Advancement of Science; The Lake Laboratory Building. (Photo by Herbert Osborn. ) Hon. John T. Mack, of Sandusky, member of the Board of Trus- tees ; Prof. J. V. Denney, Dean of the College of Arts, and Her- bert Osborn, Director of the Laboratory. Letters were read from a number of leading scientific workers of the country expressing regrets at inability to be present and congratulations on the suc- cessful establishment of the laboratory. Mr. Mack spoke especially for the Trustees and for the citizens of Sandusky, who have taken an active interest in the progress of the laborator}’. Prof. Denue}’ dwelt upon the relation of the laboratory to general education and to the university and college life of the State. Both of these addresses were especially happy and 178 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, appropriate, but being delivered without manuscript are, unfortu- nately, not available for publication. The others were published in the Sandusky Register in its issue of July 3d. Prof. Herrick’s address, “The Summer Laboratory as an Instrument of Biological Research’’ (printed in full in Science, Vol. XVIII, No. 452, p. 263, August, 1903), after treating in a very instructive and interesting manner of the sphere of the summer biological laboratory or station, its duties and responsi- bilities, closed with the following encouraging words for the Cedar Point Station : “ The summer laborator}’ should be a clearing house of .scientific ideas, not merely a hotbed or forcing house for budding researches. To meet this need it is evident that the greater the diversity in pensonnel and range of interests represented, the better. That which the universit}’ student prizes most is the intimate daily contact in the lecture room and laboratoiw with his instructors. In the properly organized summer biological station every worker comes into that same sort of relation with ever\’ other worker, and this, I take it, is the best that the station can offer to its patrons. To attain the highest efficiency there must, therefore, be sufficient flexibilit}’ of organization and diversity of interests represented to correct the tendencies toward intellectual inbreed- ing which we find in most of our uuiversit}' and college labora- tories and to secure a .sort of cross-fertilization of scientific organizations. "Regardless of the individual investigator’s problem and method, he can well afford to utilize such opportunities ; indeed, he can- not afford, except in unusual cases, to neglect them for long periods, if he would retain his intellectual tone and elasticit}'. The station, in short, is an exceptional!}- favorable aid in effect ing that breadth of view and perfection of co-ordination which we have seen to be the keystone in the arch of scientific achieve- ment. “It is a source of congratulation to us, the members of this laboratory, that these liberal principles are clearly at the founda- tion of our present organization. Our director has made it very j)lain not only i)y word of mouth, but much more forcibly in practical ways, that it is to be the policy of our laboratory to secure the widest co-operatiou among all the men of science of our State. To this, as the representative of organized science in Ohio, I have pleasure in responding with equal cordiality that it will be our purpose to share in the great work here estal:)lished to the full extent of our ability, by attendance when po.ssil)le, and by sympathetic interest at all times. While we are the gainers 1)V this liberal ho.s])itality offered by the laboratory, it is certain tliat the laboratory in thus casting its bread uiion the waters will find it again after many da}'s.’’ June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. 179 Address of Capt. Alexis Cope, Secretary Board of Trustees, Ohio State University. The movement toward the establishment of a lake laborator}’ for the Ohio State University at Sandusky began in the fall of 1894. The late lamented Dr. D. S. Kellicott, then Professor of Zoology and Entomology, in an interview with the secretary expressed some discouragement over the prospects of the scientific departments of the university. It was just after registration day and a number of students in the scientific courses who came later had not yet returned. The secretary suggested some special advertising of the science courses. In this conversation Professor Kellicott mentioned the fact that the University of Michigan had a lake laboratory somewhere on the lakes, I think at Charlevoix, supported by the F'ish Commission. The secretary at once .said, why not have such a laboratory for the State University at San- dusky, in co-operation with our own State Fish Commission? The}" have a building there and, for the present at least, might allow us to use a portion of it for a laboratory. He at once responded eagerly to the suggestion, and said Sandusky was the best point on the lakes for a station. We at once opened the matter with Hon. H. B. Vincent, then president of the Board of Commissioners of Fish and Game, who took the matter up and considered it favorabl}-, and as a result of such conferences, Dr. Kellicott drew up the following communication to the Board of Trustees, which was presented to them at a meeting held Januar}- 15, 1895. It is given in full becau.se it has never been printed, and because it states .so fully the objects and purpo.ses of the laboratory as conceived by Dr. Kellicott, who may well be called its founder. It is as follows ; To the P/esidenf and Ti nstecs of the Ohio State University : Sirs — At different times I have had conversation with President Scott, Secretary Cope and others concerning a lake laboratory under the patronage of the university. I now ask the privilege of stating to you in writing iny views of this matter, and, in this connection, of another closely connected with the former, and ask you to consider both propositions. The questions are; i. The establishment in the near future of a lake laboratory at or near Sandusky ; and 2, the creation of a State collection of the fishes of Ohio. THE LABORATORY. The purpose of the plant that I would advocate is to afford an opportunity and a stimulus to instructors and students of biolog}’ in the university to spend their vacations investigating living problems in biology, especially such as are connected with important industries like the fisheries. The obvious advantages to the university are: i. Prestige. 2, Practical training of our students. 3, The sure increase of our collections ; and 4, it should extend the usefulness and influence of the university. THE LOCATION. I think it would be difficult, if not impossible to find, anywhere about the Great Lakes, a more suitable place for such a station than at some point near Sandusky. i8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, I may say that I spent the greater part of the time from June 23 to August 1st last, at Sandusky, Toledo and about the islands, and found the wliole region unsurpassed in richness of material and in advantages for stud}-. The plant that I consider necessary for success in this undertaking may be briefly outlined as follow-s : i. The main thing is a building that shall give shelter and security to the investigators and their outfit. This could be constructed in the simplest manner ; the size should be sufficient to accom- modate six to ten men, sav 24x30 feet, and with two floors; the lower for the storage of boats and apparatus, and for the coarser operations of “preparing”; the upper for tables and aquaria. 2, The necessar}' furniture for convenience in work (apparatus, books, etc., could be moved up from the university and returned annually); 3, boats, nets and aquaria. Note : Michigan has such a station supported by the Fish Commission, the university furnishing the investigators and the apparatus. The station is movable. It is this year as last at Charlevoix, where a building has been rented for a term of years as I understand it. The president, at least, of the Fish and Game Commission of Ohio favors a similar arrangement, but has, at present, no funds. The State Hatchery at Sandusk}-, which Mr. Vincent kindly allowed me to use last summer, is well located, but it is not suitable for the work con- templated, as the main room is wholl}' occupied by hatching jars and apparatus. By making comparatively slight changes it would serve the purpose very' well. I was told b}- men interested that the United States Fish Commission want the hatchery for a railway shipping station to accommodate distribu- tion of fry from the United States Hatchery at Put-in-Bay. Note 2 : I cannot help but think it would be better, if expedient, for the university to own and control the matter \yithout reference to the Fish and Game Commission, except to co-operate with it in every wa}^ possible in securing knowledge of the habits of fishes, on which intelligent culture depends. It would then be a university affair and those in cliarge would have but one aim and one master. It would leave us independent to work in an}- line without criticism. THE COLLECTION. The second question may be more briefly stated. A complete collection of the fishes of the State does not exist. It is much needed : i. Students of fishes often want an authentic collection for comparison and identification. 2, Questions in law often arise that cannot be truthfully settled without such specimens. 3, Such a collection must awaken interest in the subject ; and 4, it would surely prove of much immediate usefulness in the Department of Zoology. The amount needed to enable a vigorous prosecution of the work during the coming summer, I estimate as follows : i, A barrel of alcohol, ; 2, five pounds of formaline (a new preservative), >6 ; 3, bottles and anatomical jars, $so (for one year’s work); 4, nets, etc., S15 ; 5, for buying desired spe- cies of fisliernien and in the market some student help in dredging and for transportation, $50. Total, $150 The last fish cannot be .secured the first or second year, but all the food fishes and many others may be had at once ; these will include nearly all the larger species, so the co.st hereafter will be slight annually and no special appropriations will be necessary. I would like to begin preparation at once and to be able to secure during the winter such species as come to the Columbus market iu good condition. Mr. Vincent has agreed to aid in every way possible in this matter. Respectfully, D. S. Kellicott. June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. i8i The Board of Trustees referred the report to a committee con- sisting of Trustee John T. Mack, President W. H. Scott, Profes- sor D. S. Kellicott and the secretar}^ to make an investigation and report on the feasibility of the plan proposed at the next June meeting of the board. For some reason the committee did not submit its report to the Board of Trustees until September 2, 1895. The report was drawn b}’ Professor Kellicott and appears in the printed proceedings of the board. It was adopted and the sum of $350 was appropriated to carr}^ out the recommendations of the report. On September 17, 1895, secretary wrote to Hon. H. B. \'incent, president of the Commissioners of Fish and Game, sub- mitting a formal proposition to erect a second story to the Hatch- er}’ Building at Sandusky, with details for its joint occupanc}", which, if accepted, would constitute a binding contract. Mr. \^incent wrote saying he would call a meeting of the commission as soon as practicable and would recommend its acceptance. The meeting was afterwards called and held at the Chittenden Hotel, in Columbus, December 19, 1895. The committee on the part of the university was present and the proposition was for- mally adopted. Early in the summer of 1896, the addition, a second stor}’ to the Hatchery Building, was begun. The contract was let by Mr. Mack, who looked after the construction of the improvement and saw that it was properh^ done. We learn from the Sandusky Register of Juh’ 10, 1896, that the building was about completed and would be accepted b}- Pro- fessor Kellicott that week. We also read in the same paper that “a second storj- has been added to the entire Hatchery Building and fitted up and provided with a large room for laboratory' work, and several dormitories to be occupied by students during the summer.” The movement having in view the fine and commodious build- ing which is formal^' opened to day, began over four j-ears ago. In September, 1899, the matter of further provision for the Lake Laboratory at Sandusky came before the Board of Trustees and was deferred until the next meeting. The matter came up again at a meeting held in November of the same y'ear and was referred to a committee consisting of Trustee Mack, President Thompson and Professors Osborn and Kellerman. The record does not show that this commitee submitted any formal report. It is presumed, however, that temporary arrange- ments were made for the further accommodation of the increasing number of students. i82 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, In June, 1901, President Thompson reported to the Board of Trustees that a petition had been sent to the Ohio Phsh and Game Commission, asking for the use of the lower stor}- of tlie building at Sandusk}’ heretofore occupied by the Lake Laboratory, and produced a letter from Mr. L. H. Reutinger, secretar\’ and chief warden, saj-ing that the request had been granted. The prepara- tion of such story was devolved upon Mr. Mack with the result that we all know. The provision was onh- temporarj-, and the indefatigable, silent and efficient Professor Osborn “kept at it,” to use a little pardonable slang, until June 16, 1902, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees, President Thompson presented a list of improvements which, in his opinion, were desirable to be made in the next two j'ears, and among them was a Lake Laboratory- building at Sandusky to cost $2,500. After a full discussion of president’s report the erection of a Lake Laboratory building was authorized and the sum of $2,500 was appropriated therefor. At the same meeting a committee consisting of Trustee Mack, Pres- ident Thompson and Secretary Cope was appointed to secure if practicable a permanent lease of land on which to erect such lab- oratory. The rest is recent history and is quickly told. Plans were at once prepared by Professor Bradford under the direction of Professor O.sborn. The Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Company, through its officers. Messrs. Jacob Kuebler, president. Geo. A. Boeckling, manager, and Hon. Eugene Guerin, generously tend- ered the present site, and on April i, 1903, a formal lease thereof at a nominal rental was tendered to the Board of Trustees and accepted. On the same day the plans drawn by Professor Brad- ford were approved and the committee before named to secure the lease was directed to let the contract for the building. At the opening of this fine building so well adapted to the pur- poses for which it was intended, it is fitting that proper acknowl- edgements should be made to those who have been connected with the Lake Laboratory in its origin, growth and final consumma- tion. The Lake Laboraty at Sandusky was first conceived by the late Professor David S. Kellicott. He thought out the plan for its establishment, indicated the scope of its work, and organized and directed it until the time of his death. It would be most fitting and proper if some memorial or tablet commemorating this fact could be perpetuated. To the Hon. H. B. Vincent of McConnelsville, late President of the State Fish and Game Commission, we owe a delit of grati- tude for the friendly co-operation which made the establishment of a Lake Laboratory at Sandusky a possibility. To all those who have been connected with the location and erection of the pre.sent building, thanks and congratulations freely flow from all who are assembled here to-day ; to the architect. June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. 183 Professor Bradford ; the contractor, Mr. George Feick ; to the officers of the Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Companj’, and espec- iall}" to the Hon. John T. Mack, Trustee of the University, who from the beginning has been its watchful and thoughtful guardian. To Professor Osborn, whose quiet, earnest effort has largeh^ contributed to this better opportunity for scientific investigation, thanks and congratulations are due for his part in the work. But he and his able associates. Professors F. L. Landacre and James S. Hine are to be further congratulated that to them is entrusted the present responsibilit}^ of seeing that this great laboratory' shall be used with an eye single to the advancement of science and the public welfare in accordance with the aims of its founder, and that the students who go forth from it shall be so inspired by the spirit of truth that they shall be its devoted servants and loyal to it all their lives. Remarks by Professor Herbert Osborn, Director. After what has been said already I need not detain you with an extended statement of our purposes and plans in the work of our summer station. I would like, however, to mention some phases of our work and if po.ssible, emphasize our position in regard to our relations to other institutions and to scientific workers in general. Only about thirty years ago there was begun on a little island off the coast of Massachusetts what has proved to be the pioneer of the seaside aud aquatic laboratories now so plentiful in differ- ent parts of the world. When Agassiz opened up his summer laboratory on Penikese he not only started a movement for the closer study of animal life under inspiring surroundings but he really inaugurated a movement in American education which has had a remarkable effect on the methods of teaching here and abroad. A method that involves the inspiration of personal con- tact with nature under the guidance of a lover of nature expert in understanding her ways. I can my.self remember the kindling of boyish ambition to go to Agassiz’s school, for his name had then become a familiar one throughout the land. To .study under his guidance was to my youthful fancy the height of opportunity. I remember, too, most distinctly, how bewildered and dazed I felt when I learned that Agassiz was dead. It had never occurred to me that Agassiz might die. I had never thought of him as a man who possibly was old but only as the representaffve teacher. In the airy castles of youth I had dreamed that possibly, some day, I might be able to come under his inspiring instruction. Of course we may say that the direct method of study must have originated long before Agassiz’s time, in fact such method can be referred readily to Aristotle and other early interpreters i84 The Ohio Xnturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,. of nature, and the plan has come forward as a new method of education at intervals ever since ; only, however, to lapse again and again into dependence upon the indirect one of reference to printed authority or the mere dictum of the teacher. Nature study is certainly old, but it needs constant rehabilitation or it reverts to the methods of repetition. But while Agassiz died and the Penikese station was aban- doned, the spirit of the enterprise has blos.somed out in hosts of schools and research stations where the fundamental purpose is identical with his. P'irst and foremost of these is the famous zoological station at Naples, and our own Woods Holl stands, doubtless, next to it in length of life and scientific product. Mere mention of the stations at Bayonne, Plymouth. Plon, Beaufort, Cold Spring Harbor, Casco Bay, P'lat Head Lake, Illinois River, Madi.son, Winona Lake, Bermuda, Kingston, Jamaica and Vancouver’s, shows the extent to which it has grown. They have contributed not only to the bod\’ of knowl- edge concerning plant and animal life but, more, they have taught the methods of original research and given inspiration to hosts of teachers throughout the country who have carried the research method into high .schools and colleges to the profound improvement of methods of instruction. This is not merely a process of teaching how to investigate ; it is using the method of investigation as a process in education. Its purpose is to give the student both the impulse and the train- ing bj" which he ma}' gain new facts properly and correlate them with previous knowledge that is presented to him from the past. In short, to acquire and prove for himself that which he is asked to accept as the results of previous work by his predecessors. It will be .seen that we have a two fold purpose though at bot- tom a single end — instruction and investigation. In our instruc- tion we aim to .show the methods of research msed in investiga- tions and to instruct or furnish information in the essential proce.sses connected with the growth and perfection of science. But we may go further and recognize that the acqui.sition of knowledge has wider purpose than the mere gratification of mental curiosity or the building up of aii educational structure. Knowledge has its ultimate service in contributing to human needs, material as well as intellectual, in the promotion of human life and activity. I believe that we may, with perfect jrropriety, insist on the educational value of a method which involves, includes in its scope, the determining of facts that will be of practical .service in the community and state. The elaborate study of mosquito conditions on Long Island by the members of the laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor lose none of their scientific value and interest from the fact that they fur- nish a basis for most important service in prevention of di.sease June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. 185 and suffering. If in the course of our inve.stigations here we may be able to gain some fragments of knowledge that will serve the comfort of the community these will but add force and inspiration to the educational effort we have inaugurated. With the occupation of this new building, the future home of our efforts, devoted exclusive!}' to our use and planned especially for our purposes, we have reason, I think, to feel gratified. It is but just, also, to recognize the generous spirit of the Board of Trustees in providing these facilities for our work, the cordial reception of the citizens of Sandusky and the liberality of the Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Company in granting the beautiful site and the privileges accorded to workers in the laboratory. It is also a matter for sincere gratification to note the hearty encouragement given the enterprise by our associates in the University Faculty and by biologists scattered over the country. Such interest and encouragement may well stimulate us to our best effort in the utilization of the opportunities now at our com- mand. We cannot let this occasion pass without reference to the devoted, unselfish scientific worker under whose direction it was established. Profe.ssor Kellicott was a man of unusual devotion to research. He showed rare discrimination in the .selection of this beautiful bay as the location fora laboratory. We owe to him a meed of praise to-day, a word of appreciation, a pause for silent, reverential recognition of his services to education, science and humanity. To him life was a persistent effort in the acqui- sition of knowledge, and while he died in the prime of manhood he left a record of scientific achievement which may well inspire us all to greater effort. With the past history of the laboratory known it should be an easy matter to read its future purpose and policy. It is our aim to further biological study in its every phase. To give opportu- nity to research and to furnish instruction and experience to build a sure foundation for successful work in teaching or investiga- tion. It is our firm belief that biology and biological methods have much to offer in any system of education; that its cardinal method of direct appeal to nature in the solution of the problems of na- ture, should be pushed into every grade of school work and that to this end teachers trained in the actual processes of direct study are essential. That such teaching in our schools is far too limited is, I think, fully recognized by those familiar with this work. It is our hope and aim to make the laboratory of ser\dce to any student in any phase of biology that can be profitably studied under the conditions here. To make this as broad and emphatic as possible, we may say that it will be our policy to assist to the extent of our ability any competent scientific worker, from any The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, 1 86 institution or locality, in the prosecution of any investigation which our locality and equipment ina}’ permit. I believe this represents the spirit of the Board of Trustees, the President, and all officially connected with the laboratory. I beleve this to be fully shown bj" the equipment already furnished and the attitude .shown in making these facilities equally acce.ssible to all who may desire to use them. We hope educators and scientific workers in our own and adjacent states especially will find it a profitable meeting ground and feel that its opportunities are open on the most liberal basis to all. It maj’ seem that the fragments of knowledge we gather are ver3" insignificant, and it is entirely possible that we maj" not make any startling discoveries, but we should remember that the great body of science consists of innumerable individual facts, blended and related to a harmonious whole — as individual grains of sand comprise the long stretch of land, the magnificent beach, and the .sightl}’ dunes which constitute the basis of our new home. So we may hope that in all the new facts we gather we shall be able to correlate them with those already- known, to blend them and round them to a more perfect s3-mmetr3’, in short to add perhaps minute but essential parts to the completion of great structures. F'inall3q I desire to express m3' profound thanks to the many who have evinced a cordial interest in our work, and especially to those who have taken the pains and time to be with us to-day. FLORA OF CEDAR POINT. W. A. Kellerm.\x and O. E. Jennings. This brief report represents the work on the Cedar Point Flora as completed to date, so far as listing the observed species is concerned. Various botanists had collected there in the past, — E. L. Mosele3', Wm. Krebs, Edo Claassen, L. D. Stair, W. A. Keller- man, and others, — but not until the publication of Prof. Moseley’s excellent Catalogue was there any comprehensive list of the plants of this region. In the “ Sandusky Flora ” Prof. Mose- le3" specifically reports 1 1 1 species for Cedar Point ; for most of the commoner plants of lirie Count3’ no particular localit3' was given In the Cedar Point Herbarium, prepared in 1903, and deposited at the Lake Laborator3', we have 316 species of the flowering plants and ferns mounted. Besides these there have been report- ed, either in the “ Sandusk3’ F'lora ” or ehsewhere, 71 .species more, thus making a total list for Cedar Point of 387 species of the flowering plants and ferns. June, 1904.] Flora of Cedar Point. 187 III the following list of plants collected on Cedar Point, the authors are responsible for the items except where given and noted on other authoritj' ; those though not yet in the herbarium but definitely reported for this locality in the “ Sandusky Flora” are indicated thus: [Cat.]. Space will not permit here an enu- meration of the fungi [62 species] collected in this region ; for the same, see the May No. of the Journal of Mycology. FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS OF CEDAR POINT. Acer nigrum Mx. [Cat.], rubrnm L. Acerates viridiflora (Raf.) Eaton. Achillea millefolinm L. Acorus calamus L. AcTaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. AfzELI.a macrophylla (Nutt.) Kuntze. Agastache nepetoides (L.) Kuntze. Agropyron repens (L.) Beaiiv. Agrostis alba L. Agrimoni.a hirsuta (Mulil.) Bick., mollis (T. & G.) Britt. A1L.A.NTHUS glandnlosa Desf. AlsinE longifolia (Mulil.) Britt. Alisma plantago-aquatica L. Amaranthus graecizans L. Ambrosi.a artemisiaefolia L. Amelanchier botryapium (L. f.) D. C. [Cat.], canadensis (L.) INIedic. Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link. Amygdalus persica L. Andropogon furcatus IMuhl. Anemone virginiana L., canadensis L. AnTENNARI.a plantaginifolia (L.) Rich. Anthemis cotula I,. Apios apios (L.) MacM. Aplectrum s])icatnm (Walt.) B. S. P. [Cat.]. Apocynum cannabinum L. AouilEGI.a canadensis L. Arabis brachycarpa (T. & G.) Britt. [Cat.], canadensis L., dentata T. & G. [Cat.], lyrata L. .\RALi.\ nudicaulis L. Arctost.\phylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. Arenari.a serpvllifolia L , stricta Mx. Argentina anserrina (L. ) Rybd. Artemisia caudata Mx. .\SCLEPIAS syriaca L. tuberosa L., incarnata L., pulchra Plhrh. Asparagus officinalis L. Asplenium platy neuron (L.) Oakes. [Cat.] Batrachium longirostris (Godr.) F. Schultz. Bidens aristosa (Mx.) Britt. [Cat.], beckii Torr., bipinnata L-, discoidea (T. & G.) Britt. [Cat.] Bleph.ariglottis psycodes (L.) Rybd. Blephii.I-A hirsuta (Ph.) Torr. Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Willd. Boltonia asteroides L’Her. Botrychium virginianum (L. ) Schw. Brasenia peltata Ph [Cat.]. Bursa bursa-pastoris (L. ) Britt. CakilE edentula (Bigel) Hook. Calamagrostis canadensis (Mx.) Beauv. C.AMP.^NULA americana L., uliginosa Rybd. Capnoides flavulum (Raf.) Kuntze. [Cat.]. Card.^mine pennsylvanica Muhl. C.\RDUUS arvensis (L.) Robs, (in herbarium of C. S. Mead), discolor ((Muhl.) Nutt., lanceolatus L. Carex aquatilis Wahl. [Cat.], comosa Boot. [Cat.], lanuginosa Mx., Muhlenbergii Schk., sartwelii Dewey [Cat.], stipata Muhl., tribuloides Wahl. Castali.^ tuberosa (Paine) Greene. CelasTrus scandens L. Celtis occidentalis L., crassifolius Lam. Cenchrus tribuloides L. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Chenopodium album L., boscianum iMoq. [Cat.], hybridum L., leptopliA'llum Nut. [Cat.]. Chim.aphil.a umbellata Nutt. [Cat.] CicuTA maculata L. CiRCAEA lutetiana L. Clinopcdium vulgare L. Convolvulus sepium L. Coreopsis tripter-is L. Cornus amonium IMilL, asperifolium Mx., stolonifera Mx. i88 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, CORYLUS ainericaiia Walt. CvPERUS filiculmis Vahl., rivularis Kunth., scliweinitzii Torr., strigosus L. Daucus carota L. Decouon verticillatus (L,. ) Ell. DianTher.\ aniericana L. Dioscore.\ villosa E. Dryopteris thelvpteris (L.) Gr. spinulosa (Retz. ) Kuntze. Dueichium arundinaceuni ( E.) Britt. [Cat.]. Elp;och.\ris acuminata (Muhl) Nees. [Cat.], intermedia (Mulil) Schultze [Cat.]. Elymus canadensis E. striatus Willd. virginicus I,. Epilohium adenocaulon (E.) Ilaussk. Equisetum robustum Br. arvense E., variegatum Schleich. [Cat.]. Erac.rostis major Host., pectinacea (Mx.) Steud., spectabilis Steud. [Cat.]. Erechtite;s hieracifolia Raf. EriGERON annuus (E. ) Pers., philadelphicus, E. Erysimum inconspicuum ( Wats. ) MacM. Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq. Eupatorium ageratoides E. f., maculatum E., perfoliatum E., purpureum E. [Cat.]. Euphorbia commutata Eng. [Cat.], corollata E-, hirsuta (Torr.) Wieg., nutans Eag., pol3-gonifolia E. Euthami.a graminifolia (E.) Nutt. Fai.c.\T.\ pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze [Cat.]. Festuc.\ octoflora Walt. (F. tenella Willd.) Fimbristylis autumnalis (E.) R. & S. [Cat.]. Fragari.a vesca E. [Cat.], viginiana Duch. Fr.axinus aniericana E., lanceolata Borck., pennsylvanica Marsh. F'cmaria officinalis E. [Cat.]. G.\EIUM triflorum Mx., pilosum Ait., circaezans Mx. Gaura biennis E. ■Geranium carolinianum E., robertianum E. •Gerardi.a purpurea E. [Cat.]. Geum canadense Jacq., virginianum E. Gi.Editsi.a triacanthos E. ■Gnaphalium obtusifolium E. Gyrostachys cernua (E.) Kuntze. IlEI.IANTHEMUM lliajus (L.), B.S.P. [Cat.]. Helianthus annuus E. [Cat.], decapetalus E. hirsutus Raf., strumosus macroplndlus (Willd.) Britt. [Cat.]. IlEi.iopSis heliantlioides (E. ) B. S. P. [Cat.]. IlETERANTHERA dubia (Jacq.) MacM. Hibiscus moscheutos E. , trionum E. Hypericu.m maculatum Walt. Hystrix hystrix (E. ) INIillsp. Impatiens biflora Walt. li.EX verticillata (,E.) Gr. Iris versicolor E. JUGEANS nigra E. JUNCUS balticus Willd.. richardsoni- anus Schult., torreyi Coville. (J. nodosus megacephalus Torr. ). JUNiPERUS communis E., nana Wild., virginiana E. Eacinaria scariosa (E.) Hill., spicata lE ) Kuntze [Cat.]. Eactuca canadensis E., floridana (E.) Gaertn., virosa E. Eappue.a lappula (E. ) Karst., virginiana (E.) Greene. E-A.THYRUS palustris E., venosus, Muhl. Eemn.\ trisulca E. EECHE.t. major l\Ix. Eeonurus cardiaca E. [Cat.]. Eepargyraea canadensis (L.) Greene. [Cat.]. Eepidium virginicum I,. Eeptilon canadense (E.) Britt. Eeptorchis loeselii (E.) MacM. Ep:spp:dez.a violacea Pers. Eigustrum vulgare E. [Cat.]. EiPPiA lanceolata Mx. [Cat.]. Eithospermum gnielinii (Mx.) Hitch. Eobeli.a. syphilitica E. Eonice:r.a glaucescens (E.) Rydb. Eudwigia alternifolia L. [Cat.]. Eycopeksicon l}-copersicon (E.) Karst. Ey’copus americanus Muhl. DIai.us malus (E.) Britt. IMaly.a rotundifolia E. Medicago lupulina E. IMeibomi.a canadensis (E.) Kuntze, grandiflora ( Walt. ) Kuntze. Mei.ieotus alba Desv. [Cat.]. Menispermum canadense (L. ) Kuntze. [Cat.]. June, 1904.] Flora of Cedar Point. 189 Mentha canadensis L. Micrampeeis lobata (Mx.) Greene. iNIiMULUS ringens L. Monarda fistulosa L,. Morus rubra L. Myriophyleum spictatum L. Nabaeus albus (L.) Hook. Nai.\s flexilis (Willd.) Rost. & Schmidt. Naumbergia thyrsiflora (L. ) Duby. [Cat.]. Neeumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. Nepet.a cataria k. Nymphaea advena Soland. [Cat.] variegata Eng. Oenothera rhombipetala Nutt. [Cat.]. On.agra biennis (L.) Scop., oakesiana (Gr. ) Britt. [Cat.]. Onocee.a sensibilis k. Opueaster opulifolius (k.) Kuntze. OpunTi.\ humifusa Raf. OSMUND.A regalis k. OsTRYA virginiana (Mill.) Willd. OxAEiS cymosa Small. Panicum clandestinum k., columbianum Scrib. (P. dichotonium k. ) [Cat.], miliaceum k. [Cat.], scribnerianum Nash ( P. scoparium kam. ) [Cat.], imciphyllum Trin. ( P. pubescens Gr. ) , virgatum k. P.ariet.\ri.a pennsylvanica IMuhl. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (k.) I’lanch. Peastin.aca sativa k. Penthorum sedoides k. PenTstemon hirsutus (k.) Willd. Peruearia flava (k. ) Rydb. Phae-ARIS arundinacea k. PhieoTria canadensis ( Mx. ) Britt. Pheeum pratense k. Phr.agmites phragmites (k.) Karst. Phra'ma leptostacliya k. Physaeis pruinosa k. Phytoeacca decandra k. PiNUS strobus k. Peantago lanceolata k. [Cat.], major k., rugelii Dec. Pe-AT.anus occidentalis k. PODOPHYEEUM peltatum k. POEANisiA graveolens Raf. PoEYGONUM aviculare k., convolvulus k., emersum (Mx.) Britt., lapthifolium k. [Cat.], punctatum Ell., sagitattum k. [Cat.], virginianum k. PoEYMNiA canadensis k., canadensis radiata Gr. (R.F. Griggs, O. Nat. I : 98). PONTEDERI.A cordata k. PoPUEUS balsamifera k. (R. F. Griggs, O. Nat I : 98), deltoides Marsh., tremuloides Mx. PoT.AMOGEToN loiicliites Tuck., natans k., pectinatus k [Cat.], perfoliatus k., pusillus k. , zosteriaefolius Schum. I’OTENTIEEA monspeliensis k., paradoxa Nutt. Pruneee.a vulgaris k. Prunes americana Marsh., pumila k. (W. A. Kellerman and R. F. Griggs, O. Nat. I : 98), serotina Ehr., virginiana k. PteeE.a trifoliata k. Pyroea elliptica Nutt. [Cat.]. QuFtRCUS imbricaria Mx., leana Nutt,, macrocarpa Mx., rubra k. (reported by W. A. Kellerman), velutina kam. Ranuncueus sceleratus k. Rhus aromatica Ait. , glabra k., hirta (k.) Sudw., radicans k. [Cat.]. Ribes lacustre Poir. [Cat.], cynosbati k., floridum k’Her. Ricci.a fluitans k., natans k. Robini.a pseudacacia k. Rorip.a armoracia (k.) Hitch., hispida (Desv.) Britt., palustris (k. ) Bessey. Ros.a blanda Ait. [Cat ] , Carolina k. , setigera IMx. Rubus frondosus Bigel., nigrobaccus Bailey, occidentalis k., procumbens Muhk, strigosus Mx. Rudbecki.a hirta k. Rumex acetosella k., crispus k., obtusifolius k., verticillatus k. S-agittaria latifolia Willd. Saeix alba k., amygdaloides Anders., cordata Muhk, fragilisk., glaucophilla Bebb. , interior Rowlee., (S. longifolia Muhk), interior wheelerii Rowlee., lucida Muhl., amygdaloides x nigra. Saeomonia comutata (R. & S.) Britt. Saaibucus candensis k. Sanicuearia canadensis k. 190 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, Saponaria officinalis L. SciRPUS americanus Pers., lacustris L. ScROPHULARiA marylaiiflica L. Scutellaria cordifolia Muhl., galericulata L. Sedum acre P. [Cat.]. Sieves angulatus L. SiLENE antirrhina L., virginica L. Sisymbrium officinale Scop. Smilax herbacea L., rotundifolia L. SoLANUM dulcamara P., nigra P. SoLiD.AGO juncea Ait., serotina Ait. SoNCHUS asper (P.) All. Sophia piniiata (Walt.) Britt. [Cat.]. Sparganium eur3'carpum Eng. Spirodela polyrrhiza (P.) Schleid. [Cat.]. Sporobolus cryptandrus (P. ) Gr. Stachys aspera Mx. Steironem.a ciliatum (P.) Raf. Stipa spartiiia Tiiii. Strophostyles helvola ( P. ) Britt. Symphoricarpos pauciflorus (Robbins) Britt. Tar.\xacum erythrospermum Andrz. Tecoma radicans (Iv.) DC. Teucrium canadense P., occidentale Gr. Th.vspium barbinode (!Mx.) Nutt., barbinode augustifolium Coult. & Rose. [Cat.]. Tilia americana P. Tradescantia reflexa Raf. Trifolium hybridum P., pratense P. [Cat.]. Typha latifolia P. Ulmus americana P. Unifolium canadense (DesF.) Greene. Urtica gracilis Ait. Utricularia gibba. P. [Cat.], vulgaris P. Vagnera stellata (P.) Morong., racemosa (P.) Morong. Vallisneri.a spiralis P. Verbascum thapsus P. Verbena hastata P., urticifolia P. Vernoni.a maxima Small. Viburnum lentago P. ViOL.A papilionacea Ph., rafinesquii Greene. ViTis vulpina P. W. \SHiNGTONi.A claytoiiia (Mx. ) Britt. WoLFFi.c punctata Griseb. (W. braziliensis Eng.). [R. F. Griggs, O. Nat. I : 97 ] Columbiana Karst. X. \NTHiUM canadense INIill. [Cat.]. X.CNTHOXYLUM americaiium Mill. [Cat.]. ZeX mays P. Ziz.vNi.A aquatica P. FLORA OF HEN AND CHICKEN ISLANDS, 1903. W. R. Kellerm.an. All interesting account of a summer visit to the Hen and Chicken Islands in Canadian waters, Lake Erie, was given by Professor Schaffner in the Ohio Naturalist, III, pages 331- 332, December, 1902. One year later, these Islands were visited and the flora again recorded, which is here reported brieflj', re- ferring the reader to Professor Schaffuer’s article for description of the Islands, and comments on the plants formerh’ enumerated. My notes show the following list for these Islands — with one or two exceptions being the same species of plants observed by Professor Schaffner for Little Chick, the only one visited by him. June, 1904.] Flora of Hen and Chicken Islands. 191 Plants on Little Chick Island, Lake Erie, August, 1903. Agrostis alba Atripex (hast, or pat.) Ambrosia artemisiaefolia. . . . Bidens connata Bidens froiidosa Celtis occidentalis Cnicus sp.? Erechtites hieracifolia . . . Iinpatiens sp.? Leptilon caiiadense Lycopus sp.? Micrampeles lobata Polygonum lapathifolium. . . Polygonum pennsylvanicum Salix amygdaloides Ulnius americana 2 plants. 2 plants. I plant. I plant. 12 plants. I plant. I plant. 8 plants. 40 plants. 6 plants. I plant. I plant. 12 plants. 2 )0 plants. 50 plants of various sizes. I plant 4 ft. high. Plants on Big Chick Island, Lake Erie, August, 1903. (About ten times area of Little Chick.) Acer negundo Celtis occidentalis . . . . Salix alba Scirpus fluviatilis Sicyos angulatus Urtica gracilis 2 plants, 18 in. high. I plant 50 ft. high. I plant 30 ft. high. I plant 12 in high. 75 plants mostly small. 1 2 plants 2 ft. No Plants on Chick Island. PL-ants on Hen Island, Lake Erie, Augu.st, 1903. (Area about five acres.) Acer nigrum. Acer saccharum. Achillea millefolium. Agrostis alba. Alsine media. Arabis laevigata. Aster shortii. Bursa bursa-pastoris. Campanula americana. Ci.enopodium album. Dactylis glomerala Erigeron animus. Euthamia graminifolia. Fraxinus pennsylvanica Fraxinus sambucifolia. Geranium robertianum. Geum sp. Gymnocladus canadensis. Iinpatiens pallida. Nepeta cataria. Parthenocissus cpiinquefolia. Pentstemon pubescens. Phytolacca decandra. Pilea pumila. Polygonum scandens. Populus deltoides. Populus tremuloides. Primus virginiana. Ouercus acuminata 1 Ivs. broad). Rhus hirta. Ribes cynosbati. Rubus nigrobaccus. Sambucus canadensis. Sicyos angulata. Sisymbrium canescens. Uhnus americana. Vagnera stellata. Verbascum thapsus Vitis riparia. Also the following cultivated plants: Peach, Pear, Cherry, Gooseberry. Pieplant, Grape. 192 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, THE JACKET LAYER IN SASSAFRAS. John II. Schaffner. In the ovules of some angiosperms a definite nutritive tissue invests the einbryo-.sac, while in others no such layer exists. This nutritive jacket appears in all cases to be simpl}’ a modifica- tion of one or more layers of cells on the inner wall of the ovule. It is purely a phj’siological tissue and is usually described as consisting of cells with deeply-staining contents. It is much less definite in structure than the tapetum in the microsporangia of the stamen, but reminds one of the so-called spongy tissue in the ovule of the pines and related jilants. Although usually described as a dark staining tissue, there are examples where just the opposite is the case. Cook ( 1 ) describes the tissue in the wall of the ovule of Agrostemma githago as consisting of two zones, the inner zone consisting of thin-walled cells which degenerate while the embryo-sac is enlarging. Although the cell walls of the zone were very delicate, the entire layer was sharply separated from the outer tissue by a very thick limiting wall. Fig. I. Ovule of Sassafras, showing jacket layer, a, cross section ; b, longitudinal section. While studying some preparations of Sas.safras sassafras, the writer observed a jacket of cells surrounding the mature embryo- sac. This layer shows some resemblance to the delicate zone in Agrostemma, but there is no distinct limiting wall on the outside. It is from one to several layers of cells in thickness and the cells are light-colored with Delafield’s haematoxylin and Heidenhain’s haematoxylin, while the cells of the outer zone stain very dark (Fig. I , a, b). The cells have large vacuoles and comparatively little June, 1904.] The Jacket Layer in Sassafras. 193 protoplasm and begin to degenerate when the embryo-sac is full}- formed. This jacket la}"er thus performs an important function. First its cells nourish the developing female gametophyte, and later, by their disintegration a further food supply is furnished to the developing endosperm and embryo. By their rapid disinte- gration there is also a decided increase of room in the ovule. These processes correspond to the functions of the tapetum in the microsporan giinn . As stated before, this jacket layer in the ovule must be regarded as purely a physiological tissue, being developed in various ways in different angiosperms. It may be entirely absent as in Sagit- taria and Liliuni ; it may be represented simply by disintegrating cells in contact with the embryo-sac as in many monocotyls and dicotyls ; it may have a development as in the examples just discussed ; or it may be a highly specialized laj^er of dark-staining cells. To the last type belongs Aster novae-angliae, w’here the layer is described by Chamberlain (2) as consisting of cells with dense protoplasm remarkably free from vacuoles. Stylidium ( 3) and Lobelia (4), as well as many other genera of Sympetalae, have highly developed jacket layers. 1. Cook, M. T. The Development of the Embr3-o-sac and Embryo of Agrostemma githago. Ohio Nat. 3 : 365-369. 1903. 2. Chamberuain, C. J. The Embryo-sac of Aster Novae-Angliae. Bot. Gaz. 20 : 205-212. 1895. 3. Burns, G. P. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Stylidiaceen. Flora 87 : 313- 354. 1900. 4. Biluings, P\ H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Samenentwickelung. Flora 88 : 253-318. 1901. MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Townshend Hall, March 7, 1904. The meeting was called to order b}^ the President, Mr. Sanders, and the business meeting was dispensed with. The paper of the evening was given by Dr. Bleile on “The Anti-bodies.’’ Much interest was shown in the lecture and a large audience was present. Orton Hall, April 9, 1904. The meeting was called to order by President Mr. Sanders. Prof. Kellerman reported inoculations with rust on corn. He experienced great difficulty in procuring good host plants on account of the cold weather. He secured uredospores on pop- corn inoculated with spores of Puccinia sorghi from sweet corn. Prof. Hine spoke on the Gulf Biological station in Louisiana. The station is located on the coast, at the mouth of the Calcasieu 194 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8, river, and was established for the stud}' of various economic problems of interest to the people of the State. The station has a good building valued at S6.000. Special precautions have been taken to overcome dangers arising from inundations to which the region is subject during severe storms. Prof. Mine identified about fifty birds, among them the snake bird, boat-tailed grackle, black vulture, little blue heron, mocking bird, Louisiana clapper- rail, and Wil.son’s plover. There are very few sparrows. Land mammals are scarce but porpoises are very numerous. A number of species of insects were collected, of which about 150 have been identified. The address was closed with a brief description of the flora found in the region of the laborator}- and the speaker’s experience in flounder, schrimp and crab fishing. Ortox Maj' 2, 1904. In the absence of the President, the meeting was called to order by Prof. Schaffner. It was moved and seconded that he act as chairman for the evening. The motion was carried. The pro- gram for the evening consisted of reports on theses. Mr. York reported work on the life history of Xelumbo. IMr. Morse gave an outline of his work on the embr\'ology of the spider’s egg. Under personal observations. Prof. Kellerman reported that he had secured uredospores of Puccinia sorghi on dent corn inocu- lated with uredospores from pop-corn, which, together with previous experiments, showed that rusts on sweet-corn, pop-corn and dent corn are not physiological varieties. Mr. Frank reported culture experiments with Sphaeropsis rosae. Prof. Schaffner reported observations on the time when leaves come out on various trees and shrubs. Prof. Alfred Vivian, Prof. Rudolph Hinsch, and J, C. White were elected to membership. J. X. Fraxk, Secretary pro tc?n. Date of Publication of June Number, June 1, 1904. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^ I MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ WELL EQIIPPED AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH^ & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistrj-, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their dail)’ recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINO SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. Bucket Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro- typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery, & ^ ^ ^ ^ 80% North High Sired, COLUMBUS, OHIO. VOLUME V. NOVEMBER. 1904. NUMBER 1 Ohio Naturalist A Journal Devoted more Especially to ihe Natural History qf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB fg tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mS cf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Poat-Office at Columbus. Ohio, as Second>class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biologicax Club of the Ohio State Univebsitv, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. SchaFFNBR. Business Manager, Jambs S. Hine. Associate Editors. F. Iy. IyANDacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeolo^, Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornitiiology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notiee of di.scontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine. Addresi THE OHIO NATURALIST. Dawson’s Birds of Ohio The Official Ohio Bird Book Popular and Scientific Account Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds. S80 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page. 216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts, by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes. Second thousand in binders’ hands. PUBLISHED BY The Wheaton Publishing Company, L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO The Ohio T^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, Volume V. NOVEMBER, 1904. No. 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Osborn— Notes on South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera 195 Kellerman and Gleason— Notes on the Ohio Ferns 205 SCHAFFNER — Leaf Expansion of Trees and Shrnbs in 1904 210 Riddle— Unusual Color Marking in the Prairie Mole 213 Gleason— A New Sunflower from Illinois 214 .SCHAFFNER— Six Nutating Plants 214 .Schaffner — Twigs of the Common Hackherry 215 Frank — Meeting of the Biological Club 216 NOTES ON SOUTH AMERICAN HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA.* Herbert Osborn. The following notes are based mainly upon collections made in Peru and Bolivia by William J. Gerhard during the years 1898- 1899, and purchased by the writer from Mr. Weeks of Boston, the package having been entirely undisturbed, and a collection made at Bartica, British Guiana by Mr. H. S. Parrish during the spring of 1900. Collections by these parties are entered without further reference. Other material has been secured from various sources but recorded here so as to make the notes as complete as possible based upon the material in the author’s collection. The collection made by Mr. Parrish in Guiana was made at the same time and in practically the same localities as those furnished by Mr. Crew and reported upon by Mr. Van Duzee. (Trans. Ent. Soc., Vol. 27, p. 343, 352, Dec., 1901.) Very many species therefore in Mr. Van Duzee’s list and mine are similar and I have avoided repetition of data included in his paper and in some instances the species. Some additional spe- cies however, are to be noted and in some cases variations worthy of note have been observed. The arrangement is practically that of Lethierry and Severin in the* ‘Catalogue General des Hem- ipteres.” The types of the new species described are in the author’s collection. Contributions from the Dep.artment of Zoology and Entomology, O. S. U., No. 20. 196 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, CORIMEL.-EXID.-E. Corimeleena notatipennis Stal-? Numerous specimens, Bartica Br. Guiana. Has broad yellowish spot on base of corium, no distinct spot at apex. Scutellum as long as abdomen. \^^an Duzee doubts the reference to this species and lists it under Corimelaena spp. Corimelaena schmidti Fab One specimen, Bartica Br. Guiana, May 12, 1902 SCUTELLERID.E. Polytes velutinus Dali. A number of specimens from Cocha- bamba; two from Coroica Yungas and one specimen from Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, the latter kindlj' given me by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee. This is a handsome velvety green insect with a reddish border to pronotum, base of elytra and abdomen and apical portion of scutellum. When the vel- vety surface is lost the ground color is deep brown thickly punctured with metallic green. Polytes lineolatus Dali. Bolivia, Yungas de la Paz. Two speci- mens for which I am indebted to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee, who is also to be credited with this determination, also one specimen from Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept., 1899, and one from Coroica Yungas Bolivia, April, 1899 Polytes obscurus Dali. Seven specimens from Coroica Yungas, April, 1899. Symphylus ramivitta Walk. Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia. From Mr. Van Duzee by whom determination is made. Camirus conicus Germ. Bartica Br. Guiana. Evidently com- mon as a number of examples are in the collection taken during April, May and Jul5u Larvae for April and l\Iay are included. PEXT.-VTOMID^. Discocephala umbraculata Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. March and April. Three specimens. Mormidea geographica Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. Two specimens April and May. (Det. Van Duzee). Mormidea ypsilon Linn. Bartica Br. Guiana. Taken in abund- ance March to July. Cochabamba, Bolivia, one mutilated specimen which is almost certainly this species Mormidea angulosa Stal. . A specimen from Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia has been sent to me by Mr. Van Duzee, also one from Trinidad. Galedanta myops Fab.* One specimen Bartica, Br. Guiana. Sibara armata Dali. Numerous examples from Bartica, Br. Guiana where it must be a very abundant species. Euschistus acutus Dali.* Evidently quite abundant at Bartica, Br. Guiana. Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 197 Thyanta patnielis Stal. Three specimens from Arequipa, Peru agree closely with Stal’s description for this species. Loxa flavicollis Drury. One specimen Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. Murgantia fasciata H. S.* Two species from Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia from Mr. Van Duzee. Arocera apta Walk.* A single specimen of this handsome species from Bartica, Br. Guiana. Nezara marginata P. B. Santiago Chili. One specimen collected by Prof. J. C. Hambleton is referred here. It agrees with specimens of this species from San Rafael and Jicultepec, V. C., Mexico. The apex of scutellum is faintly luteous. There are no traces of the black dots on thorax said to distinguish laeta Stal. Banasa alboapicata Stab* One specimen Bartica, Br. Guiana. Arvelius albopunctatus De Geer. Bartica Br. Guiana. Taurocerus edessoides Spin. Four specimens Bartica, Br. Guiana, Edessa discors Erich.* Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. Edessa quadridens Fab.* Numerous specimens Bartica, Br, Guiana. Edessa jugata Westw.* Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899 Edessa moschas Erich.* Four specimens Bartica, Br. Guiana. Edessa rufo-marginata De Geer. Cochabamba and Cholumani,, Bolivia. Discocera ochrocyanea Lep. My specimen from Bartica, Br, Guiana agrees closely with the description of Amyot and. Serville. Piezosternum subulatum Thunb. Two specimens from Cocha- bamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept., 1899. Oplomus tripustulatus Fabr. One specimen from Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, kindly sent me by i\Ir. Van Duzee. COREID^. Spathophara biclavata Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. Several spec- mens of this large and striking species. Molchina compressicornis Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. One spec- imen— April. Pachylis laticornis Fab. Cholumani, Bolivia. One male taken in Nov., 1898. A female probably this species from Bartica, lacks antenn®. Melucha lineatella Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana, March 20-30, 1901. Several specimens — evidently an abundant form. Melucha phyllocnemis Burm. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. April 1899. ’ Nematopus indus Linn. Bartica, Br. Guiana — collected in large numbers. * Determined or verified by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee. The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, 198 Nematopus fasciatus Westw. Bartica, Br. Guiana, March 29, 1901. A single very handsome specimen of this species. It is dark steel blue above, a bright orange red band across front part of pronotum, the corium lined with yellow, beneath testaceous, apex of femora steel blue. Mentioned and described by Van Duzee. Crinocerus sanctus Fab. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. One speci- men agrees perfectly with original description. It has length of L5 mm. Body is ntfous. Elytra and mem- brane black, the former with broad light rufous stripes starting at base converging but not quite meeting at tip of clavus then diverging to apex of corium, giving an elongate cruciate figure, spines and tubercles of hind femora black. Acanthocerus clavipes Fab. Bolivia, Coroica Yungas, April and Cochabamba, Aug., 1899. Acanthocephala declivis Say. var. guianensis, n. var. Differs from the typical forms of declivis in having the angles of the pronotum much larger, much elevated and directed somewhat forward. The antennae are very long, the ter- minal joint especially elongated, segments measuring 9, 7, (), and 13 mm. respectively. The tibiae are more dilated than in typical declivis but less so than in guatemalena Dist., the expanded part of tibia measuring 15 mm. long, the basal part 5 mm. and the apical portion 3 mm. wide. Length of body 30 mm. Width of humeral angleslG mm. 1 do not have access to the description of fulvitarsa H. S. and equalis Westw. but this specimen seems properly associated with declivis especially if the intermediate varieties guatemalena and panamensis of Distant be compared. Acanthocephala latipes. Drury. Bartica Br. Guiana, listed also by Van Duzee. Acanthocephala femorata, var. Bartica Br. Guiana. A rather small variety apparently closely related to femorata but with joints of antennce all pallid. Petalops thoracicus Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. Also listed by Van Duzee. Holymenia rubescens A. & S. Bartica Br. Guiana. Mr. Van Duzee records II . intermedia from the same locality from which species this is easily separated by the uniformly rufous color of thorax, scutellum and most of under surface. The antennal joints are black except basal half of fourth. Leptoglossus chilensis Spin. Santiago, Chili, J. C. Hambleton. One female, varies from Signoret’s description in having less yellow on tibiae. Nov., 1904,] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 199 Leptoscelis bipustulatus Linn. Bartica Br. Guiana. Evidently an abundant species as the collection from Mr. Parrish included several dozen specimens and Mr. Van Duzee also lists it. Leptoscelis nigripes Stal. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug., 1899. One specimen, differs from Stabs description in being slightly larger, 18 mm. instead of 16 mm. Pthia cyanea Sign. Cochabamba, Bolivia. A very beautiful species, brilliant iridescent blue-green vdth an orange-red band on the pronotum. (Absent in two of the nine specimens) . Spartocera fusca Thunb. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug., 1899. Spartocera denticulata Stal. Cochabamba, Bolivia. In some points this agrees better with granulata, but in structural details of genitalia it appears to belong here. Spartocera alternata Dali. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. Picture of diffusa Say to which it must be closely related. Plapigus foliaceatus Blanch. Coroica Yungas, April, 1899. Two specimens which are dark fuscous rather than black and have the anterior border of the pronotum, three longi- tudinal stripes, the scutellum, costal border of elytra, dull ferruginous brown, otherwise agrees well with Stabs description. Margus sp. ‘‘Quillota” Chili. An undetermined, possibly un- described species received from Prof. J. C. Hambleton. Margus pectoralis Stal? Puno, Peru, Nov., 1898. A number of the specimens of this species were received. They seem to agree better here than with any other described species. Zicca nigropunctata De Geer. Cochabamba, Bolivia. Aug. and Sept., 1899. Zicca rubricator Fab. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept., 1899. Hypselonotus concinnus var. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899. Resembles atratus Dist. exactly for upper side except scutellum has border and central line testaceous. Beneath lacks central black line of meso-and meta-ster- num; legs marked somewhat with testaceous. Hypselonotus linea Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana, March 21, 1901. Agrees perfectly with Fabricius’ description. Hypselonotus fuscus n. sp. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899. Pattern of linea above but light lines narrower, black areas have luteous or ochreous ground so thickly covered with black punctures as to appear dark fuscous where linea is black. Antennae black. Beneath yellow testaceous, spot- ted with black, spots round or oval in the two series each side, legs densely annulate and spotted with black. Length, 12 mm. Paryphes laetus Fab. Five specimens from Bartica, Br. Guiana, March and April. 200 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, Paryphes splendidus Dist? Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899. A very handsome species, the size and general picture of laetus but the color is a rich orange-red for the encircling band and the femora, while the general color is a lighter, more brilliant and metallic green. The band is narrower especially beneath. Length, 17 mm. Referred here with some doubt. Trachelium tesselatum Dist..Bartica, Br. Guiana. Cydamus adspersipes Stal, Bartica, Br. Guiana. Cydamus trispinosus De Geer. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Leptocorisa filiformis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana, May. Two specimens. Leptocorisa tipuloides Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens Hyalymenus dentatus Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana, May. One specimen. This, like the other members of the genus, has very well marked characters which appear from agree- ment with descriptions to be very constant. It is perhaps worthy of note that out of sixteen specimens received from this locality there are representatives of eight well marked species. Hyalymenus dubius Dali. Bartica, Br. Guiana. One specimen only. Hyalymenus gracilispinus Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec- imens June and August. Hyalymenus pulcher Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three speci- mens March, June and August, 1901. Two have hind legs entirely black. One specimen is lighter, hind tibiae only, black, otherwise apparently identical. Hyalymenus puncticeps Dali. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec- imens, March and April. Hyalymenus sinuatis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens March and May. Hyalymenus tarsatus Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens, March and May. Hyalymenus vespiformis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three specimens, April and July. Jadera sanguinolenta Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. April and May LYGvEIDv^:. Lygaeus sulcatus n. sp. This species appears to be closely related to obsoletus Stal and interstinctus Distant, but cannot be referred to any of the variations of these species since there are differences in the plan of coloration. The pronotal sulci are deep, curved, and with prominent margins. Head ferruginous with a fuscous central stripe widest at occiput narrowing and becoming obscure on tylus. Antennae dull fuscous with apex of 1st and ,'ld joints yel- low Pronoium fuscous with the lateral margins, a cen- tral carinate line and the margins of the transverse sulci Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 201 ochreous or light ferruginous. ^Margins of sulci are much swollen, and a short carina extends from their posterior borders parallel with central carina. Scutellum with strong central carina and transverse elevations which are ochreous. Elytra with veins and costa commisural line and apex of corium indistinctly ochreous, membrane light fuscous, the apical portion smoky hyaline, the veins black- ish Beneath light fuscous with margins of pleurae, acet- abulas, orifices and most of the ventral segments, especially on the disk, pallid. Legs mostly fuscous with coxae, tro- chanters, base and apex of femora and central part of tibiae pallid. Length 5 to 5.5 mm., width 1.5 mm. Three specimens from Bartica Br. Guiana, March, April and May, collected by H. S. Parrish. Were it not for generic differences this might be con- sidered as the female of Acroleucus maurus as the colora- tion is of a similar pattern, the strong ochreous and ferruginous markings here being obsolete or obscured in maurus. The membrane, however, is subhyaline with fuscous veins. Observations on the possible relationship of the two forms are desirable. Lygaeus variegatus De G. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. March and April Mr. Van Duzee listed specimens for June. Oedancala notata Stab Bartica, Br. Guiana. Numerous spec- imens. March and May. Heraeus cincticornis Stab Cochabamba, Bolivia. August. One specimen agreeing perfectly with Stabs description. Pamera globiceps Stab Bartica, Br. Guiana. Four specimens. March and April. Pamera vicinalis Dali. Bartica, Br, Guiana. July 14, 1901. One specimen. Pamera Dallas! Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. March and May. Pamera consuta Dali. Bartica, Br. Guiana. One specimen. April. Pamera costalis Stab Bartica, Br. Guiana. March, April, and May, 1901. Pamera parvula Dali. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. Agrees with Dallas’ description but anterior femora are black except at base and apex, not mentioned by Dallas. Pamera tineodes Burm. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three specimens. April, May and August, 1901. Pamera serripes Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three specimens. August, 1901. Pamera tuberculata n. sp. General shape of costalis, the pro- notum with two distinct conical tubercles within impunc- tate, circular areas. Length of female, 7.5 mm. I 202 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V,No. 1, Head large, ocelli elevated, a little nearer the eyes than to each other. Antennae, first joint rather thick extending about half the length beyond the apex of the head, second joint long, slender, longer than third, third enlarging at tip, fourth about as long as third, a little thicker. Pro- notum deeply constricted, the anterior- lobe but little longer than posterior ; a rather broad granulate collar, two conspicuous conical tubercles about as far apart as the eyes and situated within naked, impunctate areas; a median stripe and lateral lines scantily clothed with minute golden hair, posterior lobe distinctly punctate, the lateral margins orange and two slightly divergent rather diffuse orange stripes on the disk. Scutellum with fine golden hair, apex ochreous. Elytra brown, the clavus nearly black, margined to beyond its middle with ochreous. Corium with a blackish diffused spot towards the base, a black band across the centre extending forward in an angle. Apex black, the extreme base, a line next to claval suture and most of costa yellowish. iMembrane fuscous with subhyaline, large spots next to corium at its apex and on the middle of the apical line. Beneath black, the disk of the abdomen slightly reddish, border of fourth seg- ment yellowish, middle portion of the margin light yellow. Legs yellow, the anterior femora and tibiae and outer por- tion of the femora and tibiae of the intermediate and hind legs suffused with fuscous, anterior tibiae distinctly enlarged at apex. One specimen from Bartica, Br. Guiana collect- ed April IS. It is at once distinguished from any of the other members of the genus by the peculiar nipple-like tubercles on the anterior lobe of pro-thorax. Erlacda arhapheoides Sign. Ouillota Chili, J. C. Hambleton. Has ocelli small but well developed. Signoret says, “No ocelli” (“Pas d’ocelles”) but in other respects, both gen- eric and specific description agrees perfectly. Petizius assimilandus Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. May, 1901. Distant described the species from Guatemala. Gonatas divergens Dist. Two specimens from Bartica, Br. Gui- ana, agree so closely with this species that I refer them here though previous records place it in Guatemala and Panama only. PYRRHOCORID.t:. Dysdercus ruficollis L. Coroica Yungas Bolivia. April. C.\PS1D^. Lygus cuneatus Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. In these the apices of femora and tibiae are touched with Ver- million or rose and the cuneus is bordered only in part with ochraceous. Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heferoptera. 203 ARADIDvE. Hesus sp. I have one specimen from Bartica, Br. Guiana, which is doubtless the same as Mr. ^ Van Duzee refers to cordatus or acuminatus. Not having specimens of the three spe- cies in hand comparisons with descriptions are unsatis- factory, especially as the available descriptions are indefinite in some important details. REDUVIID^. Pothea frontalis Lep. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens Ectrichodia immarginata Stab Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec- imens. Apiomerus pilipes Fab. Numerous specimens of this large hairy rather coarse species from Bartica, Br. Guiana. Apiomerus sp. Bolivia. A small jet black species with a small rose red spot on disk of corium. Micrauchenus lineola Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Numerous specimens. Callicopius nigripes Linn. Bartica, Br. Guiana. A fine series of this species. Heniartes flavicans Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. A large number included in the collection. The extreme amount of adhe- sive secretion on the legs played havoc with many other specimens. Conorrhinus renggeri Stab One specimen from Santiago Chili, collected by Prof. J. C. Hambleton. SERiDENTUS, nov gen. Quite similar to Shaumannia, head slightly elongate and broad, anterior portion widening before the eyes, spinous later- ally, tylus deeply cleft, antenna with basal joint thick, thicker than second but of equal length, 3d and 4th together about equal to second, ocelli placed in line with hind border of eyes, margin of head and pronotum denticulate, elytra shorter and narrower than abdomen, abdomen behind broadly widened into mucronate lobes, margin minutely denticulate, legs slender, anterior femora somewhat swollen, rather sparsely denticulate. Prothorax with strong anteriorly projecting spines. Seridentus denticulatus. n. sp. Body widening posteriorly, head, thraox, abdomen, rows along the pleura beneath and the femora denticulate. Length 19 mm., width of prothorax 2.3 mm. posterior segment of abdomen 3.5 mm. Eyes large, globose, coarsely granulate; lateral lobes in front of eyes prominent, terminating in coarse spur; tylus directed upward and forward, deeply cleft; antennae, second joint equal to or slightlv longer than first but more slender, third and fourth together nearly as long as second, fourth little shorter than third, all joints thickly'^pilose ; hinder border of head below set with a row of four strong 204 The, Ohio Naturalist. * [Vol. V, No. 1, spines, protliorax narrowing from base to head, lateral margins denticulate, elytra reaching onto base of sixth segment, nearly as wide as the abdomen; abdomen with a small denticulate spine behind border of each segment from first to fifth, sixth segment expanded at the posterior margin into a broad mucronate lobe; beneath, prothorax bears numerous denticulations arranged in somewhat regular lines. Color light yellowish, head above and a broad stripe on the cheek, a broad annulation on each segment of beak, pronotum, scutellum except two basal spots, costal areas, most of clavus and discal cell and a large part of the two apical cells blotched, with most of the exposed portion of the abdomen, lateral stripes on thorax and median line from prothorax to tip of abdomen, irregular annulations and blotches on anterior and middle legs, dark fuscous or black. A conspicuous black dot occurs on the dorsal margin of fore and middle femora. Described from five males collected in British Guiana by Messrs. Parrish and Crew, April and May, 1901 Mr. \'an Duzee has kindly placed three which were received in his collection at my disposal. The species is a striking one and while presenting characters that ally it closely to Shaumannia is evidently representative of a different genus. VELI.\D^. Velia brunnea n. sp. Near vivida, Buch. White. A rich choco- late brown with hind border of pronotum yellow and the elytra nearly black. Length, 8 mm. Head rather long, projecting nearly half its length in front of e}'es, stronglv defiexed, antennae long, first joint longest, second and fourth nearly equal, third shortest, beak reaching base of middle coxae. Pronotum with prominent humeri, hind border broadly bisinuate the margin elevated. Posterior femora without spines. Head, basal joint of antennae, prothorax, except hind margin, femora, border and disk of abdomen below, rich chocolate brown, hind border of prothorax yellow, elytra . velvet black; three outer joints of antennae, beak, tibiae, tarsi, and most of under surface black. A fine short vel- vetv pile covers the bodv except on posterior border of prothorax. Seven specimens from Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899. This seems to agree pretty closely with vivida White, but is separated at once by absence of femoral spines. Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 205 NOTES ON THE OHIO FERNS. W. A. Kellerman and H. A. Gleason. Of the eighty-three species and varieties of ferns included in the flora of the north-eastern United States forty-three are known definitely to occur in Ohio and are represented by specimens in the State Herbarium. Some of the forms are quite rare, and a few of them are very limited so far as their distribution in the State is now known. It is with the hope of increasing the State collection and extending our knowledge of these interesting plants that special attention is called to^his subject. Critical inspec- tion of the list appended below is also solicited. Possibly interest and convenience may be enhanced by the publication of a State Fern Florula, with notes on characters and distribution, figures illustrating venation, fructications, and such taxonomic charac- ters as beginners, amateurs and students might appreciate. Par- tial material for such a brochure is at hand but we would much desire for examination a fuller set of specimens from the various counties of the State. Can not every teacher of Botany in Ohio and every one interested in our fern flora assist by sending specimens? The Fourth State Catalogue, published in 1899, lists forty- nine species of ferns, and a fiftieth is mentioned in the appendix, but not fully authenticated. Since its publication three others have been reported, and a fourth is added in this paper, bringing the total number of ferns reported from the State to fifty-four. Of these eleven must be excluded from the list, as they are not authenticated by herbarium .specimens. These are the following. Species to be Excluded from the Ohio List.. Ophioglossum engelm.anni Prantl. The specimens from Painesville, Lake County, labeled as this species in the herbarium, and upon which the publication of the species as a member of the Ohio flora was based, do not differ in any essential respect from Ophioglossum vulgatum L. The range given in Britton’s Manual for O. engelmanni is Virginia and Indiana to Missouri, Texas, and Arizona. It is thus southern in its distribution, with a range about like that of Polypodium polypodioides (L.) A. S. Hitch- cock, and may therefore yet be found in some of the counties along the Ohio river. Botrychium simplex E. Hitchcock. Included in the Fourth State Catalogue on the authority of the Newberrv Catalogue, in which it w’as reported from Lorain county by Dr. Kellogg. Its range according to Underwood in Britton’s Illustrated Flora is from Prince Edward’s Island to Maryland, Wyoming, and California. 2o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, Mateuccia struthiopteris (L.) Todaro. {Onoclea struthiop- teris Hoffm.) Reported by Kellerman and Werner in their Catalogue of phio plants from “Lorain Co., A. A. Wright (Cat.); Painesville, H. C. Beardslee (Cat.), Wm. C. Werner.” Doubtless to be secured for the State Herbarium. WooDsiA iLVENSis (L.) R. Br. Has been reported from Lick- ing county by H. L. Jones, and should probably be regarded as a member of the Ohio flora, although no specimens have been seen by the writers. WooDsiA GLABELLA R. Brown. This was reported in the J. S. Newberry Catalogue from Lorain county. It is a distinctively northern fern, extending south only to New Hampshire, Ver- mont, northern New York and the north shore of Lake Superior, and its occurrence in Ohio is extremely doubtful. Dryopteris cristata clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) UndenvL The single specimen from Wayne county in the herbarium belongs to the species, Dryopteris cristata (L.) Gray, rather than to the variety, which is much larger, with pinnae four to six inches long. It has been reported by Otto Hacker and by H. C. Beardslee in his Catalogue of the Plants of Ohio. Dryopteris spinulosa dilatata (Hoffm.) Underw. Included in the Fourth Catalogue on the authority of H. C. Beardslee. Dryopteris booth (Tuckerm.) Underw. Specimens in the herbarium accredited to this species are all referable to other species. WooDWARDiA AREOLATA (L.) Moore. Listed in the New- berry Catalogue from northern and eastern Ohio. Asplenium fontanum (L.) Bernh. Prof. Underwood men- tions this fern as occurring at Lycoming, Pennsylvania and Springfield, Ohio. The latter locality, however, is probably an error due to confusing the labels, since the fern has never been seen growing there, and the collector to whom it is accredited can not remember it herself. Botrychiu.m ternatum (Thunb.) Sw. All the Ohio speci- mens formerly included under this name are Botrychium obli- quum Muhl. Prof. Underwood has shown* that B. ternatum is an Asiatic species occuring in China, Japan, and northern India, and not at all in North America. Asplenium parvulum to be added. A critical study of the specimens of Asplenium in the State Herbarium shows that one species is to be added to the list: Asplenium parvulu.m Mart. & Gal. A specimen of this southern fern was collected by W. A. Kellerman in Greene town- ship, Adams county, November 7, 1900. It was at the time con- fused with Asplenium trichomanes L., and inserted in the *BuII. Torr. Club. 25;.526. Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 207 herbariuin tinder that name. It resembles Asplenium platy- neuron (L.) Oakes more closely but the three species are easily separated by the following characters. A. trichomanes has short rounded pinnae almost or quite as broad as long, without a def- inite mid-vein, and without an auricle on the upper side near the base? A. platyneuron and A. parvulum have oblong pinnae, auri- cled at the base, and with a definite mid- vein. In the former the pinnae are mostly alternate, the rachis brown; in A. par- vulum the pinnae opposite and the rachis black. This fern, which is here reported for the first time from Ohio, is said to grow upon limestone, and ranges from Virginia to southern Ohio and Missouri, and south to the Gulf. Specimens in the State Herbarium (Sept., 1904). ‘ t The following is! a list of the Ohio ferns represented in the State Herbarium, with their distribution by counties. Ophioglossum VULGATU.M L., Adder’s-tongue. — Auglaize, Clark, Cuyahoga, Franklin, Lake, Lucas, Portage, Warren. Botrychium matricari^folium a. Br., Grape-fern. — Cuy- ahoga. Botrychium obliquum Muhl., {Botrychium ternatum ohli- quuni) Grape-fern. — Ashtabula, Auglaize, Clermont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Logan, Lucas, Paulding, Sandusky, Scioto, Stark, Warren, Wyandot. Botrychium dissectum Spreng., {Botrychium ternatum dis- sectum) Grape-fern. — Auglaize, Clermont, Defiance, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Lake, Logan, Sandusky, Williams, Wyandot. Botrychium lunaria (L.) Sw., Grape-fern. — Lake. Botrychium lanceolatum (S. G. Gmel.) Angs., Grape-fern. — Portage. Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw., Grape-fern. — Auglaize, Belmont, Brown, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Cuyahoga, Defiance, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Hardin, Lawrence, Lucas, Madison, Medina, Montgomery, Morrow, Ottawa, Portage, Preble, Richland, Sandusky, Trumbull, Tuscarawas, Warren, Wayne, Wyandot. Osmunda regalis L., Flow^ering-fern. — Ashtabula, Clermont, Clinton, Defiance, Fairfield, Fulton, Hamilton, Hardin, Huron, Lake, Licking, Logan, Lorain, Paulding, Sandusky, Seneca, Stark, Summit, Warren, Wayne, Williams, Wood. Osmunda cinnamomea L., Cinnamon-fern. — Ashtabula, Aug- laize, Champaign, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Gallia, Knox, Licking, Lorain, Lucas, Paulding, Richmond, Sandusky, Stark, Summit, Wayne, Williams, Wyandot. Osmunda claytoniana L., Clayton’s Fern. — Adams, Ashta- bula, Belmont, Carroll, Defiance, Fairfield, Fulton, Hamilton, Hocking, Knox, Lake, Licking, Morrowq Noble, Wayne, Wood. 2o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, Polypodium vulgare L., Polypody.— Belmont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Greene, Hocking, Jackson, Knox, Lake, Lawrence, Licking, Loram, Monroe, Perry, Summit, Vinton, Wayne. PoLYEODiuM POLYPODioiDEs (L.) A. S. Hitchcock, Gray Polypody. — Adams, Hamilton. Adiaxtu.m peuatum L., Maiden-hair. — Adams, Auglaize, Bel- mont, Brown, Carroll, Champaign, Clermont, Clinton, Crawford, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Greene, Hamilton, Hardin, Harrison, Highland, Holmes, Huron, Jefferson, Lake, Logan, Lorain, Madison, Medina, Monroe, Morrow, Noble, Paulding, Pike, Portage, Preble, Richland, Scioto, Seneca, Vinton, Warren, Wayne, Wi'liams. Pteridium AQuiLiNUM (L.) Kuliii., {Ptcris aquUuiah.) Brake. — Ashtabula, Carroll, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Fulton, Gallia, Harrison, Knox, Lorain, Lucas, Monroe, Paulding, Richland, Sandusky, Stark, Tuscarawas, Wayne, Williams, Wood. Pell.®a atropurpurea (L.) Link., Cliff-brake. — Adams, Clark, Franklin, Greene, Highland, Ottawa, Stark. WooDWARDiA viRGiNiCA (L.) J. E. Smith., Chain-fern. — Ash- tabula, Defiance, Summit, Wayne, Williams. Asplenium pixxatifidum Nutt., Spleenwort. — Fairfield, Hocking, Lawrence. Asplexium ebexoides R. R. Scott, Spleenwort. — Hocking. Asplenium parvulum Mart. & Gal., Spleenwort. — Adams. Asplexium pl.vtyneurox (L.) Oakes, (.4. ebeneum Ait.) Spleenwort. — Brown, Clermont, Defiance, Delaware, Fairfield, Gallia, Green, Jackson, Lawrence, Montgomery, Morgan, Portage, Scioto, Summit, Vhnton, Wayne. Asplexium trichomanes L., Spleenwort. — Ashtabula, Co- shocton, Fairfield, Green, Hocking, Holmes, Knox, Lawrence, Licking, Paulding. Asplenium axgustifolium Michx., Spleenwort. — Auglaize, Belmont, Clermont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Har- din, Huron, Medina, Meigs, Monroe, Portage, Preble, Seneca, Warren, Wayne, Wyandot. Asplenium ruta-muraria L., Spleenwort. — Green. Asplexium montanum Willd., Spleenwort. — Summit. Asplexiu.m achrostichoides Sw. (A. thelypteroides Michx.) Spleenwort. — Belmont, Clermont, Clinton, Hardin, Hocking, Huron, Medina, Meigs, Miami, Wayne. Asplenium filix-fcemina (L.) Bernh., Lady-fern. — Adams, Auglaize, Brown, Carroll, Clermont, Clinton, Cuyahoga, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Fulton, Hocking, Huron, Madison, Perry, Rich- mond, Summit, Wayne. Camptosorus rhizopiiyllus , (L.) Link., Walking-fern.- — Adams, Champaign, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Greenu Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 209 Highland, Holmes, Jefferson, Licking, Lorain, Meigs, Morgan, Muskingum, Pike, Portage, Scioto. PoLYSTicHUM ACHROSTicHOiDES (Michx.) Schott. (Dryop- teris achrostichoides (Michx.) Kuntze, AspiJium achrostichoides Sw.) Sword-fern, Christmas-fern. — Adams, Athens, Auglaize, Bel- mont, Brown, Carroll, Clermont, Columbiana, Defiance, Fairfield, Franklin, Fulton, Gallia, Harrison, Highland, Hocking, Holmes, Huron, Jackson, Jefferson, Lorain, Lucas, Monroe, Morrow, Noble, Paulding, Perry, Portage, Richland, Sandusky, Scioto, Seneca, Summit, Vinton, Warren, Wayne. Dryopteris noveboracensis (L.) 'Gray, {Aspidhim nove- boracense Sw.) Shield-fern. — Belmont, Defiance, Fairfield, Geau- ga, Hocking, Lorain, Paulding. Dryopteris tiielypteris (L.) Grav, {Aspidium thelypteris Sw.) Shield-fern. — Auglaize, Clark, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Hocking, Lake, Licking, Lucas, Richland, Stark, Summit, Wayne, Wyandot. Dryopteris cristata (L.) Gray, {Aspidium cristatum Sw.) Shield-fern. — Ashtabula, Champaign, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Lick- ing. Miami, Portage, Richland, Stark, Wayne. Droypteris goldiean ' (Hook.) Grav, {Aspidium goldieammi Hook.) Shield-fern. — Clark, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Har- din, Lorain, Miami, Portage. Dryopteris marginalis (L.) Gray, {Aspidium marginale Sw.) Shield-fern. -Belmont, Columbiana, Delaware, Fairfield, Gallia, Geauga, Green, Holmes, Jackson, Jefferson, Lawrence, Licking, Lorain, Monroe, Morgan, Richland, Scioto, Summit, Wayne. Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz.) Kuntze, {Aspidium spinu- lostmi Sw.) Shield-fern. — Ashtabula, Carroll, Champaign, Clinton, Crawford, Defiance, Fairfield, Hardin, Knox, Lake, Licking, Logan, Medina, Miami, Monroe, Paulding, Seneca, Stark, Sum- mit, Wayne, Wyandot. Dryopteris spinulosa intermedia (Muhl.) Underw., {Aspid- ium spinulosum intermedium D. C. Eaton) Shield-fern. — Ashta- Inila. Auglaize, Columbiana, Fairfield, Hamilton, Hocking, Lake, Licking, Logan, Lorain, Lucas, Summit, Wayne. Phegopteris phegopteris (L.) Underw., {Phegopteris poly- podioides Fee) Beech-fern. — Ashtabula, Hamilton, Hocking, Mahoning, Montgomery, Summit. Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Michx.) Fee, Beech-fern. — Adams, Auglaize, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Defiance, Fairfield, Franklin, Holmes, Jackson, Lake, Logan, Medina, Monroe, Mor- row, Perry, Preble, Warren, Wyandot. '^^Phegopteris dryopteris (L.) Fee, Oak-fern. — Ashtabula, Lake. 2 lO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, Filix bulbifera (L.) Underw., {Cystopteris hulhifera (L.) Bernh.) Bladder-fern. — Adams, Ashtabula, Champaign, Clark, Clermont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Highland, Hocking, Licking, Summit. Filix fragilis (L.) Underw., (Cystopteris frapilis (L.) Bernh.) Brittle-fern. — Ashtabula, iVuglaize, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Fairfield, Franklin, Green, Hamilton, Hancock, Hardin, Huron, Knox, Lake, Lorain, Portage, Wayne, WooDsiA OBTUSA (Spreng.) Torr. — Clark, Fairfield, Green, Jackson, Lawrence, Perry, Scioto. Dennst.edtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore, (Dicksonia punctilolmla (Michx.) Gray, D. pilosiuscula Willd.) Hay-scented fern. — Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Hocking, Miami, Scioto. OxocLEA SEXSiBiLis L., Sensitive fern. — Ashtabula, Auglaize, Belmont, Champaign, Clermont, Clinton, Delaware, Erie, Fair- field, Fulton, Gallia, Hardin, Hocking, Huron, Jackson, Jeffenson, Knox, Lucas, Madison, Medina, Morrow, Ottawa, Seneca, Stark, Summit, Vinton, Warren, Wayne, Williams, Wood, Wyandot. Since this article w.^s sent to press, specimens of Mateuccia struthiopteris (ly.l Todd, have been received from L D Stair of Cleveland. Will you kindly send specimens of every species of your County not noted in the above list as already in the State Her- barium? They will be incorporated in the collection to the credit of the donors and collectors. Unusual forms and abundant material of the rarer species are especially solicited. Photo- graphs of plants of any species in their natural habitats will be most welcome, and will be filed in the State Herbarium along with the specimens. LEAF EXPANSION OF TREES AND SHRUBS IN 1904. John H. Schaffner. During the past spring an accurate record was kept of the time of appearance, at Columbus, of the leaves of our common native and cultivated woody plants. The results are given lielow. The spring was unusually cold and late so that the actual time of leafing is not to be taken as representing the usual date for this locality. The trees were listed when the leaves began to break through the bud and became definitely distinguishable as leaves. In some species the leaf is nearly expanded in a day or two after this and the tree looks quite leafy, while in others the development is verv slow. There is also much difference in individuals, even those standing side by side and apparently with the same environ- ment. Ulmus americana showed bursting buds on April .30 in isolated individuals; but the last trees were just coming out on Nov,, 1904.] Leaf Expansion of Trees and Shrubs. 2 1 1 the 14th of May. A period of fifteen days, therefore, intervened between the leafing of the first individuals and the last. In such cases the period marked was the time when the leaves were appearing rather commonly rather than the first individuals. The willows showed interesting peculiarities. Some species appear very early, others quite late. If this is the usual course, the time of leafing might be of some value in determining species in early spring. Some of the maples and buckeyes are the most sudden in the unfolding of their leaves. The catalpas, coffee- bean, fringe-tree, and hop-tree develop the foliage very slowly. It was also observed that many trees begin to leaf at the top. Syringa vulgaris L. April 1. April 2. Larix laricina (Du R.) Koch., L. decidua Mill., Salix babylonica L. April 5. Salix fragilis L., Lonicera tartarica L., L. korolkowi Stapf. .4 pril 7. Salix alba L. A pril 8. Prunus serotina Ehrh. April 11. Euonyraus atropurpureus Jacq., E. europaeus L., Ribes aureum Pursh., Cydonia japonica Pers., Sambucus canadensis L. April 14. Euonymus obovatus Nutt., Spiraea hypericifolia DC. April IG. Rubus occidentalis L., Prunus virginiana L. April 18. Aesculus glabra Willd. April 21. Philadelphus coronarius L. April 23. Betula alba L., Sorbus aucuparia L., Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx., S. symphoricarpos (L.) MacM. April 25. Staphylea trifoliata L. , Acer negundo L., Cornus baileyi Coult. and Ev., Ligustrum vulgare L., Viburnum opulus L. April 26. Berberis vulgaris L., Rosa rubiginosa L., Malus malus (L.) Britt., Prunus japonica Thunb., Comus alba L. 212 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, April 28. Pyrus communis L., Acer saccharinum L. April 29. Betula papyrifera Marsh., Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Ktz., Prunus cerasus L., Amygdalus persica L., Syringa villosa Vahl., Viburnum prunifolium L. April 30. Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd., Cydonia cydonia (L.), Hypericum prolificum L., Acer rubrum L., Sj'ringa persica L. il/ay 2. Populus balsamifera L., P. tremuloides Mx., Carpinus caroliniana Walt., Hydrangea arborescens L., Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic., Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Plan., P. tricuspidata (Sieb. and Zucc.) Plan., Acer platanoides L., Fraxinus americana L., Comus altemifolia L. iXIay 3. Picea excelsa Link., Juniperus communis L., Taxus baccata L., Pop- ulus alba L., P. dilatata Ait., Salix amygdaloides Anders., Quercus palustris Du Roi., Xanthoxylum americanum Mill., Cladrastis lutea (Mx.) Koch., Aesculus hippocastanum L. May 4. Pinus laricio Poir. , Populus deltoides INlarsh., P. grandidentata Mx. , Ulmus americana L. , Liriodendron tulipifera L., Menispermum canadensis L. , Acer saccharum Marsh., Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx. i\/ay 5. Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt., Celtis occidentalis L., Hamamelis virginiana L., Prunus americana idarsh., Cratcngus coccinea L., Gleditsia triacanthos L. , Cotinus cotinus (L.), Celastrus scandens L., Vitis labrusca L., V. vulpina L. , Acer nigrum Mx., Fraxinus lanceolata Borck. May 6. Pinus rigida Mill., P. silvestris L.., Juglans nigra L., Hicoria alba (L.) Britt., Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Bork., Quercus rubra L., Q. macrocarpa Mx., Q. acuminata (Mx.) Honda., Ulmus racemosa Thom., Platanus occidentalis L., Crataegus pruinosa (Wendl.) Bead., Robinia pseudacacia L., Rhus radicans L., Acer pseudo-platanus L., Rhamnus cathartica L., Tilia americana L., Tecoma radicans (L.) D C., Cornus florida L. d/ay 7. Ginkgo biloba L., Pinus strobus L., Abies balsamea (L.) dlill., Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr., Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich., Thuja occidentalis L., Juniperus virginiana L., Salix nigra Marsh., Juglans cinerea L. , Hicoria ovata (Mill.) Britt., H. laciniosa (Mx.) Sarg., Fagus americana Sw., Quer- cus coccinea Wang., Q. velutina Lam., Q. alba L., Q. platanoides (Lam.) Sudvv. , Liquidambar styraciflua L., Amorpha fruticosa L., Rhus aromatica Ait , Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. , Acer campestre L. , Ampelopsis cordata Mx. Nov., 1904.] Color Marking in the Prairie Mole. 213 May 8. Smilax hispida Muhl., Ulmus fulva Mx. , Morus alba L., Toxylon pomiferum Raf., Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch. May 9. Ulmus campestris Sm., Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst., Diospyros virginiana L., Fraxinus nigra Marsh. May 10. Quercus imbricaria Mx., Rhus glabra L., Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst., C. speciosa Ward. May 11. Morus rubra L. , Asimina triloba (L.) Dun., Tamarix galica L. May 12. Magnolia acuminata L., Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. May 13. Celtis mississippiensis Bose. illay 14. Ptelea trifoliata L. May 16. Chionanthus virginica L. UNUSUAL COLOR MARKING IN THE PRAIRIE MOLE. Lumina C. Riddle. During the spring of 1904 there was turned over to the Departnaent of Natural History of Washburn College, Topeka, Kansas, a peculiar mole which had been trapped in a yard near by. The specimen was prepared and placed in the Museum w'here it can be found at the present time. From general characters the mole was identified as a young adult male of the Prairie Mole, Scalops aqnaticus subspecies machrinus (Raf.) but presented some striking variations. From tip to tip it was 7)4 inches, or 5% inches without the tail which was \}/2 inches long, and nearly naked; the nostrils were some- what superior, the snout being inch long. Width of front feet 1 inch and length with claws, 1 inch. Width of hind feet, Yi inch, length of hind feet ^ inch. On the abdomen there was an irregular diamond shaped spot of fur 2 inches long and 1 Y inches wide which was bright orange in color. There were several tiny spots scattered here and there around the larger one and the fur al30ut the snout and front feet was tinged with the same color. The man who trapped the spec- imen said that of the hundreds he had taken in his lifetime this was the only one he had ever seen with color marking. 214 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, A NEW SUNFLOWER FROM ILLINOIS. H. A. Gleason. Helianthus iLLiNOENSis. Ercct, six to ten dm. high, from a long running rootstock. Stem simple, slightly angled, densely vil- lous below, pubescent above. Leaves six to eight pairs, strictlv opposite, slightly scabrous above, softly pubescent beneath and villous on the veins, obtuse; the lowest four or five pairs oblong- lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, three-nerved, entire, ten to fifteen cm. long, tapering at the base into a villous winged petiole equalling or but little shorter than the leaves ; the upper two or three pairs much smaller or bractlike, petiole short or none. Lower internodes five to eight cm. in length, or the two lowest pairs of leaves approx- imate, upper internodes much longer. Inflorescence of one to seven heads; peduncles three to ten cm. long; involucre broadly cam- panulate or hemispherical, eight mm. high; scales lanceolate, acuminate, ciliate. Disk flowers yellow, rays about thirteen, two to three cm. long, bright yellow, achenes minutely pubescent. Flowers in August. On the sand dunes along the Illinois river near Havana, where it is common in the black-jack oak woods, especially along the edges and in the more open and sunny places. Material was collected in 1903 and 1904, and the type, collected on August 17, 1904, is in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Helianthus illinoensis is evidently closeh" related to Helianthus occidentalis Riddell, which it resembles in the reduction in size of the upper leaves. It is at once distinguished from the latter species by the villous pubescence and the greater length of the lower internodes. The two are sometimes associated in the field, but in general appearance they are entirely distinct. Heli- anthiis occidentalis has broad, scabrous, light-green, short-peti- oled leaves which are nearly erect in a basal cluster, while in Helianthus illinoensis they are darker green, more or less spread- ing and scattered on the stem. SIX NUTATING PLANTS. John H. Schaffner. The diurnal nutation of certain herbaceous plants during their period of development has aroused interest for a long time. Allu- sion is made to it by a number of poets and some of the older reading books had quite accurate accounts of the nutation of the Common Sunflower. The observation of such phenomena should aid considerably in arousing the student’s interest in plant life and the subject offers an inviting field suitable for nature study. Nov., 1904.] Twigs of the Common Hackberry. 215 A number of nutating plants have been studied by the writer in the past and during the present year observations were con- tinued on various species which it was thought might show the peculiarty. The following six species show a movement of the stem tip and terminal leaves when conditions are favorable. Chenopodium album L. Polygonum lapathifolium L. Polygonum pennsylvanicum L. Euphorbia hexagona Nutt. Euphorbia dentata Mx. Iva ciliata Willd. The two Euphorbias have a very decided nutation, the curva- ture of the stem often being as great as in the Sunflower. TWIGS OF THE COMMON HACKBERRY. John H. Schaffner. Our blackberries demand careful study in the field in order that some of the obscurities may be removed which now appear in the descriptions of our Manuals. Celtis occidentalis L. is said to have “glabrous twigs” and “leaves smooth above.” Celtis crassifolia Lam. is said to have “the young shoots puberulent” and “leaves scabrous above.” Now, we can find all of these characters on different twigs of the same tree. So far as Celtis occidentalis is concerned, I have not found a Hackberry in Ohio or Kansas that did not have pubescent twigs. The tree has two types of twigs; fruiting twigs and twigs which bear no flowers. The fruiting twigs have a few scattered hairs when young but these usually fall off early. The leaves are very glabrous above and of a peculiar appearance. These fruiting twigs dry off at the outer ends while the fruit ripens and they are then very abundantly detached, a brittle layer being developed at the base. Often the twigs come down with the drupes still attached. The purely vegetative shoots are usually quite pube- scent when young, the pubescence extending to the leaves. In most cases the pubescence is persistent on the twigs and the mature leaves are quite scabrous or hairy. As one goes west- ward the pubescence of the vegetative shoots appears to become more pronounced, and one can find trees with very smooth fruiting twigs and very hairy vegetative twigs. Are there any characters to establish the species, Celtis cras- sifolia Lam.? From an examination of supposed C. crassifolia and C. occidentalis identified by competent botanists I can find no specimens in either set which cannot be duplicated by twigs The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1, 216 taken from one tree. The shape of the leaf is also exceedingly variable in the Hackberries, so that one can find leaves of a decidedly ovate type or of a decidedly lanceolate type on the same individual. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton H.\ll, June 6, 1904. The meeting was called to order by the President and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Prof. Kellerman reported innoculation experiments with Puc- cinia sambuci. Prof. Landacre spoke of a peculiar foetal heart in a pig. Prof. Hine gave notes on the stay of warblers in this locality. The committee on nominations for the staff of the Ohio N.\tur.\list reported as follows: Editor-in-chief, .... John H. Schaffner Business Manager ..... James S. Hine Zoology, Botany, Geology, Archaeology, Ornithology, Ecology, ASSOCIATE EDITORS. Francis L. Landacre Harlan H. York John A. Bownocker William C. Mills James G. Sanders John N. Frank The report of the committee was accepted as read. After hearing reports on plans for the summer’s work by various members the club adjourned. J. N. Frank, Secretary. The fourteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science will be held at Cleveland, Nov. 25 and 26. The meetings will be in the Biological Building of Adelbert College. Date of Pnblication of November Number, November 9, 1904. LONG & KILER Unwersit}^ Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books. Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Buchet Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. JL JL JL Su JL 80/2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos = = ‘ FROM THE OLiD RE Lil A BliE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rthafe (^mBufancc ^cruicc. iJcfepBonc 18- JomeraP ©irectora* 1239 to 1241 (n. ^frcef. CofumBus, (D3to. “PSYCHB” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New- Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. Kilers ^hatmacy A COMPLETE LINE OF DRUGS, CHOICE CANDIES, FINE STATIONERY Telephone 883. Corner Eighth Ave. and High St., COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second .Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and F'ourth .Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth .Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No 3. ‘‘ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By \V. G. Tight, J .A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By J.\MES S. IIine Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 6. ‘‘The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. .Special Papers — No. 7. ‘‘Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonshr Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. S.anders Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By ISlAX AIorse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 Fourth avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAI, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LISTJOF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. American Entomological Co. J040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y. Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes. BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903. Price, 5 cents. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. a SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, omo. Starling Medical College, Comer State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Jt J* MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. jH Jt WELL EQIIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGLS. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Deaa. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethee, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, COLUMBUS, OHIO. 700-7J6 North Park Street, VOLUME V. DCCCMBCR, 1904. NUMBER 2. =qhe^ Ohio Naturalist A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History of Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, m3 THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. ^hio State University, Columbus. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. The Ohio Naturalist. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biological (;i,cb of thf, Ohio State University, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per j’ear. payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 eenU>. Edilor-in -Chief, John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, ...... Jamrs S. Hink. Associate Editots. F. L. L/ANDAcrk. Zoology, W. C. Miuus, Archaeology, Haruan H. York, Botany, James G. S.anders, Ornithology, J. A. Bownockrr, Geology, John N. Frank, Kcolog^. Advisory Board. Prof. \V. A. Kkluerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosskk. The Ohio Naturalist is ouiied and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to’ ol)vintc iuconvcniiuc s to oiir regnlar jmtrous. the Naturalist will be mailed regularly (1 uoiiie of d:vont;uuance is received by the management. By a special ingenient with ihe Ohio .State Acadf.my of S(,te;nxe, the Ohio Naturalist i.s sent without additional expen'c to all members of the Academy who arc not in arrears for annual d'li-s. The first four volnmc.s may still be obtained at ‘.by former snbscri|>liou price. Remittances of all kind« sbonld be maecies noctifer and pertinax. The dift'er- ence in the two descrijjtions is mainly found in the presence or absence of reddish on the sides of the first two abdominal seg- ments, and this appears to be too variable to be of specific value 1 believe the two names are synonymous, and as noctifer is the older, it must be retained for the species. The prevailing black color of the whole body, and the apical spot separated from the cross-l)and are characteristics. Chrysops pachycera Willison. Dr. Williston’s types, a fine series of specimens from Dr. F. H. Snow and collected by him and his associates in Arizona and other specimens collected in Lower California have given me the opportunity for studying this species. The first antennal segment is swollen, the third segment is much longer than the second, the facial and frontal callosities are yellow. In both sexes the anal cell is hyaline at base and the yellow on the sides of the first four abdominal segments is more extended than in related species. Chrysops pikei Whitney. This recently described species has affinities with sequax and univittatus. The first basal cell is infuscated with the exception of a small elongate hyaline spot Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 225 contiguous with the hyaline base of the discal cell, the second basafcell is hyaline with the exception of a slight infuscation at base. The outer border of the cross-band is nearly straight, the hyaline triangle is rather small and does not cross the second vein and the apical spot fills out the marginal cell and much of the first and second submarginal and first posterior cells. The abdomen is yellow with two black stripes extending frcm the scutellum to the apex and on either side of these another nar- rower stripe of the same color extending backward frcm the anterior part of the third segment. The type was collected in Missouri and I have specimens from Kansas. Chrysops proclivis Osten Sacken. Frontal callosity, antennae, each facial callosity outside of the suture and cheeks black. First basal cell of the wing black for its entire length in the middle but near the apex on either side next the longitudinal veins there is some hyaline, the second basal is hyaline, the outer margin of the crossband is curved, the hyaline triangle is rather large and its apex crosses the second vein, and the apical spot is rather large occupying the apical part of the marginal and the first and second submarginal cells. Abdomen with a black spot beneath the scutellum widest before and connected with a black spot of the second segment. The black of the second segment is slightly emarginate behind and all but attains the posterior margin, and the broad yellow sides of this segment each inclose a small black dot. The remaining segments are black with a narrow serrate yellow posterior border, or there may be more or less separation of the black to form spots as in some of the related species. The male is much darker than the female. The thorax is black with gray stripes, the wing is black with a small spot at the apex of each basal cell, a suggestion of a hyaline spot on the mid- dle of the discal cell, and a hyaline triangle in all respects like that in the female. Parts of the fifth posterior, anal, and axillary cells are not so dark as the remainder of the wings. The abdo- men is black with gray posterior borders to the segment, and three rows of faint triangles. The venter is yellowish with a broad black stripe in the middle and less plainly marked narrow spots on each side. Adams has stated that the male of this species was described with some doubt by 'Williston, as the male of his pachycera. Chrysops sequax Williston. The species has somewhat the aspect of univittatus and striatus. Separated from the latter bv the hyaline triangle reaching or slightly transcending the second longitudinal vein, and the apical spot entering the first posterior cell. From the former by having four longitudinal black stripes on the abdomen instead of two. 226 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 2, Chrysops surdus Osten Sacken. Somewhat like proclivis but smaller. The facial callosities are black on both sides of the suture leaving a narrow yellow stripe on the middle of the face. The male is darker than the female and much like the male of proclivis in general appearance. However, the same characters which separate the females may be used in regard to the males. Chrysops virgulatus Bellardi. Although this species has not been taken in the United States so far as I know, it seems best to include it in treating our species with the first antennal segment enlarged. Female 6 to 9 millimeters. First two antennal seg- ments decidedly swollen, .shining brownish, darkest above; third segment with basal annulus decidedly yellow, remainder black, slightly longer than the second, but not so long as the third. Ocellar area black, widely separated from the eye on either side ; legs yellow with the exception of the knees, apical part of front tibiae and their tarsi and distal parts of other tarsi black or brown. Wings with costal margin and cross-bands black, apical spot rather wide, entirely filling out the marginal cell, the apex of first submarginal and extending into the second submarginal. The cross-band includes more than half of the first submarginal cell and about half of the first posterior, not quite half of the second posterior, and more than half of the third posterior, all of the fourth posterior and discal, basal half or more of fifth posterior and apexes of anal and first and second basal cells; basal two- thirds of first basal and one-third of second basal also black; a whitish area invades the hyaline areas on the outer and inner margins of the cross-band. Abdomen black and yellow, black as follows: An oblong patch beneath the scutellum, two or four usually connected spots on anterior part of second segment, and four oblong spots on each of the remaining segments separated longitudinally by yellow. The black on all the segments may be connected anteriorlv and the last two segments may be alto- gether black. Venter yellow with a wide median black stripe and a narrower one on each side. The male is decidedlv darker than the female, the hyaline triangle of the wings is the same in both sexes, but the hyaline in the basal and anal cells consists of a spot in each, and taken together form a crescent, the spot in the anal cell being located nearer the wing base; the whole axillary cell is smoky. Distinguished from related species by the short third antennal segment and the bright yellow basal annulus of the same. Sev- eral males and females taken at Guadalajara, Mexico, by Jesse McClendon in June and July, 1903. The synonomy is by Wil- liston and I believe it should be adopted. Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 227 Pangoxi.\ Latreille. Following previous American authors I have not used all the generic names used by some European authors, but have consid- ered the species as all belonging to Pangonia. By some our two speiecs with the eyes naked and the first posterior cell closed would be considered under Pangonia ; those with the eyes naked and the first posterior cell open under Corizoneura; while those with the eyes pilose and the first posterior cell open would come under Diatomineura. Our species of this group do not seem to appear in numbers like various species of Tabanus, consequently good series are not often met with in collections. There are seven western species considered in this paper and these may be separated as follows; 1. 2. 3. 4 o. G. First posterior cell closed First posterior cell open Legs uniformh' dark brown Legs yellow Eves hairv 2 3 saiissurei incisa 4 Eyes naked ' 5 Antennae black; body uniformly blackish gray hera Antennae yellow with apex black; body banded with black and yellow dives Whole body including the antennae pale yellowish ruficornis Body largely black 6 Whole antennae black, second abdominal segment yellow on the sides fera Third segment of antennae yellow, second abdominal segment not yellow on the sides velutina Pangonia dives \Yilliston. The eyes are pilose, the antennae are yellow with black at the apex of the third segment ; legs red- dish with apexes of tibiae and tarsal segments more or less fuscous wings hyaline with costal border dilute yellowish, anterior branch of the third vein with a stump at the base; abdomen with the anterior part of each segment black, posterior part yellow. The yellow often predominates on the first three segments while I have not observed any variation of the remaining segments. Length about 15 millimeters. It appears that Diatomineura californica Bigot is a synonym. Pangonia fera Williston. The antennae and legs in both sexes are black, and the abdomen is black with red on the sides of the second and often the third segments, and in the female especially the posterior border of each segment is fringed with yellow hairs ; the eyes are naked and the wings are nearly hyaline with brown veins and stigma and dilute yellowish costal margin ; ocelli pres- ent, thorax black with black pile. Length 12 to 18 millimeters. Pangonia hera Osten Sacken. I have only seen the tvpe of this species. Osten Sacken characterizes it as follows; “Pro- boscis short, hardly projecting beyond the palpi ; body uniformly 228 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, blackish-gray; wings grayish brown; eyes pubescent, first pos- terior cell open. Length 13 to 14 millimeters. The type locality is San I'rancisco. California. Pangonia incisa Wiedemann, f'irst posterior cell closed, legs and antennae yellow, ocelli present, proboscis slender longer than the height of the head; wings uniformly yellowish; thorax dark in ground color and clothed with yellow pile. In the female the abdomen is black on the anterior part of each segment, and nar- rowly yellowish posteriorly ; posterior margin also fringed with yellow hairs. In the male the abdomen is yellow with black beneath the scutellum. and a triangular black marking on the middle of the anterior half of the second segment. Length 14 to 17 millimeters. Specimens of both sexes are at hand from Okla- homa, received from Profes.sor E. E. Rogue. Pangonia ruficornis Bigot. What appears to be this species was received from Professor V. L. Kellogg, taken at Palo Alto, California, July 27. Eyes naked, ocelli present; face, front, antennae and palpi yellow; proboscis brownish, thickened, scarce- !v longer than the slender jralpi; thorax reddish yellow, legs con- colorous with the thorax, wings with a yellowish tinge, more })ro- nounced on the costal margin; anterior branch of the third vein with a stump at base. Abdomen yellow. Has the appearance of being a very distinct species. Length 12 millimeters. Pangonia saussurei Bellardi. I have a single male specimen that 1 have identified from Rellardi’s description and figure as this species. The specimen was taken in the Huachucas l^Ioun- tains of southern Arizona by Dr. R. E. Kunze. The antennae are yellow, third segment slender, quite prominent at the base, pro- boscis longer than the height of the head, palpi short and slen- der. eves naked, ocelli present. Thorax Iwown, clothed with gray pollen and brown and gray pubescence; legs brown, anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi a shade lighter than their femora: wings dilute vellowish hvaline, with yellowish more distinct along the costa and margins of some of the veins; a long stump at the base of the anterior branch of the third vein ; first posterior and anal cells closed. Abdomen in general grayish, with the anterior mar- gin of each segment brownish ; posterior margin of each segment with white hairs, remainder of segments clothed with black hairs. Length 18 millimeters. \’ery distinct from the other species of the genus from our fauna, but with some affinities with incisa. Pangonia velutina Bigot. I have not seen this speceis. Some characters which Bigot gives are as follows: antennae yellow with first two segments black, eyes naked, first posterior cell of wing open, abdomen black, second segment with a large yellowish spot on the middle of the posterior border. Length 11 millimeters. The tvpe is from California. Dec., 1904.] Tabjiiidae. 229 SiLVius Meigen. Members of this genus are widely distributed, being found on nearlv all the large land areas of the globe. Our three species are western, none of them having been taken on the Atlantic coast, but quadrivittatus has been collected several times on the gulf coast of Texas. In North America the genus is divided into two distinct groups, gigantulus belonging to one and the remain- ing species to the other. The following key is offered as an aid in separating them: 1. Wings hyaline, without spots, yellowish along the costa; whole body yellowish ' gigantulus Wings hyaline, usually spotted ; whole body gray pollinose 2 2. Abdomen above with four longitudinal rows of spots quadrivittatus Abdomen above with two longitudinal rows of spots or none pollinosus Silvius gigantulus Loew. Length 10 to 13 millimeters. Although this one is very distinct in coloration from the other American species of the genus the generic characters are the same in all. It has the ajjpearance of vituli of Europe, the wings are uniformlv colored, being hyaline with the exception of the costal border which is vellowish, the antennae are yellowish with the third segment except the extreme base dark brown, two small spots on the face, a triangular frontal callosity and ocelli dark brown, remainder of the face and front, rear of the head, and thorax covered with yellow pollen and yellow pile. The abdo- men is yellow with a dark spot beneath the scutellum and a spot of the same color on the anterior middle of the second segment and in some specimens there is an irregular middorsal black stripe running the whole length of the abdomen. The male is colored like the female. Silvius pollinosis Williston. The specimens that fall in this and quadrivittatus are variable and it is usually a difficult matter to make satisfactory determinations. The character which I have given in the key above, namely; the arrangement of the dark coloration on the abdomen may be used but even this is variable. In this one the color may be in two series, or these two series may be united to form a middorsal rather wide band, or lacking altogether. In some specimens the abdomen is yellow on the sides and in others not. The wings usually have prom- inent black markings on the cross-veins and at the furcation of the third vein and the stigma is black. The male is colored like the other sex, and has as many variations, although it appears to be more often yellow on the sides of the abdomen. Length 8 to 11 millimeters. Type from western Kansas. Silvius quadrivittatus Say. This species was placed in the genus Chrysops when its description was written by Say and was not recognized by Osten Sacken when he published his Prodrome, 230 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, Xo. 2, and Williston made no comparison with it when he descried pol- linosus. However the latter author, in the Tenth Volume of Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, recognizes both species and says of quadrivittatus: “The species differs from pollinosus in being darker throughout, in the antennae being more slender, in the dorsum of the thorax having gray stripes on a black ground, and in the four abdominal stripes being better marked.” Type from “Xear the Rocky Mountains.” Male col- ored like the other sex. Length 7 to 10 millimeters. Apatolestes Williston. Specimens belonging to this genus look some like members of the genus Tabanus, but have spurs at the apex of the posterior tibiae, a character which places it in a different subfamily from that to which Tabanus belongs. The genus was described by Dr. 'Williston in 18S5. Apatolestes comastes Williston. In a long series of specimens of the species from California and Arizona, most of them collected by Coquillett, I find some variations. The size varies from 8 to 17 millimeters. vSome specimens are quite black while others are gray from being covered with dense gray pollen and some of the males have reddish on the sides of the second and third abdominal segments. The first two segments of the antennae are usuallv covered with gray pollen while the last segment is black and ocelli are prominent in both sexes. In the female the front is “rather wide and, differing from many species of its sub- familv, is narrowest at the vertex and gradually widens toward the face. There is some variation but in most specimens there is a narrow pollinose space just above the antennae, after which the Avhole front is mostly shining black. Apatolestes eiseni Townsend, from Lower California seems to be a synonym. SxowiELLUs n. gen. Front rather wide, narrowest at the vertex and gradually widening toward the antennas. Antennas inserted beneath the middle of the eyes, proceeding from beneath the swollen sub- callus, first segment normal on upper side but strongly produced downward, second segment small, third segment elongate some- what enlarged at the base but with only an indication of a basal process. All the tibiae enlarged and the hind pair distinctly cili- ate outwardlv. Anterior branch of the third vein without a stump at base, its distal end meeting the costa at the first third of the distance from where the second vein meets the costa to the apex of the wing. Snowiellus atratus n. sp. General color black with the ex- treme apex of the wing hyaline. A gray pollinose patch beneath Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 231 the antennae, otherwise the face including the cheeks, and the front below to above the frontal callosity denuded and shining black; above the frontal callosity and connected with it by a narrow interval is a nearly rectangular shining black spot, other- wise the front is covered with dark gray pollen. No ocelli. The third segment of the antenna appears slightly reddish caused it seems b\- a covering of grayish pollen, slightly enlarged at base but not with a distinct basal process, basal annulus as long or a little longer than the other four taken together; second segment small with a few black hairs at the anterior upper angle; first segment of normal form above but strongly produced below making it appear almost as though the second segment is at- tached to its side, furnished above and below with short black hairs ; legs black ,all of the tibiae enlarged but not so much as in Lepidoselaga lepidota, hind pair with a dense row of cilia on the outer side. Wings black with the exception of apexes of the first and second submarginal cells which are clear hyaline. The line of union of this hyaline and the black forms a strong curve, and at no point is the hyaline wider than the fourth of the total length of the second submarginal cell. Abdomen uniform blue-black above and beloAv. Length 13 millimeters. A female taken in Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, in August, 1904, by Dr. F. H. Snow for whom the genus is named. The insect has affinities with both the genera Selasoma and Bolbodimyia but does not fall in either. It is an interesting species and a splendid addition to the known North American fauna. H.em.\topota Meigen. A genus of nearly fifty species widely distributed in the Eastern Hemisphere but represented by only two speices in the Americas. The peculiarly enlarged first antennal segment and the wide transverse front are characteristic. Haematopota americana Osten Sacken. The two known American species are both found in the United States, but only this one is western. It is larger than punctulata of the eastern states, and in the specimens before me the third antennal seg- ment, although somewhat compressed in both, is wider and shorter in punctulata. Osten Sacken states that americana is closely related to pluvialis of Europe and has published his results of a comparison of the two. There are onlv a few specimens of punctulata in collections so the opportunity for a eareful com- parison of our two species has not appeared. T.\b.\nus Linne. Some authors have considered the species here included under this one genus as belonging to three genera. The species with The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 2, 23 2 pilose eyes and ocelligerous tubercle are put in Apatolestes, those with pilose eyes and without the ocelligerous tubercle in Atylotus and the others with naked eyes and no ocelligerous tubercle form the genus Tabanus. A large number of the species from the region covered by this papar fall into Apatolestes and are the hardest to characterize so others can recognize them. They look much alike and it would seem sometimes that species are made on meager characters, but a study of European species of the genus convinces one that the older authors have done the same thing, and moreover when one studies our own forms he gradually comes to the same conclusion that the Europeans evi- dently have, that is, it is practically impossible to characterize a species at all when so many points are considered as only varia- tions of the same. It is my purpose that this paper supplement Osten Sacken’s Prodrome, therefore some of the species that occur almost as far west as the Rocky Mountains may not be considered while some that are rightly eastern species are included because they are not treated by Osten vSacken. The following key is offered as an aid for se])arating a most difficult group: 1 . Eyes' naked 2 Eyes pilose 12 2. Large species, abdomen uniformly black or brown .3 Smaller species, abdomen bicolorcd G 8. tVings with a dark spot at the furcation of the third vein 4 Wing without dark coloration at the furcation of the third vein .5 4. Thorax covered with white pollen or down punctifer Thorax brown with narrow white stripes benedict ns 5. Wings black atratns Wings subhyaline ceerotns G. Wings with large brown patches venustns Wings hyaline 7 7 Abdomen brorvn with white po.sterior margin to each seg- ment annulatns Abdomen not so marked 8 8. Abdomen with a uniform white stripe from the scutellum to the end of the abdomen lineola Abdominal markings not in the form of a uniform band 9 9. Abdomen with a middorsal row of unconnected white triangles 1 1 Abdomen not so marked, small species, not more than 12 millimeters in length 10 10. Abdomen gray, with four small black spots on each of segnients two to six ' cribellnm Abdomen with three irregular gray stripes composed of con- tiguous spots, base of anterior branch of the third vein with a long obliciue stump prodnetns Abdomen black with a very narrow white border to each seg- ment, and on either side a row of very small white spots jratellus 11. General color of abdomen brown flavidiis General color of abdomen black 12 Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 233 12. 13. 14. 15 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. lYhite triangle on the second abdominal segment of the same size as on the third and fourth segments. Length about 13 millimeters coffeatus "White triangle on the second abdominal segment much smaller than those on the third and fourth segments. Length about 15 millimeters hyalinipennis Palpi clear black, general color of the whole body black 14 Palpi yellowish 1 5 Costal cell dark brown procyon Costal cell hyaline sequax A single narrow' transverse brown band across the eye, no ocelligerous tubercle tnsuetus No such band across the eye, ocelligerous tubercle usually present 16 "'A'hole body shining black, if there are gray spots on the abdo- men there is no red ground color beneath them. Ocelligerous tubercle denuded osburm "Whole body not black, or if so the subcallus not denuded; some- times black with red ground color beneath the gray abdominal spots 17 Each abdominal segment black with a wide irregular gray border, wings dilute brownish zonahs Abdomen not so marked, wings hyaline or nearly hyaline 18 Abdomen with a wide middorsal brown stripe and on either side of it a gray stripe of about equal width. dodget Abdomen not so colored 19 Abdomen largely black with hree row's of white spots, often with red ground color beneath the lateral spots Abdomen broadly red on the sides; this color not usually in the form of spots Antennae black, or at most with a trace of reddish at the base of the third segment Antennae largely red Wing w'ith distinct fuscous on the margins of the cross- veins and on the furcation of the third vein. Wing with at most only a trace of fuscous on the margins of the cross- veins and furcation of the third vein Subcallus not denuded in the female Hiatus Subcallus denuded in the female 23 "Venter of the abdomen largely red centron "Venter of the abdomen black, covered with gray pollen rhombicus Wings reddish hyaline, lateral abdominal spots usualU rounded septentrionalis Wings clear hyaline, lateral abdominal spots angular and oblique 25 Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump opacus Base of the anterior branch of the third vein without a stump itensivus Basal part of the third segment of the antenna fully as wide as long laticorms Basal part of the third segment of the antenna longer than wide 27 No red beneath the lateral gray abdominal spots gilanus With red beneath the lateral gray abdominal spots 28 Head distinctly w'ider than the thorax laticeps Head not noticeably widened 29 Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump frenchii Base of the anterior branch of the third vein without a stump susurrus 20 30 21 26 22 24 234 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, 30. 31. 32. 33. 34 35. 36. 37. 38 Antenn;e black, or at most with a trace of red at the base of the third segment .31 Antennae largely red 33 Subcallus denuded centron Subcallus not denuded 32 Wing with brown blonds on the cross- veins and the furcation of the third vein sonomensis Wing with no clouds on the cross-veins and furcation of the third vein phmiops Front of the female unusually wide above, distinctly narrowed anteriorly captonis Front of the female not unusually wide, sides nearly parallel 34 Third antennal 'segment fully as broad as long laticornis Third antennal segment longer than wide 35 Costal cell brown 36 Costal cell hyaline 37 Palpi robust epistatus Palpi slender ajfinis Head decidedly wider than the thorax laticeps Head not noticeably widened 38 Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump frenchii Base of the anterior branch of the third vein not with a stump SHSurrus Tabanus aegrotus Osten Sacken. Easily identified by Osten Sacken’s description. It appears some like our eastern atratus, but the wings may be said to be subhyaline instead of black as in that species. Usually the whole body is black, but in some spec- imens the abdomen above has a median row of very small white triangles, one on the posterior border of each segment. Tabanus affinis Kirby. There is some variation in the e.xtent of red on the abdomen. This seems to occur in specimens from the same locality to the same extent as in specimens from differ- ent localities. Its size, fifteen to nineteen millimeters, makes its determination rather easy, as it is the largest of our species with pilose eyes. Some specimens of athnis and some of sonomensis are rather close together, but the third segment of the antennae is narrower in sonomensis and the basal process less prominent. The palpi are very slender in afiinis. Tabanus annulatus Say. Rarely collected and probalby there is not more than a dozen good specimens in the collections of the country. The front is narrow and the frontal callosity and what in other species is called the spindle shaped line, unite to form a very narrow raised line of nearly uniform width reaching nearly to the vertex, eyes naked, a small ocelligerous tubercle. Thorax uniform gray, abdomen brown with a gray posterior border to each segment; wings hyaline. Length 12 to 14 millimeters. Taken as far west as Kansas and Missouri. The species is one of the anomalies of its family. Tabanus atratus Fabricius. Its large size and black color serve to separate this species from all others of the western region. Taken as far west as Colorado. Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 235 Tabanus benedictus Whitney. A large species related to nigrescens of the eastern states. The first posterior cell of the wing is closed or nearly closed. The front is rather narrow, narrowest anteriorly, the frontal callosity before almost as wide as the front, gradually narrowed, about twice as long as wide, and connected behind with a narrow line which extends to near the last third of the front. Abdomen dark brown, pruinose, resembling the abdomen of the common atratus. Length nearly 25 millimeters. Specimens from Louisiana. The types were taken in Missouri. It is not properly a western species in the sense of this paper, but is included because it has been described only recently, and therefore is not mentioned in papers treating eastern species. Tabanus captonis Marten. In his bibliography of North American Dipterology Dr. Williston has omitted Marten’s paper entitled “New Tabanidae” in the Canadian Entomologist XI, 210, and in his paper ‘ ‘Notes and Descriptions of North American Tabanidae” published in Trans. Kan. Acad, of Sci. he did not mention the four species described therein, although he men- tions all the species described in Marten’s other paper. It would appear that the first paper was omitted through oversight. At any rate, 1 believe that Williston’s comastes is synonymous with Marten’s captonis. The species has somewhat the aspect of afihnis, but the female is easily known by its very wide front, grad- ually narrowed anteriorly, and the denuded subcallus. The male is like the female. The antennae are red with the exception of the apical portion of the third segment which is more or less black, the frontal triangle is covered with silvery white pollen. Tabanus centron Marten. As stated under rhombicus I con- sider this equivalent to Osten Sacken’s second form of rhombicus. The subcallus is denuded, the antennae are black with base of third segment red, and in some specimens the two basal segments are reddish with short black hairs. There is no stump at the base of the anterior branch of the third vein, and the wings are hyaline with costal cell yellowish and faint clouds on the margins of the cross-veins and furcation of the third vein. In some specimens the abdomen is reddish on the sides of the first three or four seg- ments. The male is colored like the female. Length 16 to 17 millimeters. Tabanus coffeatus Macquart. A dark colored species measur- ing 12 to 1.3 millimeters in length. Taken in many of the eastern states and as far west as Colorado. Each abdominal segment is black with a white posterior border which expands into a prom- inent triangle on the middle of the dorsum. Very distinct from all western species but much like small specimens of melanocerus from the eastern states. 236 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, Tabanus cribellum Osten Sacken. I have seen Townsend’s types of guttatulus in Kansas University collection, and have compared with Osten Sacken’s figure of cribellum. It is my opinion that the two are synonyms and as the latter name is the older it would stand for the species. The eyes are naked, the antennae reddish with the annulate portion of the third segment black and about the length of the basal. Wings hyaline, abdomen gray with four browm markings on each segment. These markings may be united in varying ways. Length about 10 millimeters. Specimens from Mesilla Park, N. M., taken by T. D. A. Cock- erell. As 1 understand it, Osten Sacken’s types were taken in northern Mexico, only a few miles from w'here Townsend procured his specimens. Tabanus dodgei Whitney. There are two conspicuous white stripes on the thorax separated by a wider dark brown stripe, w'hich in most specimens is divided for the anterior half of its length by a very narrow white line. Exterior to the white stripe on each side is a dark stripe follow’ed by gray on the pleura. The abdomen is marked by a rather narrow dark brown stripe on the median line, followed by a gray stripe of about equal width on either side, and these followed by obscure brownish on the outer margins. First two segments of antennae red, third black with basal prominence rounded. The male is colored like the female in all details. The head in both sexes is rather small and flattened so that the longitudinal diameter is shorter than in most other species of its size. Length 14 to 16 millimeters. It is a very distinct species and cannot be confused with any others of our fauna. A number of specimens taken at Onaga, Kansas, by F. F. Crevecoeur, who has sent me much interesting material. Tabanus epistatus Osten Sacken. This species averages much smaller than affinis, but small sized specimens of the latter are much like the larger ones of epistatus. A good character for separating the tw’O species may be seen in the palpi. In affinis these are long and slender while in the latter they are robust. The antennae are usually red with the annulate portion of the third segment black. However, there is some variation but in all the specimens I have studied the base of the third segment is invariably red. The subcallus is often denuded; length 13 to 17 millimeters. The larger specimens, which I cannot separate from the others by any constant character, agree in detail with Marten’s descrip- tion of californicus. Therefore I am of the opinion that the latter should be considered a synonym. Tabanus flavidus n. sp. Female: Length 12 to 14 millimeters. Eyes naked, antennae red with annulate portion of the third seg- Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 237 ment black, second segment with a few black hairs above, basal portion of the third segment angulate above, widest at first third of its length and gradually narrowing to the beginning of the annulate portion; subcallus covered with gray pollen, front rather narrow, narrowest before; frontal callosity dark brown, occupy- ing the whole width of the front, nearly square and connected aljove with a narrow line which reaches half way to the vertex; an indication of an ocelligerous tubercle. Usual parts of front covered with gray pollen. Face and cheeks covered with gray pollen, beard white, palpi yellowish with short white hairs. Pro- boscis shorter than the length of the head. Thorax fuscous with the usual grav stripe, sides and sternum covered with white hairs. Upper side of front femora, apex of each front tibiae, front tarsi and last three or four segments of other tarsi fuscous, other parts of legs red. Wings hvaline, stigma and veins clear brown, ante- rior branch of the third vein with a stump. Abdomen light brown above with posterior borders of segments and mid dorsal row of triangles gray. On the sides of the segments and on the last three segments above there are indistinct fuscous areas, and in some specimens there are faint indications of lateral rows of small grayish spots. Venter red, darker, almost fuscous at apex. Specimens collected by Dr. R. E. Kunze in southeastern Arizona and by C. H. T. Townsend in Chihuahua, IMexico; the latter the property of the U. S. National Museum. I have received specimens of this species labelled ‘ ‘T. sodalis Williston.” Tabanus sodalis was described without locality but a study of the types convinces me that the name is synonymous with T. trispilus Wied. The specimen to which the name sodalis was originally given was taken in White Mountains, New Hampshire. The reddish or brownish color is characteristic of flavidus. Tabanus fratelUis Williston. Verv easily known from its resemblance to pumilus of the eastern states. The whole body is dark colored, the abdominal segments have narrow grav pos- terior margins, and on each side of segments 1-G is a similarly colored small round spot, which does not touch either margin. The basal part of the third antennal segment is narrower than in pumilus. Eyes naked. Length about 10 millimeters. i have received specimens of this species from Miss Ricardo who studied Bigot’s type, with the statement that they are iden- tical with the type of Bigot’s Diachlorus (?) haematopotides. The latter name is therefore a synonym of T. fratellus. Tabanus frenchii Marten. I have before me several speci- imens which agree with Marten’s description. This sjiecies with tetricus and susurus are described as having three rows of gray triangles on the abdomen and red antennae with apical part of third segment black, which is a combination not often met with, but is found in the specimens here considered. The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, 238 Tabanus gilanus Townsend. Whole body dark colored. Abdomen with a median longitudinal row of small gray triangles and on either side a row of oblique spots of the same color ; other- wise black with very narrow gray posterior borders to the seg- ments. The red on the sides of the abdomen found in so many species is lacking. Wings hyaline without stump on the anterior branch of the third vein. P'irst two segments of the antennae and base of third red, remainder black. Basal part of third antennal segment at widest point about as wide as the length of this ])art. In the United States National Museum are some s])ec- imens which have been compared with the type by Mr. Coquillett. Length 13 to 15 millimeters. Tabanus hyalinipennis Hine. The eyes are naked. It has the aspect of trimaculatus l)ut is smaller, wings hvaline without dark margins to the cross-veins, and with white triangular spots on the third and fourth abdominal segments. Length 15 milli- meters. Specimens from Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, taken by J. T. Llovd and Dr. F. H. Snow. Tabanus illotus Osten Sacken. The wings in this species may be said to be subhyaline, especially on the anterior part. Faint clouds on the cross- veins and furcation of the third vein. Anten- nae with the third segment rather broad and reddish at the base. Basal annulus almost as broad as long, distinctly excised and with a well marked upper angle ; apical portion black and dis- tinctly shorter than the basal annulus. Legs black, somewhat lighter at bases of all the tibia. Length 12 to 14 millimeters. A northern species taken in Alaska and the Hudson Bay region. Tabanus insuetus Osten Sacken. This appears to be a varia- l)le species. The size of the head and width of the front are variable; some specimens have a long stumj) on the anterior branch of the third vein, while in others there is no vestige of it. (Jther parts are variable and it would seem that more than one species is included under the name, but constant characters for separation appear to be lacking. As it now stands insuetus is separated from all western species l)y the presence of a single narrow brown stripe across the eye. This shows almost as well in drv as in living specimens. Length about 12 millimeters. Known from Alaska, British Columbia, Washington, Wyoming, Colorado, California, Nevada and Utah. Tabanus intensivus Townsend. When Townsend described this species he compared it with gilanus which appears to be its nearest relative. The general color of the whole body is black clothed with grav pile. The abdomen has a median row of tri- angles, on each side of which is a row of oblique spots; wings hvaline with no stump on anterior Ijranch of third vein. The antennas are usually black but the hrst and second segments and even the base of the third may be obscure reddish. The third seg- Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 239 ment is rather narrow, basal part quite long, upper angle slightly prominent, annulate portion decidedly shorter than the basal portion. The form of the third antennal segment is sufficient to separate it from gilanus. The male is like the female in colora- tion. Length 14 to 15 millimeters. Reported from Colorado and New Mexico. Tabanus laticeps n. sp. Female; Length 12 to 14 millimeters. Head distinctly wider than the thorax, eyes pilose; antennae with first two segments and base of third red, remainder black; first segment rather large with upper anterior angle narrowly black, third segment rather long and narrow, basal prominence distinct, basal part slightly longer than annulate, front rather wide sides nearly parallel, frontal callosity dark brown, shining, narrowly connected with a prominent denuded spot above, ocellar area large, whole front thinly covered with gray pollen, and upper part with some dark hairs which are most numerous at the apex ; face clothed with white hairs, palpi very light colored, with short white hairs. Thorax dark with about five narrow gray lines above, antealar callosity red, sides and sternum clothed with gray hairs; legs with all femora, tips of anterior tibige and nearly all the tarsal segments dark brown or black, otherwise red; wings hyaline with stigma and veins clear brown, no stump on the anterior branch of the third vein. General color of the dorsum of the abdomen black, gray as follows; a row of small dorsal tri- angles and on each side a row of prominent oblique spots with their bases on the posterior margins of the segments. In some of the specimens the black is largely replaced by red and in all the ground color beneath the lateral spots is red ; venter of abdomen red with apex dark, or in some of the darker sfjecimens a rather wide median fuscous band extends from base to apex. Male; Length 12 to 14 millimeters. Like the female except the gray spots on the abdomen are smaller thus increasing the extent of the black. Specimens collected by Mr. D. W. Coquillett and Sarah E. Harris, and others sent in by Professors V. L. Kellogg and Charles W. Johnson without collector’s name. Habitat, California and Washington. The wide head is characteristic of the species. Tabanus laticornis n. sp. Female; Length 14 to 16 milli- meters. Eyes pilose, antennae red with the exception of the annulate portion and sometimes the apex of the basal portion of the third segment, which are black; first and second segments with rather coanse short black hairs above; basal portion of the third segment as wide as long, above abruptly widened to basal third and gradually narrowed to beginning of the annulate por- tion, below gradually curved. Front very gradually narrowed anteriorly, frontal callosity nearly square, scarcely as wide as the 240 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, front, shining brown, with spindle shaped spot above; otherwise whole front including ocellar area and subcallus, covered with grayish yellow pollen. Face and cheeks covered with grav pollen and rather long white hairs ; palpi white clothed with short white and black hairs mixed. A noticeable thing is that the hairs on the palpi in a number of species appear Vjlack from certain views while from other views the same hairs appear white. This seems to be the case here. Thorax black above thinly covered with gray jllen and with the usual gray stripes ; sides and sternum with rather long white hairs. Legs in general red. anterior femiora and tarsi and apex of tibiae, basal half or more of middle and posterior femora and three or four distal segments of middle and posterior tarsi fuscoiis or black. Wings hyaline, stigma yel- lowish, also costal cell and narrow margins of some of the cross- veins dilute yellowish. Abdomen with a rather narrow dorsal black stripe on which is a row of small elongate gray triangles; lateral rows of spots large and red, largest on second segment and decreasing toward apex of abdomen ; a fuscous patch on each seg- ment outside of the rows of red spots. Venter red with apex and a midventral stripe, abbreviated in some specimens, black. i\Iale; Length 14 to 15 millimeters. Colored like the female, abdomen decidedlv attenuated posteriorly. Third antennal seg- ment not so wide as in the female. Several specimens from Arizona and northern Mexico, those from the latter locality collected by C. H. Tyler Townsend. Tabanus lineola Fabricius. This well known eastern species extends as far west as Utah and Colorado. The naked eyes are sufficient to separate it from the western species resembling it. Length 13 to 15 millimeters. Tabanus opacus Coquillett. The female type of this species is dark colored with gray stripes on the thorax and three rows of grav spots on the abdomen. Wings hyaline with brown stigma, and a long stump on the anterior branch of third vein. Antennae black with the first segment partially reddish ; subcallus not denuded, legs black with basal half of front tibiae and nearly all of the other tibiae reddish. On the second and third segments of the abdomen the ground color beneath the lateral gray spots is reddish and there is also a suggestion of reddish on the sides of the second segment, but the latter is so small that it is hardly worth mentioning. The male is colored like the female except the reddish on the sides of the first two abdominal segments is slightly more extended and there is a trace of reddish at the base of the third antennal segment. The stump of the anterior branch of the third vein is only suggested in this sex. A number of specimens before me agreeing with the female type were collected in southern Idaho, Logan, Utah, by E. D. Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 241 Ball, and near Lander, Wyoming, by R. C. Moodie of Lawrence, Kansas. Some slight color variations occur, and in many speci- mens the antennae are entirely black. The long stump is present on the anterior branch of the third vein in all the females. Tabanus osburni n. sp. Female; Length 12 to 16 millimeters. General color of the body shining black. Eyes pilose, first and second segments of the antennae black or they may be partly red- dish. clothed with black hairs, third segment black except the base which is red, basal portion with a blunt prominence above, longer than the annulate portion. Subcallus denuded and shin- ing black, frontal callosity shining black with unconnected mark above ; ocellar area partly denuded black, remainder of front cov- ered with grav pollen; face and cheeks clothed with gray pollen and dark vellowish hairs, palpi yellowish with short black hairs; thorax with inconspicuous narrow gray stripes above ; pleurae clothed with long gray pile. Legs Idack but bases of tibiae show- ing a reddish tinge. Wings hyaline but with costal margin and narrow margins of cross- veins and furcation of third vein fuscous ; these infuscations on the margins of the veins are less conspicuous in some specimens than in others. Abdomen black with three rows of faint gray spots above and the posterior margin of each segment both above and beneath with a fringe of rather long white hairs. Male: Length 12 millimeters. Like the female except the gravish spots on the dorsum of the abdomen appear to be lacking, and the third segment of the antennae is noticeably narrower than in that sex. This latter character is characteristic of this sex in a large number of species. The head is larger and nearer hemispherical than in the female. A large number of specimens, most of them taken by Prof. R. C. Osburn. for whom the species is named. Known from British Columbia. Alberta. Montana. Washington and Alaska. This species is some like rhoml)icus but more robust and no suggestion of red on the abdomen of either sex. Tabanus phaenops Osten Sacken. The antennae are black, the wings are hyaline and the abdomen is broadly red on the side. Length 13 to 14 millimeters. Distributed from Alaska and Brit- ish Columbia to California, and specimens are also at hand from Wvoming and Colorado. Osten Sacken fully described this spe- cies in his paper on ‘ 'Western Diptera” and his description should be consulted. Tabanus procyon Osten Sacken. The palpi, legs and anten- nae, as well as the whole body, are black ; the subcallus is denuded and shining black, the wings are hyaline except the costal cell, margins of cross-veins and furcation of third vein which are black. Length 13 millimeters. Known from California, and specimens are at hand from Eldorado collected bv Sarah E. Harris. 242 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, The black palpi is a character it shares with sequax but the denuded subcallus and the black unspotted abdomen easily dis- tinguish it. The costal cell is also much blacker than in the last named species. Tabanus productus n. sp. Female: Length 11 millimeters. Antennae black, first segment rather long and narrow, third not much excised above and with a small basal prominence; frontal callosity square, l)lack and as wide as the front with uncofmected square black spot above it; front rather wide slightly narrowed anteriorly and clothed with gray ])ollen ; face and cheeks covered with gray pollen and white pile, palpi white with white bairs and also some that look black from certain views; eyes naked. Tho- rax dark with narrow gray stripes above and white pile on the sides and beneath ; legs black except about one-third of front tibise and more than half of the other tibiae which are white ; wings hyaline with clear brown stigma and veins and with a long oblique stump at the base of the anterior branch of the third vein. This stump has a direction which is nearly parallel with the last section of the posterior branch of third vein. Abdomen dark with a middorsal gray stripe and on each side a series of some- what oblique spots joining one another end to end, thus forming a stripe with the outer border serrate ; posterior margins of the segments l)oth above and beneath narrowdy whitish. Male; Length 11 millimeters. Colored in detail like the other sex ; line of separation of large and small facets of the eye distinct. Specimens taken near Lander, Wyoming, at an elevation of from .3000 to 7000 feet the past summer by R. C. Moodie of Lawrence, Kansas. This species looks some like lineola but is smaller, the legs and antennas are darker and the distinctive stump on the anterior branch of the third vein differs from what I have observed in that species. Tabanus punctifer Osten Sacken. Distributed over a great deal of the western country, especially from Colorado to Cali- fornia and southward. The general black color of the body except the thorax, wdiich is covered with white pile and the white base of the anterior tibiae, makes it the easiest western species to distinguish. Length 19 to 22 millimeters. Tabanus rhombicus Osten Sacken. Osten Sacken described this species in his ‘‘Prodrome” and later in his “Western Dip- tera” gave additional notes upon it. At the time of the latter writing, he had better material than wdien he first wrote, and from this material he characterized three forms, as he called them, which when arranged in series appear quite distinct from one another ; and present characters by which in good specimens they can be separated readily. Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 243 T. rhombicus has been misdetermined by many and conse- quently exists under various names in American collections. The specimens used in this study of the species were compared with Osten Sacken’s types and there are before me a long series of specimens agreeing with each of the three forms. Dr. John Marten has described some species of Tabanus in Vol. 14 and 15 of the Canadian Entomologist, which seem to correspond with these forms, and after collecting all available information and studying Marten’s descriptions carefully, it appears to me that centron is the same as Osten Sacken’s second form of rhombicus, and as the latter author did not propose any name. Marten’s name remains valid. Tabanus rhombicus has the subcallus denuded and no stump on the anterior branch of the third vein. General color of the whole body dark with only a trace of red on the sides of the second and third abdominal segments and three rows of gray pollinose spots. Wings hyaline with traces of fuscous on the borders of the cross-veins and at the furcation of the third vein. Length 13 to 15 millimeters. Specimens from Albam'- Co., Wyoming, collected by E. B. Williamson; from Estes and Manitou Parks Colorado, collected by Dr. F. H. Snow, and from southwestern Colorado, collected by E. J. Oslar. Therioplectes (?) melanorhinus Bigot seems to be this species, judging from the re-description of Bigot’s type Miss G. Ricardo has been so kind as to send me. Tabanus septentrionalis Loew. This species is somewhat variable in size and coloration but does not appear to be a diffi- cult one to recognize. The subcallus is not denuded; the gray triangles in the middle of the abdominal segments are united to form what may be called a dorsal stripe and on either side of this a prominent row of spots extends from the first to the sixth seg- ment, one spot to each segment. The ground color beneath these spots is often, but not always red.. The wings have a dilute yellowish tinge all over and the veins are brown but there is no distinct fuscous margins to the cross-veins or at the furcation of the third vein. Length 13 to 17 millimeters. Tabanus sequax Williston. The palpi are black, costal cells hyaline, and the stigma and margins of the cross veins and fur- cation of the third vein are also black. On account of the black palpi the species can only be confused with procyon, and the other characters mentioned will separate it from that. Length 13 to 1C) millimeters. Thinking that Bigot’s leucophorus was this species, I sent specimens to Miss G. Ricardo who compared with the type and verified my determination. In her letter she makes the following statement; “The specimen sent on comparison with the tvpe is certainly identical ; the type is a trifle larger and the dark hairs 244 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, at the sides of the antennae are not so black or so thick as in }'our specimen, and the forehead is not so dark.” The specimen I sent Miss Ricardo measures fully Ki milli- meters in length. As Bigot gives the length of his tvpe as 11 millimeters, we see how misleading his statements may be. Tabanus sonomensis Osten Sacken. The antennae are black or they may be dark red at base, the third segment is narrow with the basal portion longer than the annulate portion, and the basal prominence is small ; the palpi are brownish yellow clothed with black hairs, the sides of the front in the female are nearly parallel, the abdomen is ])lainly red on the sides. The usual dor- sal row of gray triangles may be seen in well preserved specimens but no lateral rows are apparent. The red on the sides of the abdomen is somewhat variable in extent, and the posterior mar- gins of the segments are furnished with a fringe of vellow hairs. The wings are hyaline but many of the veins, especially the cross-veins and furcation of the third vein, are margined with fuscous. The species is separated from rhombicus and its allies Viy the nearly complete absence of lateral gray spots on the abdominal segments ; and from affinis by the narrower third antennal seg- ment, as well as its smaller average size, from epistatus by the blacker antennse, and from phaenops by its larger average size and clouding of the cross- veins and furcation of the third vein. The several males I have are colored like the females and easily associated with them, although the fringes of hairs on the ])osterior margins of the abdominal segments are not so conspic- uous in this sex. Length lo to 18 millimeters. I consider haemaphorus Marten a synonym of sonomensis. Tabanus susurrus Marten. The antennae are red with the annulate portion of the third segment black ; the wings are hya- line but there are faint clouds on the margins of the cross-veins and at the furcation of the third vein. All the femora, the apex of each anterior tibia, and the anterior tarsi are lilack or dark brown, other parts of legs red. except darker coloration on some of the tarsal segments. The abdomen is red on the sides of the first three or four segments. Specimens from Wyoming collected bv Morrison. IMarten’s type was from Montana. Length 13 millimeters. Tabanus venustus Osten Sacken. This species is known from all others of its genus bv the large irregular dark patches on the wings. Eyes naked. Length 14 to Ki millimeters. Taken as far west as Oklahoma. Tabanus zonalis Kirby. This distinct species has the wings uniformly tinged with yellowish and the abdominal segments are black anteriorly and liroadly yellowish posteriorly. The anten- na are red but the apex of the third segment may be black, palpi Dec., 1904.] Taba-ii'lae. 245 brown, all the femora, apex of tibiae and anterior tarsi, black, remainder of legs red. Length 17 millimeters. Specimens from Mission Mountains, Montana, received from Prof. M. J. Elrod, and from Laggan, Alberta, collected by Prof. R. C. Osburn. Widely distributed in northern United States and Canada. Species not Identified. Tabanus tetricus Marten. This is colored something like rhom- bicus but with red antennas. Described in Canadian Entomol- ogist XV, 111. Tabanus fuscipalpis Bigot. This description suggests T. sequax. Blackish palpi are not found in many species of its group. Mem. Soc. Zool. France V, 6S1. Tabanus hirtulus Bigot. I do not recognize this species. It seems to be colored much like some of the darker specimens of sonomensis. The antennas are black with a trace of red at the base of the third regment, the subcallus is not denuded and the anterior branch of the third vein bears a long stump. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 041. Tabanus maculifer Bigot. Agrees in many respects with phaenops but has the subcallus denuded. 1 have never seen a specimen of phasnops with this character. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, ()41. Tabanus villosulus Bigot. Must resemble the male of Apa- tolestes comastes Will. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 6S4. Diachlorus notatus Bigot. Suggests Silvius pollinosus and quadrivittatus. There are some specimens of these species with wings such as Bigot describes. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, ()’23. List, Synonymy and Bibliography of Species Treated in This Paper PANGONIA. dives Williston, Tr. Kan. Acad. Sci. X, 130. From California. californica Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, OLS. From California, fera Williston, Tr. Kan. Acad. Sci. X, 130. From Oregon, Washington and British Columbia. hera Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 214. From San Francisco, California, incisa Wiedemann, Auss. zweifl. Ins. I, 90. From Ark. Col. N. M., Oklahoma. incisuralis Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Ill, 31; Compl. Writ. I, 7d. ruficornis Bigot, ^fem. Soc, Zool. Fr. V, 015. From Califoniia. saussurei Bellardi, Sag. Ditt. Mes. I, 49. From southern Arizona and Mexico. velutina Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V. 015. From California. 246 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2, CHRYSOPS. carbonarius Walker, List I, 203, Ricardo, An. IMag. Nat. Hist., Series 7, 303. From Me., X. H., Mass., Col., Wyo., X. J., X. C., Canada. niger Walker (not Macq), List I, 202. provocans Walker, Dipt. Saund. I, 73. (?) atra Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 4, 40. fngax Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 375. Williston Tr. Ks. Acad. Sci. X, 132. ceras Townsend, Psyche VIII, 38. From New Mexico and northern Mexico. coloradensis Bigot (in part), Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 605. Ric;>rdo, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., Ser. 7. VIII, 307. From Col., Cal., and Washington, coquillettii Hine. Described in this paper. From Colorado, discalis Williston, Tr. Conn. Acad. IV. 245. From Wyo., Col., Mont, and Utah. excitans Walker, Dipt. Saund. 72. Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 373. From _ Me., X. H., Pa.. Wash.. B. C., Ills., Mass, facialis Townsend, Psyche \'III, 39. From X. M. and Ariz. frigidus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 384. Prodrome II, 474. Hine, Taban. Ohio 37. From X. H., X. Y,, Mass., X. J,, Ohio, Wash., British Possessions. fulvaster Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 221. Ricardo, An. Mag. Xat, Hist., vSer. 7, Vni, 306, From Col., Utah, Wyo., Ariz., X. M., Mont. coloradensis Bigot (in part) Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 605. furcatus Walker, List I, 199. Osten Sacken Prodrome I, 391. Ricardo, An. Mag. Xat. Hist. Ser. 7, VIII. 302. From X. Y., Montreal, Canada, lupus Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 205. From Colorado, mitis Osten Sacken Prodrome I. 374. From Mont., Wash., Montreal, Canada. nigripes Zetterstedt, Ins. Lap. I, 519. Loew, Vehr. Zool. Bot. Ges. VIII, 623. Osten Sacken, Prodrome I. 394. Coquillett, Wash. Acad. Sci. II, 406. From Europe, Lapland and Alaska, noctifer Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 220. From Cal., Wash., Mont., Br. Col. pertinax Williston, Tr. Ks. Acad. Sci. X, 132. Ricardo, An. Mag. Xat. Hist., Ser. 7, VIII, 307. nigriventrts Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 604. pachycera Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 134. Adams, Ks. Un. Sci. Bull. II, 442. From Cal. and Ariz. pikei Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 205. From Missouri, proclivis Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 222. Ricardo, An. Mag. Xat. Hist. Ser. 7, VIII, 306. From California and Washington. atricornis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 603. pachycera Williston (male onlv) Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 134. Adams, Ks. Un. Sc. Bull. II, 442. sequax Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 133. From Ks. and X. C. surdus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 223. Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 134. From Cal., Or. B. C. virgulatus Bellardi, Saggio Ditt. Mes. I, 71, tab. 2. fig. 17. Williston, Biol. Cent. Am. I, 255. From Mexico. gcminatits Maccjuart (not Wiedemann). Di])t. Exot. Suppl. IV, 39. crassicornis v. d. Wul]), Wien. Ent. Zeit. Ill, 141. sii.vii's. gigantrdus Lo.'w, Di])t. Am. Sc])t, ind. Part 10. Xo. 12. Osten Sacken, West. Dijit. 215, Catalogue of 1878. 226. From Cal., Wash., B. C., X. Mex., Col. trifolium Osten Sacken. Prodrome I, 395. Dec., 1904.] Tabanidae. 247 pollinosus Williston, Tr. Conn, Ac. IV, 244. Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 131. From Ks.. Col. quadrivittatus Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. Ill, 33. Compl. Writ. II, .54. Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl. Ins. I, 200. Osten Sacken, Catalogue of 1878. 226. Williston Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 131. From Cal., Neb,, N. Mex., Texas. APATOLESTES. coniastes Williston, Ent. Am. I, 12. Townsend, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. XIII, 134, From N. Mex., Cal., and Lower California. eiseni Townsend, ‘Pr. Cal. Ac. Sc., Ser. 2, IV, 596. Ricardo, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, V, 99. H/EMATOPOTA. americana Osten Sacken. Prodrome I, 395. From Dak., Mont., Col., B. Col., Cal. SNOWiELLUS n. gen. atfatus Hine, Described in this paper. From Arizona. TABANUS. segrotus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt, 219. From Cal., Wash., and B. C. affinis Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am. IV, 313. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 466. Kirby’s description is republished in Can. Ent. XIII, 166. From northern U. S. and Canada from the Atlantic to the Pacific. triligatus Walker, List V, 183. annulatus Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. Ill, 32. Compl. Writ. II, 53. Osten Sacken, Prodrome Supl. 555. From Mo,, Ky. , Ga. , Ks. , La. atratus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 789. Ent. Syst. IV, 366. Bellardi, Saggio Dit. Mess. I, 58. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 454. From eastern L^. S. as far west as Colorado. niger Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Dipt. 54, tab. I, fig. 1. americaniis Drury, Ins. I, tab, 44, fig. 3. validus Wiedemann, Auss. zwei. Ins. I, 113. benedictus Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 206. captonis Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 211. From Cal., Wash., Or., Br. Col. comastes Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 137. Townsend, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XXII, ,58. centron Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 211. From Col. and Wyo. coffeatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supl. 2, 23. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 441. From D. C., Del., N. Y., Fla., Mass., Ind., N. J., Col. (?) nignpes Wiedemann, Dipt. exot. 1, 75; Auss. zwei. Ins. I, 142. cribellum Osten Sacken, Biol. Cent. Amer. I, 52. From Mexico and New Mexico. guttatulus Townsend, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. XIII, 134. Psyche VIII, 147. dodgei Whitney, Can. Ent. XI, 37. From Ks. and Neb. epistatus Osten Sacken, Prodrome Supl. 555. Hine, Tabanidae of Ohio, 50. From N. J., Can., Col., Ohio. socius Osten vSacken, Prodrome II, 467. californicTis Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 210. flavidus Hine, Described in this paper. From Ariz. and Mex. fratellus Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 140. From Wash., Br. Col. hcematopotides Bigot, (Diachlorus?) Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 624. frenchii Marten, Can. Ent. XV, 111. From Mon., Wyo. gilanus Townsend, Psyche VIII, 92. From N. Mex. hyalinipennis Hine, Can. Ent. XXXV, 244. 'From Oak Creek Canyon, Ariz. illotus Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 469. From Alaska and northern North America. 248 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V. No. 2, insuetus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 219. From Cal., Wash., Col., Xev., Alaska. intcnsivus Townsend, Psyche VIII, 93. From X. Mex., Col. laticeps Mine, Described in this paper. From Cal. and Washington, laticornis Hine, Described in this paper. From Ariz. and Mex. lineola Fabricius, Fmt. Syst. IV, 309. Syst. Anti. 102. Osten Sacken, Pro- drome II, 44S. Biol. Cent. Am. I, 56. From eastern X. A. west to Col. and Utah. (?) sciitellaris Walker, Dipt. Saund. 27. simnlans Walker, List I, 182. trilineatns (Latr. Bellardi, Saggio Ditt. Mess. I, 03 opacus Coqnillett, Invert. Pacifica I, 21. From Xev., Utah, Wyo. osburni Hine, Described in this paper. From B. C., Alaska, Mont., Wash, phtenops Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 217. From Cal., Col., M’ash., B. C., Alaska. procyon Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 210. From Cal. productus Hine, Described in this paper. From Wyoming and Utah, punctifer Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 453. West. Dipt. 220. From west- ern X. A. as far north as San F'rancisco. reinwardtii Wiedmann, Auss. zweifl. Ins. I, 130. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 401. From eastern X. A. as far west as Colorado. eryihroletus Walker, Dipt. Saund. 25, tab. 2, fig. 1. rhombicus Osten Sacken. Prodrome II, 472. West. Dipt. 21S, From Col., Wyo., Or., Wash., Mont. melanorhiniis Bigot, (Therioplectes '), Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 042. septentrionalis Licw, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. VIII, 592. Osten Sacken. Pro- drome II, 467. From Labrador, Alaska. Wis., Ouebec, Alberta, Dak., Wyo.. B. C., White Mts., X. H. sequax Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 137. From Ore., Wash., B. Col. Icucophorus Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V. 040. sonomensis Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 210. From Cal., Wash., B. Col., Alaska. hcemaphorus Marten Can. Ent. XIV. 210. susurrus Marten, Can. Ent. X\', 111. From Mont., Wyo. venustus Osten Sacken. Prodrome II, 444. Hine, Tabanida' of Ohio 56. From Texas, Okl. Ks. , Ohio. zonalis Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am. IV, 314. Republication of Kirby’s descrip- tion in Can. Ent. XIII. 107. Osten Sacken. Prodrome II, 403. Cata- logue of 1878, 50 and 220. Townsend, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XXII, 58. From northern U. S. and Canada. flavocinctiis Bellardi, Sag. Ditt. Mess. I, 61. Osten Sacken, Catalogue of 1878, 220. tarandi Walker, List I, 150. Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, 35. Dec., 1904.] Notes — Ohio 'Stdie Herbarium. 249 NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. I. H. A. Gleason. Hypericum boreale (Britton) Bicknell. In 1891 N. L. Britton* made brief mention of this interesting St. John’s-wort, regarding it as a variety of Hypericum canadense L. In 1895 E. P. Bicknell discussed its relationships in a comprehensive paper in the same journalt, in which he raised the plant to spe- cific rank and showed that its affinities were with Hypericum mutilum L. rather than with Hypericum canadense. He credits it with a range from Maine and Nova Scotia westward through Canada and south in the mountains into Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Two plants collected by O. E. Jennings at Geauga Lake, August 22, 1903, and one sheet from Defiance County in the State Herbarium under Hypericum mutilum are referable to this .species. Its occurrence in two so widely separated counties ^ug- gests that it may be found to have a wide distribution over cen- tral and northern Ohio, and warrant the publication of a note calling attention to the characters by which it is separated from H ypericuni mutilum, which in general appearance it closely resembles. The two species are distinguished most easily by the character of the bracts, which in Hypericum mutilum are awl-shaped, and 1-2 mm. long. In Hypericum boreale they are foliaceous, elliptic, three-nerved, and from 2-6 millimeters long, the lower being the the large.st. Also in Hypericum mutilum the mature capsules are ovoid, about 3 mm. long; the seeds oblong, about .2 bv .4 mm., while in Hypericum boreale the capsule is ovoid-oblong, 4 mm. long; the seeds oblong, .2 by .6 mm. Hypericum boreale also occurs still farther west in Wells County, Indiana, where it was first collected by Mr. Charles C. Deam, of Bluffton. It is found there almndantlv in peat bogs, in company with Triadenuni virginicum (L.) Raf., Sarracenia pur- purea L., Campanula aparinoides Pursh, and other characteristic bog plants. Defiance County, Ohio, is not far from the Indiana station. The specimens from Geauga Countv were growing in a bog also, as is shown by the plants of Sphagnum moss clinging to their roots. It probably occum in most of the peat bogs throughout the state. Camelina microcarpa Andrz. was collected for the second time in Ohio by Prof. W. A. Kellerman at Columbus. It was found in great abundance by a roadside near the city. The only other known station is at Painesville, Lake Countv. *Bull. Torr. Club. 18 365. tibid. 22 211-21.5 250 The Ohio Xa'uralist. [Vol. V, No. 2, CicHORiu.M iXTYBUS DivARic.\TUM D. C. was Collected by S. E. Horlacher in Montgomery County in 11)03. It differs from the species in having some or all of the heads on stout, divaricately spreading peduncles about G cm. long. Gomphrexa globosa L. is another commonlv cultivated plant which has escaped from cultivation. It was collected in 1001 by Professor Kellerman at Bowling Green, Wood County, where it was growing along a roadside. Thlaspi arvexse L. This introduced crucifer has hitherto been listed only from Hamilton, Lucas and Cuyahoga Counties, indicating a rather limited distribution in the state. Mr. E. F. Lantz has recently given a specimen to the State Herbarium with the report that is it an abundant weed in Henry and Fulton Counties. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Ortox Hall, Oct. 3, 1904. President Sanders called the meeting to order. The program for the evening consistecl of reports on the summer’s work. Prof. Hine reported the occurrence of about thirty-five species of mammals in the state, one of the bats being new. Prof. Prosser reported the completion of his work in Kansas and iMary- land. The summer’s work has shown that the rocks of the Lower Helderberg or Waterlime in Ohio are much older than has been supposed. The exact geological position of the rocks and faunas about Sandusky was also determined. Prof. Osborn spoke of his work on the Hemiptera of Ohio and New York, several forms having been found which will probably prove new. Prof. Schaffner reported nutation in six species of plants not previously noted; also work on nodding tips of plants and on Myxomycetes of Clay Co., Kansas. Mr .York reported thirty-six species of plants as new to the Cedar Point list, Fraxinus biltmoreana being new to the state. J. E. Hyde, Sec. pro tern. Date of Publication of December Number, December 14, 1904. LONG & KILER University Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books. Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS. Biichet Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 80 /2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos = ^ = FROM THE OLiD f^ELtlABLiE Bak er’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rtPafe (^mBufancc ^crptcc. ^cfeyBonc 18- (B* ^ Co*, Jitneraf ©irectore* 1239 fo 1241 Qt. j^tgB #frcef. CofumBus, “PSYCHE” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly Februar/ to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOV^.OLQGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society ol Natural History, 234 BERKELEY S FREET, BOSTON, MASS. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth .\nnual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers— No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Mosei.ey Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Keei-ICOtt Price 35 cts. Special Papers —No 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J .4. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Ger.\rd Fovvke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osbur.n Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” j>p. 63. By James S. IIine Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thom.as Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “ The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. S.anders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Starlmg Medical College ^ Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. J»* !! MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR ij EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. j* ^ ll b WELL EOLIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES, CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. 0., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTME^TS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in .Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phlr- niacy. .A.nmial Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. W.^ters, a. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Gro. n. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean. Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 15K)4. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURKKS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Prick of Llst, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAl, Pfi. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps. Pins. Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LISTlOF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. JANUARY. VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 3. Ohio Natur&list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History of Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The ofiBcial organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Univebsity, and of The Ohio State Academy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81-25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, ...... John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, ...... Jamfs S. Hine. Associate Editots. F. I/. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. M1LI.S, Archaeolo^, Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Natukalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Acadk.my of Science, the Ohio Naturalist Is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former sub.scriptlon price. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, Dawson’s Birds of Ohio The Official Ohio Bird Book Popular and Scientific Account Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds. 880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page. 216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts, by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes. Second thousand in binders’ hands. PUBLISHED BY The Wheaton Publishing Company, L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO The Ohio ^J^aturalisty PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity. Volume V. JANUARY, 1905. No. 3. TABLE OF CONTENTS Y'right— Our Smallest Carnivore W.\LTON — A Land I’lanarian in Ohio ScHAFFNER— The I.ife Cycle of a Ileterosporous Pteridophyte Walton — Actiuoloiilins Minutns a Mew Heliozoan, with a Review of the Species Enu- II. merated in the Genus , Gleason— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. SCHAFFNER— Mat Plants SCHAFFNER— Plants with Nodding Tips Riddle— Brush Lake .\lgae Scholl— Key to the Ohio Hickories in the Winter Condition . Cotton — Key to Ohio Ashes in the Winter Condition SCHAFFNER— Key to Ohio Poplars in the Winter Condition . . . Clevenger— llydrollnoric Acid for Marking Slides Frank— Meeting of the Biological Club 251 254 255 261 264 265 2ti7 . /S.B \%7o-, OUR SMALLEST CARNIVORE * Albert A. Wright. On the 23d of January, 1904, there was brought to me a diminutive weasel in full white winter pelage. It was captured alive by Mr. Clarence Metcalf upon his farm four miles south of Oberlin. It was in a corn field and was chased out from one of the shocks of corn, where it may have gone in pursuit of the rodents that habitually pilfer the grain. It was accompanied bv a second specimen, of similar size, but of a brown color above, with some white on the under parts. This one escaped and could not be critically examined. The white one was without any visible spots of brown or black upon it. Even the black tip of the tail which characterizes most weasels, both in their winter and summer pelage, is wanting. A careful examination with a lens, however, will show that there are a few darker hairs present. The vibrissas and the few long hairs of the eyebrow are of an inconspicuous brown color. The ghost of a spot an eighth of an inch across, consisting of a few submerged Itowu hairs can be detected upon the crown of the head. At the tip of the tail about ten distinctly black hairs can be counted concealed by the more abundant white. There is no evidence of a brush of longer hairs at the end of the tail. The * Read before the Ohio State Academy of Sciences, Nov. 26 1904. 252 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, sex of the specimen is male, as was ascertained at the time it was mounted. It measured just six inches (152 mm.) in length for the head and body; the tail one inch, or, including the longest hairs, an inch and a quarter, making the total length seven and a quarter inches (184 mm.). In size this is the smallest of the weasels, and therefore of the carnivores. The nomenclature of the weasels has been in great confusion for several reasons. The animals are nowhere very abundant, and the collections have been rather meager and carelessly made. The great disparity in size between the sexes makes the positive determination of the sex an essential mattei in order to interpret correctly the measurements. The most thorough revision of the species is that of Mr. Outram Bangs,! published in 1896. Up to that date there were only two species recognized as belonging to our northern Ohio region, namely: The New York Weasel, Futorius noveboracensis Emmons. Bonaparte’s Weasel, P. cicognani (Bonaparte). The New York Weasel has a total length in the male of sixteen inches, and in the female of thirteen inches. Bonaparte’s weasel measures eleven inches in the male and nine inches in the female. Both of these species have black tips to their tails both summer and winter. It is clear, therefore, that our specimen can not l)elong to either of the commonly recognized species. In the year 1901, Mr. Samuel N Rhoads published! a descrip- tion of a much smaller species from a few specimens taken in the vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pa., giving it the name of Futorius alle- gheniensis . Our specimen agrees in dimensions with this species, and falls in with two other specific characters which may be mentioned, viz:, (1) the tip of the tail is never black, but of the same color as the rest of the body. (2) the two .sexes are essen- tially of the same size. Hitherto only seven specimens of this Alleghenian weasel have been brought to the notice of scientific men and placed on record in publications. These were all from Washington and Allegheny counties in Pennsylvania, and Jefferson county, Ohio. Six of these specimens were exhibited together at the February meeting of the Pittsburgh Academy of Science and Art, by Mr. Frederic S. Webster, who gives an account of the meeting in the issue of Science for May 27th last. Our specimen constitutes the eighth and extends the range of the species towards the shores of Lake Erie. It is hardly possible that this should be so rare a species as the present figures would indicate. Other specimens have doubt- t A Review of the Weasels of Eastern North America, by Outram Bangs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington Vol X, pp. 1-24, Feb., 1896. X Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1900. Issued Feb. 7, 1901. Also Rhoads, Mammals of Penn, and New Jersey p. 173. 1903. Jan., 1905.] ' Our Smallest Carnivore. 253 le.ss been taken, but in the formerly confused condition of the nomenclature they may have been considered as immature, or as females of Bonaparte’s weasel. But since the publications of Bangs and Rhoads there should be no further difficulty in sep- ,1 arating them from all other species. Careful collecting, with measurements made in the flesh, the sex determined, and the !• skulls cleaned and preserved, are necessary in order that the dis- I tribution of this species may be correctly determined. The prin- cipal object of this notice is to suggest the need and the value of much additional work upon the entire group of weasels. Fig. 1. Putorius allegheniensis Rhoads. It remains to be stated that, as Mr. Rhoads observed when he first described the Pennsylvania specimens, the characters of P. allegheniensis agree essentially with those of P. rixosns of Bangs, a species whose type locality is Osier, Saskatchewan, and whose distribution is “Arctic and boreal America from Alaska south at lea.st to Saskatchewan and Moose Factory”* The jus- tification for the publication of the species allegheniensis must lie wholly in the fact that there is so vast a gap of territorv between the Saskatchewan and the Pittsburgh region, crossed by one or two life zones, in which P. rixosns is not known to occur. The * Bangs, loc. cit. p. 21 I 254 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, task before collectors is to show whether this territorial gap can- not be filled in; and if it is filled in, to ascertain whether the southern specimens have even a varietal difference from the northern type rixosiis. The crowding of the mandibular incisors so that the second one is forced to take a position posterior to the others, which has been noted in some of the southern specimens, “can be found in many examples of any species”* and accord- ingly cannot be diagnostic of any one. Unless some substantial difference is found, the name allegheniensis will ultimately have to retreat, and all the specimens be called rixosus. However, while this task is in progress, we may very properly make the most of this rare and beautiful addition to our local fauna, and let the designation stand as allegheniensis. * Bangs, loc. cit. p. 12. The second lower incisors are so displaced in the Oberlin specimen . Oberlin, O. A LAND PLANARIAN IN OHIO.* L. B. Walton. The Land Planarians form a subdivision of the class Turbel- laria which together with the Trematoda (parasitic flukes), and Cestoda (tape worms) constitute the phylum Platyhelminthes or flat worms. With a very few exceptions the planarians living a terrestrial life are tropical forms, only 7 of the 348 species now known to science being found in the palaeartic (European sub- region) and neartic regions. Of these a single species, excluding Platocephahis kewensis an introduced form occuring in hot houses, has been described from the United States. This species, Rhynchodemns sylvaticus, was established by Leidy in 1851 based on five specimens collected in Philadelphia. The occurence of a species of Rhynchodemus at Gambier, Ohio, differing in many particulars from the form to which Leidy called attention i« in consequence of considerable interest. Five representatives of this species were found on the partially decayed stem of a Virginia creeper July 9, 1904, near Bexley Hall. A somewhat more extended study and a comparison, if possible, with the type of R. sylvaticus will undoubtedly show the relation- ship between the two forms. * Read before the Ohio State Academy of Science, Nov. 26, 1904. Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio. Jan., 1905.] Heterosporous Pteridophyte . 255 THE LIFE CYCLE OF A HETEROSPOROUS PTERIDOPHYTE. John H Schaffner. The Heterosporous Pteridophytes represent the highest stage of development in the second or intermediate series of plants. The term heterosporous is applied to plants in which there are two kinds of nonsexual spores, large and small, called respectively megaspores and microspores. This peculiar spore condition is also present in the seed plants. The megaspore always gives rise to a female individual and the microspore to a male. In the lower Pteridophytes there is only one kind of nonsexual spores and they are, therefore, called homosporous. The Homosporous Pteridophytes should be kept distinct from the Heterosporous, since the development of heterospory represents one of the advancing waves of evolution which brought about profound changes in the character of the vegetation of the earth. The elimination of chance environment in the development of uni- sexual individuals by predetermining the sex in the spore and the reduction in the size of the gametophytes appear to have been necessary conditions in the evolution of the seed plants. The living species of Heterosporous Pteridophytes fall into six genera, the remnants of former extensive and dominant groups. The total number of species is about 635, somewhat more than the living Gymnosperms which constitute the next higher sub- kingdom. Because of their position as the lowest of heterospor- ous plants a thorough knowledge of their morphology and life history is necessary to a proper understanding of the structures and processes found in the Gymnosperms and Angiosperms. Nevertheless, much of their life history is still obscure and vari- ous statements rest on conjecture or imperfectly established facts. The living Heterosporous Pteridophytes are small herbaceous perennials or rarely annual plants, usually not more than a few inches high. They are quite insignificant when compared with their ancient relatives some of which developed into great trees. The six living genera are named as follows: Azolla, Salvinia, Marsilea, Pilularia, Isoetes, and Selaginella. Selaginella is, how- ever, a very complex genus. Azolla and Salvinia are small float- ing plants; Marsilea and Pilularia are creeping geophilous forms usually in wet places; Isoetes, known popularly as quillwort, grow's in wet or swamp}^ ground and has a short, upright, usually simple rhizome with grass-like leaves; Selaginella has very small leaves on branching herbaceous stems which grow either hori- zontal or erect in wet ground or sometimes in dry places subject to periodical moisture. These plants are usually placed in the classes and orders of the Homosporous Pteridophytes, but since they represent a very important advance in the plant kingdom. 256 The Ohio Nnturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, a stage or step taken in several independent lines and by all the higher groups, it seems best to put them together in a sub-kingdom of their own. The relationship of some of the included fossil forms is still imperfectly understood on account of the absence of properly preserved sporangia. The following orders are usually recog- nized ; 1, Calamariales ; 2, Sjdienophyllales ; 3, Salviniales; 4, Mar- sileales; 5, Isoetales; (i. Lepidophytales; 7, Selaginellales. The first, second, and sixth orders named above are entirely fossil. These seven orders fall naturally into five classes which may be designated as follows: Calamariae, Sphenophylleae, Hvdropterides or water ferns including the Salvinial£s and Marsileales. Isoeteae or quillworts and Selaginelleae, including the Selaginellales and the fossil Lepidodendrids Sigillarids and other genera belonging to the sixth order. The Hydropterides are the only plants among the Heterospor- ous Pteridophytes that are leptosporangiate. In this respect they are similar to some of the homosporous ferns. The resem- blance, however, does not extend much farther and it is not prob- able that they are a l)ranch from the homosporous leptosporangi- ate ferns. The fossil record indicates that the water ferns are much the older group. It might be stated that the term lep- tosporangiate refers to the origin of the sporangium which in these plants originates from an epidermal cell instead of from hypodermal tissue as in all other higher plants. The Selaginellas are probably descended from the primitive Lycopods but the quillworts show no evident relationship to any known homospor- ous forms. Heterosporous Pteridophytes appear in the first known land flora, but these forms were not primitive types; for the primitive floras have either not been discovered or else have left no fossil trace of their existence. There is some evidence that members of this sub-kingdom were present in the Ordovician period ; but however that may be they are definitely found in the Silurian and became very important in the Devonian. They culminated in the Carboniferous, which from a botanical point of view might be called the age of Heterosporous Pteridophytes. The coal swamps were full of great tree forms belonging to the genera, Lepidodendron, Sigillaria, Calamites. and others. These plants formed the larger part of the material preserved as coal and were therefore of great economic importance for the future welfare of man. They declined during the Permian and very few appear to have survived the great disturbance known in American geology as the Appalachian revolution. These plants were essentially moisture-loving and when the great changes occurred which mark the transition from the Paleozoic to the Mesozoic the}' seem to Jan., 1905.] Heterosporous Pteridophyte. 257 have been unable to adapt themselves to the new condition of things. The next higher subkingdom, the G}'mnosperms, be- came the dominant group of plants. In tracing out the life cycle, Selaginella kraussiana will be taken as a representative with incidental references to other tvpes. There is. of course, a well-marked alternation of genera- tions, the gametophyte and the sporophyte, and each generation usually leads an independent existence for at least a part of its life. The conspicuous plant is the sporophyte or nonsexual gen- eration. It consists of a more or less dorsi ventral leafv shoot Fig. 1. Diagram of Life Cycle of Selaginella. from the lower side of which dichotomously branched roots grow out. The roots strike ground usually after growing an inch or more in length. In this plant there is no increase in thickness of the stem but some Heterosporous Pteridophytes do grow consid- erabh’ in thickness by the development of the general tissue but not by a true cambium layer. The vascular bundles are con- centric with the xylem in the centre. The stem usually has two bundles side by side each contained in a tubular cavity or air space and connected with the walls of the cavity by means of numerous slender filaments. Other types have a different stem structure. After attaining a considerable size the sporophyte begins to reproduce by developing cones or primitive flowers at the ends of some branches. The cones are bisporangiate, having two sets of sporophylls which are but slightly differentiated from the ordi- nary foliage leaves. The two kinds of spore-bearing leaves are The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, 258 ■called megasphorophylls and microsporophylls. There are num- erous microsporophylls in each cone but usually only one meg- asporophyll which is the lowest one of the set The niicrosporo- phyll has a single microsporangium on the upper side in the axil and the megasporophyll also produces but one megasporangium in the same position. In some of the other classes the two kinds of sporangia may be on the same leaf or leaf segment, which may be closed up like the ovulary of a carpel. The microsporangium and megasporangium produce the nonsexual spores, the micro- spores and the megaspores. The spores are produced in the fol- lowing manner: In the microsporangium there are a number of -cells called microsporocytes which become free in the cavity by the dissolution of their walls. Each microsporocyte divides twice giving rise to four cells. These cells develop into the microspores. During the first division of the microsporocyte the chromosomes of its nucleus are reduced so that the nuclei of the spores have only one-half as many chromosomes as were present in the nuclei of the sporophyte or nonsexual plant. The mega- sporangium also contains a number of megasporocytes which divide in the same way as the microsporocytes and form a spore tetrad. During the first of the two divisions the chromosomes are also reduced from the 2x number to x. The chromosomes are small bodies which appear in the nucleus during division and are probably special bearers of hereditary tendencies. These reduction divisions of the sporocytes are of great importance in the life cycle of the plant because of the profound changes which take place in the chromosomes. Only four megaspores develo]) and they become so large that the megasporangium bulges out and becomes somewhat four-lobed. In Marsilea only one mega- spore develops in each megasporangium. The difference in size between microspore and megaspore in Selaginella kraussiana is very great. The ratio in volume in the mature condition is often more than 1 : 2000. The small spore having only a limited amount of cytoplasm and very little room for food material, always produces a male gametophyte when it germinates; while the megaspore always produces a female gametophyte. The determination of the sex is apparently not primarily an inherited •character but depends on the environment during the early stages of embryonic development. Thus as stated above, the Iletero- sporous Pteridophytes by producing a difference of environment in the spore are able to keep the two sexes distinct. Since there are no hermaphrodite individuals there is no possibility of self- fertilization. This is true for all plants which have developed heterospory. The ripe sporangia open by vertical slits and the spores are thus discharged. In Azolla the microspores are imbed- ded in a foamy mass of substance called a massula on which peculiar anchor-like appendages are developed. In Marsilea the Jan., 1905.] Heterosporous Pteridophyte. 259 sporocarp or modified leaflet containing the sporangia, after being soaked for some time in water, opens in a very peculiar way by the protrusion of a gelatinous ring containing the sori. This process represents an extreme specialization and adaptation to a semi-aquatic life. In Selaginella kraussiana the spores germinate sometime before they are discharged. The microspore has divided into two cells and the female gametophyte has developed to a considerable extent. This is a very interesting condition, since it represents one stage toward the development of seed plants in which the spores are not discharged and the gametophytes are completely parasitic in the sporangia. In some Selaginellas the cones with the sporangia and spores are shed. The gametophytes are very small especially the male. The vegetative part of the male thallus is represented practically by a single cell. The remaining cells developed inside of the spore wall represent the antheridium or spermary. In some of the Heterosporous Pteridophytes the antheridium breaks through the microspore wall, in others the spermatozoids escape through the break in the wall, no part of the male thallus protruding. The cells of the antheridium are differentiated into peripheral or wall cells and two masses of central cells from which the spermatozoids are developed. The spermatozoids are very small and have two flagella. In the quillworts and water-ferns the spermatozoids are multiciliate. Externally the male gametophytes of most Heterosporous Pteridophytes look very much like the pollen- grains of the seed plants with which they are homologous. The female gametophyte projects somewhat beyond the meg- aspore wall. It begins its development by free cell formation and later a layer of cells is formed in one side of the spore. This breaks through the spore wall and a number of archegonia or ovaries are produced, but the greater part of the spore cavity is filled with irregular vegetative cells. The female thallus is des- titute of chlorophyll and is dependent upon the food laid up in the spore. In Marsilea the female gametophyte is much more reduced having only a single archegonium whose neck projects from one end of the megaspore. In its older stages the female gametophyte may develop some chlorophyll. Each archegonium as usual contains a single oosphere or egg which has been formed by the division of a mother cell. The sister cell of the egg, called the ventral canal cell, alwa}''s dissolves. This small female gametophyte is homologous with the so-called embryosac of the seed plants. While the gametophytes are lying on damp ground, and when covered with water, fertilization is accomplished. In some Selaginellas, however, fertilization occurs while the megaspores containing the female gametophytes are still in the megasporan- z6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, gium. The spermatozoids swim through the water and enter the necks of the archegonia. So far the Selaginellas are still depend- ent on an aquatic condition. When a spermatozoid reaches the egg its nucleus unites with the egg nucleus and as a result there is a double amount of chromation in the fertilized egg. When the oospore germinates its nucleus produces twice as many chromosomes as were present in the cells of the parent gameto- phytes. This conjugation or fertilization stage, therefore, rep- resents the second profound change in the life cycle of the plant and is just opposite in its results to the reduction diyision. The oospore is the first cell of the sporophyte generation. It is not discharged but begins to diyide by a transyerse wall. The outer cell deyelops into a suspensor while the inner giyes rise to the embryo proper. In other classes the embryogeny is quite different and there seems to be much difference in the embry- ogeny of different Selaginellas. In the water ferns the deyelop- ment of the embryo is much the same as in the homosporous ferns. The embryo is pushed down into the centre of the mass of food cells in the lower part of the female gametophyte by the rapid growth of the suspensor. It deyelops a foot, root, and stem tip with two small leayes called cotyledons. The foot occu- pies the cayity of the megaspore and takes up the food stored there. The root grow's out, passes down into the ground, and begins to take up water with dissolyed mineral salts. The stem with the cotyledons grows upward, deyelops chlorophyll, and thus begins the manufacture of food The embryo changes grad- ually from a phagophyte, nourished entirely by the female parent, to a holophyte, manufacturing its own food from the simple com- pounds taken from the earth and air. It also passes gradually from the enclosed condition to the external world, there being no such sudden change as the embryo undergoes during the sprout- ing of a seed. The little embryo sporophyte, having established relation- ships with the moist soil, air, and sunlight, continues to develop into a mature plant while the female gametophyte, its mother, dies. The gametophytes are short lived and are so reduced in body that their life consists mainly in accomplishing the impor- tant process of fertilization and in assisting the sporophyte to get a proper start during its early and helpless, juvenile stage. Jan., 1905.] Actinolophus minutus. 261 ACTINOLOPHUS MINUTUS A NEW HELIOZOAN, WITH A REVIEW OF THE SPECIES ENUMERATED IN THE GENUS.* L. B. Walton. While examining late in October some sediment in a jar con- taining Hydra jusca collected September 17, 1904, in the Koko- sing River, attention was attracted by a small stalked form of heliozoan like appearance. This (Fig. 1), a single example of which was observed, on more careful study proved referable to the genus Actinolophus (Heliozoa) the representa- tives of which are not met with fre- quently, none to the knowledge of_the present writer having thus far been noted in America. Although there is considerable uncer- tainty as to the exact relation of the spe- cies constituting the group to the other Protozoa, the characteristics of the form in question appear to merit record, dif- fering as it does from A. capitaUis Penard through the absence of knobbed pseu- dopodia as well as in its much smaller size, and from A. pedatus (Zach.) by the spherical form of the body which is ovoid in the latter and much larger than the body of A. minutus. Schulze, 1874, formed the genus Actinolophus for the reception of A . pedunculatus a marine form from the Baltic Sea described by him. Penard 1890, described A. capitatus from a single individual suggesting its close relation- ship with the tentacliferous infusoria (Suctoria). Zacharias, 1893, in a brief description, called attention to a new Heliozoan, Actinosphceridium pedatus which Schaudinn, 1896, in his monograph of the Heliozoa, placed provisionally in the genus Actinolophus, recognizing for that genus three species, two of which were of doubtful value. Pen- ard, 1904, in his valuable monograph of the fresh water Heliozoa, mentions both A. capitatus and A. pedatus among forms whose position is doubtful, suggesting possible affinities with Tokophrya and Nuclearia, noting at the same time the desirability for further * Read before the Ohio State Academy of Science Nov. 26, 1904. Fig. 1. Actinolophus minutus n. sp. (x 1000), psd. — pseudopo- dia, c. V. — contractile vesicle ( ?), p. — pedicle, g. e. — gelatinous envelope, n. — nucleus. 262 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, study. Until a better knowledge is obtained of their affinities however, it seems advisable to consider them under the genus Actinolophus. The following summarizes our present knowledge of the group and indicates the position of A. minutus in respect to the other species Genus Actinolophus, Schulze. 1874 Actinolophus, F. E. Schulze, Arch. mikr. Anat. v. 10, p. 892. ?1893 Actinosphccridiiim, O. Zacharias, Forschungber Plon, v. 1, p. 15. 1890 Actinolophus, Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin. Body spherical or oval, provided with a pedicle the length of which is usually much greater than the diameter of the bodv. Body generally (always?) provided with a gelatinous envelope through which the fine pseudopodia are extended. Nucleus excentric. contractile vacuole (?). The following table will serve to separate the forms: A' Pseudopodia not knobbed at the extremity. B' Pedicle 3-4/a in diameter, marine forms, A. pedunculatus B" Pedicle not more than 2/a in diameter, fresh water forms, C’ Body ovoid, diameter 18/a, length 23/a, A. pedaUis C* Body spherical, diameter 12/a A. minutus N Pseudopodia knobbed at extremity diameter 30/a, fresh water forms, A. capitatus 1. A. pedunculatus, Schulze, 1874 .4. p. F. E. Schulze, Arch. mikr. Anat., V. 10 p. 392 f. 1-9. 189G Schtiudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin, p. 11. Length of body, up to 30/a, length of pedicle up to 100/a, diam- eter of pedicle 3-4/a. Marine, Baltic Sea. 2. A. pedatus, (Zach.) 1893 ActinosphcBridiiini pedatiim, Zacharias, Forschungber. Biol. Stat. Plon., v. 1 p. 15, f. 9a, 9b. 189G ? Actinolophus pedatus, Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin, p. 11. 1904 ? Actinosphceridiunt pedatum, (? Nuclearia caidescens), (? Tokophrya), Pen- ard, Les Heliozoaires d’eau douce, p. 318. Length of body 23/a, diameter 18/a, length of pedicle 11-30/a, diameter 1.7/a. Body provided with a thick gelatinous envelope from which extends extremely fine and rather short pseudopodia. Nucleus oval, situated in the inferior part of the body. Con- tractile vesicle not known. Color pale yellow, individuals occa- sionally agglomerated by their bodies into colonies. Fresh water, Germany. Zacharias placed A. pedatus in a new genus Actinosphaeridium on the basis that it differed from Actinolophus by possessing, in the encysted condition, plates covering the body. Schaudinn enumerates it among the doubtful species of Actinolophus, while Penard refers it back to Actinosphaeridium, at the same time call- ing attention to its remarkable similarity to Nuclearia and to Tokophrya. Jan., 1905.] Aetinolophus minutus. 263 3. A. minuiub, n. sp. Body spherical, diameter 12/x including gelatinous envelope approximately 1/j. thick. Length of pedicle 70/j., diameter Ip.. Extremely fine short pseudopodia of about 2p in length extend beyond the envelope on all sides. Nucleus suboval situated in the inferior part of the body. Contractile vesicle (?). Base of pedicle (in the form studied) imbedded in a gelatinous mass 10- 12/x in extent containing small algse, etc. Gambier, Ohio, U. S. A. A single specimen observed Oct. 29, 1904, in sediment from an aquarium jar containing Hydra fusca, the entire contents of the jar having been collected Sept. 13. 1904, in the Kokosing River at Gambier and subsequently covered with a glass plate for the purpose of preventing too rapid evaporation. The form was under observation at intervals during a period of four hours. 4. A. capitatus, Penard. 1890 A. c. Penard, Jahrb. nassau. Ver. v. 43 p. 16 t. If. 11. 1896 A. c. Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin, p. 12. 1901 A. p. Sand. Etude monographique sur le groupe des Infu- sorres tentaculiferes, Ann. Soc. Beige de Microscopie. 1904 A. c. Penard, Les Heliozoaires d’eau douce, Geneva, p. 316. Diameter 30/x, length of pedicle 90p. Nucleus (?), Contractile vesicle, Pseudopodia few in number, knobbed. In fresh water, Germany. Penard described this species in 1890 from a single individual referring it to the genus Aetinolophus although noting its close relationship with the tentaculiferous infusoria. Sand, 1901, in his study of that group came to the conclusion that A. capitatus was nearer related to the Heliozoa than to the Suctoria for the following reasons, (a) the pedicle resembles that of Clathrulina elegans, (b) the pedicle does not penetrate into the gelatinous envelope as in Tokophrya limbata one of the Suctoria. (c) the nucleus is excentric, (d) the species closely resembles A. pediin- culatus. Penard, 1904, in his paper on the fresh water Heliozoa, after having examined several more specimens which he remarks are exceedingly rare, insisted on the suctorian nature of the form, maintaining that the points raised by Sand have little value. Penard at the same time suggests the desirability for a further study of the form. Consequently it seems advisable at present to allow it to remain in the genus Aetinolophus. BIBLIOGR.\PHY. Schulze, F. E. 1874, Rhizopodienstudien, Arch. f. mikr. Anat., v. 10. Penard, Eugene, 1890, Ueber einige neue oder wenig bekannte Pro- tozoen, Jahrb. Nassau Ver. f. Naturk. Jahrg. 43. Zacharias, O. 1893, Forschungsber. Biol. Stat. Plon, v. 1. Schaudinn, Fritz, 1896, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin, Sand, Rene. 1901, Etude monographique sur le groupe des Infusoires tentaculiferes. Ann. de la Soc. Beige de Microscopie Penard, Eugene. 1904. Les Heliozoaires d’eau douce. Geneva. Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio. 264 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. II. H. A. Gleason. An Aronia New To Ohio. Aronia atropurpurea was described by Professor N. L. Britton in 1901 from Staten Island, and credited with a range from Nova Scotia to Florida, which is now' extended west to this State. It is distinguished from Aronia nigra by the tomentose lower surface of the leaves, and from Aronia arbntijolia by the dark purple subglobose fruit. Specimens of it are in the State Herbarium from the peat bog on Cranberry Island in Buckeye Lake Licking County, where it was also collected by Mr. J. F. Clevenger in October, 1904. The color of the fruit is so much like that of Aronia nigra, wdth wdiich it is associated at Buckeye Lake, that the species may be easily overlooked by collectors. Cassia Medsgeri Shafer. Everyone is familiar wdth the common Senna, Cassia marilandica L., but few' w'ould have sus- pected that the name covered tw'o distinct species. Mr. J. A. Shafer has just described * the species w'hose name precedes this paragraph and which has been hitherto included w'ith C. mar- ilandica, and has shown for it a wide range from Pennsylvania south to Georgia and w'est to Iowa, Kansas and Arkansas. His descriptions, which are quite detailed, show' a number of differ- ences between the species, but one of them, easily distinguishable at flowering time, is so prominent that attention may be called to it here. The ovary of C. marilandica is densely pilose with long gray hairs, which stand out at right angles, and give it an apparent diameter of about 3 mm. In C. medsgeri the hairs are sparse, much shorter and ascending or appressed to the ovary. This character alone is sufficient to separate the tw'o species immediately, and can be seen easily in herbarium specimens. The pods of C. medsgeri are arcuateh' curved, and scarcely dehiscent; the seeds about 2 by 4 mm., wdiile those of C. mari- landica are about 4 by 5 mm. These dimensions are taken from Mr. vShafer’s article, as there are no specimens w'ith mature pods in the State Herbarium. No Ohio localities are given in the list by Mr. Shafer but an examination of C. marilandica in the State Herbarium show's five sheets referable to the new' species, from Ottawa, Franklin, Washington, Stark and Monroe counties. Unfortunately, none of the labels gives any information as to its habitat, but according to Mr. Shafer it grow'S in dry gravelly situations. ♦Torreya •4 :177, December, 1904. Jan., 1905.] Mat Plants. 265 MAT PLANTS. John H. Schaffner. Mat plants are plants with numerous prostrate branches which are usually closely crowded and form a more or less circular body a few inches to eight or more feet in diameter. This pros- trate discoid body habit is quite characteristic of a small number of plants belonging to various families. Among the most typical mats may be mentioned Amaranthus blitoides Wats., Portulaca oleracea L., Euphorbia maculata L. and Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers. Mats are usually annual plants either of the ordinary her- baceous type or very fleshy. There are. however, a number of geophilous perennials which form mats, like Verbena bracteosa Mx. The main radiating branches usually give rise to numerous smaller branches and they may or may not strike root. In the more typical cases there are no roots except the main central root. Mats are especially characterized by having a large num- ber of small leaves, seeds, and flowers. These peculiarities, cf course, harmonize with the shape and position of the plant. Like most ecological groups, mat plants intergrade with other types of body habit. On the one hand they pass over into such forms as Malva rotundifolia L., Callirrhoe involucrata (T. and G.) Gr., Citrullus citrulus (L.) Karst., and the typical carpet plants; and on the other, transitions occur between them and tumble- weeds or even normally erect forms. Although it is not intended to give a definition here of carpet plants, yet, since the terms mat and carpet are often used synonymously, it might be stated that typical carpets are perennials with numerous trailing branches or runners which take root at the nodes and develop low tufts of leaves or rosettes, finally forming a close low covering of the ground. Among this type of carpet plants may be mentioned the buffalo-grass, Bulbilis dactvloides (Nutt.) Raf., and the various species of Antennaria. Mat plants are at home in open and exposed places where there is little or no individual crowding. They are abundant on prairies and appear extensivelv on newly plowed land. On newly broken prairie they are usually the most characteristic vegetation. They are also prominent on dry or moist sandbars, on salt marshes, and in cultivated fields. Nearly all typical mats, when growing in shaded places, assume the upright habit. But it is especially interesting to note that normally erect plants may assume the mat habit in a suitable environment. One of the most striking cases is the slender pig- weed, Amaranthus hybridus L., which is usually erect and often attains the height of eleven feet. This plant when growing on exposed dry or moist sandbars frequently develops as a mat, 266 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, without a central stem but with a number of prostrate radiating branches. Sometimes there is a central erect stem a few inches high with long prostrate branches radiating in all directions from the base. The same form has been seen by the writer on sand- hills in central Kansas. So peculiar is the appearance that one hardly recognizes the plant in its new form. Eragrostis purshii Schrad. and Diplachne acuminata Nash also form mat-like bodies when growing on sandbars. On exposed broken ground various normally erect, ascending, or decumbent plants also form mats. Noteworthy among these are Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Scrib., Eragrostis major Host., and Cenchrus tribuloides L. In salt marshes of the interior one meets with fleshy mat plants like Sesuvium sessile Pers. Sesuvium martimum (Walt.) B. S. P is common on the sands of the Atlantic coast. Dondia depressa (Pursh) Britt, is also a fleshy halophyte which commonly assumes the mat form on the salt marshes of Kansas. It should not be difficult, with suitable physiological exper- iments, to determine the ecological factors which induce the for- mation of mats. Intense light and unobstructed space appear to be very important. The wind may have some influence. Water supply appears to have little or no effect. Thus Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk. was observed to form perfect mats on very wet exposed sandbars but in shaded situations a little distance away it grew entirely erect, some plants being three feet high. The Ohio plants named below are either typical mats or develop as mats under proper conditions. The more typical spe- cies are marked with an x. Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv. Ch;etochloa glauca (L.) Scrib. Cenchrus tribuloides L. Eragrostis major Host. Eragrostis purshii Schrad. Polygonum aviculare L. x Polygonum littorale Link, x Amaranthus hybridus L. Amaranthus blitoides Wats, x Mollugo verticillata L. x Portulaca oleracea L. x Alsine media L. x Euphorbia polygonifolia L. x Euphorbia serpens H. B. K. x Euphorbia maculata L. x Euphorbia humistrata Engelm. x Euphorbia nutans Lag. Verbena bracteosa Mx. Spermacoce glabra Mx. Diodia teres Walt. Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk. Jan., 1905.] Plants with Nodding Tips. 267 PLANTS WITH NODDING TIPS. John H. Schaffner. In the plant kingdom are to be found many peculiar adapta- tions. One of the most interesting is the habit which some species have of keeping the growing tip curved downward during the period of development or until the stem has attained its growth for the season. This curving of the tip of the stem appears much like the arch commonly developed in sprouting seedlings but must be for a different purpose. The nodding of the grow- ing tip is strikingly seen in such plants as Solidgo can- adensis (Fig. 1) and Asimina triloba. Some species of a genus may nod while others show no sign of a curve in the stem tip. Thus Gaura parviflora nods very strongly while Gaura biennis, it ap- pears, does not nod at all. In most cases the curve is quite rigid but in some the nodding is merely the result of the flexibility of the stem. A ding^'^s^’ few species have the tips nod at night but become nearly straight in the daytime. Whatever the cause or factor which induces plants to nod, there is probably no doubt but that the habit is a means of protection to the delicate terminal bud. Species with Rigid Nodding Tips. Salix cordata Muhl. Vitis vulpina L. Ulmus americana L. Ampelopsis cordata Mx. Ulmus fulva Mx. Parthenocissus tricuspidata(S.& Z.)P1. Asimina triloba (L.) Dun. Gaura parviflora Dougl. Albizzia julibrissin Boiv. Solidago canadensis L. Vitis labrusca L. Erigeron philadelphicus L. Species with Flexible Tips. Tsuga canadensis (L ) Carr. Juniperus communis L. Species with Tips which Nod at Night. Cassia chamaecrista L. Euphorbia nutans Lag. 268 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, BRUSH LAKE ALGAE. Lumina C. Riddle. The following list of Algas was identified from material col- lected at Brush Lake, Champaign Co., O., during the Fall of 1902. In addition to the species included in the lists published by Dr. Kellerman in his ‘‘Proposed Algological Survey of Ohio,” Ohio Nat. 2:219-223; by A. J. Pieters in “Plants of Western Lake Erie;” Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1901; 57-79; Julia W. Snow, “Plankton Algae of Lake Erie;” Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1902; 309--394; and in the writers’ list of ‘‘Algae from Sandusky Bay,” Ohio Nat. 3: 317, there were found seven new species for the state. These are indicated by the letter “n” after the name. The nomenclature is that used in DeToni Sylloge Algarum. RHODOBACTERIACE.E. Thiocystis violaceae Weinogradsky. n. BEGGIATOACE.E. Beggiatoa alba(Vaucher) Trevisson. CHROOCOCCACE.E. Chroococcus turgidus Kuetz. &■ Merisniopedia glauca (Ehrenb( Naeg. Nseg. n. Merisniopedia convoluta Breb. Gomphosphacria aponina Kuetz. OSCILLATORIACE.E. Oscillatoria froelichii Kg. Oscillatoria limosa Ag. Oscillatoria elegans Ag. Microcoleus lacustris (Rabenh) Far- low. n. NOSTOCACE/E. Nodularia spumigena Mertens. Anabiena flos-aquae Breb. TETRASPORACE/E. Botryococcus braunii Kuetz. CLADOPHORACE.E. Cladophora declinata tluitans( Kuetz) Hansg. VOLVOCACE/E. Pandorina moruni (Muell) Bory. Spondylomorum quaternarium Eiirenb. PLEUROCOCCACE.E. Rhapidium aciculare (A Br) Scenedesmusbijugatus (Turp) Kuetz. Rabenh “ quadricauda(Turp) Breb. Rhapidium convolutum (Corda) Tetracdron enorme(Naeg) Hansg. Rabenh. SORASTRACE.E. Coelastrum microporum Na?g. Cielastrum cambricum Archer. H YDRODICTYACE.^;. Pediastrum boryanum(Turp) Pediastrum tetras (Ehrenb) Ralfs. Menegh. Jan., 1905.] Key — Hickories in Winter Condition. 269 DESMIDIACE^. Desmidium aptogonium (Kuetz) Lagerh. Hyalotheca dissiliens (Smith) Breb. Closterium acerosum Ehrenb. “ ensis Delph. n. “ , lunula (Muell) Nitzsche. “ parvulum Nseg. “ moniliferum (Bory) Ehrenb. Closterium liebleinii Kuetz Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehrenb) Nseg. Cosmarium nitidulum DeNot. “ margaretiferum (Turp) Menegh. “ botrytis(Bory) Menegh. “ brebissonii Menegh. “ biretum Breb. Staurastrum incisum Wolle. n. “ leptocladium Nordst. n. “ fusiforme Wolle. n. KEY TO THE OHIO HICKORIES IN THE WINTER CONDITION Louis H. Scholl. Hicoria Raf. Large trees with hard, heavy and very tough wood; twigs very tough, with alternate leaf scars not 2-ranked, without stipular and self-pruning scars; bundle scars scattered, sometimes in three areas; terminal bud present, large; bud scales usually numerous and imbricate or valvate and few, but at least 3 exposed, pubescent, sometimes peltate pubescent; axillarv buds superposed or apparently single, not clustered at the tip of the twig; pith solid and 5-angled; fruit a nut with a husk. 1. Bud scales valvate, 3-5 exposed, yellow, peltate pubescent; pith brown; bark of trunk close and rough; husk of fruit thin, tardily and irregularly 4— valved, splitting to below the middle; nut smooth, thin shelled, short pointed; seed intensely bitter. H. minima (Marsh.) Britt. Bitternut (Hickory). 1. Bud scales imbricate, more than G, unless shed. 2. 2. Terminal bud large, 1 inch long; husk of fruit splitting freely to the base; nut angled; seed sweet. 3. 2. Terminal bud small, inch long; husk thin, not splitting freely to the base; nut slightly or not angled. 5. 3. Lower bud scales deciduous ; bark close, rough ; twigs stellate pubescent ; husk not separating quite to the base. H. alba (L ) Britt. Mockernut (Hickory). 3. Lower bud scales persistent during the winter; bark shaggy, separating in long plates; husk very thick, splitting to the base. 4. 4. Terminal bud of the globose type, densely pubescent; fruit oblong; thick shelled, pointed at both ends. H. laciniosa (Mx.) Sarg. Shellbark (Hickory). 4. Terminal bud of the ovate type, puberulent ; fruit subglobose ; nut thin shelled, rounded at the base. H. ovata (Mill.) Britt. Shagbark (Hickory). 5. Bark close; fruit obovoid; nut thick shelled, angled; seed astringent and bitter, not edible. H. glabra (Mill.) Britt. Pignut (Hickory). 5. Bark of old trees separating in strips; fruit nearly globular; nut thin shelled, only slightly or not angled; seed sweet. H. microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt. Small Pignut (Hickory). 270 The Ohio A’aturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, KEY TO OHIO ASHES IN THE WINTER CONDITION E. C. Cotton. Fraxinus L. Trees with stout twigs and opposite leaf-scars not meeting but sometimes with connecting ridges; terminal bud present ; bud scales 1 to 3 pairs, the outer ones usually not spread- ing, rough, pubescent and rather dry ; lateral buds evident ; leaf- scars semi-circular to shield or heart-shaped : bundle scars numer- ous, contiguous, in a curved line or nearly forming a complete ring; pith cylindrical, solid, rather large and white; twigs gray or greenish- or brownish-gray; lenticels usually numerous but not large or wart-like; bark of trunk corrugated or flaky, ashy gray or brownish; wood of medium weight, hard, tough and elastic; fruit a samara usually one seeded. 1. Twigs pubescent not with four ridges or wings; bark of trunk corru- gated; leaf scars usually shield-shaped. 2. 1. Twigs somewhat pubescent, udth four or more ridges or wings, some- times persisting until the third or fourth year; connecting ridges between leaf-scars usually present; leaf scars usually crescent shaped; buds pubescent, gray or brownish-gray; bark of trunk ashy gray, thin flaky; fruit linear-oblong or cuneate, winged all around, the body extending more than half way to the apex. F. qnadrangiilata Mx., Blue Ash. 1. Twigs glabrous or nearly so. 3. 2. Lateral buds large, prominent, projecting, tumid, somewhat spherical, usually exposing four bud scales; twigs usually dark-gray; con- necting ridges between leaf-scars usually present ; fruit with linear somewhat broadened wing, two or three times as long as the nar- rowly elliptic, nearly terete body. F. Bilttnoreana Bead. Biltmore Ash. 2. Lateral bud small, usually pyramidal or rather truncate, not project- ing, usually showing but two bud scales; twigs usually showing but two bud scales ; twigs usually light greenish gray ; connecting ridges between leaf-scars sometimes present ; fruit linear, margined above by the decurrent, linear, spatulate wing, and nearly equaling it. F. pcnnsylvanica Marsh. Red Ash. 3. Buds brownish-black or black; fruit winged all around, body flat. 4. 3. Buds reddish-brown, brownish-gray or gray; fruit spatulate with wing terminal or partly decurrent ; bark of trunk corrugated. 5. 4. Lateral buds usually spherical ; twigs light-gray, stout, stiff and brittle ; lenticels prominent and usually numerous; bark of trunk ashy gray, flaky; fruit narrow-oblong. F. nigra Marsh. Black Ash. 4. Lateral buds more or less four angled, commonly pyramidal; twigs greenish-gray, somewhat slender; lenticels not prominent and usu- ally few; fruit oblong, cultivated. F. excelsior L. European Ash. 5. Ridges connecting leaf-scars usually present; leaf-scars crescent shaped ; twigs generally greenish-gray ; wing of fruit not decurrent. F americana L. White Ash. 5. Ridges connecting leaf-scars usually absent; twigs gray; leaf-scars usually shield shaped; wing of fruit decurrent on the sides of the body to below the middle. F. lanceolata Borck. Green Ash. Jan., 1905.] Key — Poplars in Winter Condition. 271 KEY TO OHIO POPLARS IN THE WINTER CONDITION. JOHX H. SCHAFFNER. Popidus L. Trees with light soft wood; the larger branches usually with greenish -white, greenish, or brownish-gray bark. Twigs with a terminal bud; buds more or less resinous but not spicy-aromatic to the taste or smell; outer bud scales several, glabrous, pubescent, or tomentose; leaf scars alternate, not 2- ranked, more or less heart-shaped ; bundle scars 3 ; stipular scars evident; self-pruning scars present and often very prominent; bark bitter; pith .5-angled, solid. 1. Twigs white or gray tomentose; buds ovoid-conical, short pointed. 2.. 1. Twigs glabrous or pubescent, not tomentose. 4. 2. Buds glabrous, or slightly pubescent or tomentose, resinous, large; twigs robust, usually angular; leaf scars large. P. heteropliyUa L. Swamp Poplar 2. Buds tomentose or very pubescent, only slightly resinous, reddish- brown; twigs usually terete and slender; bark of larger branches greenish-gray or greenish-white. 3. 3. Buds verj’’ tomentose, small; twigs usually with abundant self-pruning scars which heal very perfect!}’, showing a dark ring around a cen- tral depression; bark often with black, diamond-shaped scars; crown large, spreading, round-topped. P. alba L. White Poplar. 3. Buds pubescent, not tomentose, rather large; bark of larger branches greenish-gray; trunk erect with an open, unsymmetrical straggling crown; branches distant, small and crooked. P. grandidentata ilx. Large-toothed Aspen. 4. Terminal and lateral buds rounded or only slightly angular, rather short pointed, brown and polished or reddish-brown and pubescent ; twigs usually slender and terete. 5. 4. Terminal bud angular, large, rather long pointed; lateral buds long pointed or acuminate, sometimes angular. 6. 5. Buds glabrous or nearly so, brown and polished; bark of larger branches smooth, light green. P. tremuloides ^Ix. American Aspen 5. Buds pubescent and reddish-brown; bark of larger branches smooth, greenish-gray. P. grandidentata Mx. 6. Tree spire-like, the branches nearly vertical; lateral buds acuminate, curved, usually spreading. P. dilatata Ait. Lombardy Poplar. 6. Tree dome-shaped, the branches spreading. 7. 7. Buds gummy resinous, reddish-brown and large; twigs often more or less pubescent, usually reddish, mostly terete. P balsamifera L. (Inc. var. candicans). Balsam Poplar 7. Buds resinous but dry, greenish or yellowish-gray; lateral buds acuminate, and ttsually curved and spreading; twigs glabrous, usu- ally brownish-gray, often angled. P. deltoides iMarsh. Cottonwood. 272 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3, HYDROFLUORIC ACID FOR MARKING SLIDES. Joseph F. Clevenger. Various methods have been described for labeling slides in a series, or for keeping track of them while staining. The principle of etching glass with hydrofluoric acid has been known for a long time, and use has been made of it in various ways, but it does not seem to have been employed to any extent by biologist for marking slides. The writer has tried a number of methods recently published for marking slides, but for one reason or another they were not very satisfactory. Generally the mark became so obliterated in passing through the stains and grades of alcohol that they were beyond recognition. Through a suggestion offered by ]\Iiss Lumina C. Riddle it occurred to me that hydrofluoric acid might be suitable for this purpose. Very satisfactory results were obtained by the fol- lowing method: Take a thoroughly cleaned slide dip one end into paraffin and let it cool. Take a needle and make whatever mark is desired, and then with a toothpick, or a similar piece of wood, apply a drop of hydrofluoric acid to the mark. Let this remain from two to five minutes; then melt the paraffin and clean the slide. Any number of slides may be marked at a time and the method is nearlv as rapid as that with ink and much more reliable Ordi- narv precautions must be taken in handling the hydrofluoric acid. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Nov. 7, 1904. The meeting was called to order by the president and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Mr. Sanders, the retiring president, read a paper on ‘ ‘The Uses of the Bacteria in the Arts ” Prof. Schaffner reported Kuhnistera purpurea (Vent.) MacM. for Columbus. It is a rare plant in Ohio. Prof. Landacre gave some observations on the rate of growth of Vorticella. Mr. J. C. Britton of Washington, D. C., gave an account of a recent trip to Bermuda. Mr. Burgess of the State Agricultural Department, stated that the Elm Leaf Beetle had been found in Dayton this autumn. The president appointed F. L. Landacre, J. H. Schaffner, and Z. P. Metcalf to act as a committee on nominations to select officers for the coming year. J. N. FR.A.NK, Sec. Date of Publication of January Number, January 24, I90S. LONG & KILER Universit}^ Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Buchet Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electron typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. 5=. 80/2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos = = “ FROM THE OliD RELilABliE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rioafe (^mBufancc ^crfjtce. 18- (B. ^te^er ^ Co., _^uneraP ©irectore. 1239 fo 1241 Qt. §136 ^frcef. CofumBuB, tf)3to. “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published m the United States. New- Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and F'ourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2 “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Keelicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers —No 3. ‘‘ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. B}- W. G. Tight, J Bowxocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By R.aymond C. Osbur.n Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By J.AMES S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “ Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thijmas .A.. Boxser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. S. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. S.axders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No 9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Starling Medical College, Corner State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jft jIt Ji WELL EQIIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy, Annual Sessions, seven months. AH Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: Georgs M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethee, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903, Coleoptera — List bio. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURBHS OF The Gcnaine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBO\IF PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAl, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections. Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LISTsOF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. VOLUME V. FEBRUARY, 1905. NUMBER 4. •Ihe^ H Natur&list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History qf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef lk€ OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ani qf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. I Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. I Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Univebsity, and of The Ohio State Acadehy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb. Associate Editors. F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Miles, Archaeolo^, Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natcbaxist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price. Bemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hike. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. Dawson’s Birds of Ohio The Official Ohio Bird Book Popular and Sciontific Account Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds. S80 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page. 216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts, by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes. Second thousand in binders’ hands. published by The Wheaton Publishing Company, L. H. Bulhley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO The Ohio ^J^atiiralist, PUBLISHED BY The Biologkeil Club of ihe Ohio State Uni’versity. Volume V. FEBRUARY, 1905. No. 4. TABLE OF CONTENTS Osborn— Report of Progress on Study of the Ilemiptera of Ohio and Description of Xew Species 273 SCHAFFNER— Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants in the Winter Condition 277 DE LA Torre Bueno — Nerthra stygica Say and Some Motes on the Family Gelastocorid.'e, 287 York — The Hibernacnla of Ohio Water Plants 291 SCHAFFNER. Mabel— Key to the Ohio Sumacs in the Winter Condition 293 Surface — Meeting of the Biological Clnh 294 REPORT OF PROGRESS ON STUDY OF THE HEMIPTERA OF OHIO AND DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES.* Herbert Osborn. As a result of collections during the past year quite a number of species have been added to the State list, observations have been made on distribution, habits and life historv of others and much additional material gathered for a general catalogue of the Hemiptera of the State. The Trustees kindly assigned a small sum from the MacMillin Research Fund but owing to the pres- sure of other engagements only a portion of the fund was used this season. I was able, however, to make considerable collec- tions at Cincinnati, Ashtabula and Steubenville as well as in the vicinity of Sandusky where six weeks of the early summer was spent. The collections at Steubenville and Ashtabula were for- tunate in disclosing forms new to the State and I hope it will be possible to get additional material from the northeastern part of the State to represent other months. A number of species have been collected by Mr. Otto H. Swezey, Jas. G. Sanders, and J. S. Hine and I am under special obligations to Mr. Chas. Dury of Cincinnati, and Mr. E. V. Louth of Ashtabula, for assistance in their respective localities. A brief summary of the most interesting of these species and descriptions of new species will be given here but it is intended to complete a catalogue as early as practicable to include discussion of all known species. Aradus acutus Say. This species which is common further south and an interesting addition to our state fauna was taken at Chillicothe by Mr. Swezey. ♦Presented at meeting of Ohio Acad. Sci., Cleveland. November 26. 1904. 274 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, Eucanthus acuminatus Fab. Taken near Sandusky on San- dusky River a number of specimens being secured from an old log and stump where they seemed to congregate. Pediopsis basalis VanD. Taken at Arcanum on cottonwood by Mr. Swezey. Deltocephalus configuratus Uhl. Collected at Ashtabula in August. Goniagnathus palmer! VanU. One specimen of this inter- esting little species taken at Columbus. Typhlocyba rubroscuta Gill. Collected at Columbus. Typhlocyba crevecouri Gill. Columbus, collected by Mr. J. G. Sanders. The specimens agree perfectly with descriptions except that there is a broad black band covering segments 1 to 5 of the abdomen both above and below not mentioned by Gillette who says “all beneath pinkish yellow.” Livia maculipennis Fitch. This interesting little Psyllid was discovered at Ashtabula while collecting near the city with Mr. E. V. Louth. Adults were first swept from the heads of a Juncus identified by Mr. Louth as Juncus acuminatus, closer examina- tion of the heads revealed nymphs enclosed in the swollen glumes in many instances occurring in large numbers so the heads were fully packed. The relation of these nymphs to the adults that had been swept was at once suspected and definitely proven later by breeding. Platymetopius obscurus n. sp. Head moderately produced, front uniformly dark brown, minutely dotted with yellow, color olivaceous brown above and below, elytra with minute roundish white spots. Length female, 4.o-4.7d mm. Male 4. Vertex about one and one-half times as long as broad, acutely angled, front narrow tapering gradually to ajiex, clavus longer than broad, widening slightly at apex, pronotum about as long as vertex, rounded anteriorly nearly truncate behind. Elytra scarcelv hyaline, a series of reflexed cross veinlets in the costal area. Color, dark olivaceous brown, vertex with ]>air of yellow spots and with minute yellowish lines. Front dark fuscous with yel- lowish arc near the vertex and numerous minute yellowish dots, larger on the lorse ; scutellum and elytra coppery fuscous with indistinct longitudinal lines — five on pronotum, two on scutellum, elytra with rounded white dots on the apical and ante-apical cells and in basal portion of corium. Ramose lines and reflexed costal veinlets Idackish. Genitalia — Last ventral segment of female elongate, rounded behind. Male valve nearly as long as broad, obtusely angled behind ; plates elongate triangular, reaching tip of pygofer. Specimens from Greensburg, Pa., Columbus, O., and Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Feb., 1905.] Hemiptera of Ohio. 275 Thamnotettix furculatus n. sp. Size and general pattern of clitellarius with dorsal spot narrower, more elongate, dark spots- at base of antennae and elongate, forked process on female ventral segment. Length of female, 5 mm. Vertex slightly longer on middle than at e}’e, very slightly angulate, intermediate in this respect between clitellarius and exquisites. Front full, almost tumid, clypeus widening toward tip and broadly rounded, lorae not broad not reaching margins of genae. Pronotum, lateral margins rounded, nearly twice as wide as long, posterior border almost straight. Color, dark chocolate to fuscous with bright yellow markings, vertex bright yellow with hind border black or fuscous. The common band of occiput and anterior third of pronotum extend- ing over the posterior part of the eye. Two prominent black spots on the margin between vertex and front, a black spot below the base of each antenna, posterior two-thirds of pronotum bright lemon yellow of same color as discal claval spot, scutellum dark brown with darker spots on either side of median space. Base of part of clavus brown, claval suture and about half the width of elytra dark fuscous to black with a broad fuscous apical band, the costal-half of elytra back to the apical cells hyaline tinged with yellowish, beneath pale yellow to whitish. Genitalia: The last ventral segment of female deeply emar- ginate with a prominent tooth at the edge of the emargination extending about one-fourth of the segment beyond the outer margin. A long narrow median process reaching as far back as the hinder tooth and with a deep incision thus forming a narrow elongate fork. One specimen, female, was secured from Sandusky River about twenty miles above Sandusky, July 2, 1904. It must have been taken in sweeping in woodland or in low vegetation border- ing woods. It is very closely related to clitellarius being scarcely larger but the common claval spot narrows to each end, the ver- tex is slightly more produced, the base of antennae spotted and above all the genital segment entirely different from any species known to me. A specimen of what is evidently the male of this species was taken in Columbus, June 20, 1901. The color markings and shape of vertex agree perfectly and the length, 4.5 mm., is in usual proportion for the sexes in this genus. The genitalia differ decidedly from those of clitellarius the valve being long, the hind edge strongly angled; plates broad convexly narrowing to tip, reaching to tip of pygofer, a submarginal dark line, marginal cilia yellow. P'hlepsius collitus Ball. This species has been separated from fulvidorsum, with which it was formerly confused, by Prof. Ball. 276 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, As the record for fulvidorsum given in a previous list was based on a specimen from Vinton which proves to be collitus this name should be entered. Specimens of fulvidorsum were taken at Little Mt. by Mr. J. G. Sanders, Aug. 21, ’04, so this species will still be included in our state list. Phlepsius maculatus n. sp. Mottled with black and white with ramose lines on pronotum and elytra forming fairly well defined patches; female segment long, bisinuate, notched at middle. Length to tip of elytra 7.25 mm. Head barely wider than pronotum Vertex broad, slightlv longer at middle than next the eye ; anterior edge scarcely acute ; ocelli close to the margin of the eye; front broad, sides nearly parallel to below antennal pits then rapidly converging to base of clypeus; clypeus widening slightly to tip; lorae large, broad, extending from half way between antennal pits and clypeus almost to margin of cheek; pronotum short, anterior margin strongly curved; hind margin distinctly concave; elytra large slightly contracted behind clavus, apex slightly flaring. Color, white or cream, densely mottled or streaked with dark fuscous black; vertex having two quite strong patches on the posterior border, not quite touching the eyes with some faint lines at middle and at anterior margin; the front minutely dotted, with slight indication of regular arcs; clypeus, lorae and cheeks more faintly marked ; pronotum with dark confluent lines or spots forming a wavy, irregular band across the middle and another indefinite band on the posterior border ; scutellum with two discal points and broken border black; eh’tra with confluent dots or lines in all of the areoles forming a distinct black spot at middle of claval border and about four on costa; beneath gray, the fem- ora annulated with black, tibiae with black spots and annulus at apex; last joint of anterior and middle tarsi and apical portions of hind tarsal joints black; body gray with last ventral segment polished black except basal and lateral portion. Genitalia — last ventral segment of female twice as long as preceding, lateral margins strongly reflected, hind border deeply bisinuate; the central portion somewhat produced with rather deep notch at middle. This is a large and handsome form only a single specimen of . which was taken at Cedar Point, July 30, 1004. It is so distinct from any of the known species of the genus that it seems best to describe it even though but a single specimen is in hand. Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 277 KEY TO THE GENERA OF OHIO WOODY PLANTS IN THE WINTER CONDITION. John H. Schaffner. The writer has been studying the winter condition of trees and shrubs for the past two years, having been attracted to the subject through observations on self-pruning. Many of the twig characters are exceedingly important and should be given more consideration in specific descriptions and in manuals. Inci- dentally some keys were constructed. These have been verified to a large extent by use in the class room and it is believed that a twig key can be used with as little difficulty as one based on the usual floral characters. A hand lens is necessary to deter- mine some of the characters included. 1. Foliage leaves persistent and usually evergreen. 2. 1. Foliage leaves deciduous each year. 20. 2. Foliage leaves needle-shaped, subulate, narrowly linear, or scale- like; conifers. .3. 2. Foliage leaves with expanded blades, netted veined. 8. .3. With dwarf branches, each bearing 2—5 foliage leaves. PINUS. 3. Without true dwarf branches. 4. 4. Leaf buds scaly. 5. 4. Leaf brxds not scaly, naked. 7. 5. Leaf scar not on a sterigma, prominent, circular; leaves flat. ABIES 5. Leaf scar on a sterigma, the base of the leaf remaining as a scale on the twig. (). (). Leaves flat, those on the upper side of the twig mttch shorter than the lateral ones. TSL^GA. (3. Leaves flat, all of about the same length. TAXES. (3. Leaves more or less 4-sided, spreading in all directions. PICEA. 7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked, closely covering the twigs which are decidedly flattened and fan- like; leaves of two shapes, the dorsal and ventral broader and less acute than the lateral ones; scales of the carpellate cone not peltate. THUJA. 7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked, closely covering the slightly flattened twigs which are not very fan-like; leaves nearly or quite similar; scales of the carpellate cone peltate. CHAAL-ECYPARIS. 7. Foliage leayes of two types, scale-like and.subulate, opposite or in threes; the scale-like leayes 4-ranked, appressed, causing the twigs to appear quadrangular, the subulate leayes spreading; one or both types of leayes on a plant ; carpellate cone deyeloping into a bluish-black berry-like fruit. JL^NIPERUS. — S — 8. Leayes with spines or reduced to spines. 9. 8. Leayes without spines. 10. 9. Leayes compound, with spine-tipped teeth; or leayes of the main twigs usually without a blade and reduced to 1—5 prong-like spines, at length dry. BERBERIS. 9. Leayes simple, with spine-tipped teeth or lobes; twigs grey. ILEX. 10. Leaves opposite or whorled. 11. 10. Leaves alternate. 13. 278 The Ohio Nnturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, 11. Leaves palrnately veined; shrubs with greens twigs parasitic on trees; twigs with self-pruning joints. PHORADEXDROX. 11. Leaves pinnately veined; plants not parasitic. 12. 12. Leaves oval, the upper perfoliate, glabrous; twining plants. LON ICE R A. 12. Leaves oblong or oval, coriaceous, not perfoliate; shrubs or trees KALMIA 12. Leaves obovate or orbicular, hairy, crenulate, not perfoliate; stem trailing. LINX.EA. 13. Leaves serrate, serrulate, crenate, or dentate. 14. 1.3. Leaves entire. 15. 14. Leaves somewhat hairv; shrubs with thorns or thorn-like spurs. COTOXE.ASTER. 14. Leaves glabrous, very aromatic, oval to obovate, in. long; low slender trailing plant. GAULTHERIA. 14. Leaves glabrous, bitter, white beneath, Y~Yi iii- long; slender trailing or ascending plants in bogs. OXYCOCCUS. 14. Leaves with prominent scurfv scales; erect shrubs without thorns. CHAM.EDAPHXE. 15. Leaves glabrous. 1(1. 15. Leaves pubescent or woolly at least below. 17. IG. Leaves green on both sides, thick, coriaceous, oblong to oblance- olate, .5-10 in. long; winter buds very scaly. RHOD(3dEXDROX If). Leaves green on both sides or glaucous beneath, coriaceous, 2-5 in. long, oval to oval-lanceolate; winter buds naked; erect shrubs. KALMIA. 16. Leaves white beneath, linear-lanceolate, revolute-margined, acid, 1-24^ in. long; a bog shrub. ANDROMEDA. IG. Leaves white beneath, revolute-margined, bitter. Y~Yi i'l- long; slender trailing or ascending plants in bogs. OXYCOCCUS. 17. Leaves revolute-margined. 18. 17. Leaves not re volute-margined. 19. IS. Leaves with a fragrant odor, densely tomentose beneath; erect resinous shrubs. LEDL^M. 18. Leaves 2-ranked, small, oval or ovate, hairv; creeping shrubs. CHIOGEXES. 19. Leaves lanceolate, mucronate. not evergreen; buds clustered at the tip of the twig; trees with 5-angled pith. QUERCUS. 19. Leaves oval or nearly orbicular, hirsute beneath; twigs hirsute; prostrate shrubs. EPIG.EA. 19. Leaves spatulate, minutely pubescent, with hairs on the margins; trailing or spreading shrubs. ARCTOSTAPIIYLOS. — 20 — 20. Climbing monocotyls with scattered vascular bundles, green bark, and two tendrils on the persistent petiole base; often pricklv. SMI LAX. 20. Not with scattered vascular bundles but with a ring of wood, true bark, and a central pith. 21. 21. Twigs with thick wart-like dwarf branches; conifers. 22. 21. Twigs without true dwarf branches. 23. 22. Young twigs covered with scales. LARIX. 22. Twigs without scales. GINKGO. 23. Twigs with numerous small scattered self-pruning scars, without apparent leaf scars but with minute dry scale leaves. 24. 23. Twigs with evident leaf scars and lateral winter buds. 25. 24. Trees with feather-like dwarf branches, some usually remaining in winter; foliage leaves spreading into two ranks; roots often with knees; a conifer. TAXODIU5I. Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 279 24. Shrubs with delicate spray-like twigs which are self-pruned; leaves minute. TAMARIX. 2o. With tendrils opposite the leaf scars; usually every third leaf node without a tendril; climbing plants self-pruning unripe twigs by means of cleavage planes in the leaf nodes. 26. 2.5. No tendrils opposite the leaf scars. 27. 26. With woody partitions in the brownish pith at the leaf nodes; lenticels inconspicuous; tendrils without adhering disks; surface of leaf scar irregular. VITIS. 26. Pith continuous, white ; lenticels conspicuous ; tendrils without adhering disks in our species; leaf scar rather smooth. AMPELOPSIS. 26. Pith continuous, white; lenticels conspicuous; tendrils usually with adhering disks; leaf scars smooth, concave, with small bundle scars scattered or in a ring. PARTHEXOCISSUS. 27. Leaf scars alternate. 28. 27. Leaf scars opposite or whorled. 109. 28. Twigs with distinct and complete stipular ridges or rings at the leaf nodes. 29. 28. Twigs without complete stipular rings. .31. 29. Leaf scar surrounding the axillary bud, terminal bud self-pruned; wood with prominent medullary rays. PLATAXUS. 29. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary bud, terminal bud not self- pruned; buds enclosed in the large connate stipules. 30. 30. Buds glabrous; twigs brown; pith diaphragmed; leaf scars oval or circular; bark spicy-aromatic. LIRIODEXDROX. 30. Buds downy, or if glabrous then the twigs red; pith with or without diaphragms; leaf scars U-shaped, oval, or circular; bark usually aromatic. MAGXOLIA. 31. With thorns, prickles, or spines; or with spur-like branches ending in thorns. 32. 31. Without thorns, prickles or spines but some may have thorn-like stunted branches. 42. 32. With leaves reduced to simple or branches spines. BERBERIS. 32. With stipular spines, a pair for each leaf scar. 33. 32. Twigs with typical lateral thorns, without terminal thorns. 34. 32. With thorns at the ends of branches or with spur-like branches end- ing in thorns, and in addition axillary thorns may be present. 35. 32. Stems or twigs with prickles, some of which may have the appear- ance of stipular spines. 39. 32. Bud scales tipped with spines; stem twining; leaf scar central. CELASTRUS. 33. Leaf scar covering the two or more superposed axillarv buds. ' ROBIXIA. 33. Leaf scar below the axillarv buds; buds reddish, pubescent. XAXTHOXYLUM. 34. With thorns beside the axillary buds; normally one for each leaf axil, becoming gradually smaller toward the tip of the twig, terminal bud absent. TOXYLOX. 34. Thorns axillary, large, rarely branched except on the main trunk; usually with two lateral buds at the base which may develop as twigs; numerous axils without thorns. CRATAJGL"S. 34. Thorns commonly branched, situated above the axil of the leaf; leaf scar covering the two or more superposed axillary buds; twigs polished, often zigzag. GLEDITISA. 35. Xot with three distinct bundle scars. 36. 35. With three bundle scars. 37. 260 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, 3(). Climbing shrubs with axillary thorns, light gray bark and a prom- inent central scar. LYCIUM. .30. Erect shrubs with thorns at the ends of twigs or spurs. RHAMXUS. 37. Terminal bud self-pruned; twigs some shade of black, brown, or reddish. PRUXUS. 37. Terminal bvtd present. 38. 37. Most of the slender branches ending in thorns not showing a ter- minal bud or self-pruning scar; lateral thorns with one or two large buds at the base. CYDOXIA. 38. Buds conical, pungent, pubescent, twigs glabrous or nearly so, mostly yellow-olive; trees with erect growth, the branches not spreading as in most of the apples. PYRUS. 38. Buds downy or pubescent, twigs usually pubescent, if glabrous then dark reddish-brown; trees with rounded crowns and spreading branches. MALES. 3!). Base of the petiole remaining on the stem. RUBUS. 31). Petiole separated close to the stem. 40. 40. Bundle scars numerous; pith large; erect shrubs or trees. ARABIA. 40. Bundle scars 3; low or slender shrubs. 41. 41. Leaf scars very narrow, often a mere line extending half way or more around the stem, not decurrent. ROSA. 41. Leaf scars rather broad, somewhat decurrent; older bark shreddy. 42. Leaf scars quite regularly 2-ranked, that is with the third scar over the first. 43. 42. Leaf scars not 2-ranked. 50. 43. Pith interruptedly diaphragmed, with cavities, small, greenish- white; bundle scars A CELTIS. 43. Pith solid, or if with cavities then with a single bundle scar or with several scattered bundle scars. 44. 44. Terminal bud elongated, naked, silky or tomentose. 45. 44. Terminal bud with numerous or several bud scales. 46. 44. Terminal bud absent, the twigs showing a terminal self-pruning scar at the morphological tip. 49. 45. Pith diaphragmed; buds dark silky; lateral buds rounded not stalked; leaf scars U-shaped; bundle scars 5—7, stipular scars none; bark with fetid odor. ASIMIXA. 45. Pith not diaphragmed; buds light gray; lateral buds elongated, prominently stalked, tomentose; stipular scars prominent; leaf scars not U-shaped. HAMAMELIS. 40. With 10-20 visible scale leaves; stipular scars and medullary rays verv prominent ; leaf scar oblique, beside the axillarv bud. FAGUS. 40. Yisible scales 3-8. 47. 47. Bundle scars several, scattered; pith more or less 5-angled; bark close with rough ridges; stipular scars present. CASTAXEA. 47. Bundle scars 3. 48. 48. Trunk and larger branches with papery or leathery bark; catkins in winter; leaf scar oval or semicircular. BETL’LA. 48. Bark not papery or leathery; no catkins; leaf scar narrow, con- tracted between the bundle scars. AMELAXCHIER. 49. VisiVjle bud scales 1-3. 50. 49. Visible scales more than 3. 52. 50. Bundle scar 1; visible scales 2; twigs brown, pubescent; pith some- times with cavities. DIOSPYROS. Bundle scars scattered, several. 51. 50. Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 281 .51. Twigs grayish-brown or reddish, usually zigzag; bark mucilaginous, fibrous; buds rather fleshy, usually bright red; medullary rays prominent when the bark is removed; the winged fruiting panicle often persistent. TILIA. .51. Twigs glabrous or pubescent, reddish or yellowish-brown; pith 5-angled. CASTANEA. 51. Twigs downy, grayish-green; pith white, cylindrical, large; bark very fibrous. BROUSSONETIA. 51. Twigs coarsely glandular pubescent or sparingly hairy, brown; pith brown, cylindrical, small. CORYLUS. 52. Bundle scars scattered; leaf scars oblique; twigs gray or light brownish-gray. MORUS. 52. Bundle scars 3. 53. 53. Twigs dark reddish-brown, speckled, often zigzag; buds reddish- violet, often superposed or clustered; leaf scars not oblique but below the lateral bud. CERCIS. 53. Twigs dark brown, not speckled; buds not superposed; leaf scars oblique. 54. 54. Bark smooth, trunk and larger branches with peculiar fluted or projecting ridges; bud scales brown, finely pubescent; staminate catkins in the bttd in winter. CARPINUS. 54. Trunk not with fluted or projecting ridges. 55. 55. Bark in rough ridges; no catkins; twigs and buds in most cases pubescent ; some species with characteristic transverse self- pruning scars on the twigs, others with corky ridges. ULMUS. 55. Bark scaly, fine-furrowed, the furrows usually somewhat spiral; bud scales green with brown tips, nearly glabrous; staminate catkins exposed in winter. OSTRYA. 55. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or leath- ery sheets; catkins in winter. BETULA. — 56 — 56. With 2 or more superposed axillary buds; all except 1 may be very small. 57. 56. Axillary buds single or 2 or more side b}^ side; not superposed. 67. 57. Pith diaphragmed, with air cavities, brown; twigs thick, with large leaf scars and 3 prominent bundle scars; large trees. JUGLANS. 57. Pith solid. 58. 58. Stems twining ; leaf scars circular with numerous bundle scars ; buds partly hidden. MENISPERMUM. 58. Stems not twining. 5fl. 59. Buds partly sunken, hardly projecting beyond the surface; terminal bud self-pruned or tips of branches withering. 60. 59. Buds not sunken in the epidermis. 61. 60. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary buds; pith large, chocolate- colored; twigs robu.st, polished, mottled white and purplish- brown. GYMNOCLADUS. 60. Leaf scar surrounding the axillary buds, quadrangular L^-shaped; bark with pungent odor; pith white. PTELEA. 60. Leaf scar covering the axillary buds; pith small; twigs brown, polished, often zigzag. GLEDITSIA. 61. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 62. 61. Pith more or less 5-angled, yellowish or brownish; terminal bud large; bundle scars scattered; trees with tough twigs. HICORIA. 62. Leaf scar surrounding the hairy axillary buds; bundle scars 5-9; terminal Inid self-pruned. CLADRASTIS. 62. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary buds. 63. 63. Bark verv spicv- aromatic, fragrant; buds often stalked and clus- tered. ■ BENZOIN. 202 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, 63. 64. 64. 65. 65. 66. ()(). 67. ()7. ()8. 68. 69. 69. 70. 70. 71. 71. 71. 72. 73. 73. 74. 74. 1 5. t o. 76. I I . 78. Bark not spicy-aromatic. 64. Pith diaphragmed but solid; bundle scars definitely 3; trees. XYSSA. Pith not diaphragmed; bundle scar usually central. 65. Leaf scars with the dry stipules rather jjersistent ; bark with strong odor. AMORPHA. Stipules not evident, or minute; bark not with strong odor. 66. Stipular scars or stipules present, stipules minute. ILEX. Stipular-scars and stipules absent; buds small, twigs light gray. ILICIOIDES. — 67 — Outer bud scales more than 1. 68. Outer bud scale 1 ; twigs usually with brittle zones and hence very easily detached; stipular scars present; bundle scars 3. SALIX. Terminal and lateral buds stalked; pith 3-angled; both staminate and carpellate catkins present all winter. ALXUS. Buds sessile or nearly so; pith not 3-angled. 69. Pith more or less 5-angled. 70. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 74. Buds clustered at the tip of the twig; bundle scars numerous, scattered. QUERCUS. Buds not clustered at the tip. 71. Bundle scars numerous usually scattered. 72. Bundle scars 3. 73. Bundle scar 1 ; bark green, spicy-aromatic; internodes very unequal SASSAFRAS. Buds small with about 3 outer scales; twigs reddish or yellowish- brown, glabrous or pubescent ; terminal bud present or absent ; stipular scars prominent. CASTAXEA. Terminal bud large with 4 or more visible scales, hairy or peltate pubescent ; lateral buds usually superposed ; twigs tough. HICORIA. Without stipular or self-pruning scars; crushed buds fragrant, aromatic, not resinous, glabrous. LIQUIDAMBAR. Stipular and self-pruning scars present ; crushed buds not fragrant though they may have a resinous odor, resinous or if only slightly so then the twigs pubescent or tomentose. POPULUS. Pith diaphragmed but solid; bundle scars 3; no stipular scars; trees. XYSSA. Pith not diaphragmed or if diaphragmed then not solid. 75. Bud scales tipped with short sharp points; stem twining; buds conical, pungent. CELAvSTRUS. Bud scales not spiny-tipped; stems not twining. 76. Pith very large, light brown, bark not resinous, ill-smelling; buds spherical or flattened at the apex, often clustered at the tip of the twig, brown and pubescent; bundle scars about 9 along the lower edge of the very large leaf scar which does not surround the axillary bud; large trees. AILAXTHL^S. Pith small, or if large and brown then the leaf scar surrounding the axillary bud or the bark resinous. 77. Bark with a resinous or sticky milky sap; pith usually large, if rather small then the bark aromatic, or the plants climbing by rootlets. 78. Bark not resinous. 79. Buds clustered at the tip of the twig; bark spicy-fragrant to the smell; base of petiole prominent with several bundle scars; fruiting panicles plumose. COTIXUS. Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 283 78. Buds not clustered at the tip; bark sometimes aromatic, often very poisonous to the touch ; leaf scar in some species surrounding the axillary bud in others only partly surrounding the bud or the bud covered; small trees or shrubs or woody vines climbing by numerous rootlets. RHUS. 79. Leaf scars surrounding the hairy sunken axillary buds; terminal bud self-pruned and thus the twigs with peculiar rings. DIRCA. 79. Leaf scars not surrounding the axillary buds and twigs not with peculiar rings. 80. 80. Base of petiole and stipules persisting, prominent, drying off; small shrubs. 81. 80. Petiole deciduous close to the brak, leaving a definite leaf scar. 82. 81. Bundle scars 3; pith large; bark not shreddy. RLTBUS. 81. Bundle scar 1; pith small; stipules sheathing the stem; bark dark brown, shreddy. DASIPHORA. — 82 — 82. Bundle scar 1, or if several then closely crowded and confluent, appearing as 1. 83. 82. Bundle scars 3 or more, distinct. 96. 83. Climbing vines, the stems herbaceous above; young twigs gray pubescent. SOLANUM. 83. Stem climbing, woodv throughout; bark light grav; buds often clustered. LYCIUM. 83. Stem not climbing, woody throughout. 84. 84. Stipular scars or stipules present. 85. 84. No stipular scars or stipules. 87. 85. Terminal bud present. 86. 85. Terminal bud absent; bud scales dark brown or black. RHAMNUS. 86. Stipules deciduous; low shrubs. CEANOTHUS. 86. Stipules usually persistent, minute; erect shrubs. ILEX. 87. Terminal bud present. 88. 87. Terminal bud absent. 91. 88. Bark of twigs verv spicv-aromatic, green; internodes verv unequal. SASSAFRAS. 88. Bark not spicy-aromatic. 89. 89. Internodes very unequal; bark brown or gray. AZALEA. 89. Internodes not very unequal. 90. 90. Twigs glabrous, gray or blackish-brown. ILICIOIDES. 90. Twigs pubescent or tomentose, reddish or light-brown. SPIRAEA. 91. Trees with polished, greenish-brown, grayish-yellow, or red twigs; bark sour; leaf scar prominent, semi-oval, with a dark central scar usually in the form of a ring; buds small, not projecting much beyond the epidermis; the large terminal panicled raceme with capsules persisting all winter. OXYDENDRUM. 91. Trees with brown pubescent twigs; or shrubs. 92. 92. Trees with 2 visible scales in the triangular flattened bud; pith often with lenticular cavities; twigs pubescent, zigzag at the tip. DIOSPYROS. 92. Low shrubs with several visible scales in the bud. 93. 93. Twigs finelv white-speckled and granulated, green or reddish. VACCINIUM. 93. Twigs not white-speckled. 94. 94. Buds of two kinds, large flower buds with many visible scales and small ones with 2 outer scales. GAYLUSSACIA. 94. Buds all alike, with several scales. 95. 95. Surface of leaf scar rather even; self-pruning scars present; twigs reddish-olive. POLYCODIUM. Surface of leaf scar very uneven; no self-pruning scars; bud scales numerous. SPIRAJA. 95. 284 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, — 96 — 9(). Terminal bud absent. 97. 96. Terminal bud present. 101. 97. Stipules or stipular scars absent or indistinct. 9S. 97. Stipules or stipular scars present. 99. 98. Leaf scar very narrow, ^llmost a line, not decurrent, extending half way around the stem; low shrubs or climbers. ROSA. 98. Leaf scar broad; twigs not glandular dotted; erect shrubs or trees. PRUNUS. 98. Leaf scar broad; young twigs glandular dotted; buds usually clus- tered at the tip. MYRICA. 99 Twigs glandular, dark, pubescent; buds globular; low shrubs. COMPTONIA 99. Twigs not glandular 100. 1 00. Buds and twigs very downy, twigs dark brown or black. CYDON L\ 100. Buds and twigs pubescent; twigs light or greenish brown. SORBARIA 100. Buds downy or pubescent; twigs glabrous or pubescent, gray or brown. RHAMNUS. 101. Twigs green or yellowish-green, glabrous; internodes very unequal; lateral buds minute; small trees. CORNL^S. 101. Twigs normally red above and green beneath, glabrous; bark very bitter; some axils with 2 or 3 hairy buds of nearlv equal size; trees. AMYGUALUS. 101. Twigs not green or red and green unless the plants are low shrubs, but gray, brown, black, or reddish. 102. 102. Bundle scars 5 or more in the broad L'-shapcd leaf scar; tips of the buds quite downy; small trees. SORBUS. 102. Bundle scars 3. 103. 103. Leaf scars very narrow, often a mere line e.xtending half way or more around the stem, not decurrent; low shrubs. ROSA. 103. Leaf scars rather broad often decurrent. 104. 104. Leaf scars strongly decurrent at the sides and middle; bundle scars close together, the central one lai'ge; shrubs with brown twigs. OPUL ASTER. 104. Leaf scars not decurrent or if so then the bundle scars distinctly separated. 105. 105. Buds elliptic, lanceolate or lance-linear; shrubs. 106. 105. Buds ovate or depressed; mostly trees or tree-like. 107. 106. Older bark shreddy; leaf scars somewhat decurrent at the middle and sides; bud scales very thin, light or dark brown. RIBES. 106. Bark close; buds pale brown or red; leaf scars not decurrent; bud scales rather thick; twigs pubescent. ARON I A. 107. Buds rounded at the apex, often clustered at the tip of the twig; twigs glandular dotted. MYRICA. 107. Buds rounded at the apex; scales thick; twigs often zigzag; plant usually with some thorns, not glandular dotted. CRATzEGUS. 107. Buds pointed; plants sometimes with thorn-like stunted branches, not glandular dotted. 108. 108. Buds glabrous or slightly pubescent; twigs usually glabrous and slender, some shade of black, brown, or reddish, often with 2 or 3 axillary buds; some with self-pruning scars. PRUNUS. 108. Buds downy or strongly pubescent, conical, pungent; twigs gla- brous, mostly yellow-olive; trees with erect growth, the branches not spreading as in most of the apples. PYRUS. 108. Buds downy or strongly pubescent; twigs strongly pubescent or if glabrous then dark reddish-brown; trees with rounded or spreading crowns. MALUS. Feb., 1905,] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 285 109. 109. 109. 110. no. 111. 111. 111. 112. 112. 11.3. 11.3. 114. 114. 115. 1 15. IIG. IIG. 117. 117. 118. 118. 119. 119. 120. 120. 121. 121. — 109 — Pith large, white, with cavities or more or less diaphragmed ; twigs robust, gray, with large lenticels; bundle scars in a ring in the large leaf scar; trees. PAULOWNIA. Leaves with tendrils on the persistent petiole which shows 2 leaflet scars at the end; climbing vines with rather large, sometimes hollow pith. BIGNONIA. Pith not diaphragmed nor with lenticular cavities; petioles not with tendrils. 110 Axillary buds evident. 112 Axillary buds minute and not evident, or covered by the persistent petiole base. 111. Bundle scar forming a curved line; lateral buds sunken in the bark; leaf scars after in threes. CEPHALANTHUS. Bundle scars 3; terminal bud with 2 acuminate visible scales. CORNUS. Bundle scars 3; terminal bud small, dome-shaped; axillary buds bursting through the prominent petiole base; twigs manv-angled PHILADELPHUvS. Twigs green or greenish, never twining. 113 Twigs gray, brown, or red, not green when ripe. 115. Terminal bud self-pruned; stipular scars prominent; bark with strong odor. STAPHYLEA. Terminal bud present. 114. Leaf scars meeting and ending upward in a free appendage ; base of petioles in some cases originally covering the axillary buds; bundle scars 3 or more. ACER. Leaf scars not meeting ; twigs more or less 4-angled ; base of petiole not covering the axillary bud; bundle scar 1. EUONYMUS. Twigs and buds brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent; bundle scar 1 ; shrubs. LEPARGYREA. Not brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent. 116. Bundle scars numerous in an ellipse or a ring; trees with small flat buds or woody vines climbing by rootlets. 117. Bundle scars 1, 3, or 5, or sometimes more but not in a ring. 118. Trees w'ith small flat buds; twigs gray, robust; pith large, white; leaf scars often in threes. CATALPA. Woody vines climbing by rootlets; ends of the twigs usually withering. TECOMA. Pith very large, the soft wood small in proportion; twigs either with cleavage planes in the upper leaf nodes or with brown papery outer bark separating readily from the green inner layer; shrubs with robust twigs. 119. Pith small or if rather large then the plants trees. 120. Lenticels conspicuous; tips of twigs self-pruned in the leaf nodes. SAMBUCUS. Lenticels inconspicuous ; twigs not self-pruned ; outer papery brown bark easily separated from the inner dark green layer. HYDRANGEA. — 120- Bundle scars 1, or several closely united in a curved line appearing as 1. 121. Bundle scars 3 or more, distinct. 125. Low shrubs with decurrent ridges from the middle of the leaf scar. 122. Trees or erect shrubs without decurrent ridges from the middle of the leaf scar but sometimes with ridges or wings from the ends of the leaf scar. 123. 286 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, 122. 122. 122, 123. 123. 124. 124. 124. 124. 12ri I2;'). 12(). 12(). 127. 127. 128. 128. 129. 129. Low creeping shrubs with delicate erect or ascending twigs. ASCYRLM. Low erect shrubs; leaf scar close to the bark; fruit a capsule. HYPERICUM. Low erect shrubs; leaf scar on the prominent petiole base; fruit a berry. SYMPHORICARPOS. Terminal bud absent, the twig usually ending in a thorn. RHA.MXUS. Terminal bud present; or if absent on some twigs then the end buds large, pointed, angular, and usually green. 124. Twigs and buds glabrous; buds ovoid-pointed, 4-angled, scales fleshy; fi'uit a capsule. SYR INGA. Twigs very pubescent, buds less so; lateral buds rather flat, more or less triangular; bud scales fleshy; leaf scar on the short petiole base; fruit a drupe. LIGUSTRUM. Twigs and buds pubescent ; lateral buds cylindrical or hemispherical ; bud scales dry; leaf scar concave, on the short petiole base; lenti- cels large and conspicuous; fruit a drupe. CHIOXAXTHUS. Buds rough or pubescent; twigs glabrous or pubescent, sometimes 4-angled; lateral buds somewhat flattened, obtuse; bud scales rather dry; leaf scar close to the bark; lenticels not large; fruit a samara. FRAXIXUS. With a prominent pubescent ridge decurrent from the middle of the line connecting the leaf scars; low shrubs. DIERYILL.V. Xo pubescent decurrent ridge from the middle of the connecting line, but the ends of the leaf scars may be decurrent. 12G. Terminal bud with 2 long acuminate pubescent outer scales; line connecting the uppermost leaf scars notched. CORXUS. Terminal bud with several pairs of visible scales, or with 1 large pair and a small pair at the base, or the tips of the twigs with- ering. 127. Trees or .shrubs with numerous bundle scars, sometimes in 3 areas, in a large heart-shaped leaf scar; pith rather large; terminal bud large, with numerous scales. AiSCULUS. Bundle scars 3 or sometimes .5. 128. Visible scales of the axillary buds 4 or more pairs, or if less, then the outer pair equalling the bud in length and the second pair hairy. 129. Visible scales of the axillary buds 1-3 pairs, the outer short, or if equalling the bud then the second pair glabrous or glutinous. VIBURXLWI. Upper edge of the leaf scar strongly concave; usually large trees, if shrubs then the first pair of scales equaling the bud. ACER. Upper edge of the leaf scar nearly straight; shrubs or climbing plants, the pith sometimes hollow, sometimes with hardened pith at the leaf nodes. LOXICERA. Feb., 1905.] Nerthra stygica. 287 NERTHRA STYGICA SAY AND SOME NOTES ON THE FAMILY GELASTOCORIDiE. J. R. DE L.\ Torre Buexo. In 1832* in his “Descriptions of New Species of Hemiptera, Heteroptera of North America,” Thomas Say described his “Nancoris stygica” from one mutilated specimen from Georgia. Its structure led him to propose a new genus for it, to be called Nerthra. From that time to the present the real “Nerthra stygica” has been lost to science. It is true that Mononyx stygicus Say is mentioned by Uhler as well as by Comstock in some of their works, but from the description of it given by the first-named author in Kingsley’s “Standard Natural History” it is evident that the references are not to Say’s bug, but either to Mononyx fuscipes Guerin or to M. nepseformis Fabricius. It is one of these two that Dr. Howard figures in his “Insect Book.” In support of this view is the fact that all the American works and papers which have been consulted fail to mention the most striking peculiarity of Nerthra; namely, the hemelytra soldered together and extremely roughened. The genus and species are cited in Stabs “Enumeratio Hemipterorum,” while on the other hand, Montandon, in his revision of the subfamily “Monychinae” doubts its very existence, for he says that to his knowledge it has not again been found in America and, quoting Say’s description in extenso, remarks it “would lead one to believe that he (Say) had before him a form near to or identical with Matinus or Peltopterus and in any case differing from Mononyx.” In the absence of Guerin’s original generic characterization of Peltopterus, it has been referred to the description of the latter genus in Stabs ‘ ‘Hemiptera Africana” (Vol. Ill, p. 173), to which genus Nerthra is nearest, on account of the entirely coriaceous character of the hemelytra. It differs, however, in the shape of the body, the apical tubercles of the head and the shape of the thorax and hemelytra. (This last may be a merely specific character.) It becomes, therefore, evident that Say’s genus Nerthra stands, and since the verv existence of the bug is ques- tioned by no less an authoritv than the Rumanian Hemipterist and so much misapprehension regarding it seems current I ven- ture to attempt a description from the only specimen I have seen, giving the bibliography and synonymy as far as known to me. Nerthra Say. 1S31 (1832 sec. Uhler) — Description of N. Sp. of Het. Hem. of N. A., p. 808. 1859 — Compl. Writ, of T. Say. ed. by Le Conte. Vol. I, p. 364. 1876 — Stal, Enum. Hem., V., p. 139. * Prof._ Uhler in a letter to Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy expresses the opinion that although J:his paper is dated 1831, it did not appear until March, 1832. 288 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, Shape stiboval, depressed; head short and broad; scutellum small ; hemelytra entirely coriaceous and linearly roughened in prominent points, soldered together along a straight suture indi- cated by a groove. Rostrum small. Anterior femora basally incrassate; tarsal claws single. Abdomen rounded. Male gen- ital segments laterally deflected. N. stygica Say. (Fig. 1.) 18'51 — (1832?) — Naucoris stygica Say. pescr. of N. Sp. Het. Hem. of N. A., p. 808. 1S59 — Comp. Writ, of T. Say. ed. Le Conte, Vol. I, p. 364. 1876 — Nerthra stygica. Say. Stal, Enum. Hem. V, p. 139. 1899 — Montandon, Hem. Crypt. S. fam. Mononychinse, Bull. Soc. Scie., Bucarest, An. VII, No. 4 and 5, p. 4 (separate). (Not — Mononyx stygicus Uhl., in Kingsley’s Nat. Hist. p. 264, 1885; Uhl., Ch. List, p. 27. 1886; Uhl. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser. IV, p. 290. 1893“94; Comstock, Introduction, p. 191, 1888; Comstock, Manual, p. 134, 1899; Howard, Insect Bk., pi. XXIX, fig. 16.) • Moderate in .size, suboval, depressed; head short and broad with four tubercles in the middle, the outer two less elevated than the middle two; triangular in front and reflexed. Eyes reniform, not very prominent. Ocelli absent. Rostrum short, small and so hidden under the head as to be hardly visible (joints not counted for this reason). Prothorax, sides subparallel; cur- vedly converging in the cephalad third ; base slightly sinuate ; Fig. 1. Nerthra stygica Say X5. Fig. 2. Nerthra stygica Say; femm* and tibia of first pair. X12. laterally flattened; apex nearly straight except at the eyes; disk much elevated and roughened. Scutellum triangular, sides sin- uated, much roughened. Hemelytra slightly flattened and dilated at the humeral angles and gently curvedly sloping to the rounded extremity; entirely coriaceous and linearly roughened in acute elevations along the lines of the sutures; soldered into one piece along a straight sulcate suture extending from the caudal angle of the scutellum to the tip of the hemelytra; appar- ently soldered to the scutellum as well ; not entirely covering the abdomen, the connexival segments being moderately visible Fe\, 1905.] Kerthra stygica. 289 beyond the costal margin ; extending beyond the end of the abdo- men. First pair of legs raptorial. Anterior femorae incrassate, flattened anteriorly and coming to a point (Fig. 2); coarsely granulate; tarsal claws single. Intermediate and posterior pedes cursorial ; femoras normal with a row of blunt teeth ; tibiae with two rows of stout spines with a sulcus between ; tarsi one- jointed in intermediate j)edes and provided with double claws (tarsi of posteriors lost in the specimen before me). Mesosternal tubercle rather acute and laterally somewhat flattened, ter- minated by bristles. Male abdominal segments much com- pressed in the middle to give room for the large and prominent genital segments which are deflected toward the right. Abdomen rounded with an entire margin. Color, blackish-brown above, except the flattened prothoracic and hemelytral lobes which are yellowish and translucent. Underside of the abdomen more or less black. First pair of legs entirel}^ black ; second and third more or less spotted with lighter color. Dimensions: Insect — Long., 7.4 mm.; lat., 5.3 mm. Head including eyes — Long., .0 mm. ; lat., 3.4 mm. Prothorax — Long., 2.4 mm.; lat., 5 mm. Abdomen — Long., 4.4 mm.; lat., 5.3 mm. Redescribed from a single specimen in the collection of Mrs. Annie Trumluill Slosson who took it in Florida. The much roughened upper surface together with the entirely coriaceous hemelytra fused into one will at once distinguish this species from all the other Mononychinae. The preceding descriptions will doubtless be found lacking in many respects but dissection being necessary to determine cer- tain anatomical features and characters, such, for instance, as the antennae, the possession of only one specimen, and that not my own, has made it impossible to supply what is missing. As Say’s description is not accessible to all, I give it hereafter taking it from the Le Conte edition. “N. stygica — Black, front quadrilineate. ‘‘Inhabits Georgia. “Body oval, brown-black, rather rough; head crenate on the front so as to form four denticulations ; eyes rounded, rather prominent; thorax not emarginate before, with a slightly de- pressed margin behind; anterior thighs dilated triangualr; hemelytra with oblique lines; they appear united at the suture. “Length three-tenths of an inch. ‘ ‘I have but one mutilated specimen which was sent to me by Mr. Oemler. If I am not deceived by this specimen, the species is apterous and the hemelytra are united bv a rectilinear suture, which will require the formation of a separate genus which may be named Nerthra.” 290 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, My sincere thanks are due to Mrs. Slosson for her kindness in granting me the privilege of studying her insect. The revival of this genus raises the genera of North American Gelastocoridae (sens, lat.) to four, namely; Pelogonus Latreille, Gelastocoris Kirkaldy. =G^a/gH/i<5 Latreille, Mononyx Laporte, Xcrthra Say. The number of species has heretofore been given for the United States as three only, Pelogonus americanus Uhl., Gelas- tocoris (Galgulus) oculatus Fabricius, and Mononyx (Nerthra) stygica Say. As a matter of fact, however, their number cannot be fixed with certainty. The recorded species and those known to me are as follows, from the whole of North America. Family gelastocorid.® Kirkaldy. Subfamily Pelogonincc. Genus Pelogonus Latreille. P. americanus Uhler, Eastern LL S. P. perbosci Guerin-Mexico, W. Indies. P. cenifrons Champion-Mexico. P. viridifrons Champion-Guatemala. P. aciitangiihis Champion-Guatemala. Subfamily Gelastocorince. Genus Gelastocoris Kirkaldy. G. rotundatus Montandon-Mexico, Guatemala. G. hufo Herrich-Schaeffer-Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica. G. oculatus Fabricius-U. S., Canada, Mexico, Central and South America. G. vicinus Montandon^U. S.. Mexico. G. variegatus Guerin-S. and tV. S., Mexico, C. and S. A. Subfamily Mononychincc. Genus Mononyx Laporte. M. fuscipes Guerin-tV. U. S., Mexico, C. and S. A. fl/. nepceformis Fabricius. W. U. S. and IMexico. M. sp. n. sp. Florida. Genus Nerthra Say. A', stygica Say, S. E. U. S. This gives in all three subfamilies and fourteen species for North America. The preceding list of species is partly taken from Biologia Centrali Americana, partly from Montandon’s revision before cited and some localities are from my collection. Guatemala bugs have been included because it is not at all improbable that they may cross the southern border of Mexico and even be found in the Southwestern United States. The Mononyx n. sp. men- tioned is an apparently undescribed bug from Florida, in the collection of Mr. Otto Heidemann, of Washington, D. C. Feb., 1905.] Hibeniacula of Ohio Water Plants.. 291 For the species of Mononyx, tables will be found in Montan- don’s paper; the Mexican and Central American forms of Pel- ogonus are tabulated in Vol. II, Rhynchota of Biologia Centrali Americana, but there is no work on Gelastorcoris outside of the notes under the species in the last mentioned work to help in separating them. New York City. THE HIBERNACULA OF OHIO WATER PLANTS. H. York. Many aquatic plants that root at the bottom of streams and lakes die down in the autumn and pass the winter by means of tubers, bulbs and rhizomes, while others have developed a peculiar type of winter propagative buds at the tips of the stems. These curious buds are found in many of the pond weeds, stone- worts and bladderworts. In the late summer and early autumn the plants turn brown and die except at the tips of the stems which remain alive. The tips of the stems cease to lengthen out and are enclosed with dark green leaves which become crowded and folded so closely as to form egg-shaped bodies. They remain on the stems for some time but finally become detached and sink to the bottom of the water where they escape the cold of winter and are scattered in various directions thus becoming a means for vegetative propagation. These buds are much shortened stems and are termed Hibernacula. A somewhat careful study was made of the hibernacula of Utricularia vulgaris since they are quite large and easily obtained. They begin to appear in the latter part of August and are formed in the manner already described, the leaves being crowded so closely and overlapping each other as to form green ball-shaped buds that are quite compact. The air spaces in the stems and leaves become much reduced and the cells are packed with starch granules which cause the buds to sink when they are detached from the stems. When the hibernacula first begin to develop, the tips of the stems and leaves secrete a mucilaginous substance, which surrounds and permeates the buds when they are formed. In the spring when the ice has melted and the sun’s rays begin to warm the water, the buds commence to grow. The starch grains that were stored up in the preceding autumn are used in the building of the new stem. Bubbles of gas are set free which are held in the mucilaginous covering and cause the buds to rise to the surface of the water. The hibernacula have changed somewhat in appearance from that in the fall as they 292 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, are more or less supplied with red coloring matter, probably a result of the low temperatures to which they haye been exposed. The buds continue to expand and the enclosed stem becomes an active, growing plant. Later it may become attached in the mud by roots from the basal end. The bladders are much reduced, or almost entirely absent from the stems bearing the hibernacula. while they are found within the buds in an immature stage. The spaces between the leaves that go to form the hibernacula. contain various algae, such as Oscillatorias, Desmids, Diatoms and other unicellular forms. Fig. 1. Two hibernacula of Utricularia vulgaris on a single stem. Fig. 2. Longitudinal section through the middle of a hibernaculum of Utricularia vulgaris. Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of an immature bladder. The hibernacula of the Potamogetons, the Myriophyllums and Philotria canadensis, are usually more elongated and the leaves less crowded than those of Utricularia. The buds do not rise to the surface of the water in the spring but remain in the mud and develop roots and leafy shoots which grow upward toward the surface of the water. The Lemnas, Wolffias and Spirodela produce pocket shaped buds, which contain the next years’ stem, and like those of Utricularia, usually sink to the bottom of the water on the approach of winter and in the spring rise again to the surface and develop into floating plants. Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Sumacs in Winter Condition. 293 The following named plants, found in Ohio, produce hiber- nacula ; Lemna cyclostasa (Ell.) Chev. Lemna minor L. Lemna triuslca L. Spiroclela polvrhiza(L.) Schleid. Wolffia Columbiana Karst. Wolffia punctata Gris. Philotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt. Zannichellia palustris L. Potomageton pusillus L. Potomageton lonchitis Tuckerm. Potomageton pusillus polyphyllus Morong. Potomageton zosterrefolius Schum. Potomageton friesii Ruprecht. Potomageton vaseyi Robbins. L^tricularia cornuta Mx. Utricularia gibba L. L^tricularia intermedia Hayne. G^tricularia vulgaris L. Myriophyllum heterophyllus Mx. Myriophyllum spicatum L. Myriophyllum tenellum Bigel. Myriophyllum verticillatum L. KEY TO THE OHIO SUMACS IN THE WINTER CONDITION. M.abel Schaffxer. Rhus L. Small trees, shrubs, or woody vines climbing by rootlets, with a milky or acrid resinous sap; pith more or less cylindrical, often large, white, brown, or yellowish; leaf scars alternate, not two-ranked; bundle scars several; stipular scars none; terminal bud present or absent; axillary buds single, not clustered at the tip of the twig, sometimes surrounded by or hid- den under the leaf scar ; bud scales several ; sap of some species poisonous to most people when touched. 1. Leaf scar surrounding the axillary bud; pith very large, brown; erect shrubs or small trees. 2. 1. Leaf scar not completely surrounding the axillary bud; pith medium; erect shrubs, small trees, or woody vines climbing by rootlets. 3. 1. Leaf scar on the short petiole base which covers the axillary bud; pith small; bark glabrous, aromatic; low, ascending or diffuse shrub. R. aroinatica Ait. Fragrant Sumac. 2. Twigs glabrous, somewhat glaucous. R. glabra L. Smooth Sumac. 2. Twigs velvety-hairy. R. hirta (L.) Sudw. Staghorn Sumac. 3. Bark velvety pubescent, brown; buds short, rounded; erect shrub or small tree. R. copallina L. Dwarf Sumac. 3. Bark glabrous or nearly so, or if pubescent then with aerial rootlets, gray or brownish-gray; buds projecting; bark and wood poisonous to most people when touched. 4. 4. Leaf scars heart-shaped; bundle scars numerous, scattered; erect shrub or small tree in swamps. R. vernix L. Poison Sumac. 4. Leaf scars U-shaped ; bundle scars numerous, scattered or arranged in a curve; woody vine climbing by aerial rootlets, sometimes shrubby or tree-like. R. radicans L. ' Poison Ivv. 294 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4, MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Dec. 5, 1904. The club was called to order by the president, Mr. Sanders. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and corrected. The first business to come before the club was the report of the nominating committee as follows: for president, Prof. J. S. Hine; for vice president. Miss L. C. Riddle; for secretarv-treasurer, F. M. Surface. On the motion of Prof. Schaffner the secretary was instructed to cast the unanimous ballot of the club for these officers. Prof. Hine being absent Miss Riddle took the chair. The major paper of the evening was by Mr. H. A. Gleason on the Sand Dunes of Central Illinois. In this region the vegetation is a coarse bunch grass prairie and scrub oak timber, but it is developing in the direction of typical Illinois woods and prairie. Prominent in the physiography are large excavations formed by the wind and known as blow outs. The flora presents little sim- ilarity with that of the nearby dunes along Lake Michigan, but shows a close relationship with the sand-hill region of Nebraska. In the discussion Prof. Schaffner spoke of the sand hills of Kansas and Nebraska. Prof. Hine now took the chair. Prof. Osborn spoke of the first day’s meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science at Cleveland. He spoke especially of Prof. Moseley’s presidential address on the “Formation of Sandusky Bay.” Especially interesting was the account of the formation of Cedar Point. Other papers presented on the first day were Prof. Halsted’s paper on “Mathematics in Biology,” Prof. Miller’s lecture on “Radium,” and in the evening Prof. Herrick’s “Bird Studies.” Prof. Landacre then reported the second day’s meeting of the Academy. The scientific papers were presented in the forenoon and the afternoon was taken for the business session. The mat- ter of a midwinter meeting with the Ohio Educational Society was taken up and it was agreed that there should be at least a round table meeting at that time. Prof. Hine then reported on the financial condition of the Ohio N.\tur.\list. The N.\tur.\list is upon a firmer basis than ever before and its prospects for the future are bright.- The following persons were elected to membership; J. F. Clevenger, C. H. Flory, L. H. Scholl, H. A. Gleason. The hour being late the president declared the club adjourned until the first Monday in January after the holiday vacation. F. M. SuRF.^CE, Sec. Date of Publication of February Number Feb. 24 1905. LONG S KILER Unwersitv Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Eugtaoiiig Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. ^ ^ 3^ 3^ II 50K North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos = = = FROM THE OliD t^ELtlABLiE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rxpafe (^mBufancc ^croice. ^cfepBonc 18- JiineraP ®{rec^or0♦ 1239 fo 1241 (n. §1313 ^freef. CofumSuB, per one was often quite long and was usually the last to succumb to the rapidly enlarging embryo sac. The widening of the embrvo sac was great in only one plane and was not very marked when sections were cut at right angles to that plane. The pouch-like form of the antipodal region was very noticeable. Miss Burr found a similar pouch in Vallisneria, Ohio Nat. 4: 439- 443. In everv case three pale vescicular nuclei could be found deep in the pouch. In some cases a large brightly stained nucleus was found just above the antipodals but careful examination showed that it was either the lower polar nucleus in a typical eight celled embrvo sac or else the evidence was that there had been a division of the definitive nucleus and one of the first March, 1905.] Ohio Plants with Tencb-ils. 305 daughter nuclei had travelled to the antipodal region just as Schaffner finds to be the case in Sagittaria, Bot. Gaz. 23: 252- 272, and ]\Iiss Burr in Vallisneria. In the case of Philotria how- ever. no definite wall was found cutting this nucleus off from the rest of the embrvo sac. While Wylie .seems to indicate in PI. II, figs. 35-30 that there is fusion of the second sperm nucleus with the definitive nucleus it seems difficult to account for the extra nucleus in the antipodal region unless there had already been a division of the defiinitve nucleus or the polar nuclei had failed to conjugate, for in the slides which the writer examined the polar nuclei were in close contact long before fertilization and the antipodals were too vescicular to indicate the possibility of any further activity. The synergidse stained quite characteristically so that they were easily distinguished from the other nuclei in the embrvo sac. The pollen grains showed distinctly the tube nucleus and the crescentic sperm nuclei connected by a slender filament of cyto- plasm while the four members of the tetrad still remained in close contact. OHIO PLANTS WITH TENDRILS. Op.\l I. Till:«.-\x. Tendril plants are for the greater part, plants of the tropics, where the vegetation is so dense that the plants have developed such organs by means of which they are brought to a more favor- able position with respect to light. The tendrils attach them- selves to supports and thus bring the plant to an upright position or aid it in climbing over various objects. In the different species the tendrils morphologically represent different parts of the plant and this furnishes a basis of classification. Some tendrils attach themselves by twining entirely around the support, others as the Virginia Creeper, attach themselves by means of little discs with adhesive surfaces developed at the tips of the tendril. The tendril usually grows straight until the tip touches some object of support around which it hooks to secure a firm hold, then it shortens usually by coiling in a double spiral. All tendril plants may be divided into two main divisions: first the leaf climbers, and second the shoot or branch climbers. Each of these main divisions may be subdivided depending upon the degree of development. In the leaf tendrils the entire leaf, terminal leaflet, petiole, or petiolule or other parts may be modified into the tendril. There are five families in Ohio which have plants belonging to this group with twenty-three species. In the S.\iiL.\CE.^: the two tendrils are located on either side of the base of the petiole, which presists, the blade being cast off 3o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5, beyond the tendril. They are simple and coil in the usual man- ner. In case of Smilax Ijona-nox there is a decided widening at the base of the tendril: S. ecirrhata is usually without tendrils. The following greenbriers occur in Ohio: 1. Smilax herbacea L. .5. Smilax hispida Muhl, 2. “ ecirrhata (Engelm) Wats. (>. “ pseudo-China L. 3. “ glauca Walt. 7. “ bona-nox L. 4. “ rotundifolia L. In our R.\xuxcul.\ce.4: the leaves are the climlting organs, the petiole or petiolule is the sensitive part. In Clematis virgin- iana there are cases showing the transition from leaf to tendril. The leaflets drop oft' and leave the petiole presistent. There are two species in (Dhio: 8. Clematis virginiana L. t). Clematis viorna L. One of the P.\p.\ver.\ce.4: has modified leaves which act as tendrils. The petiolule is the sensitive part. The leaflets are very much reduced often showing a transition from ordinary leaf parts to tendril. Our species is: 10. Adlumia fungosa (Ait) Greene. The F.\b.4ce^ which have tendrils belong to the pea tribe, Vicieae. The ends of the leaves develop into tendrils which have from two to five branches, except Lathyrus ochroleucus in which the tendril is simple. The Ohio species are: 1 1. A'icia cracca L. 17. Vicia angustifolia Roth. 12. “ amerlcana Muhl. IS. Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel. 13. “ Carolina Walt. 1!). “ venosus Muhl. 14. “ tetrasperma (L.) r^Iocnch. 20. “ palustris L. 1.5. “ hirsuta (L.) Koch. 21. “ myrtifolius Muhl. H). “ sativa (L.) 22. “ ochroleucus 4Iook. In our species belonging to the Bigxoxi.vce.^: there are two leaflets and one branched tendril coming from the end of the presistent petiole. 23. Bignonia crucigera L. The twig or shoot tendrils may represent ordinary branches or modified parts of a flower cluster and as in the leaf tendrils they may be either simple or branched. In Ohio are found four families with seventeen species belonging to this division or grou|). In the climbing S.\pixd.\ce.-e two tendrils occur at the base of the flower cluster. Our only species is the introduced: 24. Cardiospermum lialicacabum L. In the ViT.4CEyE the tendrils appear on the twig opposite the leaf. They are usually branched several times. In some cases one of the branches of the tendril develops a rudimentary bunch of grapes, or there mav be a well developed l)unch of grapes with a rudimentary tendril. In Ampelopsis cordata and most other species of this family every third leaf node is without a tendril. The Ohio species are: March, 1905.] Key to Ohio Walnuts. 307 25. Vitis labrusca L. 26. “ a-stivalis Michx. 27. “ bicolor Le Conte. 28. “ vulpina L. 29. Vitis cordifolia ^lichx. .30. Ampelopsis cordata Michx. .31. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch. In our species belonging to the Passiflorace.^; there is a single unbranched tendril coming from the axil of the leaf. It coils in the usual manner. 32. Passiflora lutea L. The tendrils in the Cucurbitace^ represent modified shoots; part of the tendril being stem and part leaf. They are from two to five branched, all the branches coming from the same point. Thev usually appear beside the leaf. The Ohio species are: 33. Micranipelis lobata (i\Iichx) Greene. 34. Sicyos angulatus L. 35. Cucurbita pepo L. 36. " pepo ovifera L. 37. Cucurbita maxima L. 38. Citrullus citrullus (L.) Karst. 39. Cucumis melo L. 40. “ sativus L. KEY TO OHIO WALNUTS BASED ON TWIG CHARACTERS. JOHX H. SCHAFFXER. jiiglans L. Trees with valuable often very dark-colored wood, spreading branches, and fragrant bark; twigs with terminal buds and superposed axillary buds and with dark brown bark; leaf scars alternate, large, heart-shaped, not 2-ranked; bundle scars 3 or in 3 areas ; stipular scars none ; end of twig often show- ing a self-pruning scar caused by the falling away of the car- pellate peduncle; pith diaphragmed, with cavities. 1. Bark of twigs very pubescent. 2. 1. Bark of twigs glabrous; terminal bud and most of the lateral buds hemispheric or very short -pointed, but some maj^ be cone-shaped; cultivated. J. regia L. English Walnut 2. Axil of leaf scar with a hairy cushion below the buds; terminal bud light-colored, usually truncate, with long scales; lateral buds usually spher'cal. j. cincrea L. Butternut 2. Axil of leaf scar without a hairy cushion ; terminal bud dark-colcred, usually pointed, with short scales; lateral buds ovoid-conic. J . nigra L. Black Walnut The Xature Study Review, published in New York under the editorship of Prof. M. E. Bigelow of Columbia and with a verv distinguished list of associates is undertaking to develop the nature study movement along lines which will doubtless command the support of the better class of naturalists. There has been of late years so much of a tendencv to run the nature study idea into such extremely popular and superficial lines that the real purpose and intent of the originators has been endangered. That there is abundant place for everv agencv that will tend to extend the knowledge of nature while at the 3o8 The Ohio Xaturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5, same time avoiding the running of nature study into a mere fad of nature romance, will doubtless be agreed by all true naturalists. Readers of the X.\tur.\list will find much of interest in the numbers of the Review so far published and doubtless future numbers will be of equal interest and value. H. O. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Ortox H.tLL, Jan. 9, 19().o The meeting was called to order by the Vice-President, Miss Riddle. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and a])proved. The first speaker of the evening was Prof. W. C. l\lills, whose subject was ‘ ‘The Ainu of Japan.” Prof. Mills came into personal contact with the Ainu at the St. Louis Exposition, and was able to illustrate his talk with several photographs and with specimens of their handiwork. The Ainu are one of the primitive jieoples of Japan and at present inhabit the northern islands, principally Yezo. At ]iresent there are about 17, ()()() Ainu and about 900, ()()() Japanese on this island. The nine Ainu who were brought to St. Louis were the first to leave their native land in 1400 years. The men all wear long beards and the women tattoo their faces to represent a beard. This tattooing is begun at about the age of nine and is done by cutting the flesh and rubbing in the wounds soot from the bottom of their cooking vessels. The average height of the men is about 5 ft. 4 in. Their eyes are horizontal ; the skin is white, and their features resemble those of many of the white races of Plurope. The women weave a kind of cloth called Artus, made from the fibers of the Elm and from this they make much of their clothing. This clothing is usually decorated with certain entirely original, spiral patterns. Their religious customs are very peculiar. The bear plays an important part in their religion and the bear hunt and feast is one of their singular customs. Prof. Osborn then gave an account of the recent meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and of some of its affiliated societies. Prof. Lazenby also spoke of some of the affiliated societies, es]jecially the Society of Agriculturists and the Society of Horticulturists. Prof. Landacre gave a short account of the meeting of the Ohio Educational Society and the mid-winter meeting of the Ohio Academy. On the motion of Prof. Schaffner the following were elected to membership: E. C. Cotton, G. E. Lamb, T. P. Pratt and T. P. White. The club then adjourned until the first Monday in February. F. M. SuRF.\CE, Secretary. Date of Publication of March Number, March 23, 1905. LONG S KILER Unwersitv Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from A\a n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE PINS. Biichet Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. II 50K North High Sired, COLUMBUS, OHIO, Photos = = = FROM THE OliD HELtlflBIiE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^ripafe (^mBufancc ^crtjicc. ^cfe^)6onc 18- J“t0^er ^ Co,, Jiuieraf ®trec^or0♦ 1239 fo 1241 (Jt. §tg6 street. CofumBuB, “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and P'ourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers— No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By \V. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and GER.^RD Fowke: Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. B\' Thom.\s A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “ The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Starling Medical Colleger Comer State and 6tli Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course iitMedicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- maC3'. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Eeady for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of I^epidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURERS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N, Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAI, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments. Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases. Cabinets. Forceps. Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. VOLUME V. APRIL. 1905. NUMBER 6. Ohio Naturalist A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History qf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN gf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? gf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. Ohio State University. Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of The Biowoical Club of the Ohio State Cniversity, and of The Ohio State Academy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, James S. Hine. Associate Editots. P. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology, Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellerman, Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. Dawson’s Birds of Ohio The Official Ohio Bird Book Popular and Scientific Account Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds. 880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page. 216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts, by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes. Second thousand in binders’ hands. ■; PUBLISHED BY The Wheaton Publishing Company, L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO APR 2 9 1905 The Ohio ^JYaturalist, ubu N£ , PUBLISHED BY BO '' ' The Biologica.1 Club of ihe Ohio State Uni-versity. GAT. Volume V. APRIL, 1905. No. 6. TABLE OF CONTENTS Y’illi.\mson— Oilonata, Astacklae and Uniouidae Colletted Along.lhe Rockcastle River at Livingston, Kentuckj' 309 Cl.v.vssex— Key to the Liverworts Recognized in tlie Sixth Edition of Gray's Manual of Botany .312 S.’HITH— Key to the Ohio Elms in the Winter Condition .315 Gleason— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. Ill 316 Riddle— Development of the Embryo Sac and Embryo of Staphylea Irifoliata 320 York — A New Aspid.'otus from Aesculus glabra 325 Landacke— The Kate of Growth in Epistylis flavicans 327 Sl’IU'ace— Meeting of the Biological Club 329 ODONATA, ASTACIDAE AND UNIONIDAE COLLECTED ALONG THE ROCKCASTLE RIVER AT LIVINGSTON, KENTUCKY. E, B. Williamson. The few following records of two days collecting in Rock- castle County, Kentucky, near the headwaters of the Cumberland River on June 23 and 24, 1904, may be of interest. Since col- lecting along the Cumberland at Xashville, Tennessee, I have been desirous of following the same river among the hills of eastern Kentucky where I expected to find the Rockcastle a rapid mountain stream with waterfalls, deep pools and long, swift rapids. Such is far from its nature. Its bed in the soft rocks is nearly made and, resting from former labors, the stream flows so slowly under the overhanging branches of birch trees that its motion is almost imperceptible. Shaded bv trees and hills, steep-banked, cold and motionless, it offers few of those attractions to dragonflies which' I had hoped ot find. There are no gorges and only an occasional low, short ripple (locally shoal) relieves the monotony of long stretches of canal like tranquility. The perfume of flowering laurels on the verdure-clothed banks saturate an atmosphere in which sound and motion would be as sacrilegious as in the chamber of death. Doubtless at seasons there is greater activity. On the dates above mentioned (June 23 and 24) only nine species of dragonflies were taken. I believe collecting three weeks earlier would have revealed a greater number of species and individuals, and possibly a great many Gomphines might have been found at the ripples at this time. 310 The Ohio Naturalist, [Vo). V, No. 6, DR.^GOXFLIES. 1. Calopteryx angustipennis. Not rare, frequenting willow- herb at ripples. This species was taken by Mr. Chas. Dury along Little Blue River, Crawford County, Indiana, May 27, 1904. This lost species, rediscovered in 1S99 in Pennsylvania and Ohio, seems to have unaccountably escaped collectors for a long period. 2. Argia tibialis. This species was found abundantly along Sycamore Creek, a tributary of the Cumberland, near Nashville, Tenn., during the spring of 19pi drainage; St. Lawrence basin in various localities. KEY TO THE LIVERWORTS RECOGNIZED IN THE SIXTH EDITION OF GRAY’S MANUAL OF BOTANY. Edo Claassex. This key was prepared for the ])urpose of making the work of determining the liverworts described in Gray’s Manual more easy than it has been heretofore. Other characters have been added to the description of the perianth, here and there, that in case the perianth is wanting, it may be possible to find the name of the genus of the specimen in hand. In the archegonial “flower” of the foliose liverworts the ped- icel together with the capsule is usually surrounded by three envelopes — the involucre, the perianth, and the calyptra. The external envelope, called the involucre, is formed by the uppermost leaves which surround the base of the perianth. They usually differ from the lower leaves by their size and shape and are sometimes more or less connate with the perianth. The perianth, surrounded by the involucral leaves, is a sac- like envelope of oval or cylindrical form. It may be compressed or angular, smooth or folded and its orifice may be either entire or lobed, dentate or ciliate. Although usually present it is want- ing in Gymnomitrium and most of the frondose liverworts. After fertilization the capsule is formed in the interior of the archegonium and while developing ruptures the upper part of the same by the lengthening of its pedicel. The archegonium April, 1905.] Key to Liverworts. 313 thus modified and remaining at the bottom of the perianth rep- resents the calyptra. It is soft and hyaline and in most cases shorter than the perianth and not connate with it. It may be added that any suggestions in regard to the improvement of this key will be thankfully received. All liverworts are usually divided into two artificial groups, the foliose and frondose, which are then subdivided as follows: Plant-body a leafy axis (Jungermanniaceae). 1 Plant-body a thallus. 30. 1. Leaves incubous. 2. Leaves succubous. 13. 2. Leaves compile at e-bilobed or with a small lower lobe. 3. Leaves not compHcate-bilobed or with a small lower lobe. 7. 3. Lower lobe incurved-ventricose or saccate, seldom expanded. 4. Lower lobe quadrate or roundish. 6. 4. Lower lobe incurved, more or less ventricose. Lcjeiinia. Lower lobe saccate, seldom expanded. 5. 5. Branches intra- axillary, the leaves on either side free. Friillania. Branches lateral, a basal leaf borne partly on the stem, partly on the branch. Jnbida. G. Lower leaf-lobe quadrate. Raditla. Lower leaf-lobe roundish. Porclla. 7. Leaf-divisions numerous and capillary. 8. Leaf-divisions not numerous and capillary. 9. 8. Leaves bilobed, lobes subdivided and with ciliate margins. Perianth present, terminating short bi'anches, smooth, obovate, mouth connivent, plicate-denticulate. Ptilidium. Leaves 4-.5-divided, divisions setaceously multifid and fringed. Perianth none or rather forming together with the calyptra and involucre a terminal or axillary, fleshy and hairy torus. T richocolea. 9. Leaves deeply bilobed and 3-ranked (underleaves being similar to leaves. Herbcrta. Leaves not bilobed and 3-ranked. 10. 10. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse) or 2-3-toothed. 11. Leaves 2-4-cleft or parted. 12. 11. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). Kantia. Leaves 2-3-toothed, Bazzania. 12. Leaves 3-(or seldom 4) parted; diyisions capillary, formed by one row of cells. Blepharostoma. Leaves palmately 2-4-cleft or -parted; divisions formed by more than one row of cells. Lepidozia. 13. Capsule opening irregularly into 4 irregular or dentate valves; plant- body pseudofoliaceous. Fossombronia. Capsule opening regularly into 4 regular valves; plant body foli- aceous. 14. 14. Perianth absent; leaves closely imbricate and 2-ranked on short julaceous stems. Gymnomitrium. Perianth present. 15. 15. Perianth connate to the middle or more with the involucral leaves. 16. Perianth free or connate with calyptra. 17. 10. Perianth connate to near the summit; leaves complicate-bilobed. Marsitpella. Perianth connate to the middle; leaves entire or nearly so. Nardia. 17. Perianth pendant, saccate; leaves bilobed, extending horizontally and at right angles from the stem; underleaves 2-cleft. Geocalyx. Perianth upright ; underleaves none or ovate-lanceolate or 2-4-cleft. 18. 3'4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6, IS. Leaves comj)licate-bilobcd. 19. Leaves not complicate-bilobed. 20. 19. Perianth oval, scarcely or not compressed, plicate; mouth denticu- late. Diplophylltini. Perianth dorsally compressed, mouth truncate, bilabiate, decurved. Scapania. 20. Ujiderleaves present (Plagiochila and Cephalozia may be sought here). 21. L’nderleaves none or usually none. (Odontoschisma may be sought here). 2(1. 21. Leaves bilobed, bidentate or ernarginate. 22. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 2.5. 22. Leaves ernarginate; perianth connate with the calyptra. Harpauthus. Leaves bilobed or Ihdentate; perianth free. 25. 25. L’nderkaves 2-4-cleft or parted. Lophocolea. Underleaves entire or nearly so. 24. 24. Involucral leaves 2, connate at base, entire. Stems without runners. Leaf-cells roundish, 5-7-angular, cell walls much thickened, each cell appearing as if surrounded by about (1 smaller, 5 (or more)- angular ones. Mylia. Involucral leaves 5-ranked, bifid or bilobed. Stems with runners. Leaf cells round, surrounded by much thickened walls. Odontoschisma. 2.5. L^nderleaves 2-4-parted. Chiloscyphiis. Lmderleaves subulate, fugacious. J iingermannia. 2(1. Leaves bifid or bilobed. 27. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse) or spinulose-dentate. 28. 27. Perianth triangular .prismatic, the contracted mouth dentate. C ephalozia. Perianth oval-oblong, plicate, mouth denticulate. Jungermannia. 28. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 29. Leaves spuinlose-dentate, rarely entire, the dorsal margin refle.xed; perianth compressed. Plagiochila. 29. Perianth cylindrical, wider above, truncate, depressed, with orifice prominently umbilicate, ciliolate, Liochlacna. Perianth compressed or terete, usually carinate, mouth entire or toothed. J Iingermannia. 50. Capsule splitting into 4 regular valves (Jungermanniaceae). 51. Capsule not splitting into 4 regular valves. 5.5. 51. Thallus with distinct costa. 52. Thallus with indistinct costa or none. 54. 52. Thallus villous throughout or hairy (ciliate) on marign and midrib beneath. Metzgcria. Thallus smooth. 55. 35. Perianth long tubular; thallus mostly simjde with sinuate or undulate margins, transparent, without inside cavities. Pallavicinia. Perianth none; thallus dichotomous or radiate with pinnatifid mar- gins, opaque, with inside cavities filled with green cells. Blasia. 54. Thallus mostly simjde or forked, with thick margin. Sporogonium rising from the underside near margin. Elaters persistent on tip of valves. Ancnra. Thallus mostly palmatifid or pinnately lobcd with thin margin (one layer of cells). Sporogonium rising from the upper surface. Elaters persistent in the centre of the capsule. Pcllia. 35. Capsules solitary, more or less perfectly 2-valved (sometimes rup- turing irregularly), linear (Anthocerotaceae). 3(1. Capsules aggregate, pendant from the underside of a peduncled disk or cruciately arranged in 4 horizontal segments or sessile on the thallus or immersed in it. 37. April, 1905.] Key, Ohio Elms in Winter Condition. 315 .3(). Capsule narrowly linear, pedicelled, 2-valved. Elaters present. ,-l nthoccros. Capsule very short, sessile, not valved below middle. No elaters. Xotothylas. 37. Capsule pendent from the underside of a peduncled disk or cruciately arranged into 4 horizontal segments (Marchantiaceae). 38. Capsule sessile on the thallus or immersed in it (Ricciaceae). 4.5. 38. Thallus barely costate or ecostate. Dumortiera. Thallus plainly costate. 39. 39. Gemmae present on sterile stems. 40. Gemmae none. 41. 40. Gemmae in cup-shaped receptacles. Fertile receptacle 7-11-rayed. Alarcliantia. Gemmae in crescent-shaped receptacles. Fertile receptacles cruci- form. Lunnlaria. 41. Perianth present. 42. Perianth none. 43. 42. Perianth scarcely exserted, 4-5-lobed. Receptacle 2-4-lobed with as many alternate rib-like rays. Prcissia. Perianth exserted half its length and cleft into 8-10 fringe-like seg- ments. Receptacle 4-lobed. Ftmbriaria. 43. Thallus large, very indistinctly porose, scaleless below. Receptacle hemispherical, acutely 4-8-lobed. Astcrella. Thallus small or very large, porose. 44. 44. Thallus very large, withovxt scales below. Receptacle conical, membraneous. Conocephalns. Thallus small with purple scales below. Receptacle conic, hemi- spherical, truncately 3-4-lobed. Grimaldia. 45. Capsule sessile on the thallus; involucre inflated-pyriform. S phacrocephaliis. Capsule immersed in the thallus; involucre none. Riccia. KEY TO THE OHIO ELMS IN THE WINTER CONDITION. Lin'dley M. Smith. Ulmns L. Trees with medium heavy and medium hard wood and rough flaky bark in ridges; twigs brown, the terminal bud self-pruned; visible bud scales several, dry; leaf scars semi-oval, 2-ranked, oblique; bundle scars 3; stipular scars prominent; pith small, cylindrical, solid; some with corky ridges on the twigs, others with abundant self-pruning scars either in the annual nodes or at the base of the twig. 1. Twigs very rough pubescent; inner bark mucilaginous, pleasant to the taste; buds very hairy at the tips; twigs never self-pruned; buds shed abundantly. U. fulva Michx. Slippery Elm 1. Twigs glabrous or slightly pubescent; not mucilaginous or slightly so, rather bitter; buds glabrous or if hairy rather small and pointed. 2. 2. Buds ovate short pointed, bud scales quite hairy; twigs without self- pruning joints in the annual nodes; none of the branches corky winged; cultivated. U. campestris L. English Elrn 2. Buds ovate-conic with long points, bud scales glabrous or somewhat pubescent; twigs with self-pruning joints in the annual nodes, often leaving peculiar stumps; native. ,T 3. None of the branches corky-winged ; buds pointed but rather elliptical, glabrous or nearly so. U. amcricana L. White Elm 3. Some or many of the branches corky- winged ; buds very much pointed, somewhat pubescent. U. racemosa Thomas. Cork Elm 3i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6, NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. III. H. A. Gle,\son’. The gexus Bidens ix Ohio. The species of the genus as represented in Ohio fall naturally into four well distinguished groups, the first including the simple leaved forms with or with- out rays, the second the rayless species with divided leaves, the third the Coreopsis-like species with conspicuous rays, and the fourth the single species Bidens hipinnata, distinguished by its linear achenes and dissected leaves. The latter is our only rep- resentative of the section Psilocarpae of DeCandolle; the others with flat achenes belong to the section Platycarpae. The species of the northeastern United States have been confused in the recent floras, and this has led to a misunder- standing of the local forms. The keys and descriptions in this paper include only the Ohio species, and it is hoped that they will be of service to Ohio botanists in studying this interesting genus of Composites. A number of species now included in Bidens are in Gray’s Manual and other earlier works referred to Coreopsis. Dr. Britton (Bull. Torr. Club 20;2S0, 281. 1893.) first pointed out their closer relationship with Bidens, including in that genus all forms with a pappus of upwardly or downwardly barbed awns, and limiting Coreopsis to those species in which the pappus con- sists of two short teeth, a mere border, or is entirely absent. The aquatic species known as Bidens beckii differs in many sig- nificant features from typical Bidens, and has been proposed by Professor E. L. Greene as the type of the new genus Megalodonta. The name of the Ohio species becomes accordingly Megalodonta beckii (Torr.) Greene. The most important recent literature on the genus is by K. M. Wiegand (Bull. Torr. Club 26:399-422. 1899.), who gives kevs and full descriptions of most of the species of Platycarpae, and bv E. L. Greene (Pittonia 4:242-284. 1901.), Avho discusses the nomenclatorial history of the genus and describes many new species. Key to the Ohio Species. 1. Achenes linear, not flattened. (Psiloc.arp.ae DC.) 1. B. bipinjuita. 1. Achenes cuneate to obovate, flattened. (Pe.atycarp.ae DC.) 2. 2. Leaves simple, serrate or somewhat pinnatifid. .3. 2. Leaves pinnately parted or compound. 6. 3. Heads nodding on erect peduncles after flowering. 4. 3. Heads persistently erect. 5. 4. Leaves oblong, 0-10 cm. long, little or not at all narrowed at the base. 2. B. cernita. 4. Leaves elliptical, 10- IS cm. long, narrowed at the base. 3. B. elliptica. 5. Outer bracts scarcely exceeding the disk, not more than 15 mm. long. 4. B. connata. April, 1905.] Notes — Ohio State Herbariuyn. III. 317 Some of the outer bracts twice as long as the disk or longer, the longest 20-7.> mm. long. 5. B. comosa. (). Itays none or very short. 7. (). Rays large and conspicuous, bright yellow. S. 7. Outer involucral bracts 4, achenes about .7 mm. long. O. B. discoidca. 7. Outer bracts (>-ex. Heads numerous, aljout 0 mm. high, rays none; outer bracts of the involucre about 5, 1-1.5 times as long as the disk, lanceolate-oblong, entire or minutely toothed; corollas 5-lobed; achenes cuneate, 5 mm. long, awns 2 mm. long, retrorsely Ijarbed. There is but one specimen in the State Herbarium, from Wyandot County. 5. Bidens comosa (Gray) Wiegand. Stem diffusely branch- ing from the base, or with short branches above, 2-7 dm. high. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, coarsely toothed, acute or acuminate, tapering at the base into a winged petiole. Heads usually numerous, about 1 cm. high in flow'er, in fruit becoming 2 cm. high and 3 cm. in diameter, outer bracts ()-8, oblong to oblanceolate, foliaceous, serrate, twice as long as the disk or longer and reaching a length of 8 cm. ; corollas 4- lobed ; achenes 7-10 mm. long, awns three, the longest 4-G mm. Al)undant in wet places, probably throughout. (), Bidens discoidea (T. & G.) Britton. Stem freely branched, 5- 15 dm. high. Leaves 3-divided, on slender petioles, leaflets lanceolate or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, sharply serrate, acute at the base, long acuminate at the apex. Heads numerous, 5 mm. high in flower, outer bracts 4, narrowly spatulate, exceed- ing the disk; achenes cuneate, about 5 mm. long, the two awns about 2 mm. in length. One specimen from Cedar Point, Erie County. 7. Bidens frondosa L. Sparingly branched with spreading branches, (5-10 dm. high. Leaves 3-divided, usually thin, on slender petioles 3-5 cm. long, leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acute or rounded at the base, acute or short-acuminate at the a]>ex, 5-8 cm. long. Heads relatively few, 5 mm. high in flower, much larger in fruit, outer bracts (5-8, narrowly spatulate, conspic- uously exceeding the disk, naked or sparingly ciliate at the base; achenes oblong or cuneate, dark brown to black, (5-8 mm. long, awns two, 4 mm. long. The three specimens in the State Herbarium, from Holmes, Meigs and Vinton counties, have]been confused with Bidens discoidea. The{two speciesyare at once separated by the more numerous outer bracts and the much larger achenes of Bidens frondosa, as well as by the laxer habit of branching in the latter species. According to Wiegand the leaves are sometimes 5-divided, but this was not observed in any Ohio specimens. April, 1905.] Notes — Ohio State Herbarium. III. 319 8. Bidens vulgata Greene. Stem stout, erect and branching, 5-16 dm. high. Leaves pinnately 3-5-divided, on long petioles, leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely and sharply serrate or almost incised, 5-12 cm. long. Heads comparatively few, mostly on long stout peduncles, the largest becoming 2 cm. high and 3 cm. across in fruit, outer bracts 10-16, spatulate oblong, unequal and conspicuously exceeding the disk, ciliate at base; achenes brown, obovate, flat, 7—10 mm. long, the two awns 4-6 mm. long. Abundant in moist soil throughout the state. It has long been confused with Bidens frondosa, and under that name has been included in Gray’s Manual and the Illustrated Flora. It is distinguished from Bidens frondosa by the larger heads, the coarser leaves, the more ascending branches, and the large broad achenes. The bracts, which are ciliate in Bidens vulgata, may possibly serve also as a distinguishing character. 9. Bidens trichosperma (Michx.) Britton. Tall and freely branched above in the usual form, although in peat bogs it may bloom when but 2-3 dm. high. Leaves petioled, 1-2-pinnately parted, segments 3-10, narrowly linear-lanceolate or linear, acuminate at base and apex, sharply serrate along the middle or almost entire. Heads numerous and showy, outer bracts linear- spatulate, about equalling the disk; achenes cuneate, 5-6 mm. long, awns 2-3 mm. long, narrowly triangular, upwardly hispid or becoming smooth. Throughout the state, except possibly the extreme southern part, but especially common at the north. Widely varialfle in size and especially in the shape of the leaf-segments, which in specimens from peat-bogs are sometimes linear-spatulate, entire and rounded at the apex. From this extreme there is everv gradation to the typical linear-lanceolate shape. The varietv tenuiloha has been reported from the state and is undoulotedlv included in the preceding description, but there is no valid reason for separating two forms in the Ohio material at hand. 10. Bidens aristosa (Michx.) Britton. Stems erect, freelv branching, 4-10 dm. high. Leaves petioled, pinnately divided, segments 3-7, lanceolate, sharply serrate, acuminate at both ends. Heads very numerous, with conspicuous rays, outer bracts oblong or oblong-spatulate, equalling or shorter than the disk; achenes broadly obovate, 4 mm. long, with two slender barbed awns 3-4 mm. long. This western species has so far been reported only from the western part of the state. Three specimens are in the State Her- barium, from Champaign, Clark, and Madison Counties. Although in general habit it resembles Bidens trichosperma, it is easily and certainly distinguished from it by the broad achenes with their long slender awns. 320 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6, DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF STAPHYLEA TRIFOLIATA.* Lumina C. Riddle. Material for the study of Staphylea trifoliata, L. was collected along the hanks of the Olentangy River during several Sjirings, killed in chrome-acetic acid and imbedded in ])araffin. The sec- tions jirepared varied in thickness from 8-15 microns. Analin safranin and gentian violet, and iron-alum haematoxylin were used in staining, lioth giving good results although the latter stain was too dense for pollen grains. Sta]diylea trifoliata belongs to the Family Staphyleaceae and to the Order Sapindales and is thus allied to the Hippocasta- naceae, Aceraceae, Celastraceae, and Sajiindaceae. Scarcely any mor])hological work seems to have been done on this Order so that very little comjiarison can be made between Staphylea and nearly related plants. Mottier, Hot. Oaz. 18:875-877, has rejjorted on the develo])ment of the embryo-sac of Acer rubrum and some ])oints of comparison will be noted later. Strasburger also made observations on Staphylea pinnata and Acer in “ Zellbildung and Zelltheilung” Jena, 1880; and “Neue Unter- suchungen uelier den Befruchtungsvorgang bei den Phaneroga- men” Jena 1884. As a general rule the flowers were quite normal in the num- ber of parts the only variation being four carpels instead of three in the gvnoecium. The number of ovules in each carjiel may be as high as eight but very rarely more than one matured in each cavity and often only one in the entire ca]i.sule. The ovules are anatropous and the liest sections were those cut across the ovulary. As soon as the ovules were large enough they were removed from the capsule before killing. The integuments become too woody to make microtome sections long before the embrvo is mature. There are two integuments on the ovule but no aril. The hypodermal archesporial cell (FI. 19, Fig. 1) ajijiears before there are any traces of integuments. In one case a three celled archesporium (Fig. 2) was found. The single arches])orial cell cuts off a primary parietal cell (Fig. 8) which divides to form from three to five tapetal cells (Figs. 4 7) forcing the mega- s])orocyte deep into the tissue of the nucellus. The megasporocvte then divides into four megaspores (Fig. 8) and the lowest becomes functional destroving the others as it enlarges and divides (Figs. 9 -10). * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratcirv of the Ohio State Uni- versity, XIX. April, 1905.] Staphylea trifoliata. 321 The embryo sac widens slightly as it develops to the eight celled stage (Figs. 11-13) and the nuclei arrange themselves in the normal positions, three at the top becoming the synergidae and egg cell, the three lowest settle into a pocket and gradually disintegrate while the two polar nuclei approach each other and hnally come to rest in contact. Sections which showed the archesporial cells showed the microspores fully developed and the tapetal layer already break- ing down (Fig. 14). Older flowers gave thick-walled pollen grains having two nuclei, the pollen tube nucleus and the gen- erative nucleus. This pollen grain (Fig. 15) resembles those of Acer rubrum (Mottier) and Staj)hylea pinnata (Strasburger). The latter reports the division of the generative cell into the two sperm cells after the formation of the pollen tube. The gen- erative cell stains quite dark and is apparently enclosed by a wall, making the entire pollen grain very similar to that of the staminate flower of Acer rubrum. In the formation of the definitive nucleus two polars usually unite (Fig. 13) but in several instances three exactly similar nuclei were found fusing (Fig. 17). In one case, however, there was found what seems to be the union of one of the sperm nuclei with the polars (Fig. Ifl). This third nucleus is surrounded by a small amount of cyto])lasm which stains distinctly darker than that of the polars and the nucleus contains a single small dark nucleolus. After fertilization the embryo sac enlarges, the formation of endos])erm occurs rapidly and the ovule increases greatly in size. The endosperm forms a large loose single layered lining for the entire embryo sac before any division of the one celled embryo occurs. The ovules are about one-fourth the mature size before anything larger than a one-celled embryo is found (Fig. 18). The two-celled (Fig. 19), and four-celled stages (Figs. 20,21 and 25), were found in half grown ovules. Seeds which were full size ljut still not too hard to section contained embryos still too young to show the development of the cotyledons (Figs. 22-24). Capsules which contained these full sized ovules had attained their normal bladdery inflation. The endosperm was abundant l)ut the nuclei had not begun the formation of walls so that the multinucleate cells which Strasburger finds in Staphylea pinnata were not ol)served. The synergidae have usually disa^jpeared or are completely obscured by the aljundant endos]jerm l>efore the one celled embryo divides but in a few cases traces of them were seen with a four-celled embryo (Fig. 20). No traces of the antipodals were evident after division of the endosperm nuclei became rapid. Division of the suspensor occurs with the formation of the quadrant and seems to retrogress towards the basal cell but the Ohio Naturalist. Plate XIX. Riddle on Staphylea trifoliata. Ohio Naturai.ist. Plate XX. Riddi.E on “ Staphylea trifoliata. 324 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6, latter was not seen divided and its nucleus was quite vescicular even in rather younoroevte. Integuments beginning to develop. Fig. 4. Three tajietal cells and megasporoevtc. Fig. .■). Two ta])etal cells; megasporoevtc eidarging. Figs. (1-7. Four and five tapetal cells. Fig. 8. Four ta]>etal cells and four megasj)ores. April, 1905.] A New Aspidiotus. 325 Fig. 9. Four tapetal cells, two celled embryo-sac and disintegrating megaspores. Fig. 10. Two celled embryo-sac beginning to destroy tapetum. Fig. 11. Four celled embryo-sac. Fig. 12. Eight celled embryo-sac showing antipodals already settled in pocket. Fig. 13. Egg apparatus, conjugating polar nuclei and antipodals. PLATE XX. Fig. 14. Stamen showing pollen sacs and pollen grains. Fig. 15. Older pollen grain with thickened wall. Fig. 16. Polar nuclei and a sperm nucleus. Fig. 17. Three nuclei fusing to form definitive nucleus. Fig. 18. One celled embryo. Fig. 19. Two celled embryo. Figs. 20-21. Four celled embryos. Figs. 22, 23-24. Older embryos. Fig. 25. Flalf grown ovule showing four celled embryo, endosperm lining, nucellus and inner integument shrivelling, and outer integument developing hard tissue. Fig. 26. Flat section of mature seed showing hard integument a-b and outline of embryo imbedded in endosperm. Fig. 27. Longitudinal section of a mature ovule through a-b showing cotyledons and plumule. Endosperm around but not between cotyledons. A NEW ASPIDIOTUS FROM AESCULUS GLABRA. Harlax H. York. Aspidiotus {Dias pidiotus) ohioensis n. sp. Female scale cir- cular, slightly convex, margin irregular, 1-2 mm. in diameter, dark or dirtv gray, exuviae orange red. sub-central and covered with dark excretion. When removed from the bark, the scale leaves a conspicuous white patch. Female; Median lobes broad, notched on lateral margin near apex and sometimes notched near the apex on the mesal margin. Second lobes rudimentary, slightly developed on inner-angle, often not present. First interlobular incision shallow, broader than deep, chitinous processes usually fused into a solid process, occasionally furrowed . Second interlobular incision similar to the first, only smaller, the chitinous process seldom furrowed. Some- times there is a very small incision laterad of the second incision. There is usually a small chitinous process at the inner base of each median lobe. A simple and a forked plate, sometimes two to three forked plates laterad of median lobe, one to three forked plates between the first and second incisions and usually one simple and one to three forked plates laterad of second incision. Spines prominent, longer than the plates. On the dorsal surface, one spine at the base of the outer margin of each median lobe, one on each of the rudimentary lobes, one about one-third of the distance from the median lobe to penultimate segment and one about the same distance from the penultimate segment. The spines on the ventral surface are shorter than those of the dorsal 326 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6, surface, a spine slightly laterad of each corresponding dorsal spine, except the one at the base of the median lobe. There are five groups of circumgenital glands. Median group 3 to 7, generally 4 to 5 arranged in a single row, sometimes grouped together, anterior lateral 12 to 15; posterior lateral 7 to 11. Dorsal pores numerous and quite prominent. Fig. 1. Pygidium of female. Fig. 2. Dorsal marign of the pygidium of female. This species was found on Aesculus glabra on Ohio State University campus, March 24, 1!)05. While it resembles A. ancylus, it is distinguished from this species by the shape and character of the incisions and chitinous processes, the number and arrangement of the median gland orifices, by the number of spines and by the absence of the spine-like extensions of the margin between the third and fourth pairs of s])ines. Aspidiotus ohioensis is close to A. aesculi and A. aesculus sub. sp. solus. The spines are more numerous, the incisions are not alike, and the median gland orifices more abundant. This is one of the several forms that may prove to be varie- ties of Aspidiotus micylus on a more exhaustive study. A large number of mounts were made and the points men- tioned were observed many times. The author is very grateful to Prof. Herbert Osborn for his valuable suggestions in the above description and drawings. April, 1905.] Epistylis flavican^^. 327 THE RATE OF GROWTH IN EPISTYLIS FLAVICANS. F. L. Landacre. The writer recently had an opportunity to observe the rate of growth in one of our common stalked Protozoa, Epistylis flavicans Ehr., and the changes in form of the animalcule which accompany this growth. A good deal of interest attaches to the rate of growth of the pedicle in stalked forms on account of the fact that two species frequently otherwise similar may be differentiated by the length of pedicle. A form with branched pedicle, which in its adult condition mav be easily differentiated by the pedicle, is with dif- ficulty separated from other species if its pedicle is still simple as it is in the earlier stages of growth. Each form having a branched stalk passes through a stage in which its stalk is simple and it is then sometimes with difficulty separated from the forms with unbranched pedicles. The frequency with which these immature forms are met with depends of course upon the time required for a detached zooid to acquire a pedicle characteristic of the adult form. If this is done uqickly, for instance, in a few hours, comparatively few immature forms would be encountered. If the period of growth is longer, for instance, several days or a week, one ought to find immature forms rather frequently. During the three summers spent in work on Protozoa at Sandusky no case of growth except the present instance was observed that could be measured. This may be due to the fact that work was com- menced about the first of June each year which would be after the period of maximum growth among the Protozoa, this period coming earlier in the spring. In the present case the attachment of the free swimming form was not observed. But in mounting a slide for observation a large colony of Epistylis flavicans was found many of whose zooids were detached and swimming about. Within a short time one was found attached and its rate of growth observed. It could have been attached only a short time for it st;ll had the typical cylindrical shape characteristic of free swimming forms (Fig. 1). The posterior circle of cilia. was vibrating rapidly and there was only a faint movement of the cilia visible in the region of the gullet. In three minutes it had assumed the form of Fig. 2. The posterior cilia were vibrating a little less rapidly. There was a cone shaped extension at the posterior end of the body equalling one-third of the total body length and extending proximall}^ from the posterior circlet of cilia. The body had begun to assume the normal shape the adoral cilia were vibrating and the 328 The Ohio Xaturalist. [Vol. V, No 6, total width of the peristome was aljout two-thirds of the adult form. In two minutes more it had assumed the form shown in Fig. 3, the posterior end had narrowed considerably and while the constriction extending from the posterior ciliary wreath was still one-third the total length of the body its attached end had assumed the appearance of the adult pedicle. The lengthening of this pedicle had every appearance of growth and not of meta- morphosis of body into pedicle. The body while producing the pedicle was actually larger than before, and although the form was feeding rapidly it is hardly conceivable that assimilation and growth could take place at the rate at which the pedicle aj)peared. / j, J y DESCRIPTION OF PLATE. Fig. 1. Four stages in the growth of the pedicle of Ephistylis flavicaus Ehr. p. c. — posterior circlet of cilia, p. — pedicle appearing first in Fig. 3. At the end of five minutes more (Fig. 4) the body of the animalcule was nearly normal in every respect except that the slight elevation on which the posterior circlet of cilia had been situated could still be observed although the cilia had been retracted. The pedicle at this time was one-sixth the length of the body and the animalcule was feeding actively. From this point on only the relative rate of growth in the pedicle will be given as no opportunity offered to note any other histological changes than those pertaining to the lenghtening of the pedicle. At the end of five minutes more or a total of fifteen minutes in all the pedicle was equal to one-fourth the length of the body ; in twenty minutes one-third ; at twenty-five minutes one-half ; at thirty minutes, thirteen-twentieths; at thirty-five minutes, four-fifths, and at the end of forty minutes equaled the body in length. It was not observed again for a ]>eriod of forty-five minutes during which time the pedicle had attained a length equal to three times that of the body. This is somewhat under the nor- mal, the unbranched pedicle usually being four to five times that of the body. So that a period of one hour and a half was suf- ficient to produce a pedicle nearly equal to the unbranched por- April, 1905.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 329 tion of the adult colony stalk. Of course to make this observa- tion complete the rate of division in the zooid should be observed and also the rate of production of the branched portion of the pedicle. At the end of one hour and thirty-five minutes the posterior circlet of cilia began to appear and in an hour and fifty-five minutes the animalcule became detached and swam away. The presence of the cover glass, the lack of oxygen and food all three probably prevented the completion of the growth and probably retarded the later stages of it but otherwise it seems normal and furnishes some idea of the rate at which the single stalked and branched stalked forms of Protozoa produce their pedicles. The rapid rate of growth also accounts for the rarity with which one finds immature forms especially those with compound pedicles and vet they do occur frequently enough to render the difficulty of identifying these forms very great. These observations were made in August and the rate of growth may be quite different from that occurring earlier in the summer during the period of greatest activity among the Protozoa. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Ortox Hall, Feb. 6, 1905. The vice-president. Miss Riddle, called the club to order. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Prof. Schaffner spoke of a short letter which he had received from Prof. Kellerman. The party in Central America were enjoying the trip very much but were too busy to write. The first paper of the evening was by Mr. L. H. Scholl on “ Cotton and its By-products.” Cotton has been raised in Texas since the Anglo-Saxon settlement and now the state produces one-fourth of all the cotton in the U. S. The Cotton Boll Wevil introduced from idexico about 1892 has threatened the cotton interests of the state. But it has been found that by increased and better cultivation, change of crops, clearing the ground, etc., cotton can be raised in spite of the wevil. Formerly the cotton seeds were thrown into the rivers or burned, but recently science has shown that this perhaps is not the least valuable part of the crop. The products are used chiefly for feeding cattle but the meal is also used for fertilizer. Cotton seed oil is used in place of olive oil, for salad oils, butter oils and is used to adulterate many other oils as linseed. The lint from the seeds is made into cotton batting, paper, etc. The stalks yield a good fiber. The honey taken by the bees from the glands on leaves, stems and 330 The Ohio Naturalist, [Vol. V, No. 6, flowers is also valuable. Mr. Scholl exhibited a fine line of sample of the various by-products of cotton seed. Mr. Dresbach presented a paper on the “ Form and Structure of the Red Blood Corpuscle.” Weidenreich of Strassburg con- tends that the mammalian erythrocytes are not biconcave but bell-shaped. His conclusions are based: (1) upon the fact that when the corpuscles are fixed with osmic acid, immediate!}’ upon escaping from the blood vessels, the great majority have the bell form ; (2) the corpuscles have this form in isotonic solutions as a .bd% NaCl solution for mammalian corpuscles; (3) Weiden- reich claims to have seen the bell-shaped cells in the circulating blood of the rabbit. He concludes that the biconcave form is due to the extreme sensitiveness of the corjjuscle and is pro- duced by slight increase of the density above the normal. As to the structure of the corpuscles, Weidenreich thinks that they consist of a distinct cell w’all which encloses the haemoglobin and other constituents. The behavior of the cells in such fluids as water, salt solutions, tannic acid solutions, etc., points to the presence of a cell wall. No stroma or framework exists. Mr. Dresbach also reported that an extended study of the case of elliptical human red corpuscles, which he described last year has confirmed his opinion that the extraordinary shape was normal in the subject and not due to any known disease. It was prob- ably of embryonic origin or possibly congenital. Mr. Metcalf reported the probable occurence of the Swamp Sparrow in Ashland County in the latter part of December. He also reported the Kildeer, Canvas Back Duck and Horned Grebe observed at the same time as unusually late. The club adjourned to meet the first Monday in March. F. M. SuRF.\CE, Sec. Date of Publication of April Number, Apr. I 24, 1905. LONG & KILER Unwersit}^ Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS. Buchet Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. Su Si 80/2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos ^ * FROM THE OLiD f^ELtlflBLiE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rtpafe 0^m6ufancc ^erpicc. ^efep3onc 18- ^ Co*, Jitneraf ®^rec^or0♦ 1239 fo 1241 (Jt. giga #frcef. CofumBuB, -“3 1 ^ ri 1 k o i k 'a -O ^ ? 2ro cS- ! ■o ^ - 1 z WOO ^ ai ^ u Z cS = won'”!!.?-"’/ 2 L 6 ^ A ^ i 1 c o o o t £ £ a 1> v ^ £ "3 t O 1 J IE S (U o a. ^ o L w O O O te b s 1 '“’.o='"S’=H >s o w o 0 £ 1 £ a. ^ 1 A 9 !«■ ^ o ^ O. Q ^ W O s :d < B < cS -< — J *< < r:> CO r> Comparison of the life cycles of plants and animals. May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division. 337 gametophytes with a true alternation of generations they are retained in the ovary. The plant life cycles together with a typical animal are compared in Plate XXL Among the interesting things which have recently come to light and which appear to have their basis in the phenomena of the reduction division is Mendel’s law of heredity in hybrids. The operation of this law can be explained on the hypothesis of pure sex cells. In 1897 the writer worked out in detail the reduction division which takes place in the ovule of Lilium philadelphicum. Although the development and subsequent division of the chromosome was followed out in considerable detail in this work, the facts presented were not accepted by a number of botanists, as admitted by Strasburger, because of supposed authority in the opposite direction. So soon, however, as Mendel’s law was rediscovered it became self-evident that belief in a qualitative or true reduction division of some kind was necessary if the whole chromatin hypothesis was not to fall to the ground. Accordingly a re-investigation by some of the fore- most cytologists, among them Strasburger and Farmer, resulted in a conhrmation and acceptance of the propositions presented in my papers on Lilium and Erythronium, as also of similar work done previously by a number of zoologists. Fig. 3. Diagramatic representation of the transverse division of a chromosome. If then a transverse division of the chromosomes occurs dur- ing the reduction karyokinesis each of the chromosomes resulting from the process of pseudo-reduction may be regarded theoret- ically to be made up of a pair of chromosomes, one being a male chromosome and the other a female chromosome, joined end to end. There are also some obrsevations which appear to indicate that this actually takes place. In such cases then as in Lilium and Erythronium the formation and nature of the twisted loop can be diagramatically represented as in Fig. 3, a-e. In the fol- lowing division in which a longitudinal splitting occurs the daughter halves of the chromosomes formed early in the previous division become separated (Fig. 3, f-h). Mendel’s law of heredity, so far as it has a direct bearing on the nature of the reduction division, may be briefly stated as fol- lows: When two organisms differing in some character are 338 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 7, crossed it frequently occurs that the resulting hybrids exhibit the character from one parent only. The character which appears is said to be dominant while the corresponding character from the other parent not in evidence is called recessive. But if these hybrids are bred among themselves they give rise to offspring of two types, some showing the dominant character and some the recessive, and these usually appear in the proportion of 3:1. By further trial it is found that about one-third of the dominant individuals are pure and two-thirds of mixed nature. (ji.re.ri ^e. 3-5 • | ^ener: | I r r Sri-i. n. ■yc / 1 our (fiure) an ye.lh^ "S S^r£e n - ( Pure) - e. ,v ^re. e n t 2. (lUi>e4) yi {3>r^e.n — -3re.^ n e en i[3reen 5'rcen -/I Jree I I fur 5Lyel)oii''< 7?ni;c«S) 3< 3{ 2 l/c||o ur . 3< e) / l/el)our •'((Pure) .iye\\cuf± \ ^ ^((Pure) -/ ^e\\o o’" Vc 1 1 Ug II oar . ((Pure) ^ ^ellour- ^ ( furt) '' \ V (furt) ^ -yell.v^ 3/eilour Fig. 4. Diagram showing the operation of Mendel’s law with peas having yellow and green cotyledons. These latter will again produce offspring of both types the same as the original hybrids, and so on for many generations. The first instance discovered by Mendel related to the color of the cotyledons in peas. The yellow color of cotyledons was found to be dominant over green. The operation of Mendel’s law as regards the yellow and green colors of cotyledons is shown in Fig. 4. Albinism among animals also furnishes a familiar exam- ple of the operation of Mendel’s law. If albino mice are mated wdth gray mice the offspring are gray, but in the following gen- eration one-fourth will again be albinoes. The gray is the dom- inant and the albino the recessive character. May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division. 339 As stated above, Mendel’s law can be explained on the theory of pure sex cells. In working out the peculiar activities of the chromatin during cell division, cytologists have come to look upon the chromosomes as special bearers of hereditary tendencies although other parts of the protoplasm may also have something to do with the transmission of heredity. Now if a transverse division occurs and the chromosomes are pure the daughter nuclei could then be organized as pure having only chromosomes derived from the egg or sperm (Fig. 5, a-b). No difference how many subsequent, longitudinal splittings take place before the formation of gametes, the gametes would always be pure cells. Fig. a t) 5. Diagram of transverse division pure and mixed cells. showing possible production of In conjugation there is twice the chance for a mixed oospore to be formed as a pure one and hence the splitting of the ht^brid race in the proportions given by Mendel’s law. But suppose that the chromosomes were joined in pairs and arranged in the mother star in such a way that half of the male chromosomes were on one side and half on the other and the same for the female chromosomes then the transverse splitting would always result in mixed cells and no splitting of the race could occur (Fig. 5, c-d). The daughter nuclei would be mixed even if the chromosomes making up the pair were pure. Other arrangements are possible, and in case the chromosomes are not reorganized as pure bodies the cells resulting from reduction could of course not be pure. But whatever the facts may be it appears that all cases of hybrids that follow Mendel’s law as well as those which do not can be accounted for on the theory of pure chromosomes and a qualitative reduction division. This would not prove however that the chromosomes are organized as pure bodies or that there is a transverse splitting of chromosomes. These facts must be worked out from a study of nuclear division, and this is the important and difficult problem to be solved. Anyone can compare the results of cytology and plant and ani- - mal breeding after the facts have been ascertained. But to work 34° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol V, No. 7, out these problems is a slow and difficult process as the writer has discovered from experience. Finally a word may be added as to the significance of reduc- tion and conjugation in the origin of species. The mixing of jmotoplasms with diverse hereditary characters must cause a great disturbance in the hereditary ap])aratus. We may think of a struggle of two characters one against the other, the one becoming dominant and the other unable to reassert itself. We may picture to ourselves the powerful stimulus of the one on the other and the reaction and rearrangement of the material mosaic which may result in the evolution of a monstrosity or a new species. But crossing must after all tend to uniformity. It is the origin of sexual barriers and the barriers induced bv the activity of one hereditary tendency over another which has led to diversity in plant and animal life so far as this has any relation to the sexual process. Variation and diversity of ty]>e is just as prominent a characteristic of nonsexual as of sexual organisms. The new forms resulting from near or distant crosses must be regarded as merely incidental in the great process of the evolu- tion of the diverse life of the earth, the real and fundamental cause lying in the nature of protojjlasm itself whether of sexual or nonsexual organisms. Variation is a property of ]jrotoplasm and reproduction is primarily a matter of as.similation and growth. If sexuality were the primary cause of variation we would logically have to suppose a multitude of sexual races in the beginning rather than a simple nonsexual and uniform group of organisms which has evolved and segregated into new types without any special reference as to whether the units in the process have acquired sexuality or having acquired it once have lost it again in ages past. A LIST OF OHIO PLANTS WITH COMPOUND LEAVES. Walter Fischer. In making out a list of plants having compound leaves, a few words on this subject and on the light relation of plants in general may not be out of place. From what is known of the function of leaves it is evident that with the exception of plants in xerophytic conditions, the greater the surface exposed and provided this is done in such a way as not to handicap the plant in other ways, the better will that plant be enabled to survive in its struggle for existence. Plants may secure a better exposure to light and air in any of the following ways; 1. By motile leaves and stems. May, 1905.] Ohio Plants with Compound Leaves. 341 2. By increase in height or length, thus providing room for a greater number of leaves, as in trees, vines and ivies. 3. By leaf arrangement in which the plant secures the best possible light relation by arranging the material on hand to its best advantage. Here we have rosettes, mosaics, etc. 4. By an increase in the size of the leaf blade or the length- ening of its petiole. When the petiole is lengthened it is only to place the leaf in a better position, so this phase of leaf enlarge- ment would more properly come under No. 3. When an enlarge- ment of the blade takes place it must be in such a manner that nothing will be sacrificed to light or strength and it is evidently for this reason that we get the great variety of forms which gradually lead up to the compound leaf. In our common Monocotyls leaf enlargement takes the form of increase in length only ; this being necessary on account of the parallel system of venation which could not prevent the leaves from becoming shredded when exposed to wind and rain, some- thing which does take place in a great many palms. Some of the palms which have pinnately compound leaves and the aroids present quite an exception to this statement however, as their leaves are usually quite large and expanded. Our common Arisaemas are very distinctly palmately compound. Among Ferns and Dicotyls we have the greatest variety of forms ranging from those that are but slightly toothed or lobed to those which are deeply lobed, cleft or divided, until finally the division is so marked that we have a compound leaf apparently made up of separate leaves on a common axis and petiole. That these compound leaves are a gradual development from simple ones may be readily observed by comparing the leaves of differ- ent species in the same families or genera; those of different individuals in the same species and finally the older and later leaves on a single individual. Leaves that are pinnately veined will give rise to pinnately compound ones, while those which are palmately veined will give rise to leaves that are palmately com- pound. Of the ferns, Botrychium affords the best example of compound leaf development from the simpler forms like B. lunaria to the highly complex leaf of B. virginianum. In differ- ent species of Ranunculus all transition forms are also easily observed. Often another feature is added here. In some forms the plants have the rosette habit while young and when leaves are few ; later the leaves become compound and thus avoid shad- ing the older ones. The writer has before him a seedling of Robinia, in which the first true leaf is a simple one; the second and third are each composed of three leaflets; the fourth, fifth and sixth each of five ; and the seventh and eighth each of seven leaflets. 342 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7, Thus in the history of species as well as in the history of individuals, the simple leaf is the first to appear and may usually be regarded as the more primitive form. Although the acquire- ment of compound leaf forms is a higher development it is not necessarily restricted to the higher groups. Some of the best types of such forms are found in the lowest leaf bearing plants like ferns, cycads and buttercups and are nearly absent in the Compositae. They seem to have been acquired independently as a parallel development as is shown by their presence in widely separated groups and in isolated genera and species. In some families as in Leguminosae, Juglandaceae and Umbelliferae, the character is already fixed; in others as in Ramxnculus, Geum, and Potentilla, it seems to be a more recent development ; while others again show no indications whatever of a tendency to develop higher types of leaves. Before concluding a few words might be said on the advantage accruing to plants which possess a higher type of foliage. Plants which grow in the shade and where vegetation is dense could present a greater surface without additional shading. It would obviate the necessity of lengthening the petioles of the lower leaves or of decreasing the size of upper leaves and would thus be a distinct gain to the plant. This arrangement is especially marked in some of the climbers. In ferns which are plants usu- ally growing in the shade, a compound leaf seems almost a necessity as the stems are as a rule underground and they must depend entirely upon their leaves for exposure to air and light. Plants which grow in exposed situations would be greatly bene- fitted as they could increase their foliage surface enormously without exposing themselves to injury by wind, rain or hail. This would be most likely to occur in trees. In our common Kentucky coffee tree the leaf stalk has taken the place of the smaller twigs and its branches present a very naked condition in winter, causing them to expose but a small surface to winter storms. This would certainly be of great advantage to the tree. It seems as though no definite conclusion could be drawn as to when, where and why plants develop a more complex leaf system, especially as so many plants develop it in connection with some of the other features that enable it to reach the light. A closer study of the question seems to present more problems than solutions. This is undoubtedly because plants are con- tinually shifting from place to place and from one condition into another. So that if certain characters are developed and become fixed when the plant lives in one condition they need not be lost if the plant is forced to migrate or if this condition is changed, as they might not necessarily be a disadvantage to it. Until then, the entire geological history of the different groups is known it would be impossible to tell why plants with similar habits and May, 1905.] Ohio Plants with Compound Leaves. 343 growing tinder similar conditions should develop such a great variety of leaf forms. The following is a list principally by families and genera of Ohio plants possessing leaves that are compound or nearly so. Since it is often difficult however, to distinguish between leaves that are truly compound and those deeply divided, the more typical forms have been put under separate heads with a large list of unclassified ones by themselves. The finely segmented immersed forms are not included in the list. With pinnate leaves: Osmunda, Woodsia, Dicksonia, Cystopteris, Dryopteris, Phegopteris, Woodwardia, Asplenium, Pteris, Juglans, Hickoria, Potentilla (3 species), Comarum, Agrimonia, Sanguisorba, Rosa, Sorbus, Cassia, Amorpha, Kuhnistera, Cracca, Robinia, Astrag- alus, Phaca, Vicia, Lathyrus, Apios, Xanthoxylum, Ailanthus, Floerkia, Rhus (all but one species), Acer negundo, Aralia, Fraxinus, Cuscuta indecora, Polemonium, Tecoma, Sambucus, Valeriana sylvatica. With bipinnate leaves: Osmunda regalis, Gymnocladus dioica, Gleditsia triacanthos, Acuan illinoensis. With trifoliate leaves: Arisaema triphyllum, Coptis, Polanisia, Proteranthus, Rubus, Fragaria, Waldsteinia, Baptisia, Stylosanthes, Meibomia, Les- pedeza, Falcata, Phaseolus, Strophostyle.s, Oxalis, Ptelia, Rhus radicans, Staphylea, Cuscuta epithymum, Valeriana pauciflora. With palmately compound leaves: Arisaema dracontium, Cannabis sativa, Potentilla (2 species), Lupinus perennis, Medicago, Melilotus, Trifolium, Lotus Psoralia, Aesculus, Parthenocyssus, Panox. With dichotomously decompound leaves: Adiantum pedatum. With ternately compound or decompound leaves: Isopyrum, Cimicifuga, Aquilegia, Anemone, Syndesmon, Clematis, Thalictrum, Caulophyllum, Bicuculla, Adlumia, Capnoides, Dentaria, Cardiospermum. With leaves more or less cleft, divided, compound or decom- pound and not otherwise classified. Onoclea, Pellaea, Helleborus, Trollius, Actaea, Delphinium, Aconitum, Ranunculus, Jeffersonia, Papaver Stylophorum, Argemone, Chelidonium, Fumaria, Lepidium, Sinapis, Brassica, Rhaphanus, Barbarea, lodanthus, Roripa, Cardamine, Sophia, Arabis, Reseda, Aruncus, Potentilla, Geum, Ulmaria, Agrimonia, Geranium, Erodium, Malva, Hibiscus, Umbelliferae (all but 4 genera), Hydrophyllum, Ambrosia, Silphium, Rudbeckia, Ratib- ida, Coreopsis, Bidens, Dysodia, Achillea, Anthemis, Matricaria, Tanacetum, Artemesia, Carduus. 344 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7, THE AGAR-AGAR AND PARAFFIN METHOD FOR IMBED- DING PLANT TISSUES. Harlan H, York. In the Journal of Applied Microscopy and Laboratory Meth- ods 0; 2.391-2, 1903, the writer gave an account of a method for killing and imbedding plant tissues in a hot solution of agar-agar. While this method is applicable for most histological work, sec- tions cannot always be obtained as thin as are sometimes desired. Recently a method for imbedding and sectioning plant tissues in paraffin after they had been killed and imbedded in a hot agar-agar solution was tried. The following are some of the sections made by the agar-agar and paraffin method : Sections of leaf of date palm ; sections of leaf of Ficus elastica; sections of stem of Begonia; sections of stem of Equisetum arvense ; sections of leaf of beech ; sections of a Uromyces on Sparganium eurycarpum; sections of a Phylla- chora on Panicum; sections of a rust on Scirjjus. The tissues were first killed and imbedded in a 2 per cent and .3 per cent solutions of agar-agar and then imbedded in paraffin in the usual way. The 2 per cent solution of agar-agar can be made as follows; Take 10 grams of agar-agar to .300 c. c. of distilled water and boil for two hours. An ordinary oat-meal cooker can be u'^ed for boiling this mixture. Filter the agar-agar through a cheese cloth into a glass jar before it is allowed to cool and add for- malin in the proportion of one part of formalin to nine jmrts Ijy volume of the agar-agar. The .3 per cent solution is made in the same way as the 2 per cent solution, only 2.3 grams of agar-agar to .500 c. c. of distilled water are taken. Formalin should be added in the same manner and proportion as in the 2 per cent solution. Large quantities of the agar-agar solutions can be prepared and preserved in air tight vessels to prevent evaporation. The tissues were first put into the 2 per cent agar-agar solu- tion. Put a small quantity of the 2 per cent agar-agar into a test tube or small wide mouth bottle and place with contents into a vessel of boiling water until the agar-agar is melted. After the agar-agar is melted it should be kept at a temperature of 70° C. The tissues are placed directly into the hot 2 per cent solution for two hours. Then they are transferred into the .3 per cent solution, which has been melted in the same manner as the 2 per cent solution and allowed to remain for an hour or more. The tissues are imbedded in the .3 per cent agar-agar. Take a small wooden block or a plate of glass and with a camel’s hair brush put a layer of the hot agar-agar on one end of the May, 1905.] Imbedding Plant Tissues. 345 block, let it cool for a few seconds and place one of the pieces of material on the block and cover with more agar-agar. Allow it to cool for a few minutes, when it is removed from the block and placed in 70 per cent alcohol and passed thro the different grades of alcohol to paraffin and imbedded. The tissues should remain for two or more hours in each of the different grades of alcohol. No albumen fixative is necessary to attach the sections to the slides and the sections can be stained as any other paraffin sections. Delafield’s haemotoxylin and Safranin and gentian violet are favorable stains. The agar-agar surrounding the sec- tions stains in Delafield’s haemotoxylin but it takes only a slight stain in Safranin and gentian violet. It seems that this method will be verv valuable for section- ing tissues that would be easily torn by the ordinary paraffin method, and especially applicable in the study of rusts and other parasitic fungi. The layer of agar-agar around the tissues becomes very tough when passed thro the alcohols and forms a firm medium which prevents the tissue from being torn when sectioned. The Phyllachora mentioned above, was dried and kept in the herbarium. The material was firmly pressed and thoroughly dry and in spite of these facts, the perithecia were sectioned without any injury and the hyphae could be seen in the adjacent tissues of the leaf. The Uromyces was collected in October, 1904, and the tissues of the leaf were entirely dead. The sec- tions showed the delicate teleutosorus and spores in fine condi- tion. The parts sectioned were cut into small pieces and placed in hot water at about 70° C. for an hour and then transfered to a 10 per cent solution of hydro-fluoric acid for twelve hours to remove the silicon which would otherwise interfere with the sectioning. The material was washed and imbedded in the manner already described. The stem of Equisetum was also herbarium material and was treated in the same manner as the Phyllachora and Uromyces. The sections obtained were in good condition for such material. The beech leaf was from alcoholic material and the sections showed the different parts of the leaf in excellent form. This method can be used to the best advan- tage where a histological study of the plant tissue is desired. It is much shorter than the oridnary paraffin method as the aqueous solutions of agar-agar penetrate the tissues withotxt any preliminary dehydration. Serial sections were cut as thin as lOa. A few scale insects found on a palm were also imbedded and sectioned and fairly good sections were obtained. This method will perhaps be useful in the study of insects. 346 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7, LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON APION NIGRUM. E. C. COTTOX. The genus Apion, family Cnrculionidae, contains several serious pests among which are two or three that do considerable damage to the clover plant. Two memljers of the genus A. nigrum and A. rostrum belong to the fauna of the black locust (Kobinia pseudacacia) . Our knowledge of the habits and life history of these two species is incomplete. It has long been known that the adults of A. nigrum feed upon the black locust, eating holes in the leaves and it has been supposed that the lar- vae, as the larvae of nearly related species, “develop within the seeds of this tree’’ (Insect Life, 5;338). However, the seeds of the black locust are but little larger than the adult curculio so that this could hardly be true, and some observations made during the past summer disprove this supposition. While engaged as Assistant Nursery and Orchard Inspector the writer visited Marietta on May 22, 1904, and found many adults of A. nigrum working upon the unopened flower buds of the black locust trees west of that town. On closer observation it was noted that the females were puncturing the buds and ovipositing in the holes thus made. On a second visit to this locality, on May 26, the insects were as numerous as before and it was noted that many of the buds had ceased to develop and were falling to the ground where they remained fresh for some time. Many of the fallen buds had the pedicle still attached, but a larger part did not. An examination showed that nearly all of the prematurely falling buds had been punctured in one or more places, and upon opening them, all stages of the insect were found, i. e., eggs, larvae, pupae and adults. Usually only one stage of the insect was found in a single bud and normally but one develops in a given bud yet there may be two or more. From some of these buds the adults had emerged by eating a round hole, generally through the base of the bud but some ate their way out at about two-thirds of the distance to the tip. One raceme upon which twelve adults were observed feeding and ovipositing, was found to contain thirty buds, twenty-five of which had been punctured in sixty-three separate places. The highest number of punctures in any one bud was seven. From thirty of these wounds a viscid, gummy substance was exuding. About fifty of these buds were collected from the ground and placed in a glass jar, on May 26th, and on June 5th, twenty adult curculios, one pupa and four larvae were taken out, and on June 11th, seven more adults were removed. May, 1905.] Life History Notes on Apion nigrum. 347 Specimens reared in this jar were identified as .4. nigrum by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, of the Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C. The trees were again visited on September 18th and although they had been full of bloom in May, diligent searching failed to reveal a single seed pod that had matured, so thorough had been the work of the insects. Fig. I. Larva, full-grown. Fig. 2. Pupa, vei.tral view. Fig. 3. .\dult. Fig. 4. Unopened bud showing opening through which adult emerged. At McArthur, Vinton County, the curculio while not as plen- tiful as at Marietta was found on nearly every black locust tree, generally but one or two in a place, however. On June 2d a female was observed busily engaged drilling a hole in the gall- like, rolled up edge of a locust leaf, probably produced by the 348 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 7, yellow locust midge {Cecidomyia robin iac), and after a little waiting the writer was rewarded by witnessing the oviposition of an egg in the hole thus made. This leaf was collected and preserved but the egg failed to hatch. Mr. O. H. vSweezy* reports having found the nearly full grown larva of this beetle in similarly rolled up leaves of the black locust at East Cleveland, and further says “they were in a sort of a cocoon.” which was not the case with those develop- ing in the locust buds at Marietta. He collected a few leaves containing the larvae and “on July G, two adult beetles appeared.” It is hardly probalde that this is a second brood of this insect, because the seasonal differences between the south- ern and northern portions of the state should account for about one-half of the month’s time between the appearance of the adults at Marietta and East Cleveland. The other two weeks may easily be accounted for in the straggling of the brood, which is often noticed even in insects that appear distinctly in broods. It will require at least another season’s observations to make sure of this point. This curculio occupies a position between those, the larva of which, feed wholly upon the leaves, and those which develop in the seeds. This adaptation to a bud feeding larva is peculiar in that it shows a verv remarkable acceleration in the larval devel- opment, and one that is somewhat unusual. The entire devel- opment, from egg to adult, must be accomplished within three weeks and ]Jossibly in a shorter time. This may mean a cor- responding long life period for the adult insects as they may be found at any time from early in May until the middle of Sep- tember, and must pass the winter in this stage. In the same buds were also found a large number, of some- times as high as forty or fifty, small yellow larvae, probably dipterous, which did not develop to adults and which are still undetermined. Description of larva; The larva is a small white footless grub, about one-fifth inch in length as it lies in a curved position in the bud ; head about one-third of the diameter of the body, brownish in color with a few scattered spines or hairs; body thick, tapering abruptly to a blunt point at the posterior end; a few scattered hairs on the three thoracic segments. Pupa. White or yellowish-white , one-fourth inch long, slenderer than larva; head slightly darker in color than body, and witli ten spines on top and front; snout folded along under side of body; two pairs of spines on dorsal side of the third thoracic segment, and two spines on posterior end of abdomen, also one at the end of the femur of each leg. Note — This work was undertaken as part of a thesis for graduation in the College of Agriculture, on the "Insects of the black locust,” and is- under the direction of Prof. Herbert Osborn. * Unpublished notes made during summer of U04. May, 1905.] A Few Ohio Desmids. 349- A FEW OHIO DESMIDS. Joseph A. Cushman. During the spring of 1904 Mr. Charles B. Ames kindly made a few collections containing desmids and sent them to me for identification. These were from bodies of still water about Youngstown, Ohio. Although there is but one undescribed species and the total number of species small, the collection showed a few points of decided interest. It considerably extends our knowledge of the range of several species and varie- ties, certain of which are not generally known in America. It also adds to the desmid records for the state of Ohio. The following were identified from the collections: Netrium Digitus (Ehrenb.) Itzigs & Rothe, Length 2(30, u: breadth (38, u: breadth at apex 28,«. Common. In all characters the specimens of this species were typical. Netrium Nagelii (Breb.) W. & G. S. West. Length 142,a; breadth .34,u: breadth at apex 14,f!. Occasional. The only other record for this species in North America is that of the writer, from the White Mountain Region of New Hampshire. Penium margaritaceum (Ehrenb.) Breb. var. obesum var. nov. Length o7,n: breadth 22a. Occasional. This has the usual characters for this species but is very much shorter and stouter than typical specimens. Closterium striolatum Ehrenb. Length 305/n breadth 44/i: breadth at apex ll/c Frequent. Closterium Dianae Ehrenb., var. arcuatum (Breb.) Rabenh. Distance between apices 110,u: breadth 18,(!. Occasional. Closterium moniliferum (Bory) Ehrenb. Length 2.i0,u: breadth 37,«: breadth at apex 8,(t. A somewhat small form but the size is constant through the species as represented in this collection. Closterium Lunula (Mull.) Nitzsch. Length 540/^i; breadth 96,ft. Occasional. Specimens of this species were of the typical form. Closterium decorum Breb. Length 345/t: breadth 25/c breadth at apex 5,«. Frequent. Specimens of this species, like those of C. moniliferum, of less than the usual size although in other ways they were typical. Pleurotaenium coronatum (Breb.) Rabenh., var. nodulosum (Breb,) West. Length 527— 5fi0/f: breadth at base 47-65,(C breadth at apex 25-46/t. Common. Specimens of this variety were longer than those usually met with and they vary considerably in size, in breadth of apex anci in the number of the crenulations. Pleurotaenium Trabecula (Ehrenb.) Nag., forma clavata (Kutz.) West. Length 288fi: breadth at base 34,h: breadth at apex 19,u. Common in the collections, var. rectum (Delp.) West. Length 28Qu: breadth at base 18,u: breadth at apex 13,u. Common. Cell wall smooth. 35° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7, Tetmemorus laevis (Kutz.) Ralfs. Forma. Length 210/c breadth 34/z. Frequent. Although from the measurements given for this species it would seem to be either nearer T. Brebissonii or T. granulatus, the form is decid- edly nearer that of T. laevis and the cell wall is smooth or ver}’’ finely punctate. Euastrum verrucosum Ehrenb. Length 72/i: breadth breadth of apical lobe 28/i; isthums 15/t. Very common, a somewhat compressed form of the species. Micrasterias Americana (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Forma. Length 149/x: breadth 127/i: breadth of apical lobe 59/i: breadth of isthusm 27;/. Common. This is a peculiar form with the apical lobe spreading rapidly with its base deep sunken in the median portion of the semicell and with a peculiar arrangement of the teeth of the end lobe. The variations were constant in all specimens seen and the typical form did not appear. Cosmarium pseudopyramidatum Lund. Length 37, «: breadth 28//: Vjreadth of isthmus G.5//. Common. Cosmarium cyclicum Lund. Length 45, breadth =length : breadth of isthmus 12.5,u. This species is not included by Wolle in his work and is reported by’ Johnson among his rarities. It seems however, to be a fairly com- mon species in this country as it has turned up in several widely sep- arated localities in material I have examined. In every’ way’ the specimens from Youngstown were typical. Cosmarium Turpinii Breb. Length 53-58,«: breadth 47-53,«: breadth of isthmus 12.5-14,(i: thick- ness 34,f(. Very common at this locality’. Wolle speaks of this species as “not rare.” It has not yet been recorded from Xew England, however. Cosmarium Broomei Thwaites. Length 32,«; breadth 28,a: breadth of isthmus 9,u. Fairly’ common. Cosmarium Amesii sp. nov. Length 47./t: breadth 53,’i; breadth of isthmus 15,«. Common. A Cosmarium of the group represented bv C. binum Nordst., C. speciosum Lund., etc. End broadly truncated, slightly’ retuse. Sides of each semicell with ten granules arranged in pairs as are also the granules of the end. From the border these pairs are repeated inward three or four times. The central basal portion of the side of each semi-cell composed of a roughly’ circular series of granules arranged in seven vertical rows: the central one, the longest, with six granules, at each side of this a series of four and the outer four rows each with five granules. The basal angles of the semi-cells are broadly’ rounded. This species is named for the collector, Mr. Charles B. Ames. Staurastrum punctulatum Breb, Length 29, u: breadth 28,«: breadth of isthmus 7. on. Common. Staurastrum muticum Breb. Breadth 34;/. Occasional. In all, twenty-one varieties and forms were noted in the'collection. Boston Society of Natural History May, 1905.] Memorial — Prof. A. A. Wright. 351 MEMORIAL OF THE OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ON THE DEATH OF PROF. A. A. WRIGHT. The Executive Committee of the Ohio Academy of Science adopted the following memorial, prepared at its request by Prof. Lynds Jones, in respect to the death of Prof. A. A. Wright, of Oberlin, a member and former president of the Academy. Herbert Osborx, Pres. L. B. Walton, Sec. Albert Allen Wright died at his home in Oberlin on April 2d, 1905, of acute peritonitis after an illness of scarcely twenty-four hours. Prof. Wright was graduated from Oberlin College, in 1865, received the degree of A. M. from Oberlin in 1868, the degree of Ph. B. from the School of Mines, Columbia College, 1875, was Prof, of Mathematics and Natural Science, Berea College, Kentucky, 1870-1873, and was called to the chair of Geology and Natural History of Oberlin College in 1874. With the change of title to Professor of Geology and Zoology his service at Oberlin has been continuous since his first appointment. Prof. Wright was born in Oberlin in 1846. He served as 100 day man during the closing days of the Rebellion, and received his baccalaureate degree the following year at the age of nine- teen. He began early to develop his natural taste for science, and soon became recognized as a safe scientific thinker and investigator. He was one who never rushed to conclusions how- ever enticing the facts discovered appeared, but took time to look into every possible avenue of approach to the subject, being satisfied only when his conclusions rested upon a foundation that could not be shaken. Consequently he was not a prolific writer. Indeed, he gave himself so unreservedly to his teaching and his students that research work was possible onh’ during his brief vacations and at odd hours. Prof. Wright was a modest, retiring man, always shrinking from publicity, yet his service to the community and the state becomes conspicuous in his absence. Oberlin’s unrivalled water and sewer systems are largely due to his hard study and keen insight. To him is almost wholly due the inception of the topo- graphical survey of Ohio. In this he was at first defeated, but by untiring efforts and dogged determination saw the issue to a successful finish. He was also among the charter members of the Ohio State Academy of Science, which he served as President. Probably among his most conspicuous contributions to sci- ence was his correction of Dr. Newberrv’s error in the true arrangement of the ventral armor of Dinicthys. While the pub- lications over his own name were relatively few, his inspiration 352 Meeting of the Biological Club. [Vol. V, No. 7. to others and his constant interest and unfailing kindness in spending himself for others who worked under him will continue long to be a potent factor in the advancement of science. Professor Wright was a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, a Fellow of the Geological Society of America, and a member of the Ohio State Academy of Science. Lynds Jones. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Hall, March 0, lOUo. The Club was called to order by the Vice-President, Miss Riddle. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. A letter from Prof. Hine in Guatemala was read. Prof. Hine reported his work there as successful for the most part. The party was enjoying the trip ver}’ much. Mr. Surface was asked to take the chair. The first paper was by Miss Riddle on the “ Embryology of Staphylea and of Philotria.” The species studied were Staphylea trifoliata and Philotria canadensis. Before the work on Philotria was com- pleted R. B. Wylie, of the University of Chicago published a paper on the same subject. In the discussion Prof. Schaffner called attention to the fact that in Gray’s Manual Philotria and Vallisneria are placed near the Orchids while this kind of a rela- tionship is evidently impossible from the detailed study thus shown. Mr. York next presented a paper on Hibernacula. Mr. York spent his available time this summer at Sandusky studying the w'ater plants in the coves of the bay. Most water plants live over winter by means of tubers, blulis, etc., but in some there is a modification of the tip of the stem. These stems are much shortened and form bud-like structures called hibernacula. Mr. Morris next read a paper on “Great Climatic Changes.’’ He dealt only with geological changes. By means of the fossil remains and vegetable deposits in different strata the climate of the various regions in past times can be determined. Below the Cambrian there are no fossils but glacial evidence gives some idea of the climate. Several theories with regard to causes of climatic changes were given, prominent among which was Dr. Chamber- lain’s theorv of the varying amount of CO., in the atmosphere. In the discussion, Mr. Gleason, Mr. Hyde, Mr. Metcalf, Prof. Schaffner and Prof. Landacre spoke. The following were elected to membership: M. E. Hendriksen, W. C. Morse, C. A. Miner and E. P. Durrant. The club then adjourned. F. M. Surface, Sec. Date of Publication of May Number, May 15, 1*>05. LONG & KILER UnwersitY Supplv Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Kemovei from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. S,, JL ft, 5=, 80 H North High Sired, COLUMBUS, OHIO, Photos * ^ ^ FROM THE OLiD F^ELilA BLiE Baker’s y4rt Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America, ^rtoafe (^mBufancc ^eruicc. 18- (Bbti?arb (£♦ ^ Jitneraf ®irec^or0♦ 1239 fo 1241 Qt. §tgg ^frecf. CofumBuB, ^Bto. “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published m the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and F'ourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By FI. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2 “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75- By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker, J. FI. Todd and Ger.^RD Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. IIine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By La'nds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. S. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. S.anders ITice 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Starting Medical College, Comer Sta.te and Streets, COLUMBUS, OfflO. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDCRINQ SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: Gborgb M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bbthbc, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Gbo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO, American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List Xo. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURERS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAI, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists' Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models. Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps. Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. JUNE. VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER $. •Ihe i.mRARY NEW Ok BOTANICAL garden. Ohio Natur&list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History gf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price. $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history oj Ohio. The ofScial organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Cnivebsity, and of The Ohio State academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price ?1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. EdUor-in-Chief John H. Schaffner. Business Manager, James S. Hine. Associate Editots. P. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology, Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology, J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy op Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine. Address « THE OHIO NATURALIST, Dawson’s Birds of Ohio \ The Official Ohio Bird Book . Popular and Scientific Account Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds. 880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page. 216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts, by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes. Second thousand in binders’ hands. PUBLISHED BY The Wheaton Publishing Company, L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO JUN 2 1 1905 The Ohio ^JS[^atiiralist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Unmersity. Volume V. JUNE, 1905. No. 8. TABLE OF CONTENTS Riddle — Pevelopment of ihe Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium loiigirostris . 353 SciiAFFNEK— Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants Based on Leaf and Twig Characters 364 Osborn — Descriptions of Now North American Fnlgoridae 373 Surface— Meeting of tlio Biological Club 377 DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF BATRACHIUM LONGIROSTRIS.* Lumina Cotton Riddle. Batrachium longirostris (Godr.) F. Schultz is one of the white water Ranunculaceae. By many authorities it is included in the genus Ranunculus but Britton in his Manual separates them into two genera on the character of the achene, that of Batrachium being transversely wrinkled. He distinguishes B. longirostris from B. divaricatum and B. trichophyllum with which the first is often confused, by the length of the beak of the achene. Prantl in his classification of the Ranunculaceae in the “Pfianzen- familien” includes Batrachium in the Genus Ranunculus but divides the genus into seven sub-genera placing Batrachium in the third, Marsypadenium. This sub-genus he further divides into five super-species of which the first is Batrachium and the second Xanthobatrachium. Under this he places Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr. (R. multifidus Pursh) making the following distinctions; Batrachium, Honigbl. weisze, Nektarium in einer Grube; Fr. runzelig. Xanthobatrachium, Honigbl. gelb, Xektarium oefters mit seitlichen happen; Fr. nicht runzelig. The writer had the privilege of studying three dozen excel- lenth^ prepared and carefully selected slides of Ranunculus delphinifolius and some close resemblances were noted to Batrachium longirostris which will be referred to later in the discussion. * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XX. 354 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, The subject has proved very interesting because of the large number of closely related plants which have already been studied and the accumulated literature which was easy of access either in the original publications or through brief reviews and abstracts. The writer became thoroughly familiar with her own material before making any comparisons in order to avoid having pre- conceived ideas of what ought to be expected. Material for study was collected at Licking Reservoir in 1901 by Professor J. H. Schaffner and at Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie in the summers of 1902-1903 by the writer. The usual methods of killing, imbedding, sectioning and staining were employed. Thickness of the sections varied from 8-20 microns the older material being cut thickest. The development of the carpel is almost identical with that of Ranunculus abort! vus as described by E. A. Bessey (1). The rounded pyramid of the receptacle first appears from which numerous conelike projections arise (Fig. 1). Those nearest the base develop into the stamens. Near the summit of the receptacle the arrangement of parts is spiral but approaches the cyclic among the outer stamens. The number of stamens found by actual count varied from 17-21 while the number of carpels was approximateh^ half as great. A lamina or flap develops from the distal side of the young carpel enveloping the inner portion which begins to grow away from the receptacle (Fig. 2). This lamina thins out as it meets the axillary placenta and traces of the integuments can be seen (Fig. 3). As the nucellus develops it describes an angle of 180° and when the gynoecium is mature the tip of the nucellus is directed downward while the opening of the micropyle is towards the receptacle. (Fig. 4). Only a single integument develops. The outer cells of the integument nearest the placenta are large and glandular and seem to function in conducting the pollen tube to the micropyle (Fig. ")). After the closing of the carpel an elongated style develops having finger like, glandular cells on the stigma which afford a lodging place for the pollen. The microsporangium develops a plate of four or five hypo- dermal archesporial cells which divide by periclinal walls to form primary wall and primary sporogenous cells (Fig. 6). The primary wall cells then divide and the inner cells develop into the tapetal layer (Fig. 7). The outer cells may divide once or twice forming two or three distinct layers between the epidermis and the tapetum (Fig. 8). The layer next to the epidermis forms the endothecium with thickenings in the angles of the walls, exactly as were found in the endothecium of R. delphinifolius. Further divisions by anticlinal walls occur in both tapetal and wall layers and later the tapetum becomes binucleate by kary- okinesis, without forming walls, instead of by fragmentation of the nucleus (Fig. 10-11). June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 355 The primary sporogenous cells continue to divide and appar- ently give rise to the axial layer of tapetal cells. The origin of the peripheral layer from the wall cells and the axial layer from the sporogenous, seems to accord with their origin in R. delphi- nifolius, both from examination of the slides and from the observations recorded in Coulter’s Life History of Ranunculus (3). This refers the origin of the tapetum to the primary arche- sporium instead of referring the axial layer to the inner tissue of the androecium. Frequently a splitting was observed between the sterile wall layers and the tapetum but quite as often it could be seen between the tapetum and the sporogenous tissue (Fig. 9), and sometimes seemed separated from both. As the stamen matures the cells are forced past each other and misplaced, making it extremely difficult to determine the origin of the tapetum unless a careful study of a series of stages has been made. The primary sporogenous cells then divide a number of times so that a central cross section shows sometimes as many as twelve microsporocytes (Fig. 8), while a longitudinal section shows from three to four rows (Fig. 11). The tapetal layer does not disintegrate early but is still quite well organized after the separation of the tetrads. The microsporocyte divides to form four microspores (Fig. 12-13). No cases of more were found as has been reported in Ficaria (4) and other Ranunculaceae but in some cases the sep- aration is incomplete. This is shown in one of the pollen grains in Fig. 25. In many cases the microspore never germinates (Fig. 14), in fact scarcely one to four. The tube nucleus and the gen- erative nucleus lie close together. Just before pollination the generative cell becomes lenticular and divides to form the sperm nuclei (Fig. 15). These are not readily seen because of the abundant starch granules, the deep color which the pollen grain takes, and the crowding of the three nuclei. In the slides of R. delphinifolius there were found similar cases of two male nuclei before the germination of the pollen tube. Before the lamina has entirely enclosed the nucellus, the archesporium can be distinguished (Fig. 16-17). The occurrence of two or more archesporial cells is not at all unusual and in manv cases the struggle for supremacy results disastrously for all con- cerned. The remains of other archesporial cells can almost always be seen around the megasporocyte. There is no evidence of the cut- ting off of any primary parietal cell but the reduction division occurs at once. The low^er of the two cells divides first and in many cases the division of the upper seemed never to pass beyond the formation of the spindle (Fig. 18-19). This is not unlike the development of the megaspores as reported by Mottier (S). In a few cases there seemed to be two complete sets of megaspores but the writer did not observe any twin embryo sacs though it is 356 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8. quite reasonable to expect to find them where the archesporium is so commonly multicellular. But in Batrachium, or at least in the material collected for study, the number of megaspores which divide and the number of embr3’o sacs that develop embryos seem very few. In many cases only a few of the ovules matured, perhaps two or three, as was seen in the ripened carpels and also in the material sectioned. The functional megaspore passes through the two, four and eight celled stages and the nuclei arrange themselves normally (Fig. 20-23). The two synergidae stain much darker than the egg cell and the antipodals than the polar nuclei. After the conjugation of the polar nuclei the resulting definitive nucleus was very readily distinguished by its enormous size (Fig. 24). While the polar nuclei are ap])roaching each other the antipodals enlarge and seem to take on definite walls, and the embryo sac begins to widen below. At the time of fertilization the anti- podals are situated in an elevated crater-like j^otich (Fig. 24). The lengthening of the embryo sac is greater on the distal than on the proximal side and extends beyond the chalaza near where the antipodal ])ouch is situated. The antipodals are typically those of Ranunculaceae resembling almost exactly those of R. delphinifolius. The nuclei sometimes divide (Fig. 27) but usually only three were present. They persist for a long time staining quite deeply and can be distinguished even in quite mature ovules (Figs. 31 and 33). The entrance of the pollen tube into the embryo sac and the actual phenomenon of fertilization was not observed in Batra- chium. The pollen tube was traced well down into the stigmatic tissue, found emerging in the cavity of the ovulary and again seen among the glandular cells of the shorter integument and traced into the micropyle. One might expect anything since Overton (10) reported parthenogenesis in Thalictrum ])ur- ])urascens. Coulter (3) found the second sperm cell much disor- ganized at the time of its discharge in Ranunculus septentri- onalis and Miss Thomas (14) discovered double fertilization occurring in Caltha palustris. Double fertilization is also reported by Xawaschin (11) for Delphinium elatum and by Guignard (7) in Ranunculus flammula, R. cymbalaria. Anemone nemorosa, Helleborus foetidus, Nigella sativa and X. damascena. In Batrachium, the fact that so few ovules develop and the traces of the pollen tube found in those that do, seems to set aside entirely the occurrence of parthenogenesis. The peculiar pale nucleus shown in Fig. 2b may be the second sperm nucleus. In one slide there was what might be taken for double fertilization, but the evidence was so unsatisfactory that the writer prefers to leave the question unsettled. June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 357 After fertilization the oospore begins to elongate and soon divides into a two celled embryo (Fig. 26). Before the first longitudinal division there is evidently another transverse one (Fig. 28). These two suspensor cells later divide in both directions varving considerably in method and order of divisions (Figs. .30 and' 35.) The suspensor is short and does not seem to function long especially after the formation of the endosperm. The dermatogen is cut off by a series of periclinal walls from the octant and later divides by anticlinal walls. The cotyledons are small compared to the hypocotyl and the embryo is straight (Fig. 37). In the literature consulted there were but few of the Ranunculaceae in which the mature embryo was described. In Delphinium exaltatum Miss Dunn (15) finds a small heart shaped embryo with rudimentary suspensor and short hypocotyl. This seems to be the typical embryo in the Ranunculaceae. The definitive nucleus divides immediately after fertilization and when the four celled embryo was found there was a single layer of endosperm completely lining the embryo sac (Fig. 29). These nuclei were not enclosed in cell walls but showed faint radiations (Fig. 31). In later divisions however, walls are formed and the entire embryo sac is filled with endosperm cells of varying shapes and sizes. Those in the antipodal region are large and rounded, those near the embryo wedge shaped or rhomboidal, and the peripheral layer is flattened. (Fig. 32.) The cells store up an abundance of starch (Fig. 34) which nourishes the young embryo. The cells are arranged in a radiate manner and as the young embryo enlarges the surrounding cells are emptied of their store (Fig. 33). The inner wall of the carpel is made up of a layer of elongated cells which are longest in the plane at right angles to the axis of the carpel. Next to these cells there are four or five layers elongated at right angles to the first and rather crescentic (Fig. 38). As the ovule matures these cells develop thick perforate walls while the cells beneath the epidermal layer become some- what separated to form a delicate spongy tissue (Fig. 39). These cells seem to contain some starch. The thickened cells make it a difficult matter to section the mature ovule so as to obtain good sections of the fully developed embrvo. 358 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) Bessey, E. a. Comparative morphology of the pistils of Ranunculaceae, Alismaceae, and Rosaceae. Bot. Gaz. 26:297-313. 1S98. (2) C.AMPBELL, D. H. On the affinities of certain anomolous Dicotyledons. Am. Xat. 36:7-12. 1902. (3) Coulter, J. M. Contributions to the life history of Ranunculus. Bot. Gaz. 25 :73-88. 1898. (4) Coulter & Chamberlain. Morphology of Angiosperms. 1903. (5) Dunn, Louise B. Morphology of the development of the oY'ule in Delphinium exaltatum. Proc. A. A. A. S. 49:284. 1900. (0) Guignard, L. Recherches sur le sac embryonnaire des Phanerogames Angiospermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. vi, 13:136-199. 1882. (7) Guignard, L. Double fecondation chez les Ranoncu- lacees. Journ. Botanique 15:394-408. 1901. (8) Mottier, D. M. Contributions to the embryology of the Ranunculaceae. Bot. Gaz. 20:241-248; 296-304. 1895. (9) OsTEN\YALDER, A. Beitraege zur Embryologie von Aconitum napellus, L. Flora 85:254-292. 1898. (10) Overton, J. B. Parthenogenesis in Thalictrum pur- purascens. Bot. Gaz. 33:3(>3-375. 1902. (11) Xawaschin, S. Ref. in Bot. Centrlbl. 77:62. 1899. (12) Sargent, Ethel. Recent work on the results of fertili- zation in Angiosperms. Ann. of Bot. 14:689-712. 1900. (13) Strasburger, E. Die Angiospermen und die Gymno- spermen. Jena, 1879. Strasburger, E. Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. Jena, 38: 1878. (14) Tho.m.\s, Ethel M. Double fertilization in a dicotyledon — Caltha palustris. Ann. Bot. 14:527-535. 1900. (15) Westermaier, M. Zur Embryologie den Phanerogamen ins besondere ueber de sogenannten Antipoden. Nova Acta Leopoldiana 57: 1890. (16) Westermaier, M. Zur Physiologic und Morphologic den Angiospermen Samenknosjien. Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 1 :2. 1896. June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 359 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. For the drawings a Bausch and Lomb camera lucida and microscope were used with oculars 2, 1 and Y2 objectives 2-3, 1-6 and 1-12; Figs. 1, 8-11, 16-24, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38 and 39 were drawn under the 1-inch ocular and the 1-6 objective; Figs. 2, 3 and 37 with the 2-inch ocular and the 1-6 objective; Figs. 4, 5 and 25 with the 34‘inch ocular and the 2-3 objective; Figs. 6, 7 and 14 with the ocular and the 1-6 objective; Fig. 12 with the ]/<-inch ocular and the 1-12 objective; Fig. 13 with the 1-inch ocular and the 1-12 objective; Figs. 29 and 33 with the 2-inch ocular and the 2-3 objective. Fig. 1 — Section of the receptacle showing two stages in the development of the carpels. Fig. 2 — Section of young carpel showing the lamina. Fig. 3 — Section of carpel showing tip of carpellary leaf folded to enclose the nucellus. Fig. 4 — Section of carpel showing cavity closed and integument well developed. Megasporocyte divided. Fig. 5 — Longitudinal section of carpel showing elongating style and stigma and the micropyle. Fig. 6 — Section of young androecium showing division of archesporium into wall cells and sporogenous cells. Fig. 7 — Wall cells divided to form parietal tapetum. Outer wall cells beginning to divide. Fig. 8 — Delayed division in one primary wall cell. Sporogenous cell dividing to form axial tapetum. Fig. 9 — Central section showing tapetum fully developed and a splitting between the peripheral tapetum and the sporogenous tissue. Fig. 10 — Section near tip of stamen showing binucleate tapetum and spindle. Fig. 11 — Longitridinal section of more mature stamen showing the same- Fig. 12 — Microsporocyte dividing. Fig. 13 — Tetrads. Fig. 14 — Disintegrating microspore and two celled pollen grain. Fig. 15 — Mature pollen grains showing tube and two sperm nuclei. Fig. If) — Nucellus and archesporial cell. Fig. 17 — Double archesporium. Fig. 18 — Megaspores. Fig. 19 — Nucellus showing megaspores and division in epidermal layer. Fig. 20 — Two-celled embryo sac. Fig. 21 — Four celled embryo sac. Fig. 22 — Eight celled embryo sac. Fig. 23 — Eight celled embryo sac showing synergidae and oosphere, con- jugating polar nuclei and antipodals. Fgi. 24 — Seven celled embryo sac showing egg apparatus, definitive nucleus and antipodals. Embryo sac enlarging in antipodal region. 360 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, 'Ohio Naturalist. PMe XXII. June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 361 Ohio Naturalist. Plate XXIII. 3: ■~r— r — ' G iS L® /er side of the twig much shorter than the lateral ones; trees. Tsuga. (). Leaves flat all of about the same length ; ours a shrub. Taxus. (i. Leaves more or less 4-sided, spreading in all directions. Picea. 7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked, closely covering the twigs which are decidedly flattened and fan- like; leaves of two shapes, the dorsal and ventral broader and less acute than the lateral ones; scales of the carpellate cone not peltate. Thuja. 7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked, closely covering the slightly flattened twigs which are not very fan-like; leaves nearly or quite similar; scales of the carpellate cone peltate. Chamaecyparis. 7. Foliage leaves of two tyjies, scale-like and subulate, opposite or in threes; the scale-like leaves 4-ranked, appressed, causing the twigs to appear quadrangular, the subulate leaves spreading; one or both types of leaves on a plant; carpellate cone developing into a bluish-black berry-like fruit. Juniperus. — 8— 8. Leaves alternate. 9. 8. Leaves opposite or whorled. 110. 0. Leaves simple. 10. 0. Leaves compound. 93. 10. Leaves pinnately veined or with a simple midrib. 11. 10. Leaves palmately veined or at least with 2 or more prominent side ribs coming from near the base of the blade. 74. 11. Leaves not revolute-margined when fully expanded. 12. 11. Leaves decidedly revolute-margined, evergreen, thus ajtpcaring on wood of the previous season. 90. 12. Leaves truncate or broadly emarginate; with complete stipular rings at the nodes. Liriodendron, Leaves entire. 13. 12. June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 365 12. Leaves serrate, dentate, crenate, pinnatifid, or variously lobed. 31. 13. With stipular rings at each leaf node ; leaves large. Magnolia. 13. Base of petiole covering the axillary bud and twigs with peculiar rings but not at the leaf nodes. Dirca. 13. Not with stipular rings; base of petiole not covering the axillary bud. 14. 14. Leaves evergreen, some on wood of the previous season. 15. 14. No leaves on wood of the previous season. 18. 15. Leaves glabrous; erect shrubs or small trees. 16. 15. Leaves hirsute or pubescent; low trailing or spreading shrubs. 17. 16. Leaves green on both sides, thick, coriaceous, oblong to oblance- olate, 5—10 in. long; winter buds very scaly. Rhododendron. 16. Leaves green on both sides, or glaucous beneath, coriaceous, 2—5 in. long; oval or oval-lanceolate, winter buds naked. Kalmia. 17. Leaves oval or nearly orbicular, hirsute beneath; twigs hirsute; prostrate shrubs. Epigaea. 17. Leaves spatulate, minutely pubescent, with hairs on the margins; trailing or spreading shrubs. Arctostaphylos. 18. With thorns; either small trees with milky sap or low vine-like shrubs. 19. 18. Without thorns. 20. 19. Trees or erect shrubs with prominent thorns; leaves with milky sap, the base obtuse, truncate, or cordate. Toxylon. 19. Climbing shrubs with axillary thorns; leaves not milk}', narrowed into short petioles. Lycium. 20. Pith -wnth prominent diaphragms but solid; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3—7. 21. 20. Pith not diaphragrned but sometimes with cavities. 22. 2 1 . Leaves 2-ranked ; bark with fetid odor ; vascular bundles in base of petiole 5—7. Asimina. 21. Leaves not 2-ranked; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3. Nyssa. 22. Leaves resin-dotted, waxy-dotted or punctate. 23. 22. Leaves not dotted or punctate. 24. 23. Shrubs or small trees; leaves oblong-lanceolate, spatulate, or oblanceolate, short pointed, narrowed at the base. Myrica. 23. Shnibs wth obovate or elliptic leaves narrowed at the base; bark spicy aromatic; axillary buds superposed. Benzoin. 23. Low shrubs; leaves ovate-lanceolate, wedge-shaped at the tip. Gaylussacia. 24. Pith prominently 5-angled; leaves with deciduous stipules and with bristle tips; trees. Quercus. 24. Pith cylindrical or nearly so; leaves downy with prominent deciduous stipules. Cydonia. 24. Pith cylindrical or nearly so; no stipules or stipular scars, if with minute stipules then glabrous. 25. 25. Leaves with the upper 2 lateral veins more or less parallel with the midrib. Cornus. 25. Leaves pinnately veined to the tip. 26. 26. Bark when cut very resinous, fragrant; pith large, usually brown. Cotinus. 26. Bark not resinous. 27. 27. Trees, sometimes with cavities in the pith; leaves oval or ovate, acute or acuminate, the petioles loosely jointed with the twigs. Diospy’-os. 2”. Pith not with cavities; shrubs. 28. 28. Leaves with long petioles; twigs not clustered and the leaf inter- nodes rather uniform, with minute stipules, llicioides. 366 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, 28. Leaves with short petioles or nearly sessile; or if with rather prom- inent petioles then the twigs clustered and the internodes very unequal. 29. 29. Internodes very unequal, the leaves crowded at the tip of the twig and the twigs clustered. Aza'ea. 29. Internodes rather uniform, the lea' es not crowded at the tip and the twigs not clustered. 30. 30. Older twigs finely white speckled or granulated and blistered: corolla cylindric subglobose or urceolaie. Vaccirium, 30. Twigs not white speckled or granulated, prominently self-pruned; corolla open-campanulate. Polycodium. 30. Twigs with decurrent ridges from the sides of the petiole base; leaves lanceolate; petiole jointed. Lycium. —31— 31. Lateral veins from the midrib straight and parallel or nearly so; some or all lateral veins usually ending in the serrations, teeth or lobes. 32. 31. Lateral veins not straight and parallel 43. 32. Leaves not 2-ranked. 33. 32. Leaves quite regularly 2-ranked, that is with the third leaf over the first. 36. 33. Pith 3-angled, buds stalked. Alnus. 33. Pith 5-angled, buds not stalked. 34. 33. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 35. 34. Leaves or their lobes bristle-tipped, or if not bristle-tipped then the teeth or lobes not sharply acuminate; buds clustered at the tip of the twig; nut in a cup-like involucre of numerous scales. Quercus. 34. Leaves with sharply acuminate teeth ; buds not clustered at the tipi nuts with a prickly or spiny involucre. Castanea. 35. Usually with prominent and typical lateral thorns; carpels of the pome bony. Crataegus. 35. Without thorns but sometimes with thorn-like stunted branches; leaves irregularly dentate, serrate, or crenate-dentate; sometimes lobed; pome fleshy without grit cells; carpels papery or leathery. Malus. 35. Without thorns; leaves serrate or serrate-dentate; pome berry-like, carpels not bony. Amelanchier. 36. Leaves decidedly inequilateral at the base. 37. 36. Leaves not inequilateral or only very slightly so. 38. 37. Leaves doubly serrate; axillary buds sessile. Ulmus. 37. Leaves repand dentate; axillary buds prominently stalked. Hamamelis. 38. Lateral veins ending in the large dentations or serrations which are always simple (a vein for each). 39. 38. Leaves doubly serrate or sometimes simply serrate, the lateral veins ending in the main serrations or teeth but not in the smaller ones, or the veins not ending in the serrations. 40. 39. Leaves ovate or ovate-oblong, short acuminate; teeth not with slender points; bark smooth, light-gray. Fagus. 39. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, with slender often inwardly curved points on the serrations; bark rough. Castanea. 40- Lateral veins not ending in the serrations or teeth. Amelanchier. 40. Lateral veins ending in some of the serrations, teeth or lobes. 41. 41. Bark smooth, the trunk and larger branches with fluted or project- ing ridges; leaves acute or acuminate, sharply doubly serrate. Carpinus. 41. Trunk and larger branches not with fluted or projecting ridges. 42 June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 367 42. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or leathery sheets; trees or shrubs with glabrous, pubescent, or glanduiar-warty twigs. Betula. 42. Bark of trunk scaly, fine furrowed; twigs pubescent; carpellate catkin in fruit appearing like that of the hop. Ostrya. 42. Bark of trunk and larger branches smooth or rough, not scaly and fine furrowed and not separating into papery or leathery sheets; twigs coarsely glandular pubescent or nearly glabrous; fruit a large nut in a leafy or partly coriaceous cup or involucre. Corylus. —4.3— 43. Leaves 2-ranked. 44. 43. Leaves not 2-ranked. 4.5. 44. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or leath- ery sheets; leaves doubly serrate, the lateral veins ending in the main serrations, teeth or lobes. Betula. 44. Bark not in papery or leathery sheets; leaves not doubly serrate, the lateral veins not ending directly in the serrations or teeth. Amelanchier. 44. Bark not in papery or leathery sheets; leaves doubly serrate ending in the main serrations or lobes. Corylus. 45. Leaves with spine-tipped teeth or lobes, or some of the leaves reduced to simple or branched spines. 40. 45. Leaves not with spines. 47. 46. Leaves evergreen, with spine-tipped lobes; trees. Ilex. 46. Leaves reduced to simple or branched spines, some leaves without spines and deciduous each year; shrubs. Berberis. 47. Pith solid but with prominent diaphragms, cylindrical; vascular bundles 3 in the base of the petiole; trees. Nyssa. 47. Pith not both diaphragmed and solid. 48. 48. Leaves with 1 or more disc-like, wart-like, or tooth-like glands on the petiole or at the base of the blade, or with tooth-like glands on top of the midrib. 49. 48. Leaves not with distinct glands on the top of the petiole or midrib, or at the base of the blade, but they may be glandular-hairy or glandular-dotted. 53. 49. Pith 5-angled, leaves usually more or less deltoid with gland-tipped teeth. Populus. 49. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 50. 50. With typical lateral thorns. Crataegus. 50. Not with typical lateral thorns, but some may have thorn-like stunted branches. 51. 51. With tooth-like glands along the top of the midrib; shrubs. Aronia. 51. Glands tooth-like, mostly at the base of the midrib; leaves glabrous when mature, with long petioles; fruit a pome. Pyrus. 51. Glands only on the petiole or near the base of the blade. 52. 52. Glands tooth-like or rounded, or the leaf with gland-tipped teeth, but not with 2-4 large disc-like glands at the base on the edges of the blade; terminal bud absent when the twig is mature; twigs with brittle zones; fruit a capsule, in catkins. Salix. 52. Twigs green, red, or red and green; nectar glands disc-like, usually 2-4 near the base at the edge of the blade; terminal bud present; twigs without Ijrittle zones; fruit a velvety drupe. Amygdalus. 52. Glands various; twigs not red and green, some with cleavage planes in basal joints but not with brittle zones; terminal bud present or absent, fruit a smooth drupe. Prunus. 368 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, —53— 53. Leaves with peltate scales, or resin dotted, not pinnatifid. 54. 53. Leaves not with peltate scales, but the twigs may be resin-dot.ted.55. 54. Leaves evergreen, oblong or oblanceolate, densely covered with scurfy peltate scales. Chamaedaphne. 54. Leaves deciduous; oblanceolate or wedge-lanceolate, resin-dotted and peltate scaly. Myrica. 55. Pith decidedly 5-angled; leaves not fragrant; trees or shrubs. Quercus. 55. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 5(i. 56. Leaves long linear-lanceolate or long linear-oblong; deeply pinna- tifid. fragrant; twigs resin-dotted. Comptonia. 56. Leaves not at the same time linear-lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid, and fragrant; twigs not resin-dotted. 57. 57. Climbing partly herbaceous plants with lobed leaves. Solanum. 57. Leaves not lobed unless the plants are tall shrubs or trees. 58. 58. With lateral thorns and sometimes with thorns at the ends of slender branches. 59. 58. Xot with thorns. 61. 59. Leaves coriaceous, evergreen, hence on wood of the previous season. Cotoneaster. 59. Leaves deciduous, not evergreen. 60. 60. With typical lateral thorns but without terminal thorns; pome with bony carpels. Crataegus. 60. With thorns at the ends of long slender branches and also with lat- eral thorns: pome very hard, with leathery carpels. Cydonia. 60. With thorn-like stunted branches; leaves sharply and regularly serrate or nearly entire, long petioled, glabrous when mature; pome with grit cells. Pyrus. 60. With thorn-like stunted branches; leaves irregularly toothed or serrate, sometimes lobed; pome without grit cells. Malus. 61. Slender creeping evergreen shrubs with fragrant aromatic leaves. Gaultheria. 61. Xot creeping: leaves not aromatic. 62. 62. Woody twiners; vascular bundle in base of petiole 1. Celastrus. 62. Not twining or climbing. 63. 63. With stipules or stipular scars. 64. 63. Without stipules or stipular scars. 70. 64. Outer ljud scales of winter buds more than 1. 65. 64. Outer bud scale 1 ; twigs udth brittle zones, hence easily detached and leaving peculiar self-pruning scars; terminal bud of ripe branches absent ; bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of petiole. 3. Salix. 65. Leaves usually more or less heart-shaped at the base; regularly and sharply serrate or serrate-dentate; fruit a small lierrv-like pome. Amelanchier. 65. Leaves acute or rounded at the base or if heart-shaped then irreg- ularly toothed or serrate-dentate or the leaf with long petiole and acute or acuminate at the apex. 66. 66. Axillary buds usually superposed; leaves not mucronate or bristle- tipped or if so then also abruptly acuminate; fruit a berry-like drupe. Ilex. 66. Axillary buds not superposed. 67. 67. Leaves distinctly mucronate or bristle-tipped, glabrous, elliptic or obovate; fruit a berry-like drupe, ilieioides. 67. Leaves not mucronate or bristle-tipped or if so then also abruptly acuminate. 68. June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 369 68. Leaves with gland-tipped serrations; terminal bud absent on ripe twigs or if present then the lateral veins prominent and nearly parallel and curving upward at the margin of the leaf; fruit a berry-like drupe. Rhamnus. 68. Leaves not with gland-tipped serrations, or if so then not as above; terminal bud present ; fruit a pome. 69. 69. Leaves sharply and regularly serrate, glabrous when mature, petioles long; pome with grit cells. Pyrus. 69. Leaves irregularly dentate or serrate, or more or less lobed; pome without grit cells. Malus. 70. Internodes very unequal; shrubs; fruit a capsule. Azalea. 70. Internodes not very unequal. 71. 71. Leaves sour, with prominent scattered hairs on the midrib beneath; trees; fruit a capsule. Oxvdendrum. 71. Leaves not sour, nor as described above; shrubs. 72. 72. Petiole slender, often one-half as long as the blade or longer; prom- inently mucronate or bristle-tipped ; fruit a drupe. Ilicioides. 72. Leaves short-petioled or sessile. 7.3. 73. Older twigs finely white speckled or granualted and blistered. Vaccinium. 73. Twigs not white speckled or granulated, often with decurrent ridges. 74. Plants with tendrils. 75. 74. Without tendrils. 77. 75. Monocotyls, with scattered vascular bundles and a pair of tendrils on the petiole. Smilax. 75. Dicotyls with pith, a ring of wood, and true bark; tendrils opposite some of the leaves. 76. 76. Older branches with woody partitions at the leaf nodes; bark brown, shreddy. Vitis. 76. Branches without woody partitions; bark smooth, grayish-brown, not shreddy. Ampelopsis. 77. Base of petiole covering the axillary bud; twigs with stipular rings. Platanus. 77. Axillary bud partly hidden; stems twining; no stipular rings. Menispermum. 77. Axillary buds usually evident ; stems not twining and twigs without stipular rings. 78. 78. Leaves 2-ranked. 79. 78. Leaves not 2-ranked. 84. 79. Leaves entire, round-heart-shaped. Cercis. 79. Leaves serrate, dentate, or lobed. 80. 80. Pith rtsually in transverse plates; leaves ovate-lanceolate, inequi- lateral, taper-pointed. Celtis. 80. Pith solid, not diaphragmed. 81. 81. With milky sap. 82. 81. Without milky sap. 83. 82. Twigs gray or brown, glabrous or nearly so; leaves pubescent or glabrous beneath. Morus. 82. Twigs grayish-green, downy; leaves tomentose beneath. Broussonetia. 83. Leaves not ineqtxilateral ; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3. Betula. 83. Leaves inequilateral at the base; vascular bundles in base of petiole several, scattered. Tilia. 84. Leaves more or less star-shaped, with 3-7 long pointed serrate lobes, strongly aromatic when crushed; pith 5-angled. Liquidambar. 31° [Vol. V, No. 8, The Ohio A'aturalist. 84. Leaves entire or three-lobed, bark spicj'-aromatic; internodes very unequal. Sassafras. 84. Leaves crenate, serrate, dentate, or lobed, not star-shaped and not spicy-aromatic. 85. 85. Pith 5-angled; trees usually with resinous buds; leaves usually broad based. Populus. 85. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 86. 86. With prominent typical thorns; trees or erect shrubs. Crataegus. 86. Without thorns but often with prickles or bristles; low shrubs. 87. 87. Leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate with gland-tipped serrations or dentations; low erect shrubs. Ceanothus. 87. Leaves broad and more or less lobed. 88. 88. Petioles and twigs densely brown-bristly, leaves 4-8 in. broad, angled or lobed. Rubus. 88. Twigs not bristly, if the petioles are bristly then the leaves much smaller. 89. 89. Bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of petiole widely separate; petiole not decurrent at the middle or if so then the petiole with long hairs or distinctly pubescent; plants often prickly; fruit a berry. Ribes. 89. Bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of petiole closely crowded or nearly confluent ; petioles strongly decurrent at the sides and middle; glabrous or only minutely pubescent; plant not prickly; fruit a capsule. Opulaster. —90— 90. Leaves glabrous. 91. 90. Leaves pubescent or woolly at least below. 92. 91. Leaves 3 i'l- long, bitter. Oxycoccus. 91. Leaves 1-2}/^ in. long, acid. Andromeda. 92. Leaves with a fragrant odor, densely tomentose beneath; erect, resinous shrubs. Ledum. 92. Leaves 2-ranked, small, oval or ovate, hairy; creeping shrubs. Chiogenes. —93— 93. With tendrils; leaves digitate. Parthenocissus. 93. Without tendrils; leaves trifoliate or pinnate. 94. 94. Pith diaphragmed, with cavities; large trees with pinnate leaves. Juglans. 94. Pith not diaphragmed. 95. 95. Leaves trifoliate or odd-pinnate. 96. 95. Leaves evenly pinnate or bipinnate; axillary buds superposed. 109. 95. Leaves odd-bipinnate, serrate; twigs and leaves usually prickly. Aralia. 96. Leaves with spine-tipped teeth, evergreen. Berberis. 96. Leaves not with spine-tipped teeth; but some may be prickly. 97. 97. Lobes or teeth at the base of the leaflets with prominent green glands beneath; leaves pinnate, very large with disagreeable odor. Ailanthus. 97. Lobes or teeth if present without green glands. 98. 98. With stipular spines a pair for each leaf; leaflets entire. 99. 98. Without stipular spines, but some may have thorns or prickles. 100. 99. Leaflets oval or ovate, not pointed, usually mucronate, not jumetate Robinia. 99. Leaflets ovate, pointed, glandular-punctate. Xanthoxylum. 100. Base of petiole covering the axillary buds; not prickly. 101. 100. Base of petiole not covering the axillary buds. 103. 101. Leaves 3-foliate, leaflets crenulate, glandular punctate; bark with disagreeable odor; axillary buds superposed. Ptelea. June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 371 101. Leaves 3-foliate, fragrant; axillary buds not superposed; bark resinous or milky. Rhus. 101. Leaves pinnate, not punctate. 102. 102. Leaflets serrate; pith very large; bark resinous or milky. Rhus. 102. Leaflets entire; pith small, bark not resinous or milky; trees. Cladrastis. 10.3. Leaflets entire or if occasionally few-toothed then the rachis prominently winged. 104. 10.3. Leaflets serrate or dentate, the rachis not winged. 105. 104. Stipules large, membranous and sheathing; leaflets 3-5, long silky. Dasiphora. 104. Stipules small, not sheathing; leaflets prominently mucronate, bark with strong odor. Amorpha. 104. Stipules none, bark with a resinous or milky sap, often poisonous. Rhus. 105. With bristles or prickles; shrubs. 106. 105. Without bristles or prickles; leaves pinnate. 107. 105. Without bristles or brickies; leaves trifoliate, poisonous. Rhus. 106. Leaves usually pinnate, the leaflets usually of about the same type, if 3-foliate then the petiole separates close to the bark leaving a definite leaf scar; fruit an achene, a number inclosed in the fleshy perigynous disc. Rosa. 106. Leaves simple and lobed, or 3-7-foliate; if pinnate then the terminal leaflet usually larger or broader than the others, petiole base persistent; fruit an aggregate of drupelets. Rubus. 107. Pith cylindrical or nearly so; leaves with stipules; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3-5. 108. 107. Pith 5-angled; stipules none, base of petiole with numerous vascular bundles, scattered or in .3 areas. Hicoria. 108. Trees; leaflets obtuse or acute at the apex. Sorbus. 108. Shrubs; leaflets long acuminate. Sorbaria. 109. Pith small; base of petiole covering the axillary buds; usually with prominent thorns. Gleditsia. 109. Pith very large, base of petiole not covering the axillary buds; without thorns, Gymnocladus. — no— 110. Leaves simple. 116. 110. Leaves compound with tendrils. Bignonia. no. Leaves compound, with 3 or more leaflets, petioles and petiolules coiling; climbing vines. Clematis, no. Leaves compound without tendrils. 111. 111. Leaves digitate with 5 or more leaflets. Aesculus. 111. Leaves trifoliate or pinnate. 112. 112. With numerous pit-like glands on top of the petiole near its base; vines climbing by rootlets. Tecoma. 112. No glands on the top of the petiole; shrubs or trees. 113. 113. Base of petiole covering the axillary buds; leaflets dentate, lobed, or nearly entire. Acer. 1 13. Base of petiole not covering the axillary buds. 1 14. 114. Leaves trifoliate, serrate; bark with strong odor. Staphylea. 114. Leaflets 5-1 1. 115. 1 15. Leaves often with gland-tipped stipels; pith large; shrubs. Sambucus. 115. Leaves without stipels; pith small; trees. Fraxinus. —116— 116. Leaves pinnately veined. 123. 1 16. Leaves palmately veined or at least with 2 prominent side ribs from the base. 117. 117. Leaves entire or if somewhat 3-lobed with entire margin. 118. 372 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, 117. Leaves serrate, crenate, dentate or variously lobed. 120. 118. Evergreen shrvibs parasitic on trees; leaves small. Phoradendron. 1 18. Trees with large leaves. 119. 119. Pith diaphragmed, or with large cavities; petioles usually hollow; axillary buds superposed. Paulownia. 119. Pith and petioles solid; axillary buds not superposed. Catalpa. 120. Leaves more or less lobed. 121. 120. Leaves not lobed. 122. 121. Leaves without stipules, or if with stipules then large trees with very large-toothed or angled but not serrate leaves; fruit a 2-winged samara. Acer. 121. Leaves with stipules, some with glands on the petiole or if not then always serrate-dentate; shrubs; fruit a druj^e. Viburnum. 122. Stipules none; axillary buds minute, covered; fruit a capsule. Philadelphus. 122. Stipules or stipular scars present; fruit a drupe. Rhamnus. —12.3— 123. Leaves serrate, dentate, crenate, or variously lobed. 124. 123. Leaves entire. 132. 124. Twigs with a prominent pubescent ridge decurrent from the middle of the line connecting the petiole bases. Dier^dlla. 124. No pubescent decurrent ridge from the middle of the connecting line, but the ends of the petiole bases may be decurrent. 12.7. 125. Leaves evergreen, on wood of the previous season, obovate or obicular; creeping shrubs without stipules. Linnaea. 125. Leaves not evergreen. 126. 126. Bark of ripe twigs green, bundle scar or vascular bundle in base of petiole 1 ; pith rhombic. Euonymus. 126. Bark of ripe twigs gray, brown, or red; pith cylindrical or nearly so. ‘127. 127. Stipules or stipular scars present. 128. 127. Stipules none. 129. 128. Lateral veins 3 or 4 pairs, the outer more or less parallel with the midrib; usually with terminal thorns. Rhamnus. 128. Lateral veins 5 or more pairs, the outer not parallel with the midrib but spreading; without thorns. Viburnum. 129. Petioles of the lower leaves as long or nearly as long as the large blades. 130. 129. Petioles short. 131. 130. Leaves dentate, outer bark separating readily from the green inner bark. Hydrangea. 130. Leaves serrate or serrate-dentate, outer bark not spreading readily. Viburnum. 131. Low shrubs; leaves normally entire, occasionally irregularly toothed or somewhat lobed, usuallj' of the ovate or oval type. Symphoricarpos. 131. Erect shrubs, leaves serrate or dentate; axillary buds minute cov- ered by the petiole base; twigs minutely angled or striate. Philadelphus. 131. Erect shrubs or small trees; leaves dentate or serrate; axillary buds evident, not covered by the petiole base. Viburnum. 132. Twigs and leaves white- or brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent. Lepargyraea. 132. Not scurfy or stellate-pubescent. 133. 133. Leaves pellucid-punctate or black-dotted; low shrubs. 134. 133. Leaves not pellucid-punctate or black-dotted. 135. 134. Creeping shrubs; leaves 2-glandular at the base. Ascyrum. 134. Erect shrubs; leaves not 2-glandular at the base. Hypericum. June, 1905.] New North American Fulgoridae. 373 1-35. Leaves coriaceous, evergreen, hence on wood of the previous season, not perfoliate. Kalmia. 135. Leaves deciduous each year. 136. 136. Leaves with the two outer lateral veins more or less pai'allel with the midrib; fruit a drupe. Cornus. 136. Leaves pinnately veined to the tip, the outer lateral veins usually spreading. 137. 137. With stipules between the large acuminate leaves. Cephalanthus. 137. Without stipules. 138. 138. LTpper leaves perfoliate. Lonicera. 138. Leaves not perfoliate. 139. 139. Petioles meeting around the stem or connected by a distinct ridge; spreading shrubs or woody climbers. 140. 139. Petioles not meeting, not connected by a ridge; erect shrubs or small trees. 141. 140. Leaves of the ovate, oval or orbicular type, not heart-shaped at the base; stem never twining; bundle scar 1 or appearing as 1. Symphoricarpos. 140. Leaves of the lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate, or oblong type, often heart-shaped at the base; stems sometimes twining; bundle scars distinctly 3. Lonicera. 141. Leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 1-3 in. long; fruit a globose berry. Ligustrum. 141. Leaves oval or oblong, narrowed at the base, 3-6 in. long, fruit an oblong drupe. Chionanthus. 141. Leaves ovate, or ovate-lanceolate, usually cordate or truncate at the base, 3-7 in. long; fruit a capsule. Syringa. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH .AMERICAN FULGORIDAE. Herbert Osborn. Prokelisia, nov. gen. Agrees with Kelisia in the narrowed elytra, aborted wings and general facies, with Megamelus in the widening front, and keeled apex of vertex. Vertex long narrowing anteriorlv, front widening on its lower half, narrowing sharply to tip of vertex, the carinae not meeting but extending verv prominently over tip and on to vertex. Clypeus somewhat tumid, median carinae somewhat obtuse, lateral carinae distinct, curved; anten- nae with second joint short, tuberculate. Pronotum with three prom- inent carinae, lateral ones straight and reaching extreme margin. Scutel- lum broad, disk quadrilateral with posterior margin produced inta prominent obtuse point with reflected margins. Elytra long distinctly narrowed from near base to the tip; wings mere rudiments. Prokelisia setigera, n. sp. Light yellow or pallid, unicolorous except for row of dark pttnctures next lateral carinae of front, the tibial spines, teeth of spur, spines and claws of tarsi and spots on venter. Length : female 3.5 mm. ; male, 3 mm. Vertex longer than broad distinctly narrowing to apex, the carinae strong. Front conspicuous!}- widened at apex narrowed to tip of vertex, carinae high and extending prominently over tip of vertex; clypeus tri- angular lateral carinae curved. Pronotum wider than long carinae ele- vated, hind margin slightly emarginate deepest, at middle almost notched; scutellum truncate, hind lobe obtuse, margin strongly reflected. Tibial spur very large, broad, marginal teeth strong. Elytra long, narrowing to apex, veins minutely setigerous. Wings minute not reaching base of abdomen, apex obtusely angular, margins sinuate, no veins visible. 374 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, Color; straw j’ello'w; borders of the frontal carinae with short exten- sion upon vertex, a band at base of abdomen, a lateral basal spot on segments one to three and borders of the ovipositor, tibial spines, teeth of tibial spur, spines and claws of tarsi, black. Abdomen of male tinged with fulvus, bases of tergal segments sometimes infuscated. Genitalia. Female plates short, rounded at apex. Male hooks incurved nearly touching; style, long, slender, compressed. Described from twenty specimens, fourteen females, six males, collected at Cameron, La., by Prof. J. S. Mine in latter part of August, 1903. This species shows some striking resemblance to Kelisia, but aside from the characters which seem to require a separate genus it has well marked characters separating it from any species in that genus. b, front; c, side view of head; d, dorsal view of female; e, aborted wing; /, posterior leg. From drawings by J. G. Sanders. Megamelus angulatus n. sp. Straw yellow, marked on apex of vertex, sides of pronotum, clavus and costa of elytra, base of abdominal segments with black; elytra very short barely covering base of abdomen. Length female, 3.5 mm.; male, 3 mm. Vertex triangular, the anterior triangle in front of eyes, apex acute; front widening beyond the middle, broadest near base of clypeus, carinae strong; clypeus elongate, carinae prominent. Pronotum equal to vertex and scuteilum in length, lateral carinae strongly divergent, reaching hind border outside of origin of lateral carinae of scuteilum. Scuteilum broadly triangular, apex right-angled, elytra short, veins conspicuotis, especially claval and subcostal. Abdomen strongly carinate on median line. Color, straw yellow above and below with fuscous spots within the fovae of vertex, black patches on apex of vertex on line with black eye and black lateral area of pronotum. Faint black flecks inside carinae of front. Lateral area of pronotum, basal part of lateral area of scuteilum. June, 1905.] New North American Fulgoridae 375 clavus except veins, costal space and portions of discal spaces, basal por- tion of abdominal segments, plates, border of ovipositor, tip of rostrum, tarsal claws, black, legs tinged with fuscous. The males similarly colored but brown or blackish markings are nearly obsolete on abdominal segments except fourth and fifth and sides of pygofer. Male genitalia, hooks strongly curved upward, narrowed to acute apex which is quite brown or black. Specimens are in hand from Mr. A. F. Satterthwaite, Harris- burg, Pa., who collected them on Spatterdock (Nuphar sp.) at St. George’s, Del. Megamelanus spartini. n. sp. Elongate, slender, female light straw color Male with elytra and beneath black. Length of female, 3 mm., male, 2.5 mm. Head distinctly produced, vertex produced in front of eyes, nearly twice as long as pronotum, twice as long as greatest length of eye. Lateral margin elevated, central carinae prominent, forked anteriorly. The carinae of fork becoming obsolete near lateral margin, front elongate twice as long as wide, elliptical, central carinae prominent, lateral carinae evenly curved from base to clypeus. Clypeus elongate, triangular, median carinae obsolete, antennae minute, pronotum slightly wider than head, carinae slightly divergent, elytra narrow, nearh^ parallel veins prominent, minutely setigerous. Color of female stramineus, unicolorous, male with vertex, upper part of front, eyes, side of head, pronotum, scutellum, and hind tarsi stram- ineus, otherwise pitch black. Genitalia — female, plates elongate, male, pygofer obliquely emar- ginate. Hooks divergent, narrowing to apex. A number of specimens of this minute species were taken by beating the heads of a rank beach grass (Spartina patens) on the shore of Oyster Bay and Cold Spring Harbor, Aug. 18 and 19, 1904, and two females and fifteen males collected by Mr. J. S. Hine, Bay Ridge, Aug. 7, 1899. I found my specimens only by beating the blossoms and the females especially bear a striking resemblance to the anthers of the blossom of this grass so it would seem that they get a very distinct protection from their size and appearance. When beaten into the net with the abundant chaff from the blossoms they were very difficult to recognize until they began to move. The colors of the male do not seem to be so distinctly correlated with their habitat. The species is apparently pretty closely related to elongatus Ball described from Florida and I suspect that species will prove to have a similar habitat. Elongatus was taken in abundance at New Orleans, La., in IMarch, by Prof. Hine which would indicate that it hibernates as adult. Stobaera pallida n. sp. Superficially resembles tricarinata Say but has lighter vertex, front and pronotum much broader, sides of front not parallel, antennae flattened and elytra pictured, veins ivory white, pustulate, setae very minute or wanting. Length female, 4.5 mm. ; male, 4 mm. Head wider than pronotum, vertex nearly twice as wide as long, lateral carinae slightly divergent, disc deeply impressed each side of central Carina, central fovea small but deep, anterior margin straight, front broad. 376 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, widest at lower margin of eye. Snbangulate, converging to clypeus, centra I Carina elevated, forked close to the base, lateral carina prominent directed outward, clypeus long, tricarinate, antennae very broad, flattened, apical portion of second joint pustulate, pronotum broad, lateral carinae very widely separated passing from posterior angle of eye to hind border, scu- tellum broad, disc depressed, carinae elevated, elytra vitreous, apical nervures forked near apex, pustules with very minute setae where visible. Color, light straw yellow, front slightly darker with broken, transverse, creamy white bars, all carinae light yellow or creamy, scutellum light yel- low at apex, elytra vitreous, somewhat infuscated, nervures ivory white with minute dark pustules. Apex broadly infuscated and clavus at base and apex blackish, transverse bands back of clavus infuscated, all colors darker in male, beneath pallid, spines and tarsal claws, black. Genitalia — Female pygofers long, carinate on middle; anal style flattened, lanceolate. IMale pygofer, truncate, slightly produced medially, hooks erect strongly curved at apex. Numerous specimens of this rather striking sjjecies were col- lected on a shrub, Baccharis halimifolia, near Oyster Bay, Aug. 19, 1904. and I have in hand also several specimens col- lected bv Prof. J. S. Hine at Bay Ridge, ^I. D. Superficially this recalls tricarinata, but the more pallid color is apparently constant and the structural characters of the head separate it distinctly. In frontal carinae it would seem hardly to fit genus Stobaera but the pronotal character agrees so well for that genus that it seems best to place it here, provisionally, at least. Stobaera minuta. n. sp. Similar to tricarinata Say but very much smaller, front dusky between eyes only, setae of elytra minute or wanting, apical cloud not so much broken. Length of female, .3 mm., male 2. .5 mm. to tip of elytra. A'ertex nearly quadrate, fovae rather shallow, anterior one minute, front with sides parallel, pronotum shorter than vertex, hind margin con- cave scarcely angled at centre. Scutellum with carinae weak, elytral nervures, pustulate but not setigerous. Color — Vertex yellowish brown, face between eyes brown, sharply separated from yellow lower portion. Antennae brown, slightly darker than upper part of front, pronotum yellowish brown, a dark spot behind eye, scutellum fulvous yellow or shaded brown usually darker on anterior part and some specimens with dark brown on lateral portion. Elytra milky white, veins interrupted with black points corresponding with the pustules, with oblique row of dark spots lying in the discal cells. The smaller posterior one within the fork of the second sector, the dark cloud occupy- ing about one half of the apical cells, including most of the central cell. Beneath light yellow or whitish with dark points on pleurae and black points on the legs, claws black. Genitalia — J-'emale pygofer narrow behind, plates narrow, ovipositor reaching to their tip, anal style short, whitish. Male — pygofer truncate, aperture narrowing ventrally and slightly concavely excavated. Hooks short, bluntly curved, blackish. Described from a large series of specimens including twenty- one females and three males, collected by Prof. J. S. Hine at Cameron, La., Aug., 1903. Except for certain details of structure and difference of distribution of color this species might be taken for a miniature form of tricarinata but length of pronotum, color of face, extent of elytral clouds and genitalia present very oljvious differences which readily separate it. June, 1905.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 37T MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Prof. Osborn’s Residence, April 10, 1905. The Club was called to order by the President, Prof. Hine. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The program arranged for the evening was to consist of talks by Professors Kellerman and Hine on their recent trip through Central America. Prof. Kellerman was the first speaker and gave a very interesting account of the trip. The party consisting of E. B. Williamson and wife, C. C. Dean and wife, N. W. Miller, Professors Hine and Kellerman, left New Orleans, Jan. 5. In spite of a bad boat and some sea-sickness the trip down was a pleasant one. Many interesting things were observed ,as flying fish, peculiar birds, and the beautiful deep green of the tropical landscape. The first stop was made at Belize but only for a few hours. The party arrived at Port Barrios, Guatemala, Jan. 10. Everything in this country was entirely new and interesting to residents of a temperate climate. New plants, new animals, wonderful palms with which there is nothing in the greenhouses of this country to compare. The fauna and flora of this coast region was interesting enough to spend the whole of their time on but they went back into the country by means of a poor rail- road. After traveling all day and all night they stopped at Gualan about SO miles from the coast. The trip on the slow railroad had been a wonderful one. The trees were especially interesting but even more so were the wonderful epiphytes — the Bromeliads and Orchids resting on the trees, some with roots hanging almost to the ground. Bamboos, higher even than the trees were abundant. Nearly every plant around Gualan was new to a northern visitor but Shepherd’s Purse Purslane and a few of our more common plants were found. Compositae were numerous and of very large size, many being conspicuous shrubs and some large trees. It was very warm and dry at Gualan and all superfluous clothing was dispensed with. Nearly all the grass was dead. The deciduous trees of this climate have the habit of shedding their leaves whenever they please, usually at the drv season and this makes the landscape very peculiar. From here the party went on up the railroad to the foot of the mountains, 120 miles from the coast. From here they had to travel 60 miles on mules to Guatemala City. Prof. Kellerman remained here while the rest of the party went on to the Pacific coast. Guatemala City is very beautiful and contains manv interesting things, especially the museum and the Temple of Minerva. The scenery there is as fine and charming as that of 378 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8, the Alps but there is no snow. The volcanoes were very inter- esting. Prof. Kellerman climbed to the top of one of these (Argua) and found many interesting specimens among which was a peculiar Pine which is very probably a new species. Manv of our common greenhouse plants were encountered here as Salvia, Begonias, Hibiscus, etc. True rusts (Puccinias) were found in abundance at Guatemala City but scarcely any in the low lands before this. Prof. Kellerman had with him a large number of souvenir postal cards as well as several original photo- graphs which illustrated the character of the country very well. Miss Riddle acted as chairman while Prof. Hine spoke of the people of Guatemala. The natives along the coast show the influence of the white people and are quite different from those of the interior. The natives seem to take everything they produce as a joke and consider a thing of little value unless brought from some other country. The people apparently are very kind. Their houses are simple consisting of four posts with a thatched roof and sides made of split bamboos or of poles. No windows are needed. Their clothing is very thin and simple. The men and women dress about as in this country. The women go barefooted but the men wear a kind of sandle shoe. Everybody smokes, the men cigars and the women cigarettes. Their food consists principally of beans and of a kind of cake made bv baking pounded corn. Their flag is a very pretty one consisting of two blue stripes with a white one between upon which there is an emblem consisting of their national bird and crossed muskets. Some of our common birds occur there probably passing the winter. The cat bird, mourning dove, Maryland yellow throat, black and white warblers, kildeer and others were observed. The brown pelican was very common biit the white one was not seen. The black vulture is the most common of all the birds and doz- ens of them could be seen around the back yards of the native’s dwellings. Kingfishers, pigeons, cuckoos and flycatchers are very common. Cuckoos were observed feeding around cattle or about fires and would catch the startled grasshoppers, etc. Prof. Hine exhibited two specimens of Peripatus which he was fortunate enough to obtain. Prof. Hine also had with him a number of souvenirs of this interesting tropical country. Prof. Kellerman exhibited some dress goods of the natives. The club then adjourned but at the kind invitation of Prof. Osborn a very pleasant social time was enjoyed during which refreshments Avere served. It was long after the constitutional hour for adjournment when the members separated, carrying with them the memory of a very pleasant evening. F. M. Surface, Secretary. Date of Publication of June Numbe.", Jane 12, IQ05. LONG & KILEK University Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma.n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engraving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro^ typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. JL 5a 5a ^ ^ 1 1 80}^ North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Photos = = = FROM THE OLiD RELtlRBLtE Baker’s Art Gallery State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST. The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America. ^rttjafe ^mBufancc ^crt>tcc. 18- Co*, Jitneraf ©tteciora* 1259 fo 124-1 (U. §tg3 ^freef. CofumBue, “PSYCHK” JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB. The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year. All correspondence should be addressed to CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB, Care Boston Society of Natural History, 234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and I'ourtli Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E;. L. M0SE1.EY Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2, “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kei.LICOTT Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No 3. ‘‘ The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownockek, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. ‘‘The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. ‘‘Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonskr Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. S.vnders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max IMorse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Starling Medical College^ Comer State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGLS. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. • American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List ho. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTDREBS OP The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles, Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous List, cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N, Y. Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAI, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, VOLUME VI. NOVEMBER. 1905. NUMBER I Ihe Ohio Naturalist A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History of Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN «f THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ^ On OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered at the Post*Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second*class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history ot Ohio. The official organ of Thx Biolooical Club of thb Ohio Statb Uniyebsity, and of Thb Omo State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.26. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. SCHAPPNSa. Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb. Associate Editofs. F. h. Landacrb. Zoology, W. C. Micu, ArchaeoloCT, R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcacp, Ornithology, J. E. Hydb, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kbclbrman. Prof. Hbrbbrt Osborn. Prof. Charlbs S. Prossbr. The Ohio Natubalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohi*' State University. • In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Natubalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 3. Hike. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST, Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. MoselBy Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kkllicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gbrard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Mine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. NOV 21 1905 The Ohio ^JS^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Unmersity. -l8h NEVv EOT A QArs. Volume VI. NOVEMBER, 1905. No. 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS ^Sri:FA< B— Contributioii to the Life History of f^ang-uiiiaria Canailensis 37ii ScHAFFNER— Tlie Cla“sl tieatioii of Plants, II 38l> IIiXE — No\v Species of North American Cliry'o]is 391 Kidoi.e— Brush Lake I’rotozoa 394 Fischer — An .Vhnornial Cone of Finns Larieio 3l>6 (ILEASOX— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. IV :;97 News ami Notes :!9li •SCRFACK — McetiiiRof the Biolo.eical I 'lull 400 CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE HISTORY OF SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS.* Fra.nic ^I. Surface. Sanguinaria is a monotypic genus of the Eastern United States belonging to the family Papaveraceae. Apparently no very great amount of morphological work has been done on the members of this family. Shaw (3) in a recent paper gives some observations on certain Papaveraceae among which is Sanguin- aria. Some of the conclusions in the following ]3aper do not agree with his. This may possibly be due to a difference in climatic conditions between the two stations where material was col- lected, although Shaw does not state definitely, the locality from which his material came. The following study of the development of Sanguinaria canadensis L. was begun in April, 1904. Material was collected at intervals of about one week until the middle of June when the seeds were mature and had fallen to the ground. In the fall material was collected in October, November and December, while in the Spring of lOO.a young capsules were taken at inter- vals of about two weeks from March 1st to the middle of April. The material was killed and fixed in chromo-acetic acid, passed through the alcohols and imbedded in paraffin. Sections were cut on a rotary microtome 10--12 microns thick. In the younger stages the entire ovulary was cut, either transversely or longitudinally but in the older stages the individual ovules were sectioned. The orientation of the ovule was not difficult owing * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University. XXL 380 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, to the distinct crest developed along one side. In the oldest stages it was found necessary to remove the hard covering of the seed before cutting. Several stains were em])loved among which were anilin-safranin followed by genetian violet, Dela- held’s haematoxylin and Haidenhein’s iron-alum-haematoxylin. The latter well known .stain proved to be the most successful in the stages of the develo])ment of the megaspores and embryo- sac, while Delafield’s stain gave the best results with the microspores. The flower of Sanguinaria begins its development early in the summer and the ovules and stamens are considerablv advanced by the end of September. Material taken on Oct. bth showed the single, hyjiodermal, archesporial cell di.stinctly differentiated (Fig. 2). The ovules at this time were just beginning to curve but no traces of the integuments were discernable (Fig.l). At this time the microsporocytes were just separating (Fig. 19) and a few of the tapetal cells already had two nuclei. There are three intermediate layers between the epidermis and tapetum (F'ig. 19). Material taken on Nov. 9th showed but little change in the development of the ovules, except that they had elongated and the curving was much more marked. The integuments were just beginning to make their appearance but the archesporial cell was .still undivided. At this time the micros]iorocytes had undergone some division and some tetrads were observed. The tapetal cells contained two nuclei (Fig. 20). By Dec. 9th the archesporial cell had divided twice giving rise' to the megasporocyte with two parietal cells above (F'ig. 2). The curving of the ovule was much more marked than in the previous stage and the beginnings of both integuments could be readilv seen in central sections. The division of the micro- si:»orocytes must have proceeded rather rapidly for at this time the micros])ores were present with large resting nuclei and the ta]>etum was dissolving (F'ig. 21). In this stage the microspores pass the winter. No material was taken from December until the finst of March when it seemed that the weather conditions were favor- able for the continued growth of the plant. Sections of material fixed March 1st .showed that there had been but little activity during the winter months. One of the ]>arietal cells had again divided so as to form a row of three cells above the large mega- sporocvte (Fig. 4). In some instances transverse divi.sion had taken ])lace forming a considerable tissue (F'ig. 5). The integu- ments had increased quite a little in size and now reached more than half way around the developing ovule. The curving of the ovule was com])lete at this time. The microspores were in ])ractically the same .stage in which they were found in Decem- lier. The nucleus was undivided but the vacuole in the center Nov., 1905.] Life History Sunguinaria canadensis. 381 of the microspore had enlarged so that the nucleus was forced to one side of the cell. Material taken on March 13th showed but little change from that taken on the previous date. The megasporocyte had enlarged quite a little and seemed to be pre- paring to divide (Fig. 4), and a few spindles were observed (Fig. (3). The microspores showed no change. Material fixed on March 22nd showed that the megasporocyte had divided into four megaspores the lowest being the large functional one (Fig. 7). The arrangement of the megaspores varied considerably. In some cases the transverse walls were nearlv parallel forming a row of cells but frequently they were verv irregular (Figs. 7, 8). These divisions are interesting in that they show a great similarity to the divisions of the micro- sporocyte and often result in a nearly typical tetrad (Fig. 8). Above the megaspores the rows of parietal cells could be dis- tinctly seen (Fig. 7). These varied in number but it is evident that considerable division has occurred in the three original parietal cells. Vesque (1) states that Papaver orientale has no parietal cells. The nuclei of the microspores were divided at this time (Fig. 21). Pollen grains taken at later dates did not seem to show any further division. It is probable that the gen- erative cell does not divide until after the tube has been formed. Strasburger (2) however, reports that in Papaver the generative nucleus divides in the pollen grain. From this time the development of the functional megaspore is rather rapid. Material taken on March 28th showed the com- ])lete eight celled embryo-sac and often the two polar nuclei had already fused to form the definitive nucleus (Fig. 9). The antipotals are rather large at this stage and each has a single nucleus. Material taken on April 10th showed the oosphere and definitive nucleus still undivided but the antipodals were very large and each contained two nuclei (Fig. 10). This stage corresponded with material taken the year before at about the same date. The egg then seems to be fertilized about the first week in April. Many of the sections show remains of the pollen tube which is very prominent (Figs. 10, 11). The svnergids seem to disappear early. Remains of one or more of them could usually be seen at this stage, lying to one side of the oospore and staining very dark (Figs. 10, 11). The early divisions of the embryo seem to occur very slowly for it was not until May 12th that the first division was observed (Fig. 13). This makes a remarkably long period of rest for the fertilized egg. In material killed May lOth the three celled embryo was found (Fig. 14). The divisions of the definitive nucleus had begun in early April and by the latter part of that month the endosperm had 20 to 30 nuclei. 382 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, The development of the embryo from this stage on was not traced very closely but the divisions must occur rather rapidlv for on May 2;>rd the embryo had reached about the 12-celled stage (Fig. lo). On May 29th a large spherical embryo was present (Fig. lb). The suspensor had lengthened considerably and sections showed a double row of cells (Fig. lb). At this time the antipodals were degenerating (Fig. 17). They lie in a broad depression at the base of the sac which is greatly enlarged and filled with endosperm. The behavior of the antipodals recalls the condition of these cells in certain Ranunculaceae. On June bth the ovules had matured and were falling to the ground. The integument is very hard and it was found necessary to remove it before imbedding in paraffin. At this time the embryo was much larger and the two cotelydons were well developed (F'ig. bS). The suspensor was still ])resent but showed signs of degeneration. SUMM.\RY. The flowers of Sanguinaria begin to develo]) very early in the summer ])revious to the year in which they blossom. The development of the microsporocytes and microspores is much more ra]nd than that of the megaspores for the micro- spores are formed before the winter season begins. The ovule ])asses the winter in the megasporocyte stage and during March its development is very rapid while the microspore does not renew activity until the last of March and early April. Three ])arietal cells are formed and later these divide forming a ])arietal tissue of considerab'e size. The division of the megasporocyte frequently results in rather tyi)ical tetrads. The generative nucleus does not appear to divide in the pollen grain. The long resting ])eriod of the oos])here is especially interesting. RlBLIOGR.\.PHY. 1 . Vesque, J. Xouvelle recherches sur le development du sac embryon- naire des Phanerogames Angiospermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI, 8:2bl 390. Pis! 12-21. 1S79. 2. Str.\sburger, E. ^ Neue Untersuchungen uber den Befruchtungsvorgang bei den Phanerogamen. Jena. 1SS4. St*: 1 j d. Sh.\w, Ch.\rles H. Notes on sexual generation and the development of the seed coats in certain of the Papaveraceae. Bull. Tor. Bot. Club 31;429-4dd, PI. Id. 1904. Nov., 1905.] Life History Sanguinaria canadensis. 385 The above paper was prepared in the Department of Botany of the Ohio State University as a minor for the degree of Master of Arts. The work was done under the direction of Associate Professor J. H. Schaffner, to whom the writer wishes to express his sincere thanks for the kind assistance and suggestions., without which the paper could not have been completed. DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. All drawings were outlined under a camera lucida with the following optical combinations: Bausch and Lomb — 1 oc., j obj. — Fig. 1. Bausch and Lomb — 1 oc., J obj. — Figs. 20, 21. Bausch and Lomb — J oc., J obj. — Figs. 2-8, 12, l.S-17, 22, 22. Bausch and Lomb — 2 oc.. ^ obj. — Figs. 18, 10. Leitz — 4 oc., 7 obj. — Fig. 10. Leitz — 6 oc., 7 obj. — Fig. 14. Zeiss — 18 oc.. Leitz 7 obj- — Figs. 9, 12. Zeiss — 18 oc., Leit.z 2 obj. — Fig. 11. Fig. 1. Section of young ovularv, showing incipient ovules. Killed 10-6-’04. Fig. 2. Archesporial cell. Killed 10- 6-’04. Fig. 2 Megasporocyte with two parietal cells. Killed 12-9-’04. Fig. 4. Megasporocyte with three parietal cells. Killed 2-12-’0.5. Fig. .5. iUegasporocyte with parietals divided. Killed 2-l-’0.5. Fig. (). First division c4' megasporocyte. Killed 2~12-’05. Fig. 7. Four megaspores and parietal cells. Killed 2-22-'0.5. Fig. 8. Four megaspores showing tetrad arrangement. Killed 2-22-0.7. Fig. 9. Eight celled embryo-sac. Killed 2-28-’(),7. Fig. 10. Embryo-sac with oospore. Antipodals with two nuclei. Killed 4 10-'04. Fig. 11. Outline of ovule with oospore. Killed 4-10-'04. Fig. 12. ( lospore with remains of synergids. Killed 4-lG-'04. Fig. 12. Two-celled embr3’o. Killed .5-12 -’04. Fig. 14. Three-celled embryo. Killed .5-16-'04. Fig. 1.5. Young embrvo showing eight cells in section. Killed ,5-22-'04. Fig. 10. Spherical embryo with long suspensor. Killed .5-29-’04. Fig. 17. Degenerating antipodals. Killed ,5-29-’04. Fig. 18. Embryo showing large suspensor and cotyledons at the time the seed falls. Killed 0- 6-'04. Fig. 19. vSection of stamen with microsporoevtes and tapetal cells. Killed 10- 0 '0,5. Fig. 20. Section of microsporangium showing microsporoevtes just before formation of tetrads. Tapetal cells with two nuclei. Killed ll-9-’0.5 Fig. 21. Microspores with remains of tapetum. Killed 12-9-'05. Fig. 22. Single microspore. Killed 12-9- 05. Fig. 22. Pollen grain. Killed 2-22-’05. 3.8,4, The Ohio XntvraHst. [Vol, VI, No. 1, Ohio Naturaust. Surface on “Sanguinaria. Nov., 1905.] ‘ Life History Sanguinaria canadensis. 385 Ohio Nati rai.ist. ■ PUiie XX 17 10 Surface on “Sanguinaria ” 386 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, II. John H. Schaff.ner. The three series of plants (Thallo])hyta, Archej^oniata, and Spermatophyta) fall into smaller groups which also represent a succession of higher and higher stages of progressive develop- ment. If the theory of evolution as accepted at present is .sub- stantially correct, it becomes evident that some forms of plant life remained in the lowe.st condition from the beginning while others advanced to higher and more complex stages. Why did large numbers of species develop and continue until the ])resent time without advancing to any apprecialde extent from the starting point? The question can be answered by assuming that groups of organisms varied and were specialized in a direc- tion which interfered with further progress upward but not with further variation along subordinate lines. Other grou])s varied in a direction which led to higher possibilities without imposing a barrier while still others passed back from a higher to a lower condition. Based on the conception of vertical or progressive evolution, the develo]:)ment of the ])lant kingdom may be arranged some- what as follows: 1 . Genesis of living organisms. 2. Primordial organisms or Archeophyta, supposed to have been naked, amoebid cells of the simplest structure. 3. Transition to encysted and wall cells of the types found in the lowest jjlants of the present time. 4. Xonsexual plants consisting of simple cells, masses, or filaments. .'). Development of .sexuality or of conjugating organisms. (). The lower types of sexual plants. 7. Gradual development of the higher and more complex types, manv with a simple alternation of generations. 5. The higher Thallophytes. 9. Transition to tyjiical land plants and adaption to aerial conditions. 10. The lowest ]ilants with a ty]hcal antithetic alternation of generations and with a simple parasitic sporojihyte. 1 1 . Gradual development of a more complex sporophyte. 12. The higher plants with a well develo]>ed dependent sporophyte. 13. Transition to plants with an independent mature sporophyte. 14. Plants with homosporous .sporo])hytes with true roots, leaves, and fibro-vascular tissue. b”). Development of heterospory. Nov., 1905.] The Classification of Plants, II. 387 16. Archegoniates with heterosporous sporophytes and greatly reduced unisexual gametophytes. 17. Development of the seed habit and siphonogamic fertilization. 18. Seed plants with open carpels without stigmas and with much reduced parasitic gametophytes. 19. Development of closed carpels with stigmas and begin- ning of the conjugation of polar cells with further reduction of the female gametophyte. 20. The highest seed plants, representing the extreme of progressive development. Taking the living plants which are delimited by definite transition gaps, readily distinguishable, we can recognize seven great groups. These are represented in the above scheme as follows: First group. No. 4; second group. Nos. 6, 7, 8; third group. Nos. 10, 11, 12; fourth group, No. 14; fifth group. No. 16; sixth group. No. 18; seventh group. No. 20. The transition from the first to the second group is very gradual and it may sometimes be difficult in practice to place certain species properly, but the progression from nonsexual to sexual plants is so fundamental and apparently so important for all further advance that this may be regarded as the most important -step taken in the entire plant kingdom. The changes in the life cycle and in the conditions of heredity are very far reaching. It is also important to have this group defined for purposes of general discussion. The seven groups may be called subkingdoms. A subkingdom may then be defined as a group which represents a definite stage of evolution in the plant kingdom and which can be delimited from higher or lower groups by a distinct break or hiatus or by a definite transition involving a progressive change in the life cycle of the individual. It becomes necessary to select names for these subkingdoms. Unfortunately the larger groups have not received any verA’ extensive consideration from systematists. No definite system is here attempted but the names given below have for the most part been used in connection with the groups which they represent. I. Protopiiyta. Protophytes. II. Nem.-vtophyta. Nematophytes. III. Bryophyta. Bryophytes. IV. Pteridophyta, Homosporae. Homosporous Pterido- phytes. V. Pteridophyta, Heterosporae. Heterosporous Pterid- ophytes. VI. Gymnospermae. Gymnosperms. VII. Angiospermae. Angiosperms, 388 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, The first and second sul)kingdoms are Thallophyta; the third, fourth, and fifth are x\rchegoniata ; and the sixth and seventh are Sperm ato])hyta. It is often convenient to separate the chlorophyll-fjearing Thallophytes from those without chlorophyll. Thallophytes with chlorophyll are Algae. Thallophytes without chlorophyll are Fungi. Protoidiytes with chlorophyll are Protophyceae. Pro- tophytes without chlorophyll are Protomycetes. Nematophytes with chlorophyll are Gamophyceae. Nematophytes without chlorophyll are Fiumycetes. The seven subkingdoms may be characterized as follows: I. Protophyt.v. Protophytes. 8, ()()() known living species Phinls without sexuality, rejjresenting direct descendants from prim- itive nonse.xual organisms; typically unicellular, the cells free, in colonies, in plasmodial masses, or in simjde or branched filaments which are free or ti.xed and in the more highly specialized forms with definite base and ape.x; nonmotile, or having locomotion either by means of flagella, cilia, or j^seudojiodia, or by the general contraction of the cell: holophytic or phagO])hytic; with chlorophyll or without; re])roduction by simple fission, by zoospores, or by walled or encysted spores by means of which the ])lant survives dessication. II. Nematophyt.\.. Nematophytes. 57, ()()() known living sjjecies. Plants which have developed sexuality, some type of conjugation being present e.xcept in some groups which are supposed to have under- gone degeneration from se.xual ancestors; the more highly developed forms frecpiently with a primitive alternation of generations; plant body usually filamentous, either simple or branched, free or fixed, but in some groups unicellular, cocnobioid, or a comple.x solid aggregate; chlorophyll jjresent or absent, the great majority of species without chlorophyll living in aerial conditions as parasites or saprophytes, those with chlorophyll usually being hydrophytes. III. BkYOPHYT.t. Bryophytes. About 14, ()()() known living species. Plants, usually of small size, in which there is a typical sporophyte but this never having an inde])endent existence, being supj)orted on the gametophyte in a parasitic condition during its entire life; without true vascular tissue, true roots, or leaves, but sometimes with true stomata; always homosporous. Gametophyte comjjarativelv large, consisting of a thalloid frond or a stem like, scaly frond, usually preceded by a fila- mentous ])roeml)ryo, the protonema, which develojis from the sjjore. IV. PTERiuoPHYT.t, IIoMospoR.vE. Homosporous Pterido- phytes. 2,800 known living s])ecies. Plants in which the herbaceous or tree-like sporojiliyte, after the juvenile stage, has an independent existence with true fibro-vascular tis- sue, roots, and leaves, and with a terminal growing point; homosporous and either eusporangiate or lejjtosiiorangiate. Gameto])hyte usually rather large, normally herma])hroditc although often unisexual; thalloid and green but sometimes tuberous and subterranean and without chlorophyll Nov., 1905.] The Classification of Plants, It. 3^9 Ohio Natukaust. Plate XXI’// lJiagra;n showing relationships of the Plant Subkingdonis. [Vol. Vi, No. 1, ^90 The Ohio Naturalist. V. Pteridophyt.v, Heterospor.\e. Heterosporous Pterido- ])hvtes. 635 known living species. Plants in which the sporophyte, in the living species, is herbaceous and after a brief embryonic stage has an independent e.xistence with true fibro- vascular tissue, roots, and leaves; heterosjDorous, with micro- spores and megaspores which give rise to greatly reduced male and female gametojjhytes respectively; eusj)orangiate or leptosporangiate, Gametcj- phytes always unisexual, with little or no chlorophyll, living on food stored in the spore and developing entirely inside of the spore wall or ])rotruding only slightly through the side, the nonsexual spores often germinating liefore being discharged. VI. Gymnosperm.ve. Gymno.sperms. 450 known living species. Plants in which the sporophytes are woody perennials with open carpels (megasporophylls) without a stigma and hence with naked ovules and seeds, the ]>ollen (male gametophvte) falling directly on the micro- jjyle of the ovule (megasporangium) ; flowers monosporangiate, usually developing as cones but sometimes very simple; female gametophvte with numerous cells but without polar cells and thus without true endo- sperm as in the Angiosperms; male gametophyte much reduced but usually with vestigial vegetative cells; male cells two, either nonmotile sperms or developed as spirally coiled multiciliate spermatozoids. VII. AxGiosPER.M.tE. Angiosj)erm.s. 125,000 known living species. Plants in which the sporophytes are of diverse habit, from minute annual or perennial herbs to large trees; ovules in a closed carpel (mega- sporophvll) or set of carpels provided with an ovulary and with a stigma for the reception of the pollen (male gametophyte) which must develop a long pollentube, usually passing through the open cavity of the ovulary, before reaching the micropyle; flowers more commonly showy and highly specialized anel more cejinmonly bisporangiatc ; female gametophyte greatly reduced, normally with eight cells two of which, the polar cells, conjugate to form the definitive cell from which the endosiserm is devel- oped; male gamete)phyte consisting of three cells two of which are non- motile sperms, one used for fertilization and the other in many cases uniting with the definitive cell thus producing a triple fusion. Kov., 1905.] Xew Species North American Chrysops. 391 NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN CHRYSOPS. Jas. S. Hixe. Of the four species described in this paper three were taken in Guatemala. The other one is from eastern United States and is described at this time for the reason that a student of the group desires to mention the species in a paper he is preparing for publication. The Guatemalan material was procured in com- pany with Mr. E. B. AVilliamson of Bluffton, Indiana. Chrysops melanopterus, n. sjj. Female, black, first two seg- ments of the antenna each longer than the third. Length, 9 millimeters. Relative length of the antennal segments 2; 1.5:1. Basal seg- ment without indication of enlargement as is the case with other species of the genus having the first and second antennal , seg- ments elongated. Whole body, including wings, legs and antennae, black. Tvpe taken at a point about five miles up the railroad from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, Department of Izabal, March 14, 1905. The locality was along the railroad where it passed through an extensive swamp only a few feet above sea level. Two other specimens were procured at the same place, one from the back platform of a freight caboose. The specimen followed the moving train for some time before it was captured. The species is entirely distinct from any species I have seen or have found described. The uniform black wings are peculiar for a memljer of this genus. Chrysops pachycnemius, n. sp. Female wing with costal margin and crossband black, apical spot separated from the crossband; abdomen yellow at the base, black apically. Length, S millimeters. Lower ])art of the front, including the frontal callosity, and the face yellow; |)alpi a shade darker than the face, proboscis black. Region of the ocelli shining black, otherwise the upper ])art of the front covered with bright yellow pollen. First seg- ment of the antenna yellow, second yellow on the inner side, brown outside, third black. Thorax shining black with four dorsal stripes formed by yellow pollen, the two inner abbreviated behind, the two outer broken at the transver.se suture; side of the thorax with a yellow s])Ot behind the eye, one directly beneath the root of the wing and another just behind it. Wing with the base, costal cell and the crossband black, apical spot separated from the crossband by a wide space, extreme base of each costal cell black, the inner margin of the crossband extends from the branching of the second and third veins nearly straight to the anal vein passing near the inner end of the discal and fifth 392 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1. posterior cells. The crossband reaches the ])osterior margin of the wing filling out the apex of the anal cell and all the fourth and fifth posterior cells with the exception of a small patch at the distal end of the latter; the outer margin of the crossband starts from the union of the first vein with the costa and extends in a somewhat irregular curve to the end of the vein which se])arates the third and fourth ])osterior cells. The a])ical sjjot fills out the a])excs of the marginal and first .submarginal cells and invades the second .sid)marginal, reaching the ])osterior border of the wing at the apex of the vein which separates the latter cell from the first ])osterior. All the femora black at each end, otherwise yellow, tibia black, all of them quite distinctly enlarged, but the anterior ]>air more than the others; anterior tarsi l)lack, others with the first segment wholly yellow and remaining segments with apexes more or less black. First seg- ment of the abdomen above narrowly yellow on the sides, second segment vellow for its entire width on each side but this color narrows toward the front border until at the mid-dorsum where the two meet it is very narrow; a mid-dorsal yellow marking on the second and third segments, widened and triangular on the second and elongate and narrow on the third; the posterior third of the fourth segment yellow ; venter with first two segments yellow, remainder black. Type taken at Santa Lucia, on the Pacific slo])e of Guatemala at an altitude of about a tlnnisand feet, February 1, DO.'). Chrysops calopterus, n. s]). Female with l)lack body and variegated wings. Length, (1 millimeters. Face and jialjh yellow, antenna yellow, except the annulated ])ortion of the third .segment which is black; region of the ocelli shining black, frontal callosity yellowi.sh on the disk and black above, otherwise front covered with gray pollen. Thorax black with indications of stripes on the anterior part ; legs black except a broad ring on the distal part of each femur and liasal segments of each tarsus which are yellow. Anterior fourth of each basal cell, entire costal cell and marginal cell to beyond the stigma are infuscated. The black of the crossband and apical spot are much l>roken up and the hvaline triangle is crossed and encroached upon by dark markings; there is a very dark quad- rangular .s])ot at the furcation of the third vein; the discal cell is hyaline with an irregluar dark ])atch at its middle; the ])os- tcrior margin of the wing is infuscated all the way to the fifth po.sterior cell and more pronounced at the intersection of the veins; the veins at the inner ends of the discal, first, fourth and fifth ])osterior cells are widely margined with black. None of the cells of the wing exce])t the costal are entirely infuscated, and none are entirely hyaline except the axillary. Abdomen black Nov., 1905.] New Species North American Chrysops. 393 on the dorsal side except segments two, three and four each have a transverse gray marking on the posterior border. Type taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, 00 miles inland from Puerto Barrios, at an elevation of perhaps 250 feet, Februarv 21, 1905. Other specimens were procured at Morales and at Puerto Barrios. Chrysops dimmocki, n. sp. Female, body colored like callidus, wing like montanus. Length, S millimeters. Frontal tubercle black, front covered with a greenish gray pollen which follows the margins of the eyes to the occiput widening somewhat, below the frontal callosities. Face light yellow, palpi darker, proboscis brown. First and second seg- ments of the antenna and base of the third yellowish and clothed with rather course black hairs, remainder of third segment black. Thorax above with four rather wide greenish gray stripes which are slightly le.ss distinct posteriorly. Legs mostly yellow, but apical parts of middle and hind tarsi blackish ; front legs with apex- of tibia and whole of tarsus black or dark brown. Wings with costal margin and crossband l)lack, first and second basal cells with very slight infuscation at base; the crossband reaches the posterior margin, filling out the fourth posterior cell, outer border curved, fifth posterior cell largely hyaline in the middle but plainly infuscated along the veins at each side; a])ical spot wide, filling out all the marginal cell, two-thirds of first sul)- marginal and half of second submarginal. The abdomen has a .small black spot on the fir.st segment beneath the scutellum, second segment with a black inverted V whose apex reaches the anterior margin, otherwise yellow, remaining segments with the exceptions of the lateral and hind margins black, the hind margin expands into a triangle in the middle on each .segment; venter yellow with dark markings toward the apex. T3"pe taken at Longmeadow, Massachusetts, b\" Dr. Geo. Dimmock. Eight other s])ecimens taken at Columbus, and Wauseon, Ohio, and Anglesia and Westfield, New Jerse\", those from the latter state by V. A. E. Daecke and H. S. ITarbeck, of Philadelphia. This species has been in m}' collection for a long time and I hesitated to name it for the reason that no male specimen could be procured, but the characters are so constant and so man^' s])ccimens have been collected and sent in that it seems that it must be distinct. 394 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, BRUSH LAKE PROTOZOA. Lumin'a C. Riddi.e. During the Fall of 1902 the writer studied and listed the Algae found at Brush Lake, Champaign Co., Ohio, and the list was published in Ohio Nat. 5:20S; at the same time a careful record was kept of the Protozoa found in the same material and was reported at the 1900 meeting of the Ohio Academy of Sci- ence by Professor F. L. Landacre as the writer was at that time located in the West. Delay in publication has been due to the writer’s anxiety for accuracy in nomenclature and citations. As far as has been possible the names have been arranged after Butschh’s system, taking the classification from Calkins’ “Pro- tozoa” and Blochman’s “Die Mikroskopische Thierwelt des Suesswassers.” My grateful acknowledgments are due to Professor Land- acre, and to Professor L. B. Walton of Kenyon College, for the use of literature in revising the list. RHIZOPOU.A Fain. Amocbidae. Dactylosjihaerium radiosum Fhrb.y. Fam. Arccllidac. Lifflugia urceolata ('art. ('entropyxis aculeata Fhrljg. HEUOZO.^. Fam. A phrothoracidac. MASTIGOI’HOR.\. Fam. Hctcromonadidac. .tnthophysa vegetans(().F.M.) S.K. Spumella vivijiara Fhrhg. Fam. liuglenidac. Euglena oxyuris Schmarda. Phacus pyrum (Flirhg) S. K. Euglena spirogyra Ehrbg. Phacus trirjuetcr Ehrbg. Euglena viridis Ehrbg. Fam. .AsUisidac. Astasia trichojihora (Ehrbg) Clap. Fam. Pcrancmidac. Entosiphon ovatus Stokes. Fam. Pcridinidae. Pcridinium tabulatum Ehrbg. IN’FUSORIA. Fam. Knchclinidac. Pseudoprorodon uiveus Ehrbg. .\rachnidium globosum .S. K. ('oleps hirtus (). !■'. .M. Didinium nasutum (). h'. M. Coleps uncinatus C. & L. I -\moeba proteus L. Amoeba villosa Wall. -Vrcella dentata Ehrbg. .\rcella vulgaris Ehrbg. Difflugia corona Wall. -Vctinophrys sol Ehrbg. Nov., 1905.] Brush Lake Protozoa.. 395 I'am. Tracheluiidac. Trachelocerca olor O. F. M. Lionotus heJus Stokes. Trachelocerca versatilis C). F. M. Loxodes magnus Stoke.s. Lionotus fasciola (Ehrbg) Wrzes. Loxodes rostrum O. F. M. Fam. Chlamydodontidac . Nassula ornata Ehrbg. Fam. Chilijcridac. Holosticha caudata Stokes. Glaucoma scintillans Ehrbg. Leucophrys patula Ehrbg. t'olpidium putrinum Stokes. Fam. I ' rocciiiridac. Urocentrum turbo O. F. M. Fam. Paramoccidac. Paramoecium aurelia O. F. M. Fam. Plciiroiicmidac . Pleuroncma glaucoma O. F. M. Fam. Isotrichidar. Plagiop3'la nasuta Stein. Fam. Plagiolomidac. Metopus sigmoides C. & L. Spirostomum ambiguum Eliilig. Fam. Ptiir.mridac. Bursaria truncatella O. F. M. Fam. Sientoridac. Stentor coeruleus Ehrbg. Caenomorpha o.xyura Stein Stentor polymorphus Ehrbg. (Gyrocorys). Fam. Oxytrichidac. Stichotricha aculeata Wrzes. Uroleptus dispar Stokes. I'roleptus longicaudatus Stokes. Ur(jle])tus rattulus Stein. Urolej)tus sphagni .Stokes. Gonostomum affine .Stein ( Plagiotricha). Stylonychia mytilus O. F. M. Stylon)'chia pustulata O. F. 31. Histrio inquietus .Stokes. Fam. Enplotidac. Euplotes carinata Stokes. Euplotes variabilis Stokes. Euplotes ])lumipes Stokes. Aspidisca costata Duj. Fam. Vorticcllidae. Scyphidia inclinans (D'Udek) S. K. on Nais. Vorticella aquaedulcis .Stokes. 3'orticella hamata Ehrbg. Vorticcll.i nebulifera hffirbg 3'orticella jirocumbens From. Vorticella similis Stokes. Ojjercularia clongata Kellicott. t-'othurnia crystallina Ehrbg. Vaginicola gigantea D’Udek. Lagenophrys vaginiccjla Stein. 39^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1, AN ABNORMAL CONE OF PINUS LARICIO. ’ Walter. Fischer. It has been customary to try to explain the homology of the ovuliferous scale in the Conifers by the study of monstrosities. So the chance discovery on May 12 of a cone of Pinus laricio which was both carpellate and staminate led the writer to look up again the numerous theories which have been advanced to explain this structure. Fig. I. — 1. The abnormal cone. 2. Under side of carpel showing carpellate bract and ovuliferous scale. 3. Upper side of same. 4. Under side of stamen. The cone was one of two growing in the normal position of the staminate cone and consisted of two well marked zones, the lower or staminate part making up about four-fifths and the upper or carpellate part making up about one-fifth of the entire cone. The other cone was staminate only. As a clo.ser examina- tion showed that lioth kinds of sporophylls were perfectly nor- mal, their description will correspond to that of those on other cones. The carpellate part bore bracts on the upper sides of which were the ovuliferous scales bearing the ovules or mega- sporangia. The staminate part of the cone bore but one kind of scales, the stamens or microsporophylls bearing the microspo- rangia on the under side. Nov.,* 1905. }>' , Xofes from Ohio State Herbarium. 397 Since the homology of the stamen and the bract subtending- the seed bearing scale is evident, the contention is still Concern- ing the homology of this extra structure the ovuliferous scale. As an excellent summary of the numerous theories relating -to this subject is given in Coulter and Chamberlain’s Morphology of Spermatophytes, and as their repetition here vould be entirely bevond the scope of this article, they may for convenience be condensed into the two following simple propositions: First. The carpellate cone represents a regular branch; the bract represents a leaf ; the ovuliferous scale represents an axillary stem with one or with two leaves all greatly reduced and modified and it may or may not also represent the outer integument. Second. The carpellate cone represents a dwarf branch like the staminate cone; and the ovuliferous scale is a ligular or chalazal outgrowth of the megasporophyll or carpellate bract which corresponds to the microsporophyll. The writer is inclined to favor the second view not only from the study of this monstrosity if any great importance is to be attached to it but also for the same reason that Bessey gives in his article in the Botanical Gazette, 33:157, namely, that were we to favor the first view we would have to assume that the megasporangiate cones and sporophylls in the closely related families of Finales, in some of which there is no ovuliferous scale, are not homologous. NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. IV. H. A. Gr.r.Asox. During the past year much of the unidentified herbarium material has been studied, and a number of particular genera have been worked over, with the result that several species of flowering plants and ferns are to be added to the state flora. A list of those sj^ecies with notes on their distribution and their distinguishing characters is here given. Some of them have already been reported in this journal, but for sake of complete- ness are listed again. In every case the writer is responsible for their identification. 36b. Asplenium parvidum Mart, and Gal. Ohio Nat. 5:206. 460a. Care.y alata jerrugi)iea Fernald. Along Big Darbv. Creek in Madison County, Professor W. A. Kellerman. The variety, as described by Fernald (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 37:477. 1902.) differs from the species in the spikelets tawnv colored from the first, the narrower ovate perigynia about 2.;> mm. wide, and the ovate-lanceolate scales. The species has- 398 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8. spikelets mostly green, ])erigynia 2.S-3.7 mm. wide, almost orbicular, and narrower scales. 472b. Mayaca auhleti Michx. Auglaize County, A. Wetz- stein. The occurrence of this aquatic species so far north of its usual range is of much interest. .')47a. Sntilax pulvernlenta Michx. Montgomery County, S. E. Horlacher. Distinguished from Smilax herbacea, which it closely resembles, by the pubescent lower surface of the leaves. 755a. Gomphrcna ylobosa L. An Amaranthaceous plant fre- <[uently cultivated for ornament and escaped in Wood County, where it was collected by Professor Kellerman. S77a. Bocconia cordata Willd., the Plume Poppy, likewise commonly cultivated, has escaped around London, Madison County, and s])ecimens have been sent to the herbarium by Mrs. K. D. Shar]). l()33a. Aronia atropurpurea Britton. Ohio Nat. 5:2(14. 105 St.'HAFFNER. M ABEL— Frce-floatiug Plants of Ohio 420 Surface — Meeting of the Biological Club 422 A NEW SPECIES OF CAMBARUS FROM LOUISIANA. Dr. a. E. Ortmann, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. The types and cotypes of the new species described herein were collected by Professor Jas. S. Hine on July 12, 1905, in a small freshwater pool, 34 inile from Gulf Beach, near Cameron, Cameron Parish, Louisiana. There are 2 males of the first form, and 4 females. They were found associated with a number of large and small individuals of Cambarus {Cambarus) clarki Gir. Cambarus (Cambarus) hinei spec. nov. (See Fig. 1). Description of male of the first form. Rostrum triangular, about twice as long as broad on the basis; margins very slightly convex, almost straight, rather evenly converging to the acute tip, with a very slight indication of lateral angles at the base of the short acumen. No marginal spines. Upper face of rostrum flat at the base, slightly concave toward the tip; margins slightly elevated. Postorbital ridges short, divergent posteriorly, sharp at anterior end, but without distinct spine. Carapace ovate, slightly compressed, punctate. Infraorbital angle blunt. Branchiostegal spine small. Cervical groove sinuate. No lateral spines on carapace. Areola as long as or slightly shorter than half of the anterior section of carapace, very wide, with 4 or 5 irregular rows of punctations. Abdomen as wide as, and longer than carapace. Anterior section of telson with two spines on each side, posterior section rounded. 402 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, Epistoma with anterior part triangular. Antennal scale rather broad, broadest in the middle. Flagellum longer than carapace, but shorter than bodv. First pereiopod subcylindrical. Hand elongate, subcylin- drical, very slightly compressed, margins subparallel. Surface covered with fine granulations and a few short, scattered hairs. Palm long; fingers remarkably short, hardly over one-third as long as palm, with some scattered hairs. Cutting edges without tubercles. Carpopodite short, and almost smooth, without dis- tinct sulcus on upper side, and without spines or tubercles on inner side. Meropdite smooth, without tubercles or spines, its lower margin densely pilose. I schiopodites of third and fourth pereiopod with hooks, that of the third is long and strong, conical, that of the fourth is smaller, but distinct and of similar shape. Coxopodite of fourth pereiopod with a prominent, semicircular, compressed tubercle; that of the fifth pereiopod with a small, conical tubercle. First pleopod rather short and stout, reaching to the coxopodite of the third pereiopods. Its distal third is thinner than the proximal part, slightly tapering, gently but distinctly curved backward. Tip truncate, with two sharp, pointed, triangular horny teeth, belonging to the outer part. Inner part pointed at tip, point straight, slightly directed outward, distinctly longer than truncated part, and also longer than the horny teeth. Inner face of inner part with a row of beard-like hairs. The male of the second form is unknown. Fig. I. cambarus In the female, the chelipeds are much shorter, hineispec. vov. Male chieflv SO the hand, and the fingers are onlv side, inner view, slightly shorter than the palm. Hand hardly Enlarged. granulated, but with scattered hairs, more abundant than in the male. Pilosity of lower margin of meropo- dite wanting. Annulus ventralis a simple, rounded, low tubercle with an S-shaped fissure. Measurements: i (Type): Total length; 35 mm.; carapace: 10, areola; 5. width of areola: 2.75; abdomen: 19 mm.; length of hand: 13 mm., width of hand: 3.5, length of palm: 9.5, of fingers: 3.5 mm. 9 (Type): Total length: 45 mm.; carapace: 21, areola: 7, width of areola: 3.5, abdomen: 24 mm.; hand: 9.5 palm: 5.5, fingers, 4 mm. The shape of the male organs places this species in the sub- genus Cambarus (see Ortmann, Pr. Amer. Philos. Soc. 44. 1905, p. 90, and Ann. Carnegie Mus. 3. 1905 p. 437). The hooks of the pereiopods and the subcylindrical chelae place it in the section of C. blandingi. The shape of the rostrum and of areola Dec., 1905.] Notes from Ohio State Herbarium. 403 indicate the group of C. alleni. Within the latter group it stands rather isolated with regard to the male organs, which show a rather primitive conformation, within exception of the distinct backward curve of the distal part. The shape of the rostrum is peculiar on account of the almost triangular outline (similar to C. advena), with hardly any traces of lateral angles in the place of marginal spines. The areola is exceptionally broad, broader than in any of the known species of this group. The most striking character (disregarding the male organs) is furnished by the chelae of the male, since the fingers are unusu- allv short, shorter than in any other species of the genus. Thus the new s])ecies is well characterized by the shape of the rostrum, of the areola, chelipeds, and the m.ale sexual organs. Its distribution agrees with that of the alleni-grottp, in so far as it belongs of the lowlands of the coastal plain of the southern United States. It is the most western locality known for this group, being close to the Texas state-line (disregarding the Mexican C. luiegmanni) . NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM, V. H. A. Gle.-^sox. A Revised List of the Hypericace.\e of Ohio. The status of the family Hypericaceae m the catalogues of Ohio plants has been very varied. Dr. J. L. Riddell, in his Svnopsis of the Flora of the Western States, listed nine species from Ohio, including among them Hypericum galioides Lam. and H. densiflormn Pursh, species which in all probability do not occur within the State. They are both plants of the austro- riparian zone, ranging from Xew Jersey to Texas along the coastal plain, and inland to Tennessee. Dr. Riddell’s Synopsis, as its name indicates was not restricted to Ohio, but included all of the Western States so far as he knew them, and he might possibly have seen specimens from Tennessee. A few other doubtful species have been added to our flora by some of the earlier authors* such as H. adpressum Bart., H. ellipticum Hook., and Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Britton. From these sources they were admitted to the Catalogue of Ohio State Plants bv W. A. Kellerman and Wm. C. Werner, and from that to the Fourth State Catalogue by W. A. Kellerman, the latest one pub- lished. Two of the seventeen listed by Kellerman and Werner do not appear in the Fourth Catalogue, H. densifioruin Pursh and H. galioides Lam. Two others were added, H. gymnattthum Eng. and Gray and H. drummondii (Grev. and Hook.) T. and G., leaving the total number of species still at seventeen. 404 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, Under the present policy of the Department of Botany at Ohio State University only those species are included in the flora of the state which are actually represented by specimens in the State Herbarium. The necessity of such a regulation is obvious and requires no comment here. Five other species of the Fourth Catalogue are accordingly to be dropped, H. elUpti- cuni Hook., H. adpressum Bart., H. niajus (Gray) Britton, H. canadense L., and Triadenuni petiolatum (Walt.) Britton. There is no apparent reason why the first four of these should not occur in Ohio. Their geographical distribution, as given in the standard manuals, includes this State, they have been reported from adjoining States, and it is quite probable that future col- lecting, especially in the northern and northw'estern parts of the State, will eventually result in their re-addition to the Ohio flora. Triadenuni petiolatum, on the other hand, is not to be expected wdthin the State. It is essentially a plant of the coastal plain sw'amps, extending from New Jersey to Louisiana and along the inland extension of the coastal plain to southern Illinois, where it grows in deep cypress swamps. Three additional species, however, are to be added to the list, H . boreale (Britton) Bickn., reported in 1904,* H. virgatum Lam. and H. sub petiolatum Bickn., here reported for the first time from Ohio. Fifteen species of Hypericaceae are therefore actually represented in the State Herbarium, and this number will probably be raised in the future to nineteen. On this account the four species in question are included in the key. Both the flowers and fruit are necessar}^ for the identification of most of the species, and in collecting care should be taken that the specimens show both. Except at the beginning and close of the blooming period a single plant will generally show both. Ripe capsules may easily be sectioned to show the number of cavities and the character of the partitions either dry or after soaking in hot water. Key to the Ohio Gener.\. 1. Sepals 4, in two very dissimilar pairs. Ascynim. 1. Sepals 5, equal or nearly so. '2. 2. Receptacular glands none; flowers yellow. 2, Three receptacular glands alternating with the stamen-clusters; flowers not yellow. Triadenuni. .3. Leaves normal. Hypericum. 3. Leaves scale-like, appressed, flowers sessile. Sarothra. Ascyrum L. One species in the State. 1. Ascyrum multicaule Michx. Not Ascyrum hypericoides L. or Ascyrum crux-andreae L. as given in the standard manuals. These two names, which are synonyms, belong to a plant of the ♦Ohio Naturalist, 5:249, 1904. Dec., 1905.] Notes from Ohio State Herbarium. 405 southeastern States. Ascyrum is essentially a southeastern genus, and this species, which is its northernmost representative, is confined mainly to the austro-appalachian and austro-riparian areas. In Ohio it grows in dry upland woods and hillsides in the southeastern part. Specimens are in the State Herbarium from Hocking, Lawrence, Fairfield, Gallia, Scioto, Hamilton and Jackson Counties. Hypericum L. 3. 3. 5. 5. Capsules 5-celled, styles .5. 2. Capsules 3-celled or 1-celled. 3. 2. Leaves on main stem 6-8 cm. long, flowers 3-4 cm. wide, capsules ovoid, 2 cm. long. 1. H. ascyron. 2. Leaves on main stem 2-3 cm. long, flowers 2 cm. wide, capsules narrowlv ovoid, less than 1 cm. long. 2. H. kalmianum. Stamens very numerous. 4. Stamens 5-12. 10. 4. Capsules 3-celled. 5. 4. Capsules 1-celled. 8. 4. Capsules incompletely 3-celled, stem 4-5 dm. high, flowers 1.5 cm. broad, short pedicelled, capsule 3-4 mm. long. (H. adpressum.) Shrubs, capsules about 1 cm. long, leaves narrowly oblong or oblanceolate, usually revolute. 3. H. prolificum. Herbs, capsules 3-6 mm. long. 6. 6. or linear-oblong, crowded, flowers about 2 cm. 6. H. perforatum. flowers about 1 cm. wide 11, 11. 13. 13. Leaves oblong wide. 6. Leaves broader, elliptical to ovate, or a little larger. 7. Leaves sessile, cordate, sepals acuminate, 7. H. maculatmn. Leaves narrowed at the base, sepals obtuse. 8. H. sub petiolatiim . 8. Styles separate, leaves oblong, sharply acute, ascending, 2-3 cm. long. 5. H. virgatum. 8. Styles united below into a beak, leaves obtuse or nearly so. 9. Leaves narrowly oblong, 3-6 cm. long. 4. H. sphaerocarpum Leaves elliptic or ovate, 1.5-2. 5 cm. long. {H. ellipticum.) 10. Leaves lanceolate to ovate. 11. 10. Leaves linear. 14. Capsule 8-10 mm. long. {H. majns.) Capsule 6 mm. long or less. 12. 12. Leaves obtuse or rounded at apex. 13. 12. Leaves acute, ovate and cordate-clasping. W. H. gymnanthmn. Bracts subulate. 9. H. miitilimi. Bracts broader, foliaceous. 10. H. boreale. 14. Leaves 3-nerved, spreading, capsule longer than the sepals. (H. canadense .) 14. Leaves 1-nerved, subulate, capsule about equalling the sepals. 12. H. drummondii. 1. H. ascyron L. In rich moist woods and river bottoms. Monroe, Holmes, Lucas, Lake, Cuyahoga, Erie, Summit, Frank- lin, and Richland Counties. A plant of generally northern range, in Ohio apparently with the widest distribution in the northern counties. 2. H. kalmianum L. Along or near the lake shore in Ottawa, Erie and Summit Counties. Occurs generally along all the Great Lakes. 4o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, 3. H. prolificum L. Cham])aign, Hocking, Defiance, Frank- lin, Hamilton, Tuscarawas, Montgomery, Carroll, Holmes, Jackson, Coshocton, Adams, Gallia, Harrison, Portage, Stark, Wyandot, Wayne, Scioto, and Fairfield Counties. Data are not at hand concerning its ecological habits but it probably prefers dry woods. 4. H. sphaerocarpum Michx. Lake, Franklin, Montgomery and Clermont Counties. Should be found in dry woods in all the western counties. 5. H. virgatum Lam. A single specimen from Jackson County. This species is more characteristic of the coastal plain of the Atlantic from Delaware and New Jersey southward, but has been reported from a number of places inland. It is easily recognized by its leaf habit alone. G. H . perforatum L. Naturalized from Europe in fields and along roadsides, Auglaize, Gallia, Ashtabula, Summit, Morrow, Highland, Lorain, Clinton, Stark, Union, Carroll, Wayne, Tus- carawas, Knox, Clark, Montgomery, Franklin, Richland, Noble, Guernsey, Ross, Harrison, Madison, Butler, Jefferson and Medina Counties. 7. H. maculatum Walt. Scioto, Muskingum, Franklin, Adams, Wayne, and Logan Counties. 8. H. subpetiolatum Bickn. Most abundant in moist, shaded woods. Stark, Highland, Lake, Richland, Erie, Shelby, Crawford, Summit, Carroll, Union, Auglaize, Clinton, Cuyahoga, Defiance, Hocking, Hamilton, Tuscarawas, Clermont, Gallia, Lorain, Huron, Morgan and Licking Counties. 9. H. miitiliim L. In moist woods and along streams. Huron, Stark, Morgan, Jackson, Wayne, Brown, Franklin, Perry, Monroe, Scioto, Lake, Vinton, Clarke, Hamilton, Cuya- hoga, Fairfield, Hocking, Clermont and Auglaize Counties. 10. H. boreale (Britt.) Bickn. In peat bogs. Defiance and Geauga Counties. 11. H. gymnanthum Engelm. and Gray. Erie County. 12. H. Drummondii (Grev. and Hook.) T. and G. In dry soil and on rocks, Ashtabula and Hamilton Counties. Probably introduced in the former. Sarothra L. A monotypic genus. 1. 5. gentianoides L. In sand and on dry rocks, Erie, Gallia and Scioto Counties. Probably occurs elsewhere along the lake shore. Triadexum Raf. One species in the State. 1. T. virginicum (L. ) Raf. In peat bogs and swamps in the northern half of the State. Wayne, Erie, Geauga, Licking, Cuyahoga and Huron Counties. Dec., 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 407 HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE PSEUDOSCORPION- IDAE, PRINCIPALLY CHELANOPS OBLONGUS, SAY * E. W. Berger, Ph, D. (J. H. U.). The observations that prompted the writing of this paper were made mainly in Jamaica, W. I., at intervals between the 14th of June and the middle of August, 1897, while the writer was a member of the Marine Biological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University, located for that summer at Port Antonio. Soon after our arrival an abundance of material, with most of the females bearing egg and brood pouches, was discovered upon the Bogg Estate, just to the west of the above named town. The majority of the specimens collected (several hundred in all) belong to a single species, Chelanops oblongus. Ten specimens only of another, a smaller, more active species, but with larger mandibles (chelicerae) and with a more rectangular abdomen, were found in the same locality living together with the previous species. This smaller species is Chthonius pennsylvanicus , Hagen. I believe it proper to add here, that I was turned aside from this to other work soon after my return from Jamaica, and that before I had identified these species. Later, when I desired to identify them I had no facilities, and in 1900 sent specimens to the Smithsonian Institution. These were promptly identified for me by Mr. Nathan Banks, Honorary Curator of the Section of Arachnida, as the species above named. I have only recently had the opportunity to identify them for myself at the Ohio State University, using Mr. Bank’s key (III). The Pseudoscorpionidae (Chernetidae) constitute an order in the Class Arachnoidea, or spider-like animals, and some species are very small. The specimens in L. Balsan’s list (I) range from 1.20 to 7.10 mm. in length. The C. oblongus from Jamaica measures 3.83 to 4.00 mm. ; some specimens collected by Profes- sor Jas. S. Hine at Georgesville, Ohio, measure only 2.00 mm., but are evidently not fully matured. The males are slightly smaller than the females. C. pennsylvanicus measures 1.90 mm. only. They are called Pseudoscorpions because of their resemblance to real scorpions, except in size and in the absence of the post-abdomen and a poison sting. Manv species are blind, including C. oblongus; C. pennsylvanicus has four small eyes. Distribution’. — I was surprised to find that both the species collected in Jamaica should occur quite throughout the eastern U. S. Mr. Banks names the following localities for C . oblongus: Ithaca, N. Y., Washington, D. C., Brazos Co., Texas, Citrus Co., ♦Contributions from the Department of Zoology of the Ohio State University, No. 23. 4o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, Fla., Sand Point, Fla., Retreat, X. C., Fredericksburg, Va., and Detroit, Mich. (To this list can now be added Port Antonio, Jamaica, and Georgesville, Ohio.); for C. pennsylvanicus , Pough- kepsie, N. Y., and Lake Poinsett, Fla. I read over carefully the list named by Mr. Banks in his paper (III) above quoted, for the purpose of noting the distribution north and south, and east and west. I have concluded from this that there are distinct eastern and western species, but probably only a few distinct northern and southern species. Thus Pacific Coast species are reported no farther east than Utah, Montana and Wyoming, while eastern species are reported no farther west than Texas, Kentucky, and Michigan. Obisium Brnnneriiim, Hagen, common in the east, is reported from Utah, but Mr. Banks seems to have some doubt in this case that the Utah species is the same. Chelifer can- croides, Linn., Faun. Suec., is of course reported from the Pacific Coast and perhaps occurs over the whole U. S., and if not now, will very likely soon occur throughout the entire world. Two or three species are reported only from Texas and Colorado. Eastern and Pacific Coast species, on the other hand, generally have a wide north and south distribution. Thus among other eastern species named by Mr. Banks, Chelifer biseriatuni, Bks., reported only from Lake Poinsett, Fla., was found by myself under a neglected carpet infe.sted with buffalo moths, at Berea, Ohio, in 1901. The two species collected in Jamaica also illus- trate this far north and south distribution nicely, extending even to within the tropics. This wide north and south distribution of the species of pseudoscorpions versus their rather limited east and west distri- bution, I believe is associated with the migration of insects or birds. Pseudoscorpions have, however, to my knowledge, never been found upon birds, so that nothing definite can be stated in this respect. On the other hand, they are known to cling to insects (chiefly flies and beetles) and arachnids (see Associ.vtioxs with Insects) and to be transported from place to place by these. Certain insects are known to migrate for hundreds of miles. Thus a moth, the Black Witch, Erebus odora, is supposed to migrate from the West Indies and l^lexico to the U. S., while the Monarch, Anosia plexippus, is believed to migrate south in fall and north in Spring. Xo doubt there are other migratory insects, so that the distribution of pseu- doscorpions will, I believe, sometime find its explanation in this direction. There being nothing like a complete list of pseudoscoripons in existence, it is eviclent that these speculations are somewhat tentative. I tried to gain some idea of the distribution in South America bv comparing the papers of Ellingsen (VIII), Balsan (I) and Banks (III). I found no species mentioned that are common to Dec., 1905.] Ohio Naturalist. Chela tiops oblongus. 409 Plate XXVIII. E. W. Berger, Del. Chelanops oblongus, female. 410 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, both North and South America. Two species, Chclijer canes- trinum, Bab, and Chelifer longichelifer occur both in Ecuador (Guayaquil) and in Venezuela, i. e., to the west and east of the Andes. Two other species from Venezuela occur in Paraguay and Uruguay. Hagen in one of his papers (IX) mentions Chelifer americaniis occurring in Venezuela and South Brazil. Of the few s])ecies noted from Peru and Chili, west of the Andes, none are reported from the east. The evidence from South America, while insufficient, I believe nevertheless suggests a distribution similar to that in North America. The distribution of the order Pseudoscor])ionidae is, of course, worldwide; North America, South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, Madagascar, Sumatra and New Celebes, each having representatives reported. H.\bit.\ts. — I collected almost all my specimens from under the loose bark of flat-lying trees. A few were found in banana plant rubbish (dried leaves, pieces of .stems, etc.) and in dead pines (Pine here refers to a relative of the ]flnaepple that grows as an aerophyte upon trees in the tropics.) While I could not state that pseudoscorpions are social in their habits, I always felt that when I found one, others were not far away, and that they were scattered in groups rather than singly. It is also interesting to note that the ])laces of occurrence of these species in Jamaica were always damp or even wet: frequently so wet that I could press water from the bark and wood with my fingers. I never found them in dry places, and when I kept some in cap- tivity under small pieces of bark in glass jars, I found that they died and dried up if the bark was not kept quite moist and the jars covered. By taking proper precaution, however, to provide moisture, several colonies were kept alive for about ten months. In one instance I prepared a roll of bark about a core of decayed wood and set it one end in a glass jar. This worked very well, the animals living between the layers of the bark and wood. In this jar and others some females even pro- duced eggs, and some young were hatched. To keep water from condensing upon the sides of the glass, I lined the jars with filter pa])er. Not all preudoscorpions, however, require such wet con- ditions; thus Chelifer hiseriatum already referred to, and Chelifer cancroides, the book scorpion, both live in very dry places in houses. Other localities where these little creatures find their abode are: upon the leaves of trees (palmetto), between the crevices of rocks, under rocks, driftwood and leaves in the woods. Obisium uiaritimum, Leach, and Chelanops tristes, Bks.. live under stones between tide marks: the former on the Isle of Man and other British Isles, the latter on Long Island, N. Y. Immes, who reports the former sj^ecies, suggests that it retains sufficient air in its tracheae to. keep it alive during high tide. Dec., 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 411 These two species represent the extreme in wetness to which members of the order have become accommodated. To this list of habitats must be added parisitism and com- mensalism, habits which the order has developed in connection with other insects. Association with Insects, Food. — Pseudoscorpions evi- dently associate themselves with insects and a few arachnids in three ways: as travelers, parasites and commensalists. As travelers they make use of insects and other arachnids by hold- ing fast with the chelae of their pedipalps to the legs of flies, bedbugs, phalangids (harvestmen), tipulids (craneflies), etc., or by concealing themselves under the elytra of the larger beetles, Alaus ocidatus, and others. It appears that in the tropics they are more often reported upon beetles, while in the north more frequently upon flies and the other insects named. As supposed parasites they occur mainly upon beetles. The cases of Chernetidae on record, occurring under the elytra and wings of beetles where the body is softest, seems to make this belief probable. I see no reason why it should not be easy enough for a pseudoscorpion to penetrate the softer parts of a beetle with its sharp mandibles. In commensalism the species of insects with which they are associated are prboably the same as in parasitism. The truth is, it would be quite a difficult matter to name either the species of insects or of pseudoscorpions that belong strictly to any one of these three groups. Since pseudoscorpions are carnivorous, sucking the juices from smaller insects, mites, etc., it appears not at all improbable that they should find their prey under the wings of a beetle, and stay there until the supply is exhausted. I, myself, have found neither C. oblongus nor C. pennsyl- vanicus upon other insects, but Hagen (IX) reports it {Ch. alius, Leidy) under the elytra of the beetle Alaus ocidatus. He further states that blind Chernes species travel mainly upon beetles, and mentions Chelifer americanus, De Geer, on Acanthocinus longimaniis in Venezuela and South Brazil; another in Brazil on Passalus; and one in Melbourne (together with a tick) upon Passalus politus; all occur under the elytra. A special few, he says, travel fastened to flies, as Ch. Sanborni in Mass, and Ch. Loewii in Panama. Hagen evidently favors the transport theory and believes that certain species limit themselves to certain species of flies, beetles or other insects. Moniez and Wagner also favor the transport theory. Other writers favor either parasitism or commensalism. Thus Leydig in discussing the occurrence of a pseudoscorpion under the wings of a Brazilian beetle, emphasizes the fact that they are located under the wings where the abdomen is most vulnerable, and believes in parasitism. Ihering believes in com- 412 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5, mensalism, and mentions species of Pyrophorotis between which and the pseudoscorpion he thinks a definite relation has been established; but he admits that the s])ecies upon leaves are probably the same as upon the beetles. As will be seen in the following topic pseudoscorjhons evi- dently do attack and ma}" cause the death of flies much larger than themselves. It occurs to me that this instinct for robberv is the starting point that lead to the habit of holding fast to insects for travel, to parasitism and to commensalism, in what- ever degree these exist as a habit. It is perhaps natural for a pseudoscorpion to lay hold of anything alive that comes within its reach. I have distinct recollections of teasing specimens with a needle or with a splinter, and that they would lay hold of these objects with their chelae. If, then, the attacked insect is strong enough to walk or fly away, and the pseudoscor])ion does not kill it, he becomes a passenger; if he finds natural secretions or succeeds in wounding his host, he is a parasite; if he finds other insects or mites that serve his wants, he is simply a com- mensalist. It is thus quite easy to understand how the three conditions of travel, parasitism and commensalism may have developed as a habit, if indeed they are not accidents, for pseudoscorpions can live very well without hosts. Food, C.\nxib.\lism.-— As I have stated before, the food of pseudoscor|)ions is the juices of insects, mites, etc., usually smaller than themselves. I have seen specimens holding some smaller insect either by means of the chelae of the ])edipalj)s or by means of the chelicerae. It is generally known that they feed upon psocids (corrodentia) and Hagen mentions At w pus pulsatorius, the death watch, as their probable food. On the other hand, 1 have found them {Chelijer biseriatiim) associated with buffalo moths and believe that they were there because the moths were abundant and good feeding. The following observations by Bachhausen are im])ortant and interesting. Thus Prof. C. Berg reports (V) that Bachhau.sen in South America found a pseudoscorpion attached to the leg of a blow-fly and hanging free. He noticed after several hours that the legs of the fly became stiff. The next morning the fly was dead and the pseudoscorpion sucked full under some scra])s of paper. Bachhausen next hungered a number u])on moss under a glass and then gave them some small flies. The ]>seudoscor- pions soon appeared from concealment and began to attach themselves to the legs of the flies by one pedipalj). When two happened to get the same fly one or the other soon let go in order to get a victim of its own. The legs of the flies soon become stiffened and when the flies died they dragged them into con- cealment. A tabanus is reported as dying much slower than the other flies. On the other hand, Muehlhausen does not find that Dec., 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 415 the fly’s leg was stiffened by a Chelifer cancroides (the book scorpion), which held fast for fifty-six hours, or until it was drowned in a drop of milk. Nor did the microscope show any evidence of injury to the fly’s leg. It occurs to me, however, that C. cancroides is one of the smaller species and consequently was not able to injure the fly’s leg as an individual of a larger species could have done. Cannibalism. — I observed several times, while collecting specimens, that large individuals were holding smaller ones in their chelae. I also observed the same thing upon some spec- imens kept in the jars (see C.\ptivity). Then, again, the speci- mens in the jars were continually on the decrease. From these several observations I am led to believe that Chelanops oblongus and other pseudoscorpions are cannibalistic. On the other hand, the immature of C. oblongus and other pseudoscorpions build small nests in which they live (or rather become torpid) during their moulting periods and in which they remain until their cuticle has hardened (see Breeding). This evidently indicates danger from enemies and probably from their own kin. I believe rather more from their own kin than from other enemies, since the places where pseudoscorpions live are small and the}'’ could easily crawl into some crevice where a larger enemy could not reach them. I furthermore found but few insects and other animals under the bark of sufficient size to be of much danger. These consideraitons strengthen my belief in the probability of cannibalism. I know of no writer who has made similar observations. Captivity. — In the three jars used for confining live speci- mens I kept from thirty to forty for nearly ten months. I can perhaps best give the histor}' of these by quoting the brief notes verbatim. Jar A. Sept. 3d. — All seem contented. Found one speci- men carrying a smaller one in his jaws. Is this ceuinibalism? Found one with a small bunch of yellow eggs. Sept. 30th. — I find fewer specimens, but all appear happv. There are none with eggs. There is a plenty of other little insects and mites in all the jars; also some small earthworms. Oct. 21st. — There are now only five specimens and none with eggs. Jar B. Sept. 4th. — This jar had three specimens with bunches of yellow eggs, and other specimens with and without small eggs. I can find nothing of those with eggs today. Found small one building a casting nest. No evidence of' eggs on any, but I had no lens with which to examine them. Bunches of eggs may be very small at first, quite colorless and difficult to see without a lens or without turning the animals over. 414 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, Sept. 30th. — I found none with eggs and fewer specimens. What has become of them? Some doubtless lost their life by drowning in drops of water precipitated upon the glass, but this does not account for all missing. Oct. 20th. — Found tw'o dead and one small one alive. Found one in moulting nest preparing to cast. Jar C. Sept. 7th. — Bark arranged in concentric layers and populated with adults. All seem contented. Found eight specimens with yellow bunches of eggs. One encased in moult- ing nest. One with small one in jaws (cannibalism?) No small ones were put into this jar nor any with eggs. Sept. 30th. — Looked over Jar C where previously there were adults with eggs, and now I find none. The number of adults is fewer. What has become of them? Do they eat each other and also the females with eggs? Have not noticed any undue amount of empty skins, did however oljserve remnants of pedipalps, etc., at the bottom of the jar. Oct. 21st. — There are now eight specimens living and four found dead. None with eggs. One small -one in moulting nest ])reparing to cast, found Oct. 20th, casted Oct. 23d, but at eleven a. m. still in the nest. Two days later “baby” is out of its nest and under bark. June 3d, 1808. — All specimens are dead in all the jars. Some shells and claws of them only can be found. Some little white hexapods, also some black ones, and some small mites are living in the jars. Breeding, Nests, Moulting. — The genital opening is located ventrally between the second and third abdominal seg- ments, and it is here that the female carries her eggs in a small whitish pouch. The young are hatched within this pouch and remain there until ready to shift for themselves, being nourished in the mean time by a fluid secretion from the mother. This secretion is produced either by the oviduct or by some other glandidar structure within the genital opening. The pouches enlarge as the young increase in size, until they become quite cumbersome for the mother to carry. I have counted twenty- four eggs in a pouch. Metchnikoff says about fifty and that they are one-tenth of a millimetre in diameter. Barrois says that he found about thirty. It is generally understood that the young are nourished in the pouch. Moulting Nests. — I shall next describe more fully the moult- ing or casting nests. These are composed of a wall of small fragments of wood and bark that completely incloses a circular or oval space three to four millimetres in diameter. One of these little nests extends from the wood of the tree to the bark, and is lined with silk. When a young specimen is ready to shed its skin it builds one of these nests, suspends itself Dec., 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 415 within, supported by several fibres of silk which cross and recross the enclosed space, becomes torpid and moults in two or three days. It then remains in its nest for one or two days longer, or until its cuticle hardens, when it is ready to break through the wall of its little prison. (See notes Jar C above; also figure.) Some writers convey the idea that these nests are built by the mother for the entire brood after they leave the pouch, and that they remain there until sufficiently hardened. Judging by my own observations this is not the case. 1 have never found but a single specimen in a nest of this kind, and that always an Fig. I. Moulting Xest of Chelanops oblongus. immature one. (I collected and observed not less than two dozen such nests.) Furthermore, I usually found the empty skin in the nest and sometimes the skin and the animal, in fact I all but saw them in the act of moulting. (See notes under Jar C.) As I have never found an adult, with or without eggs, in a nest, I think there can be no doubt that the casting or moulting nests are built by single immature individuals for a safe retreat during moulting and not by the parent for the entire brood. Mr. Banks has this statement in his paper (III) which corresponds exactly with my observations: “Many were young and had formed little cases of silk and earth in which to pass the moulting period.’’ This was reported by Mr. Hubbard for Garypus bicornis, Bks., which lives between the laminae of rocks at Specimen Ridge, Yellow Stone National Park. 4i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, The following observations by J. Barrois (IV) upon a chelifer living in the temperate zone are interesting, and show that females may build nests, but evidently for themselves and not for the brood. This chelifer was found in small closed nests under rocks. Only the females built the nests. The males hid as best they could and were smaller and fewer than the females. Between October and February the occupants were plump with swollen abdomens. By the end of April or May the nests were empty or contained only an emaciated female. The eggs were not laid before January, but after that they were found in a ])acket adhering to the vulva, with the cavity of the packet in free communication with the oviduct, evidently a nutritive adaptation. Here we see how the female uses a nest for another purpose. In the tropics where my observations were made, such an adaptation would hardly be necessary and I do not think that it exists. Moulting. — I made no observation indicating the number of times pseudoscorpions moult. That they moult after becoming sexually mature is probable from the fact that the normal gen- ital openings appear when they are about three-fourths grown and that they produce eggs at that stage. Smaller animals show no signs of genital openings. Then again, a case of regen- eration of a pedipalp (descr. below) indicates that mature ani- mals probably moult even when apparently full grown. In arthropods generally the enlargement of a regenerating organ takes place at moulting time, in fact regeneration ]>resupposes moulting, and if the same rule holds true for pseudoscorpions, it suggests that older specimens may moult. (See, however. Moulting Nests.) The manner of moulting is as follows; The dorsal skin of the cephalothorax splits at the anterior and lateral margins, remaining hinged posteriorly. The animal then extricates it- self through this opening. This is the situation indicated by the exuviae examined, in which this skin exists as a hinged lid. Regeneration . — I found a few specimens that had lost one to sev'eral segments of the ])edipalps, and one specimen with a large (normal) pedipalp and a small one of about half the nor- mal size. The smaller pedipalp was of lighter color and thin, and in every way suggested a case of regeneration similar to that found in crabs. Body IMovemexts, Light or IIe.\t. — A pseudoscorpion can retract one or both of its chelicerae and move them in any direction. The pedipaljis can be moved in any direction and the trochanter and femur folded back almost against the sides of the body, the tibia and the chelae, or hand, extending for- ward. It cleans the chelae of its pedipalps with its chelicerae, or mandibles, using them either singly or as a pair. The legs are used in pairs when walking, and those of each side constitute Dec., 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 417 two pairs, an anterior and a posterior pair. When at rest the two anterior pairs extend forward and the two posterior pairs backward from a right angle with the body. When walking it uses its four pairs of legs quite as any four-footed animal uses its legs. When disturbed it contracts its abdomen, the latter thus becoming shorter and thicker. I focused the direct sunlight from a small engraver’s lens upon the desk, the specimen being under a watch glass. It appears that in a few instances the animal took note of the focus and went around it. It seems to have become conscious of the focus by reaching into it with its pedipalps. At other times it walked right through the focus without any concern whatever. Once I directed the focus upon the cephalothorax for some little time, when all at once it seemed to feel something, probably the heat of the focus, and it hurried away apparently discomforted. No eyes could be discovered, and the above experiments, I believe, simply indicate that the animal felt the heat of the focus. With a lens I could make out in many instances light circular disks near the anterior lateral margins of the cephalothorax. These were very suggestive of the so-called eye spots of the eyed elaters. Color. — The color of the adult is light brown, with the pedipalps, the dorsal ])art of the cephalothorax and the dorsal ■[)lates of a darker shade. In newly moulted specimens the ajjpendages are of a light slate color, sometimes of a green or blue cast, or cream color, while the body is of a uniform yellow- ish brown or cream color, with the dorsal plates not well marked off. Economic Value. — To what extent these little animals serve any useful purpose in the destruction of insect pests, is not well known and difficult to determine. But, since they are carniv- orous, we may imagine that they destroy many small insects, larvae and mites that would otherwise be harmful; and if Bach- hausen’s observations are correct, many flies, and perhaps other insects larger than • themselves The book scorpion no doubt serves a useful purpose in keeping down the number of book-lice, and to what extent this is done might be a subject for investiga- tion. On the other hand a more complete study of the group may show us more clearly its economic value. The writer desires to express his sincere appreciation to Pro- fessor 0.sborn for his interest manifested in this paper and for the publication of the same as a University Bulletin. Biological Hall, Ohio State University, November 24, 190,5. LITERATURE. I. Balsan, Prof. Luigi. 1S91. Voyage de M. E. Simon au Venezuela, Arachnides, Chernetes. (fin) Ann. Soc. Ent. France. (Did not see first seventeen pages.) 4i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, II. Banks, Nathan. 1S91. Notes on N. A. Chernetidae. Canad. Entoni., Vol. 22, No. S, Vol. 23, No. 8, Vol. 2.5, No. 3. III. Banks, Nathan. 1895. Notes on the Pseudoscorpion- idae. Journ. N. Y. Entom. Soc., Vol. 3. IV. Barrois, J. 1890. Memoire sur le developpement des Chelifer.. Revue Suisse. Z. Tome 3. V. Berg, Prof. C. 1893. Pseudoscorpioniden kniffe, Zool. Anz. XVI. VI. Bouvier, E. L. 1890. Sur le ponte et le developpement dun Preudoscorpionide, le Carypus Saxicola, Waterhouse. Bull. Soc. Entom. France. No. 13. Rect. ibid. No. 15. (Should read Rect. first.) VII. Croneberg, A. 1888. Beitrag Zur Kenntniss des Baues der Pseudoscor])ione. Bull, de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscow. No. 3. VIII. Ellingsen. Edv. 1905. On some Preudoscorpions from S. Am. in the Collect, of Prof. Dr. F. Silvestri. Zool. Anz. Bd. XXIX. Nr. 10. IX. Hagen, H. 1879. Hoehlen-Chelifer in Nort-America. Zool Anz. t. II. X. Hagen, H. 1807. Mode of Locomotion in Chelifer and Other Pseudoscorpions. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.. Vol. XV, Apr. 23, 1873. XI. Hickson, S. J. 1893. Notes on The Parasitism of of Chelifers on Beetles. Zool. Anz. 10 Jahr. NIL Ihering, H. von 1893. Zum Commensalismus der Pseudoscorpione. Zool. Anz. XVI. XIII. Immes, A. D. 1904. Marine Pseudoscorpion from the Isle of Man. Ann. Nat. Hist. XlVb One plate, one Fig. XIV. Leydig, F. 1893. Zum Parasitismus der Pseudo- scorpione. Zool. Anz. XVI. XV. Moniez, R. 1892. A ])ropos des publications recentes sur le faux ]iarasitismus des Chernetides sur differentes Arthro- ])odes. Revue Biol. Lille. 0 Annee. XVI. Muhlhausan, Hess W. 1894. Ueber Pseudoscor- pioniden als Raeuber. Zool. Anz. 17. X\HI. Wagner, Franz, von. 1892. Chernes Hand (Ch. cuiricoides). Zool. Anz. 15. DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES. Plate XXVIII. — Chelanops oblongus. female. The long hairs upon the chelae, the chelicerae, the cephalothorax, the dorsal scutae and at the posterior end of the abdomen are exact copies of nature. The second visible segment figured on the legs is not movable upon the third segment and is properly speaking not a joint. Dec., 1905.] Key to the Ohio Dogwood?. 419 Fig. 1. — Small immature C. oblongtis in a moulting nest. Notice lining of silk at X; this was not sketched over the entire inside of the nest as it would have obscured the fibres that sup- port the animal. Hairs on ventral scutae are as in nature. Note that one leg lacks a segment; this is as in nature. Sketched from living animal (torpid) in the nest. While drawing I noted two droplets of liquid accumulate near a joint and spread over the surface. KEY TO THE OHIO DOGWOODS IN THE WINTER CONDITION John H. Schaffner. Conius L. Shrubs or trees with opposite, whorled, or some- times alternate leaf scars; twigs green, red, brown, or gray, glabrous or pubescent; terminal bud present with 2 acuminate outer scales; axillary buds single, minute or well developed; leaf scars narrow, u-shaped, usually connected by a line or ridge, the uppermost notched; bundle scars 3, stipular scars none; pith small, solid, cylindrical; fruiting peduncle self-pruned, producing distinct terminal scars. 1. Leaf scars opposite; shrubs or trees. 2. 1. Leaf scars alternate; twigs green or yellowish -green, glabrous; inter- nodes very unequal, axillary buds usually minute; small trees or erect shrubs. C. altcrnifoha L. Blue Dogwood. 1. Low geophilous shrubs with small creeping rhizomes and herbaceous aerial stems, 4-12 in. high, with a whorl of leaves at the summit. C. canadensis L. Dwarf Dogwood. 2. Axillary buds usually minute and undeveloped except at the base of the peduncle which is self-pruned ; twigs green or reddish-green, glabrous or nearly so; a small tree with rough, reticulate bark; flowers in involucrate heads which are prominently developed in winter. C. panda L. Flowering Dogwood. 2. Axillary buds normally well developed and prominent; typical shrubs, or if tree-like very pubescent ; flowers cymose and not involucrate. 3. 3. Twigs green or greenish, glabrous or nearly so, warty dotted; a com- pact shrub with upright, grayish stem. C. circinata L'Her. Roundleaf Dogwood. 3. Twigs bright red or red-purple, glabrous or nearly so; a spreading shrub rooting freely and multiplying by stolons; usually in wet places. C. stolomfcr Mx. Red-osier Dogvvood. 3. Twigs pubescent, rarely glabrate when old, greenish or reddish brown or gray. 4. 4. Twigs silky downy, usually purplish; fruit blue; a shrub with spread- ing branches growing in wet soil. C. amomum Mill. Silky Dogwood. 4. Twigs very rough pubescent, brownish or reddish-brown; fruit white; erect or tree-like shrubs in river bottoms and moist or drv soil. C. asperifolia Mx. Roughleaf Dogwood. 4. Twigs glabrate, with scattered hairs, gray, rather slender; fruit white; a much branched shrub. C. candidissinia Marsh. Panicled Dogwood. 420 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, FREE-FLOATING PLANTS OF OHIO. Mabel Schaffxer. In general all h^’drophytes may be classed into two groups, those rooted in the soil and those which are free. The rooted plants are either completely submerged or they may have part of the body above and part below the surface of the water. Among the latter type of plants are numerous species with onlv the leaf blades floating on the surface, as Potamogeton natans and Castalia odorata. The non-rooted vegetation consists (1) of microscopic, free-floating and free-swimming Thallophytes and (2) of higher plants adapted to a free-floating condition, among which must also be included rooted forms accidently torn from their anchorage and the specially developed propagative buds known as hibernacula. The microscopic plants together with the Protozoa and other low animal forms make up the plankton, while the second type of societies has been called the derived or secondary phyto-plankton. The typical members of the secondary plankton are passive, free-floating plants which as appears from their general structure and life cycle were evidently derived from rooted ancestors. In free-floating plants like the duckweeds, which are among the most highly specialized forms, the leaves are entirely absent and the stem is a flattened, disc-like body, or in a few species it is nearly spherical. The plants are buoyed up on the surface of the water by means of air cavities developed either in the body of the stem or in the leaves. The most striking of these adaptations is a spongy enlargement of the petiole as in the water hyacinth. The air reservoirs usually consist of spongy tissue with large intercellular spaces. Most floating plants have a suitable counterpoise to prevent the plant from being turned upside down by ripples and waves. In Azolla and most of the duckweeds the counterpoise consists of one or more dangling roots. In Salvinia dissected leaves looking much like hanging roots act as counterpoises. In Ricciocarpus the counterpoise consists of numerous slender scales. There are various adaptations to afford protection against wetting. The larger duckweeds have a very smooth and glisten- ing surface from which water rolls in the spheroidal form. Lemna trisulca which is usually submerged does not hav’e the power of shedding water. In Salvinia curious, tufted hairs, the tips of which s])read out in three or four branches, are developed on the upper surface. When the plant is overturned air is imprisoned bv these tufted hairs and it is immediately turned right side up. Surface floating plants are exposed to intense light. Some Dec., 1905.] Free-floating Plants of Ohio. 421 species like Azolla develop anthocyan while others like Salvinia are protected by hairs. In some, as in Lemna trisulca the chlorophyll granules shift their position with the changes in the intensity of the light. In diffused light the granules lie against the horizontal walls, but if strong light strikes the surface perpendicularly they are transferred to the vertical walls. Vegetative propagation is usually effected with great rapidity by the branching and budding of the stem and the separation of these branches. The duckweeds and other free-floating plants frequently cover great areas very closely and largely prevent the formation of waves when one throws a stone into the water. In the south the water hyacinth (Piaropus crassipes (Mart.) Britt.) covers large areas of rivers and lakes, causing much inconvenience to navigation. Among the Ohio plants which may be found floating free in the water though normally attached may be mentioned the fol- lowing: Hottonia inflata Ell., Philotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt., Ceratophyllum demersum L., Myriophyllum sp., Utricularia sp., and Potamogeton sp. Utricularia has little bladders which not only assist in float- ing the plant but act as traps for capturing small organisms which are digested for food. The typical, free-floating plants which are found in the secondary plankton of Ohio are as follows: LIVERWORTS. Riccia fluitans L. Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda. WATER FERNS. Salvinia natans (L.) Hoffm. Azolla caroliniana Willd. MONOCOTYLS. Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schl. Lemna trisulca L. Lemna cyclostasa (Ell.) Chev. Lemna minor L. Wolffia Columbiana Karst. Wolffia punctata Griseb. 422 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2, MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Hall, June .5, 1905. The club was called to order by President Hine. The min- utes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Mr. York, chairman of the committee to nominate the editors of the Naturalist for the coming year made the following report: Editor-in-chief, J. H. Schaffner. Business manager, J. S. Hine. Associate Editors; F. L. Landacre, Zoology; J. E. Hyde, Geology; Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology; R. F. Griggs, Botany; W. C. Mills, Archeology; J. N. Frank, Ecology. On the motion of Prof. Osborn the report was adopted. The program of the evening consisted of reports of theses by members in the biological departments of the University. Miss L. C. Riddle reported the second part of her thesis which dealt with the “Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Batrachium longirostris.’’ Mr. F. M. Surface reported his thesis on “The Scent Glands of Hemiptera Heteroptera with a special reference to the Nymph of Avasa tristis.” He also gave a report on the embryology of Sanguinaria canadensis. Mr. H. H. York had finished and reported his thesis the previous year, and therefore gave an account of his more recent observations on Myriophyllum. Mr. J. F. Clevenger gave a review of his thesis on “The North American Species of Phyllachora.” Mr. E. C. Cotton reported his investigations on “The Insects of the Black Locust.” Miss Opal I. Tillman gave a summary of her thesis on the “Life History of the Cucumber Plant with Notes on the Economic Value of the Cucurbitaceae. Mr. L. M. Smith reported his thesis on “The Insects Injurious to Stone Fruits.” He dealt especially with the peach borer. Mr. R. C. V'oung was elected to membership. The club then adjourned until the opening of the fall term. Frank M. Surface, Sec'y. Date of Publication of December Number, December 18, 1905. LONG & KILER University Supply Stoie Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN PENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electron typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. 5,. 5=. 5a 80 North High Sired, COLUMBUS, OHIO. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^rtpafc (^mSufance ^crpice. 18. Jimeraf ®^tec^or0♦ 1239 fo 1241 (n. ^fveef. CofumBuB, &^io. Scientific Taxidermy for Schools. STUDY NATURE TEACHERS, DID YOU EVER THINK What advantage a few well-selected specimens of Natural History would be in your school room ? There are students by the score who are unfamiliar with the meadow lark or the song spar- row, but who can talk glibly about the feats of Hercules or the charms of Venus. Nature is nearer to us all than the myths of the past, and that mind is trained in Nature’s own way which learns to ob- serve and to know the animated world about us. Let me help you to NATURALIST Thomas H. Earl taxidermist by supplying well-prepared specimens of Birds or Mam- mals such as your pupils will learn t o recognize in the woods and fields. WHY NOT WRITE TO- DAY for circulars and prices ? SNOWY OWL. TAUGHT BY MAIL — 1 give instruction in the Art of Taxidermy, personally, or BY MAIL. You can learn to collect and prepare your own birds, thus reducing the cost of a collection to a minimum. 481 EAST NAGHTEN STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO Starling Medical College, Comer State and ^th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. I MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. jt ^ ^ WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGLS. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. 0., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address; George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department, L. P. Bethei., D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. JIatson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, omo. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN. N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, ^Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURKHS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. * (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. C. LAGAl, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists' Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION VOLUME VI. JANUARY, 1906. NUMBER 3. Ohio Nature^list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History of Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef tilt OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, m2 ,nf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY nf SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number IS cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history ol Ohio. The official organ of The Biolooicax Club of the Ohio State Univebsity, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, James S. Hike. Associate Editors. F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mili,s, Archaeology, R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology, J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board, Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. HERBERT Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb. Addreit THE OHIO NATURALIST, ggE^iS'luT^lfa Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. J First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No, 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Mine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones . Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. JAN 3 0 1906 The Ohio If^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Unwersity. lie NEV Volume VI. JANUARY, 1906. No. 3 0OT “ QAl TABLE OF CONTENTS Tillman— The Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus 423 Hubbard— Physiography and Geography — Their Relations, Differences and Essential Fields 431 Nelson— A Note on the Occurrence of Sex Organs in Aelo.soma 435 Burgess — A Preliminary Report on the Mosquitoes of Ohio 438 Kellerman. York and Gleason— .Vnnual Report on the State Herbarium for the Years 1903, 1904, and 1905 DURY— How to Collect Stylopidae 443 Sterki— Some Notes on Martynia 444 Miller— Clas.sification and Mapping of the Lower Ordovician in Kentucky 447 Hillig— A New Case of Mutation 448 Sterki — A Few General Notes and Remarks with Respect to the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca 449 ScHAFFNER — Additional Observations on Self-pruning 450 Metcalf— Meetings of the Biological Club 451 THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF CUCUMIS SATIVUS.* Opal I. Tillman. Before the present investigation was begun practically no detailed morphological work had been reported on the Cucurbi- taceae and as there has been much doubt concerning the sys- tematic position and relationship of the plants constituting this family it seemed to offer an interesting and profitable field for research. Cucumis sativus was taken by the writer for special investi- gation as a representative of the group but before the results of the work could be published Kirkwood reported (3.) the results of his work on “The Comparative Embryolog}^ of the Cucurbi- taceae.” In this paper he considers seventeen species, but not Cucumis sativus. Longo has worked on the behavior of the pollen tube (1.) and in his more recent paper (2.) he reports an interesting condition of the pollen tube in Cucurbita pepo which is practically the same as occurs in Cucumis sativus. Material for study was collected during the summer and fall, killed in chromo-acetic acid, passed through successive grades of alcohol and preserved in 70%. Serial sections were cut 10-12 mic. thick, 10 mic. being the usual thickness. The stains used * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXII. 424 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, were Anilin Safranin and Gentian Violet, Heidenhain’s Iron- Alum-llaematoxylin, and Delafield’s Haematoxylin, the latter perhaps giving the best results. Care had to be taken with it and the Iron-Alum-Hacmatoxylin as the embryo sacs and em- bryos stained so deeply that it was difificult to make out the details unless a large part of the stain was removed. The stages just after fertilization were quite difficult to observe as the pollen tube discharges a quantity of material which stains very deeply and obscures the embryo sac structures. Orientation for sectioning was not difficult as the ovulary when cut crosswise gives longitudinal sections of a number of ovules. For the older stages only a portion of the ovulary could be sectioned on account of its size. The cross section of the very young ovulary shows the placentae with minute protuberances which represent the incip- ient ovules (Fig. 1). The carpel has three placentae, and the ovules are delveoped in six rows which are usually double, but this is somewhat irregular. The tip of the ovule remains straight for only a short time after the appearance of the arche- sporial cell (Fig. 6). The cells along the outer margin begin to divide more rapidly than those of the inner side. This unequal growth causes the ovule to turn, and this process continues until the micropyle is brought close to the funiculus. Before the megasporocyte has divided and before the integuments have grown over the nucellus the ovule has curved half the distance, and the normal anatropous condition is practically attained when the ovule has reached the megaspore stage (Fig. .5). At this time the characteristic beak which develops at the tip of the nucellus is already becoming prominent. The integuments lengthen greatly forming a long narrow micropyle into which the neck-like process of the flask-shaped nucellus i>rojects, even to the tip of the integuments. The archesporium is as usual a single hypodermal cell that terminates the axial row of the nucellus. It can easily be dis- tinguished from the surrounding cells by its greater size and deeper color due to the denser protoplasmic contents (Fig. 6). By a transverse division the archesporial cell gives rise to two cells, the megasporocyte and primary parietal cell (Fig. 7). The latter continues to divide by both periclinal and anticlinal walls thus forming the parietal layer (Fig. 8) which remains persistent and with adjoining cells keeps on dividing to form the long beak of the nucellus (Fig. 22). The megasporocyte is carried down into the tissue quite a distance by the development of the parietal layer before any division occurs. The division of the megasporocyte is normal, giving rise to four equal megaspores (Fig. 10). The potential megaspores soon begin to dissolve and the lower or functional Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus. 425 megaspore begins to enlarge (Figs. 11-12). The latter acquires a very large and distinct nucleus with a nucleolus of unusual size. Kirkwood reported to have found in Trichosanthes that after the division of the megasporocyte the upper cell did not again divide but immediately disorganized, while the lower cell again divided transversely, the upper cell of which also disor- ganized. The ultimate result, however, is the same in both Cucumis sativus and Trichosanthes, that is, the lowest of the megaspores always becomes the functional one. The embryo sac and its associated structures are quite small in comparison with the very large nucellus. The development proceeds in the normal way, by a longitudinal division of the nucleus of the megaspore (Fig. 13). At this stage often the potential megaspores have not completed their dissolution and remains of the third one can be seen just above the sac. The nuclei arrange themselves at either end of the sac in the center of which is a vacuole across which strands of protoplasm may extend. In the four-celled stage the large irregular vacuole in the center is also prominent. By two successive divisions the eight-celled embryo sac is formed (Figs. 14-l.a). The synergids are distinct and lie above the egg. In the early stage they are somewhat globular in shape and follow the outline of the sac. They lengthen considerably and at the time of fertilization they are quite long, sac-like structures. The egg is large and extends below the synergids, at first merely protruding a little beyond their base, but before fertilization it becomes much elongated and swollen (Fig. 17). The polar nuclei are unequal in size, the lower one being the larger. They conjugate before the entrance of the pollen tube. No case of double fertilization was observed ; if it occurs it must take place sometime after the polar nuclei are in contact. The antipodals are small cells which lie side by side, in the lower end of the sac. They take the stain more deeply than does the egg apparatus, and for this reason it is often difficult to make out their outline. They do not enlarge but remain in place and are quite distinct even after considerable endosperm has developed. The development of the embryo is quite irregular. The first division of the oospore is transverse and the upper cell does not divide further and may be regarded as a rudimentary suspensor (Fig. 18). At this stage the synergids have begun to dissolve. The second division is by a longitudinal wall, the lower cell alone dividing. Later, one of the lower cells divides by a more or less oblique wall forming a four-celled embryo (Fig. 19) which is almost surrounded by endosperm. Above the embryo the remains of the two synergids can still be seen, although almost dissolved at this time. 426 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, The endosperm is continuous in the region of the embryo but in the lower end of the sac it forms only a thin layer. The later divisions of the embryo are irregular; an oval mass of cells is formed from the end of which the cotyledons develop. When the embrvo is about in the ten-celled stage walls begin to appear in the endosperm (Fig. 20). Kirkwood found in Lagenaria lagenaria and other species somewhat flask-shaped embryos with prominent end cells which correspond closely to those of the same age in Cucumis (Fig. 21). The endosperm is not abundant but there is a greater amount around the embryo than elsewhere, often the lower portion of the embryo sac is entirely destitute of it. The endosperm stains more deeply along the peripheral margin and around the embryo where the nuclei and starch grains are more abundant. The embrvo, however, takes the stain much more prominently than anv of the endosperm cells. The embryo develops a distinct layer of epidermal cells before any cotyledonary protuberances appear (Figs. 23-24). The embryo develops apically two cotyledons and distinctly shows the root tip before there is any sign of the appearance of the plumule (Fig. 25). The mature embryo sac contains only a small amount of scattered endosperm, the main food for the young plant being stored in the large cotyledons. In the mature embryo the plumule is two-lobed showing the incipient first leaf (Fig. 2G). The microsporangia appear to develop in the usual way from a plate of hypodermal cells. The cells of the sporogenous tissue are easily distinguished from the adjacent cells by their large size, and different reaction to stains. The young anther shows in cross section a single row of three microsporocytes in each microsporangium (Fig. 31) ; but in longitudinal section the plate shows a considerable length (Fig. 32). The mature pollen grain has a thick wall with a bulging at opposite sides. The tube nucleus and generative nucleus lie to one side of the grain near each other; the latter takes the stain more deeplv than the cytoplasm of the rest of the grain, due to its denser structure. The behavior of the pollen tube in this species is of special interest. It is large and distinct and with Delafield’s Haema- toxvlin stains an amber color while the surrounding cells are a purplish blue ; with other stains it is of a deeper color. It enters the micropyle through the opening at the tips of the integuments, pierces the beak of the nucellus and makes its way down to the embryo sac by following a central path of much elongated clear cells which seem to offer little resistance and serve as a definite conducting tissue. The tube sometimes makes its way with Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus. 427 little deviation (Fig. 27) throughout its entire course; but usu- ally there is a peculiar and characteristic bulging (Fig. 28) some distance above the embryo sac. It spreads out in the surround- ing tissue, completely breaking down the cell structure. How- ever, before it reaches the sac it again narrows, sometimes to a greater extent than elsewhere along its course. After it has pierced the sac it turns to one side or widens out into a foot-like process. The most typical tubes have not only a bulging but decided haustoria-like processes (Fig. 29) which extend out into the cell structure of the nucellus and in some cases even break through the inner integument (Fig. 30). The haustorial prolongations appear to act as absorbing and conducting agents for the food material of the embryo. Longo reports to have observed these processes in his study of cucurbita and believes them correlated with the distribution of starch in these parts. He also reports to have found in Cucurbita pepo a conducting tissue which the pollen tube follows from the stigma to the embryo sac. The points of especial interest and peculiarity observed in the deveolpment of Cucumis are (1) the long micropyle into which extends the long neck of the flask-shaped nucellus, (2) the presence of two well developed integuments, (3) the anatro- pous ovule with orthotropous embryo, (5) the small size of the embryo sac and associated structures in comparison with the size of the nucellus, (6) the irregular development of the embryo, and (7) the peculiar behavior of the pollen tube. The work represented in this paper was carried on under the direction of Prof. John H. Schaffner, to whom I wish to express my sincere thanks for valuable assistance and suggestions. PAPERS CITED. 1. Longo, Beagio, Richerche sulle Cucurbitaceae e il signi- ficato del percorso intercellular (endotropic) del tubetto pollinico. R. Accad. der Lincei, 30:523-5-17 pi. 1-6, 1903. 2. Longo, Beagio, Osservazioni e ricerche sulla nutrizione dell enbrione vegetale. Annali Botanica 2:373-396. 1905. 3. Kirkwood, Joseph, The Comparative Embryology of the Cucurbitaceae. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gar. 3:313-402. 1905. [Vol. VI, No. 3, 428 The Ohio Naturalist. Ohio Naturalist. Plate XXIX. Tillman on “Cucumis.” Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus. 429 Ohio N.a.turalist. Plate XXX. Tillman on “Cucumis.’’ 43° The Ohio Naturalist. LVol. VI, No. 3, EXPL.\XAT!OX OF PLATES XXIX AND XXX. The drawings were made with the aid of an Abbe camera lucida and various combinations of and oil immersion objectives and Xo. 2, 1, and % oculars. Fig. 1. Cross section of young ovulary showing incipient ovules. Figs. 2-5. Series of outlines showing development of integuments and degree of curvature of ovule at different stages. Fig. (i. Nucellus with archesporial cell. Fig. 7. Primary parietal cell and megasporocyte. Fig. 8. Transverse and longitudinal division of parietal layer. Fig. 9. Further division of parietal laj^er. Fig. 10. Second division of megasporocyte producing the four mega- spores. Fig. 11. Potential megaspores beginning to dissolve. Fig. 12. Enlargement of functional megaspore and further dissolution of three upper megaspores. Fig. 1.3. Two-celled embryo sac showing remains of third megaspore. Fig. 14. Four-celled embryo sac showing large vacuole in center. Fig. 15. Younger eight-celled embryo sac. Fig. 10. Older eight-celled embryo sac, showing polar nuclei in contact. Fig. 17. Upper end of embryo sac just before fertilization, showing large sac-like synergids, and polar nuclei fusing. Fig. 18. Two-celled embryo, and definitive nucleus. Fig. 19. Four-celled embryo with endosperm, and remains of two synergids, also pollen tube. Fig. 20. Young embryo of about ten cells showing irregular division. Fig. 21. Young embryo and scattered endosperm. Fig. 22. Outline of eight-celled embryo sac stage, showing micropyle with long beak of nucellus. Fig. 23. Section of young somewhat spherical embryo. Fig. 24. Embryo slightly older than that in preceding figure. Fig. 25. Section of embryo showing cotyledons. Fig. 26. Outline of mature embryo showing cotyledons, and plumule. Fig. 27. Entrance of pollen tube into micropyle and course through nucellar beak. Fig. 28. Entrance of pollen tube into embryo sac, showing peculiar widening near the tip. Fig. 29. Pollen tube showing enlargement with haustoria-like processes, and bending to one side after entrance into the sac. Fig. 30. Pollen tube showing the haustoria-like processes extending through inner integument. Fig. 31. Cross section of anther showing microsporangia and micro- sporocytes. Fig. 32. Longitudinal section of anther. Fig. 33. Mature pollen grain with two nuclei. Jan., 1906.] Physiography and Geography. 431 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY— THEIR RELATIONS, DIFFERENCES AND ESSENTIAL FIELDS.* Geo. D. Hubbard. Theoretically, it is conceded that geography shall be taught in the grades and physiography in the high schools, but prac- tically both are taught more or less all the way through. Hence,. many do not see the boundary line which separates these two sciences. I speak of the subjects in the public schools only, because at present they are best known as parts of public school curricula, not because I believe they are or should be confined to these stages. Neither do I object to the above mentioned lack of differentiation in the elementary teaching. Pupils came to us in the colleges and universities totally blind, as have been their teachers before them, to any real dis- tinction between geography and physiography. The idea seems to prevail that the former includes the latter. Undoubtedly the use of the name physical geography for the latter cultivates the notion. Truly they are related but not quite in that way. Physiography, if not able to go alone, is more properly consid- ered a corporate part of geology. What then is the relation existing between these two sciences? Can one be studied with- out the other? Which one should receive attention first? Are they so related that they may be concurrently studied? These questions will be discussed in inverse order. In ele- mentary work the pupil’s interest centers in, and radiates from the human or life element. So in his geography he finds man' harvesting grain with a cradle in Vermont, with a two- or three- horse reaper in Ohio and a steam header in Southern California, and he asks why. The answer comes in noting the topography, soil, and climate, and the condition of, and uses for, the straw. He incidentally learns something of the physiography of the places studied in order to explain the relations and responses which he has found. He reads of the arid climate of the Great Plains and then discovers the influence of the Rockies in pro- ducing the aridity, and ultimately comes to appreciate several points about mountains. He finds the railroads coming into Indianapolis and Columbus from all directions while they enter Cincinnati, Albany and Helena from only three or four. The teacher calls attention to the topography and he learns facts about plains and prairies, about mountains, passes and valleys. But through it all he is studying geography, not physiography. He is using simple, physiographic facts to explain and answer geographic questions. It is time enough to introduce the physiographic when the geographic requires it. * Read at the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Dec. 2, 1905. 432 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, Again, when in physiography he studies the life history of a plateau and traces the feature from its geotectonic uplift through the steps of its dissection and aging, watching its valleys first deepen, then widen, and its level topped divides melt away to crests with long slopes, while the valley floors widen to occupy half or two-thirds of the region, he may incidentally note that the population and highways occupy the tops of the hills — the plateau siirface — in youth, that the culture descends the slopes as the valleys mature, and that in maturity transportation routes, cities, and most of the people are in the valleys while the hill tops are left to pasture or forest. To sum up, a few facts in either science are gathered in the pursuit of the other, but the two subjects do not develop concurrently. To the second question, “which should receive the attention first,” the answer depends upon the age and maturity of the pupil. If a child, geography first everytime. If a mature student, he may well prepare for geography by a strong course in physiography ; but the phenomena, reasoning, and philosophy of the latter are far beyond the experience and power of the child, to say nothing of the locus of his interest. The remaining question, “can one be studied without the other,” has been at least partly answered. In physiography, one does not need to learn many facts of geography, and he cer- tainly ought not to follow up the relations to man and his responses to the influence of the conditions, far enough to detract from the systematic development of his subject. In geography, he uses the facts of this related science as he does those of historv, sociology and anthropology, but he does not attempt to grasp its philosophy. Turning to the second division of the subject, “their differ- ences” it is apparent from what has preceded that they often deal with the same features and phenomena. They seem in many topics to use the same basal materials but in a different way. For illustration — in physiography the valley is a topic. It is described, its origin and the evolution of its parts are dis- cussed. Its development is traced and a definite age is ascribed to it. Its end is predicted. Its genetic relation to the sur- rounding region is discussed. In geography, the same valley is noted as a control of the movements of men and goods, as a home for a state, clan or a certain group of men, or as the seat of ada])ted industries. Its commercial or economic relations to the surrounding region are noted. Another illustration is furnished by the river. In ph}’siogra- phy, its course through the valley and the regional topography is considered ; the work accomplished in its normal development ; its method of ]wocedure in carving its valley, enlarging its Jan., 1906.] Physiography and Geography. 433 curves, extending its course, and broadening its territory; its relation to other streams, to lakes or the ocean. But in geogra- phy the transportation facilities offered, the power made avail- able, the possibilities for irrigation, city water supply, and park and scenic uses, these are the subtopics. Its location, whither it leads, what cities on its banks and why; the inter-relation and the inter-action of man and the river, there are its interests. In a similar way the plain and mountain, the sea and shoreline receive different treatment in the course of the development of the two subjects. These sciences, however, are not different from others in this respect; for chemistry, geology and physics all deal with matter and natural forces, and history, economics, and sociology all study man’s institutions. The difference between geography and physiography is one of point of view. Physiography concerns itself with the descrip- tion, and the classification of physiographic forms on the basis of the cycle, process or the family; geography with the relations of these same forms to man. In the former the principle is sys- tematization; in the latter, relation. For example, take a plain. In physiography its characteristics are listed, its origin is deter- mined, its age in its normal cycle of development, the processes in operation upon it, and its relation to the surrounding topo- graphic features. A comparison with other plains is made and the types are discussed until the specific feature, say the coastal plain of Alabama and Mississippi has been referred to its type and class, to its variety and age. It may be called a belted coastal plain, submaturely dissected in its inland portion and less dissected and slightly drowned along the coast. Sys- tematization is the objective. In geography the same plain comes up as the home of the cotton growing industry. The especial adaptations to this business and to others are discussed ; the features of the plain to which transportation responds, the location of its cities, roads and ports, the distribution of its crops and minerals, population and industries are shown to be related to its levelness, its belted structure, its stage of dissection, and the position of its harbors and other commercial outlets. In all these points it may be compared with other plains. In these relations centers the interest, and through their recognition comes the gain to the student. This essential difference appears early in the study but becomes clearer as each subject emerges from the high school curriculum. Beginnings are made, and some facts learned, but the complete organization of the truth pertaining to the science can not be accomplished in elementary schools nor by immature 434 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, pupils. Just as nature study introduces the plant and animal kingdoms to the child and high school zoology and botany con- tinue to familiarize him with them, so as to pave the way for college and university research into the fundamental principles of the sciences of zoology and botany ; so nature study, and subsequently, geography and physiography supply basal con- ceptions for the extended quest for knowledge in the separate sciences of our subject. We are now prepared for a brief treatment of the third division of the subject, ‘‘their essential fields.” We have gone far enough already to begin to see the scope of each. Physiography describes, classifies, and discusses the origin of the features of the earth. It compares similar and dissimilar, related and unrelated forms always seeking to reduce the multitudinous variety to a system, to group likes and correlate related speci- mens. It concerns itself with the physiographic processes and forces of the earth, air, and sea and endeavors to explain all the workings of all, and to understand the nature of all physio- graphic features. Such a field and purpose constitute physi- ography a science. They proclaim it to have problems, easy and hard, short and long, solved and unsolved, and I may say, solvable and unsolvable. All this means, further, that the ele- mentarv introduction, which the high school boy receives, to the general subject does not acquaint him with the science. It only puts him in touch with some of its facts and theories, and enables him to see and work out for himself, other truths; or to pursue the subject more at length in the University. And geography possesses a field more biotic, anthropic, and industrial but centering in the relation of the anthropic phenom- ena to the physiographic. Its seeks to discover all responses of mankind to his physical environment ; to show how human industries are related to the distribution of natural resources and to the facilities for moving and marketing them; to show whv man lives where he does and as he does so far as these depend upon the physiographic, climatic, and geographic con- ditions or upon the distributions of natural features or phenom- ena; to trace his institutions, the elements of his character and the nature of his aspirations as far as they are related to the physical surroundings; and, having accummulated all these data, to reduce them to systems, and to organize them into laws and principles. Geographers have been working in this field for two milleniums and a vast body of material has been collected. Much of the material has been classified; laws have been found, j)rinciples discovered, and, today, one of the oldest of sciences is again finding itself. Here, too, only beginnings are mastered in the elementary schools. In subject matter, both quality and quantity, and in Jan., 1906.] Occurrence of Sex Organs in Aelosoma. 435 method of treatment and philosophy, geography in its higher phases is a university subject. Universities in France, Germany, Austria and to some extent in other countries, have prepared for the study of geography in their courses. Two or three Amer- ican universities give some systematic instruction in advanced geography. Many more should and, I trust, will, if for no other reason than the utilitarian, the preparation of teachers for elementary and secondary schools and the equipment of men for business, diplomatic, and government positions where a knowledge of the principles of geography is of inestimable value. To sum up, then, physiography and geography are two dis- tinct sciences. They each contribute to the full appreciation of the other; especially does the former minister to the latter. They often deal with the same basal materials, but not in the same way nor to the same end. Physiography describes and classifies physiographic features and discusses the processes and agencies by which they are made. Geography shows the relations exist- ing between man and his physical environment and classifies the influences and responses. Both physiography and geogra- phy are large, complex, and, as yet, not fully developed sciences, and therefore present to the investigator many unsolved and difficult problems. A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF SEX ORGANS IN AELOSOMA.' J.\s. A. Xelsox. Ph. D. The genus Aelosoma, representing the family Aphanoneura, and containing the most primitive members of the oligochaetous annelids, is remarkable, among other things, in that sexual reproduction occurs very rarely, the asexual method being the usual one. The latter consists in a process of fission or budding, by which the young individual is constricted off from the pos- terior portion of the parent, this process often taking place so rapidly that chains of individuals are formed, representing three or more generations. This process is continuous during the life of the individual, and probably amply suffices, as far as numbers are concerned, to insure the maintenance of the species. Sexual reproduction does, however, step in occasionally, and has been described by U’Ddekem in 1862,- and more recently by Stoic" and Maggi.^ According to these authors a testis is found in the fifth segment, (counting the prostomium as the first) ; an ovary 1 Contributed from the Laboratory of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology of Cornell University. 2 Bull. Acad. Sci. Roy. Belg. XII. 3 SB. Bohm. Gesc. 1889. 4 Soc. Ital. Nat. Sci. I. 436 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, with a central opening in the sixth segment; pairs of sperma- tothecae in the third, fourth, and fifth segments; and a clitellum confined to the ventral surface of the fifth, sixth and seventh segments. Among a number of individuals of an undescribed species of Aelosoma, taken from the vivarium of the University of Penn- sylvania about December 1st, 1901, ten were found containing the sex products in various stages of development. Of these three were hermaphroditic, four contained ova alone, and three male sex cells alone. Thus while this species is plainlv her- maphroditic, it seems probable that eggs and sperms do not mature simultaneously in the same individual. The occurrence of ripe spermatozoa, (represented in Fig. 5), and immature ova in the same individual indicates that the species is protandrous, but the evidence is insufficient to decide this question. Many of those in which sex cells were found were also reproducing asexually in the usual manner. The ova, (Fig. 1), are found in the fifth, sixth, and seventh segments, in some cases in only one of these segments, in others in all three. One individual, however, contained ova in the fourth, fifth and sixth segments. They are attached to the thin peritoneal layer lining the body cavity, and lie below the stom- ach and lateral to the ventral blood vessel, In Fig. 1 the larger of the two ova represented is by far the largest observed, measur- ing ca. 55 micra across, and is probably approaching maturity. It occupies a median position, compressed between the stomach wall (st.) and the ventral hypodermis (hyp.), the walls of the ventral blood vessel (b. v.) having been ruptured. The smaller ovum occupies the usual position. Both ova possess a vesicular nucleus (germinal vesicle) containing scattered chromatin granules and a large nucelolus, enclosing a vacuole. The cyto- ])lasm is packed with deeply staining yolk granules. The num- ber of ova is small in all of my preparations, one of the best showing only eight in the three ova-bearing segments. No evidences were found of an oviduct, a clitellum, or of sperm- atothecae. Although no clear evidence of the presence of testes was found the ripening male sexual elements (Figs. 2-5) were seen floating free in the body cavity, being found in greatest abundance near the point where stomach and intestine join. They appear as groups or nests of cells, more or less spherical in form. Four kinds of these can be readily distinguished by the character of their component cells ; the primary spermatocytes, the secondary spermatocytes, the spermatids, and the spermatozoa. The primary spermatocytes, (Fig. 2), form cell nests made up of comparatively few cells, in size the largest of the series, their nuclei measuring ca. 3.9 micra in diameter. As Fig. 2 shows, Jan., 1906.] Occurrence of Sex in Organs in Aelosoma. 437 the nuclei lie at the outer ends of their cells; each contains a closely packed ball of chromatin granules, separated from the nuclear membrane by a slight space, while at the periphery of the nucleus is a large and conspicuous nucleolus (plasmasome) . The cytoplasm is faintly granular. The secondary spermatocytes make up cell masses similar to those of the primary spermato- cytes, differing from the latter only in the size and number of the component cells. The cell masses of which the spermatids are composed, however, present a very different appearance, (Fig. 4). The nuclei, although now much reduced in size, still show the closely packed ball of chromatin granules and the prominent nucleolus characteristic of the two former stages, and have also Fig. 1. Portion of a cross-section through seventh segment, two ova (ov.), lying between the stomach wall (st.), and the ventral hypodermis (hyp.); Fig. 2, primary spermatocytes; Fig. . ‘3, secondary spermatocvtes; Fig. 4, spermatids; Fig. .5, spermatozoa. Fig. I,x77(); Figs. 2-.5. x K).5(). maintained their position at the periphery of the cell mass. Each nucleus is now surrounded by an area of clear cytoplasm, the clear areas of the different cells being contigous, so that the cell mass is divided into an external zone of clear and transparent cytoplasm, within which is a mass of darkly granular cytoplasm, which already shows signs of vacuolization. This latter mass, of course, represents the inner ends of the spermatids. Between the spermatids and the ripe spermatozoa, no intermediate stages were found. The spermatozoa, (Fig. 5), consist of a long fusi- form chromatic portion, which no doubt represents the sperm- atid nucleus, and which tapers posteriorly to join with a slender tail, composed of clear cytoplasm. The anterior end of the chromatic portion is sharply truncate, and somewhat concave. In this concavity lies the biconcave, clear, apical bodv. The 43^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, spermatozoa surround a mass of protoplasm, within which their heads are buried. This mass, greatly vacuolated, and clearly in process of degeneration, represents the granular mass formed by the central ends of the s])ermatids. Thus only a slight por- tion of the original cytoplasm takes part in the formation of the spermatozoan, by far the larger portion being cast aside. It is, of course, possible that this mass may serve for a time to nourish the spermatozoa, although it would seem likely that the blood lymph contained in the coelom would suffice to perform that function. In the maturation of the male germ cells one point is espe- cially noteworthy, namely, the appearance of a large nucleolus in the spermatocytes of both orders and in the spermatids. With but rare exceptions, throughout the animal kingdom the maturation divisions occur without the intervention of even a brief resting stage. The formation of a nucleolus, then, of such a considerable size in comparison with the cell size is remarkable in indicating the occurrence of a long resting stage between the two maturation divisions, and also a long pause before the metamorphosis of the spermatid into the sj^ermatozoon. With respect to the sexual reproduction of Aelosoma several questions arise, which are still unanswered. For example, it is important to discover what factors determine the occurrence of sexual re])roduction ; whether due to changes in temperature, food supply, or to some other cause ; the breeding habits should be carefully studied, and the complete history of the sex cells recorded. Species of Aelosoma are found abundantly in our inland ponds and streams, and are easily kept in aquaria throughout the year, I hope these facts may stimulate some one to the further investigation of the life history of this beautiful form. A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE MOSQUITOES OF OHIO.* A. F. Burgess. Since it was positively demonstrated that mosquitoes are the means of communicating yellow fever and malaria, many investigators have given attention to collecting, studying and describing these insects; hence, during the past five years rapid strides have been made in our knowledge concerning this interesting family. In the catalog of North American Diptera, published by Mr. J. M. Aldrich, in 190.5, thirty genera, containing one hun- dred and sixty-five species of Culicidae, are listed. Some of these species are tropical or sub-tropical forms which do not occur in northern latitudes. * Read at the meeting of the Ohio St. .\cad. of Sei., Cincinnati. Dec. 2. 190.5. Jan., 1906.] Report on the Mosquitoes of Ohio. 439 Several states have undertaken special investigations of the mosquito problem, and as a result Dr. Felt reports fifty species as occurring in New York and the adjoining states. Dr. J. B. Smith has found forty-two species in New Jersey, and Dr. Dupree has collected thirty-seven species in Louisiana. Doubtless some of the species found in these states do not occur in Ohio, as they are either inhabitants of a warmer climate, or breed in salt or brackish water found along or near the sea coast. It is the object of this paper to list the species that have been collected in this state, giving the localities where they were taken and the dates the captures were made, and it is hoped that sufficient interest may be aroused in the subject so that further investigations may be made of this important family. Some collecting was undertaken by the writer at spare moments during the past summer, but this resulted in the collection of only a few species. The accompanying list represents the record of the material in the collection of the Entomological Department of the Ohio State University, which has l)een placed at my disposal through the courtesy of Profs. Osborn and Hine ; and the assistance received from the latter has made it possible to prepare this report. Records of speci- mens are also included, which were collected by Mr. W. E. Evans, a student in Entomology at the Ohio State University, and credit is given in each case. I am also indebted to Dr. L. 6. Howard, Entomologist to the United States Department of Agriculture, for having placed at my disposal the notes in his office on species received from Ohio, and to Mr. D. W. Coquillett for determining many of the species in the following list ; Anopheles maculipennis Meigen. Sandusky, (Cedar Point) July 8, 1903. ( Hine). Anopheles punctipennis Say. Columbus, September 8, 1898. July 13, 1898. October 12, 1900. March 9, 1903. (Hine). Megarhinus portoricensis Roeder. Portsmouth, September 9, 1897. ( Hine). Toxorhychites rutilus Coq. Cincinnati, August 27, 1902. (Dury). Janthinosoma musica Say. Vinton, June .5-12, 1900. (Hine).’ Psorophora ciliata Fabr. Medina, June 10, 1899. Sandusky (Cedar Point), August 7, 1902. Wauseon, September .5, 1903. Akron, June 16, (Hine). Culex canadensis Theobald. Medina, July 19, 1898. Vinton, June 6- 12, 1900. (Hine). Culex cantans Meigen. Sugar Grove, l^Iay 2.5, 1901. Medina, June 16. Columbus, May 14. Sandusky (Cedar Point), July 23, 1903. Lon- don, June 23, 1904. (Hine). Culex confinis Arrib. Sandusky (Cedar Point), July 27, 1905. (W. E. Evans). Culex consobrinus Desvoidy. Columbus, October 23, 1905. (W. E. Evans) Culex pipiens Linn. Columbus, March 16, 1898. October 12, 1900. (Hine). Cincinnati, September 13, 1905. (Burgess). Dayton, Octo- ber 4, 1905. (E. C. Cotton). Columbus, November 20, 1905. (Burgess). 440 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, Culex restuans Theobald. Vinton, June .5, 1900. (Hine). Culex sylvestris Theobald. Wauseon, September 5. 1903. (Hine). San- dusky (Cedar Point), July 27, 190o. (W. E. Evans). Hooker, Sep- tember 5, 1905. (Cotton). Dayton. September 27, 1905. (Burgess). Culex triseriatus Say. Medina, July 7, 1S98. Vinton, June 5 12, 1900. (Hine). Cincinnati, August 2-8, 1905. (Dury). Culex trivittatus Coq. Ft. Ancient, June 10-12, 1902. (Hine). Taeniorhynchus perturbans Walk. Sandusky (Cedar Point), July 23, 1903. (Hine). Aedes smithii Coq. Cleveland. (Reported by Howard.) It will be observed that seventeen species have thus far been captured in Ohio. The most interesting among them, from an economic standpoint, are Anopheles maculipennis, which was taken at Sandusky, July Sth, 1003, and A. punctipennis, which has been taken at Columbus in March, July, September and October of various years, as they are the probable agents for the distribution of malaria. Aside from the biting propensities of many species of mos- quitoes, which cause annoyance and render some localities well nigh uninhabitable at certain seasons of the year, the knowledge that these two species are present in the state is very important. Although malaria is not considered a fatal disease, it caused sixty-eight deaths in the state during the year 1903, and doubt- less this number represents only a small percentage of the persons who suffered from its enervating effects. From the fact that one of the species listed, namely, Culex confinis, was first collected and described in South America, but was taken this summer at Sandusky, and further that the yellow fever mosquito (Stegomyia fasciata) was collected at Louisville, Ky., in October, 1903, by Dr. T. B. Berry, and has been found during the present year at Evansville, Ind., and Lexington, Ky., it is evident that some of the species of this family have a wide range of distribution It would appear possible for the latter sj^ecies to be carried by boats from southern ports to almost any Ohio river town. Our knowledge of the distribution of this and other species is at present imperfect, and many points concerning the habits, life history and hibernation must be investigated if the problem is to be dealt with in an intelligent manner. Neglect to obtain positive knowledge may at some future time result in loss of life, as well as seriously injure the business interest of localities involved ; hence it would appear that no time should be lost in carefully and thoroughly investigating the problem. Columbus, (Ohio. Jan., 1906.] Report on the State Herbarium. 441 ANNUAL REPORT ON THE STATE HERBARIUM FOR THE YEARS 1903, ’04, AND ’05.* W. A. Kellermax, H. H. York, and H. A. Gleasox. No report of the progress of the State Herbarium has been published since January, 1904. During this time it has grown steadily and improved both in size and usefulness. Botanists throughout the state have shown an interest in it, and have aided in its development by sending specimens. Of especial value are the donations of L. D. Stair and S. E. Horlacher, the former including a fine series from Cuyahoga County, with a number of species new to the state flora, and the latter covering a number of counties in the southwestern part of the state and likewise containing several unreported species. Following the usual custom, a list is appended of the col- lectors and of the number of specimens contributed by each. Aiken, W. H 1 Billups, A. C 1 Brockett, Ruth E 1 Brown, G. J 1 Bryant, F. B 3 Coventry, E. J 16 Edgerton, L. B 2 Hacker, O 1 Hard, M. E 3 Herzer, H 1.5 Hopkins, L. S 74 Horlacher, S. E 823 Jennings, O. E 216 Kellennan, W. A 93 Lantz, E. F 1 Lazenby, W. R 1 Mark, Clara G 2 Sanders, E. A 1 Sanders, J. G 7 Schaffner, J. H 3 Sharp, Mrs. K. D .33 Shull. G. H 2 Stair, L. D 367 Tangeman, Clara M 1 True, H. L 1 Webb. R. J., and Rood, A. X. 2 Wetzstein, A 2 Williams, T. D 1 Wilkinson, E 7 Young, C. H 1 Total 1692 The following species have been added to the state flora : The following species have been added to the state flora; 36a. Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott. Hocking County, W. A. Keller- man and K. F. Kellerman. 36b. Asplenium parvulum Mart, and Gal. Adams County, W. A. Kellerman. Reported in Ohio Naturalist 5:206. 60. a Lycopodium porophilum Lloyd and Underw. Fairfield County, J. H. Schaft'ner. 131a. Panicum implicatum Scribn. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 196a. Agrostis asperifolia Trin. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 212c. Beckmannia erucaeformis (L.) Host. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 255a. Festuca capillata Lam. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 26.5a. Bromus brizaeformis Fisch. and Mey. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 265c. Bromus arvensis L. Cuyahoga County. L. D. Stair. 274a. Elymus hirsutiglumis Scribn, and Sm. Ottawa County, J. H. Schaffner; also in Huron County. * Presented at the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Cincinnati meeting, Dec. 2. 1905. 442 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, 4()Oa. Carex tenuis interjecta (Bailey) Britt. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 37(ia. Carex alata ferruginea Fernald. Madison County, W. A. Kellerman 472b. Mayaca aubleti ^lichx. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein. 477a. Tradescantia reflexa Raf. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein. •547a. Smilax pulverulenta Michx. Montgomery County, S. E. Horlacher. 627a. Salix babylonica L. X fragilis L. Erie County, R. F. Griggs. 715a. Polygonum punctatum leptostachyum (Meisn.) Small. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein. 755a. Gomphrena globosa L. Wood County, W. A. Kellerman. 757b. Allionia nyctaginea ovata (Pursh) Morong. Green County, S. E. Horlacher. 877a. Bocconia cordata Willd. Madison County, Mrs. K. D. Sharp. 963a. Philadelphus grandiflorus Willd. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein. 1033a. Aronia atropurpurea Britton. Licking County, W. A. Kellerman. “1037a. Crataegus wilkinsoni Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. “1037b. Crataegus decens Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1037c. Crataegus habilis Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1037d. Crataegus macgeeae Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1037e. Crataegus tenuifolia Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1037f. Crataegus exigua Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1037g. Crataegus prona Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson. 1058a. Cassia medsgeri Shafer. Reported from several counties, Ohio Xatur.\list 5:264. 1147a. Linum medium (Planch.) Britt. Erie County, E. L. Moseley. 1242a. Hypericum virgatum Lam. Jackson County, W. A. Kellerman. 1243a. Hypericum subpetiolatum Bickn. Reported from twenty-four counties. Heretofore confused with H. maculatum. 1245a. Hypericum borea’e (Britton) Bicknell. Defiance County. E. L. Fullmer; Geauga County, O. E. Jennings. 1303a. Kr.eiffia fruticosa pilosella (Raf.) Britton. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 1417a. Fraxinus biltmoreana Beadle. Erie County, W. A. Kellerman; Hamilton County, Walter Aiken. 1561a. Monarda mollis L. Miami County, S. E. Horlacher; also in Cuya- hoga County, L. D. Stair, and Erie County, W. A. Kellerman and F. J. Tyler. 1615a. Scrophularia ieporella Bicknell. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair. 1628a. Synthyris bullii (Eaton) Barnh. Montgomery County, H. Grenen. 1650b. Gerardia tenufolia asperula Gray. Green County, S. E. Horlacher. 1699a. Galium claytoni Michx. Champaign County, J. H. Schaffner, O. E. Jennings, and F. J. Tyler. 1755a. Cichorium intybus divaricatum DC. Montgomery County, S. E. Horlacher. 1794a. Xanthium commune Britton. Erie County, E. O. Jennings. 1794b. Xanthium glabratum (DC.) Britton. Franklin County, O. E. Jennings. 1811a. Lacinaria punctata (Hook.) Kuntze. Franklin County, J. H. Schaffner. 1834a. Solidago juncea scabrella (T. and G.) Gray. Erie County, E. L. Moseley. 1893a. Aster lateriflorus horizontalis (Desf.) Burgess. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair; Madison County, Mrs. K. D. Sharp. 1963a. Bidens elliptica (Wiegand) Gleason. Common throughout the state. 1967a. Bidens vulgata Greene. Throughout the state. 2008a. Arctium tomentosum (Lam.) Schk. Erie County, J. H. Schaffner; Huron County, H. H. York. Jan., 1906.] How to Collect Stylopidae. 443 HOW TO COLLECT STYLOPIDAE.* Charles Ditry. It is well known to entomologists that many genera of wasps, bees and insects of other orders, are at times affected with par- asites which live in their abdominal cavities. In the genera Xenos and Stylo ps, the adult female is larvaform and never leaves the body of the host, but the male when ready to pupate projects the end of the pupa case outwards, between the seg- ments, where it can easily be seen protruding. By examining wasps and bees when they frequent flowers, it can readily be observed as to whether or not they are parasitized. The female Xenos can be distinguished from the male by the broad flat projecting head. The male pupa case is rounder and separates the segments to a greater extent. When a wasp is found with male pupa, it may be secured and brought home alive. Confine it in a jellv tumbler with a cheese cloth cover over the top ; in the bottom of the glass there should be placed a round bit of blotting paper and a piece of screen wire, raised up from the bottom. This is necessary because the instant the Xenos hatches the wasp rushes after it, in an endeavor to catch, kill and bite it to pieces, an example of an interesting instinct. The move- ments of the Xenos are so rapid, that the wasp can not catch it until it falls exhausted in the bottom of the glass. By having the false bottom of wire, the Xenos falls through, the wasp not being able to follow, and the specimen can thus be secured. The wasp while confined in the glass must be fed. This may be done with jelly and water, putting it on the cheese cloth cover in one small spot, with a camel’s hair brush. Many fine spec- imens have been hatched by the writer in this way, from five genera of wasps, several of which are new host wasps, and the facts and species obtained are entirely new to science. There are yet some interesting problems in the life history of these curious insects that are unknown. In looking through some of the largest and finest collections of insects recently at Wash- ington and New York, only a few poor specimens in this family were found while in some otherwise valuable collections they are not even represented. In view of a monograph of these insects in course of preparation by W. D. Pierce, the publication of which will occur soon, material from all parts of the country is verv much desired. * Presented at the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Cincinnati meeting, Dec. 1, 1905. 444 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, SOME NOTES ON MARTYNIA. V. Sterki. During the summers of 1904 and ’05, I made a series of observations on some plants of IMartynia proboscidea, and a few notes may not be without interest. The seeds sprout very slowly, whether wintered in the ground or indoors. Some sown in April and early May did not come up until the middle of June and the first part of July. It seems that the seeds require a rather high temperature. In fairly rich soil the plants grow to a diameter of from four to six feet, while on poor soil and in the shade they remain quite small. The leaves, at first opposite, gradually become more and more scattered on branches of the second, third, etc., orders. They are decidedly dimorphous ; those standing above and below on the branches are typically symmetrical and comparatively wider, while those at the sides are narrower and asymmetrical, especially at the base, the proximal part being longer than the distal and more or less incurved. The plants are decidedly heliotropic. While still quite young and only a few inches high, they are inclined towards the East in the morning and towards the West in the evening. When they grow larger, the leaves take a conspicuous part in the movements. Those standing towards the East and West raise and lower their blades, while those directed North and South turn on their petioles. It was especially noted that even on cloudy mornings, at dawn, when the eye could hardly dis-. tinguish a difference of light between East and West, the plants were decidedly inclined towards the East. All parts of the plant, except the inner surface of the deeper part of the corolla tube and of the calyx, are densely beset with glandular hairs containing a viscid fluid on which hundreds of small insects are caught. It is a question as to whether they are assimilated as food. Frost kills the plants and they soon decay or become dry. But the immature fruits remain green and fresh for one to sev- eral weeks if protected from severe frosts. There is no doubt that the thick fleshy husk has an important part to play in the ripening of the seed. The most interesting variations occur in the flower. Nor- mally the calyx is split down to the pedicel or nearly so, on the inferior side, with five lobes, the upper, median lobe being the longest. The corolla, large and showy on strong plants, 50-G5 mm. long and of about the same diameter, has normally five lobes, two upper ones which are the equivalent of an upper lip, one on each side, and one lower which is broader than the others Jan., 1906.] Some Notes on Marty nia. 445 and of somewhat different shape. Along the inferior side of the corolla tube and extending into the inferior lobe is a group of usually five orange colored stripes, which I call the “lyra.” The stamens are four, in two pairs, arranged so that the four large anthers are contiguous in two pairs and adjacent to the upper arch of the corolla. There is also an upper median, short stamen-vestige, usually somewhat bent to the right or left. These well known details are given for a better understanding of the variations noted below: 1. Small, more or less abortive, flowers appear late in Sept, and Oct. ; but it is remarkable that such were from the first on the same spike with and among large, perfect flowers, without intermediate forms. Later with cooler weather and slow growth they became numerous. The corolla was onlv 20-30 mm. long and the lobes, always of the normal number, were quite small and not at all or little spread out. The colors were paler than in the large flowers. The stamens were nearly straight or irregularlv curved, isolated and not joining above and the anthers were small, pale, more or, less abortive, yet usually bearing some pollen. The vestigial stamen was always present and the calyx of the usual shape but comparatively somewhat larger than the corolla. At least part of the flowers were fructescent, as the ovularies grew so far as the weather permitted. The bumble bees are regular visitors of the flowers and the latter mav have been pollinated from the large perfect flowers. 2. In some cases there is only one upper lobe of the corolla and not a trace of the stamen vestige; otherwise corolla, sta- mens, and calyx are normal. Over a dozen such flowers were seen on a few plants during 1905. 3. One flower, observed Aug. 31, 1905, was very abnormal. There were four corolla lobes, apparently an upper, lower, and two lateral, yet the whole upper part of the corolla appeared to be wanting. The lower part had the usual “lyra” and the right and left sides and lobes each with faint lyra markings. There were four stamens spreading and curving about irreg- ularly with the anthers arranged T-shape on the filaments rather than lengthwise. There was no trace of an upper stamen vestige. The calyx was divided irregularly into two parts down to the pedicel, a smaller portion consisting of one lobe on the right, upper side and a larger one with three somewhat rudi- mentary lobes. The fruit resulting from this flower is also abnormal; the pod is straight, of the same formation above and below; the projecting crest on the upper side is wanting; both halves of the beak are curved to the left. 4. In some otherwise normal flowers, the upper stamen vestige grows to one-third and even to fullv the length of the other stamens, and has a more or less well developed anther sometimes even with some pollen. 446 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3, 5. Flowers having the corolla of the usual size with two lateral lobes on the right or left side and three stamens on the same side. Either the upper or the intermediate stamen seems to be the additional one of the three. In a flower with two corolla lobes and three stamens on the right side, the interme- diate one w'as evidently additional, being only half as long as the others and with a rudimentary anther. In all of these flowers the usual upper stamen vestige was present and the calyx nor- mal. In the descriptions “right and left’’ refer to the flower and not to the observer. 6. One flower, with two corolla lobes and three stamens on the right side, had the left lobe distinctly but not deeply incised in the middle and there was no trace of a third stamen. 7. One flower of good size had two lateral corolla lobes and three stamens on the left side and one lobe with two stamens on the right. The upper lobes were separated by only a slight but distinct incision and the stamen vestige was wanting. The calyx was closed below and had an additional lower median lobe. Office at Columbat, Ohio, as Second-clai* Matter The Ohio Naturalist. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history ol Ohio. The ofllcial organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Dniversity, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr. Business Manager, Jambs S. Hinb. Associate Editots, F. L. Landacrb. Zoology, R. F. Griggs, Botany, J. E. Hydb, Geology, W. C. Archaeology, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellbrman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional e.xpeuse to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. - The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager. J. S. Hine. Address THE OHIO NATURALIST. gg£5a'|Js"'’<5afe Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth .Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. ly. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Paper.s— No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 ct.s. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By lyYNDS Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonsbr Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse . Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 1-1906 The Ohio ^J^aturalist, PUBWSHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni’versity. Volume VI. FEBRUARY, 1906. No. 4. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Berger— Notes on the Fall Webworm (Hyphantria eunea) in Ohio 45S ScHAFFNUR— Check List of Ohio Trees 457 Sterki— Note on List of Ohio Mollusca, and a Sujtge.stion in Regard to Local Fannal Lists 462 Moseley— The Cause of Trembles in Cattle, Sheep and Horses and of Milk-Sickness in People 463 A State Natural History Survey 471 ScHAKENER — Sexual and Nonsexual Generations 473 SUMSTINE— Note on Anthuiais borealis 474 Metcai.f— Meeting of the Biological Club 474 NOTES ON THE FALL WEBWORM (HYPHANTRIA CUNEA) IN OHIO.* E. W. Berger. The majority of the observations upon which this paper is based were made at Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, during the past summer while the writer was at the Lake Laboratory of the Ohio State University. The webs of this caterpillar were abundant on all sides and those who had spent preceding sum- mers at Cedar Point were under the impression that the Web- worm was on the increase. After a few days of casual observa- tion it was decided to make a more careful study of its habits, and, if possible, to determine whether it is double brooded at that place. While a few specimens pupated in the laboratory during the latter part of July, none of them transformed into adults, and no positive results were obtained in regard to a possible second brood. Acknowledgment is due Professor Osborn for his interest and generosity with valuable suggestions and facilities placed at the writer’s command. Food Plants. — The wonns were observed upon the following trees: Walnut (Juglans nigra L.), Choke-cherry {Prunus vir- giniana L.), Common Wild Black Cherry {Prunns serotina Ehr), Willow (Salix sp.). Elm (Ubnus americana L), Box-wood {Cornus florida L), Hackberry [Celtis occidentalis L), and Wild Grape DC ♦ -Abstract of paper read December 2. Cincinnati, Ohio State Acad, of Sci. i-lBRARY NEW YORK botanical Garden. 454 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, {Vitis vulpina L). The webs were abundant everywhere upon the choke-cherry and the common wild black cherry, some trees of the latter kind having nearly half of their foliage destroyed. Willows were also nearly always populated bv a few or many broods. The few walnut trees were literally defoliated, and this will be the subject of the next topic. Elm, box-wood and hackberry were frequently infested but never to the same extent as the previously named trees. In only two instances did I observe the worms feeding upon the wild grape, and then only when the grape leaves grew in among the leaves of willow and choke-cherry. I did not observe a single instance of the worms feeding upon the poplars at the Point. This is quite at variance with other observations in which poplars of all kinds were generally much infested. Thus, in Riley’s report upon the Webworm in Washington in bS8() (“Our Shade Trees and Their Insect Defoliators”) Populus balsamifera L) and P. trem- iiloides Mx. are named among the trees that .suffered most. Both these poplars occur at Cedar Point but no webs were observed upon them. Following I give the first five trees named in Riley’s list of lOS food plants for Washington. These are arranged according to the damage suffered. Xegiindo aceroides Moench (Box Elder), Populus alba L (European White Poplar), P. monilijera Alton (Cottonwood), P. balsamifera L (Balsam Poplar). The same report further states that poplars, cottonwoods and the ranker growing willows were the principal subjects of attack in ISSG in New England. Of the species of trees attacked at Cedar Point, four, walnut, wild black cherry, choke-cherry and willow appeared to be the favorite food of the worms, and these are respectively 41, 7o and 14, in Riley’s list. (The common wild cherry is not named in his list, and its place among the above figures is indicated by a question mark.) Again, of all the species of plants named by Riley forty-two genera and about twenty-six species are found at Cedar Point ; but of these only eight were observed to be used as food by the worms. Throughout the State generally, so far as my limited observa- tions extend, and from a few other reports, the common wild black cherry is the tree most generally attacked; but walnut, elm, hickorv, pear, apple, sugar and silver maple, all suffer more or less. Of these, walnuts, when attacked suffer most, as the following topic will show; and Mr. Cotton, Assistant Inspector of Orchards and Nurseries, has informed me of similar conditions in other parts of the State. The following observation is interesting as it shows the dis- crimination with which the female moth selects the food plants upon which she deposits her eggs. One day I observed a web Feb., 1906.] Notes on the Fall Webworm in Ohio. 455 upon a hedge of osage orange, at Berea, Ohio. Closer investiga- tion, however, revealed the fact that the web was not upon the osage orange at all, but upon a small wild cherry tree that grew in the hedge and which had escaped my notice. Walnut Trees. — Only a few walnut trees exist at the Point, but the worms played havoc with these, while of all the great abundance of choke-cherry, only two instances were noted where the infection was at all so extensive. A clump of five walnut trees (each about six inches in diameter), became liter- ally defoliated and about 150 nests were counted upon them. I have observed, however, that the number of webs does not necessarily indicate the number of broods, since a large brood mav desert its old nest, and build a new one, or divide and form two new nests. (I use “nest” to distinguish the denser part of the web. See also Other Observations.) When food became scarce the worms began to migrate down the trunks of the trees, here and there covering the limbs and trunks with web. This migration occurred chiefly at night, the worms generally resting, as usual during the day, in temporary webs frequentlv located at the base of the trees and of extraor- dinary size. In one instance I estimated that not less than two quarts of worms occupied a certain web. In the earlv part of the forenoon I usually found some strag- glers which had been overtaken by daylight, evidently en route from the trees. Many of these were found dead in small pits, from which, as experiment showed, they had been unable to extricate themselves, and had died from the excessive heat. The worms migrated mainly eastward to a clump of choke- cherry nearby and westward to a large hackberry about forty feet distant. This migration continued during about ten days. In four days the mxmber of nests in the choke-cherry bush increased from six to twenty-five and the bush was literallv stripped as the worms advanced. The migration to the hackberry was not so striking as that to the choke-cherry bush but even more interesting. At first the worms congregated in the crotches of the larger limbs but advanced upward from day to day and formed webs in the smaller branches. They soon began to strip the leaves and the webs could then be seen at some distance from the outside of the tree. Mr. W. B. Herms, who remained at the Laboratory until August 31st, was kind enough to observe the worms for me and reported that after my departure the worms migrated only a little farther east into the choke-cherry bushes and became fewer in number. I presume that they were then mature and that they wandered away to pupate. The trees began to show new life and by the time IMr. Herms left were quite green again. 456 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, A small hoptree (Ptelea trifoliata) immediately beneath the webs in the walnuts was injured but very little, the worms having a decided aversion for it. Feeding. — My observations in this direction clearly show that the worms feed but little if at all during the day. At night they leave the nests, or thicker parts of the webs, and move about freely. Some will even leave the protection of the thinner parts of the web and feed unprotected except by the darkness. (I do not mean to assert, however, that there were no threads of silk leading back from the worms to their web.) Growth and Moulting. — By actual measurement of worms in a certain brood I found that they increased in length about one- fourth of an inch in twenty-two days, i. e., they increased in length from one-fourth to one-half inch. At that rate it would take about two months for a worm to mature, which appears to be about the time required at Cedar Point. The observations that I succeeded in making upon moulting give me twelve to fifteen days as the interval, the interval from birth to the first moult included. Allowing five moults per season, this would again give us about two months for a worm to become mature. Mature worms probably average from three-fourths to one inch in length. The heads moult first, the skin of the head drops off, and the worm then crawls out of the opening. The thorax rarely splits dorsally. Other Observations. — I have previously remarked that a brood may divide, each part building a new nest. This I actual!}’ observed in several instances. Again, two broods may unite into one brood or a brood may desert its old nest and build a new one. In one instance I cut out a nest while the worms were out feeding. Upon their return at daylight they wandered about aimlessly for a while, when one portion settled down and formed a new nest, while the rest returned to an empty nest nearby from which a part of the brood in question, a double brood, had come some days before. Of three nests cut out and placed upon the ground near some bushes, the worms of one nest were back upon the bush in a new web the morning of the second day, while those of the other two nests gradually disappeared and apparently migrated to the bushes. The appreciable economic loss from the webworm is prob- ably not great, and but few trees are ever endangered; except small trees, which latter may easily become denuded of all their foliage by one or a few broods. Biological H.all, O. S. U., Columbus, December .5, 190.5. Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 457 CHECK LIST OF OHIO TREES. John H. Schaffner Ohio lies in the great deciduous forest region which extends from the Appalachian Mountains to the Mississippi River. This region was formerly one of the grandest woodland areas in the temperate zone. But the forest is rapidly disappearing before the civilization of the white man. In the list given below the introduced species have been marked by the abbreviation “I.”, and those which are usually small or shrub-like by “S. T.” In attempting to separate “trees” from the larger “shrubs,” one must necessarily be some- what arbitrary, as nature draws no definite division line. A tree may be defined as a wood}' plant of any size which pro- duces naturally one main erect stem with a definite crown of branches ; while a shrub is a woody plant which produces small, irregular or slanting stems usually in tufts. The species may develop in various ways depending on the environment. Thus the writer has seen individuals of the poison ivy (Rhus radicans L.) develop as climbers, shrubs, and small “trees” in an area only a few rods in extent, the conditions being favorable for all three modes of growth. In the present list, an attempt has been made to give the appropriate English name for each species. These have mostly been taken from Sudworth’s “Check List of the Forest Trees of the United States.” Hybrids and mere forms have not been included. Of the 155 species listed as occurring in Ohio, 128 are native and 27 are introduced; about 106 are typical trees and 49 are small trees or shrub-like. Of the typical trees, 85 are native and 21 are introduced; and of those developing as small trees or shrubs, 43 are native and 6 are introduced. Subkingdom, GYMXOSPERMAE. Class, CONIFER.\E. Order. Finales. Family. Pinaceae. 1. Finns strobus L. White Pine. 2. “ virginiana Alill. Scrub Pine. 3. “ echinata Mill. Yellow Pine. ■1. “ rigida IMill. Pitch Pine. .5. Larix laricina (DuR.) Koch. Tamarack. 6. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Hemlock. Family, Juniperaccae. 7. Thuja occidentalis L. Arborvitae. 8. Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper. S. T. 9. “ virginiana L. Red Juniper. 458 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. Subkingdom, AXGIOSPERMAE. ('lass, dicotylae. Subclass, APETALAE. Order, Salicales. Family, Salicaceae. Populus alba L. White Poplar. I. “ heterophylla L. Swamp Poplar. “ balsamifera L. Balsam Poplar. Also balsamifera candicans (Ait.) Gr. Balm-of-Gilead. “ dilatata Ait. Lombardy Poplar . I. “ deltoides Marsh. Cottonwood. “ grandidentata Mx. Largetooth Aspen. “ tremuloides Mx. American Aspen. Salix nigra marsh. Black Willow. “ amygdaloides And. Peachleaf Willow. “ lucida Muhl. Shining Willow S. T. “ pentandra L. Bay Willow. I. S. T. “ fragilis L. Crack Willow. I. “ alba L. White Willow. I. Also alba vitellina (L.) Koch. “ babylonica L. Weeping Willow . I. “ fluviatilis Nutt. Sandbar Willow. S. T. “ discolor Muhl. Pussy Willow. S. T. Also discolor eriocephala (Mx.) And. “ bebbiana Sarg. Bebb Willow. S. T. “ purpurea L. Purple Willow . I. S. T. Order, Juglandales. Family, Juglandaceac. Juglans nigra L. Black Walnut. “ cinerea L. Butternut. Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt. Bitternut (Hickory). “ ovata (Mill.) Britt. Shagbark (Hickor\'). “ laciniosa (Mx. f.) Sarg. Shellbark (Hickory). “ alba (L.) Britt. Mockernut (Hickory). “ microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt. Small Pignut (Hickory). " glabra (Mill.) Britt. Pignut (Hickory). Order, Fagales. Family, Betulaceae. Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Blue-beech. Ostrya virginiana (.Mill.) Willd. Hop-hornbeam. Betula populifolia Marsh. American White Birch. “ nigra L. River Birch. “ lenta L. Sweet Birch. “ lutea Mx. f. Yellow Birch. Alnus incana (L.) Willd. Hoary Alder. S. T. “ rugosa (DuR.) Koch. Smooth Alder. S. T. Family, Fagaceac. Fagus americana Sw. .\merican Beech. Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. Chestnut. “ pumila (L.) .Mill. Chinquapin. S. T. Quercus rubra L. Red Oak. “ yjalustris DuR. Pin Oak. " schneckii Britt. Schneck’s Red Oak. “ coccinea Wang. Scarlet Oak. . j Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 459 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. / 1 . 78. 79. — 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. “ velutina Lam. Quercitron Oak. “ nana (Marsh.) Sarg. Bear Oak. S. T. “ marylandica Muench. Black-Jack (Oak.) “ imbricaria Mx. Shingle Oak. “ alba L. White Oak. “ minor (Marsh.) Sarg. Post Oak. S. T. “ macrcicarpa Mx. Bur Oak. “ platanoides (Lam.) Sudw. Swamp White Oak. “ prinus L. Rock Chestnut Oak. “ acuminata (Mx.) Houd. Chestnut Oak. “ alexanderi Britt. Alexander's Chestnut Oak. “ prinoides Willd. Scrub Chestnut Oak. S. T. Order, Urticales. Family, Ulmaceae. Ulmus americana L. White Elm. “ racemosa Thom. Cork Elm. “ fulva Mx. Slippery Elm. Celtis occidentalis L. Common Hackberry. Family, Moraceae. Morus rubra L. Red Mulberry. “ alba L. White Mulberry I. Toxylon pomiferum Raf. Osage-orange. I. Broussonetia papyrifera (L.),Vent. Paper-mulberry. I. Subclass, CHORIPETAl..\E. Order, Ranales. Family, Magnoliaceae. Magnolia acuminata L. Cucumber Magnolia. Liriodendron tulipifera L. Tuliptree. Family, Anonaceae. Asimina triloba (L.) Dun. Papaw. S. T. Family, Laiiraccae. Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst. Sassafras. * Order, Rosales. Family, Hamamelidaceac. Hamamelis virginiana L. Witch-hazel. S. T. Liquidambar styraciflua L, Sweet-gum. Family, Platanaceae. Platanus occidentalis L. Sycamore. Family, Rosaceac. Subfamil)s Pomoidcae. Sorbus americana Marsh. American Mountain-ash. “ sambucifolia (C. & S.) Roem. Elderleaf Mountain-ash. aucuparia L. European i\Iountain-ash. I. Pyrus communis L. Pear. I. Malus angustifolia (Ait.) Mx. Narrowleaf Crab-apple. “ coronaria (L.) Mill. Fragrant Crab-apple. “ malus (L.) Britt. Common Apple. I. Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic. Comm.on Juneberry. botryapium (L. f.) DC. Swamp Juneberry. S. T. “ rotundifolia (Mx.) Roem. Roundleaf Juneberry. S. T. 460 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. Crataegus crus-galli L. Cockspur Hawthorn. S. T. “ punctata Jacq. Dotted Hawthorn. .S. T. cordata (Mill.) Ait. Washington Hawthorn, oxyacantha L, English Hawthorn. I. S. T. coccinea L. Scarlet Hawthorn. S. T. rotundifolia (Ehrh.) Borck. Glandular Hawthorn. S. T. " macracantha Lodd. Longspine Hawthorn. S. T. mollis (T. & G.) Scheele. Downy Hawthorn. S. T. “ tomentosa L. Pear Hawthorn. S. T. Subfamily, Drupoideae. Prunus americana Marsh. Wild Plum. S. T. angustifolia Marsh. Chickasaw Plum. I. “ cerasus L. Sour Cherry. I. avium L. Sweet Cherry. 1. “ pennsylvanica L. f. Red Cherry. mahaleb L. Mahaleb Cherry. I. S. T. “ virginiana L. Choke Cherry. S. T. “ serotina Ehrh. Black Cherry. Amygdalus persica L. Peach. I. Family, Fabaceae. Subfamily, Casstoideae. Cercis canadensis L. Redbud. Gleditsia triacanthos L. Honey-locust. Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch. Coffee-bean. Subfamily, Papilionoideae. Robinia pseudacacia L. Common Locust. I. “ viscosa Vent. Clammy Locust. I. Order, Geraniales. Family, Rutaceae. Xanthoxylum americanum Mill. Prickly-ash. S. T. Ptelea trifoliata L. Hoptree. S. T. Family, Sintariibaceae . Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Tree-of-heaven. I. Order, Sap indales. Family, Anacardiaceae. Rhus copallina L. Dwarf Sumac. S. T. “ hirta (L.) Sudw. Staghorn Sumac. S. T. “ glabra L. Smooth Sumac. S. T. “ vernix L. Poison Sumac. S. T. Cotinus cotinus (L.) European Smoketree. I. S. T. Family, Ilicaceac. Ilex opaca Ait. American holly. S. T. Family, Celaslraceae. Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq. Wahoo. S. T. “ europaeus L. Spindle-tree. I. S. T. Family, Staphyleaceac. Staphylea trifoliata L. American Bladdernut. ,S. T. Family, Aceraceae. Acer saccharinum L. Silver Maple. “ rubrum L. Red Maple. “ saccharum Marsh. Sugar Maple. “ nigrum Mx. Black Maple. Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 461 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 13G. 137. 138. 139. 140. -141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. “ pennsylvanicum L. Striped Maple. “ spicatum Lam. Mountain Maple. S. T. “ negundo L. Boxelder. Family, Hippocastanaccae. Aesculus hippocastanum L. Horse-chestnut. I, “ glabra Willd. Ohio Buckeye. “ octandra Marsh. Yellow Buckeye. Also octandra hybrida (DC.) Sarg. Order, Rhamnales, Family, Rhamnaceae . Rhamnus caroliniana Walt. Carolina Buckthorn. S. T. Order, Malvales, Family, Tiliaceae. Tilia americana L. American Linden. '■ heterophylla Vent. White Linden. Subclass, HETEROMERAE. Order, Ericales. Family, Ericaceae. Rhododendron maximum L. Great Rhododendron. S. T. Kalmia latifolia L. Mountain Kalmia. S. T. Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) DC. Sorrel-tree. Order, Ebenales, Family, Ebenaceae, Diospyros virginiana L. Persimmon. Subclass, SYMPETALAE HYPOGYNAE. Order, Gentianales. Family, Oleaceae. Fraxinus americana L. White Ash. “ biltmoreana Bead. Biltmore Ash. “ lanceolata Borck. Green Ash. “ ]iennsylvanica Marsh. Red Ash. “ (|uadrangulata Mx. Blue Ash. “ nigra Marsh. Black Ash. Chionanthus virginica L. Fringetree. S. T. Order, Polemoniales. Family, Bignoniaceae. ('atalpa catalpa (L.) Karst. Common Catalpa. I. “ speciosa Warder. Hardy Catalpa. I. .Subclass, SYMPETALAE EPIGYNAE. Order, Umbellales. Family, Araliaceae. Aralia spinosa L. Angelica-tree. S. T. Family, Cornaceae. Ccrnus florida L. Flowering Dogwood. “ asperifolia Mx. Ronghleaf Dogwood. .S. T. “ alternifolia L. f. Blue Dogwood. S. T. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Tupelo. Order, Rubiales. Family, Caprijoliaceae. Viburnum lentago L. Sheepberry. S. T. “ prunifolium L. Black Haw. S. T. 462 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, NOTE ON LIST OF OHIO MOLLUSCA, AND A SUGGESTION IN REGARD TO LOCAL FAUNAL LISTS. V. Sterki. A preliminary list of the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Ohio has been ]>repared by the writer and deposited in the Academy lil)rary. It is an abstract of a larger hand list, and contains nearly all the species seen from the State, or recorded, except some of Pleurocera and Gonioleasis which still must be worked up specially. A few species listed must be verified as to actual occurrence in the State, a few others as to exact identifi- cation, and there is no doubt that quite a number of additional ones will be found. As stated elsewhere, I believe that “the Mollusca are the truest exponents of the geographical distribution of animals in a given region or district,” and also that Ohio is a specially inter- esting territory in that respect. i\nd therefore, a faunal list should not be published before the species, varieties and local forms from all parts of the State are fairly well known and their distribution can be shown by tables, charts, etc., approximate!}^ accurate, even if it take a few years’ more work. Then, and only then, such a publication will be to the credit of the Academy and the State. If a part of a research fund could be turned over to the collecting and working up of our Mollusca, for a year or two, it would help considerably, and also might make it possible to work up a special “Ohio Collection” containing the species and local forms from various parts of the State, carefully identified, to be deposited with some institution, e. g., the Ohio State Uni- versity. Local lists, also, might be worked up, of various parts of Ohio, where zoologists are studying the faunas. And in this connection a suggestion may be excused. Such a list, be it of Mollusca, or any other group of animals, or comprehensive, should not be confined to a county, except where the same is bounded by natural lines. Political outlines have nothing to do with the natural features of the county, but go across hills, valleys, rivers, etc. It is better to take u]> a certain naturally limited territory, a valley, a drainage system, a range or group of mount-' ains or hills, regardless of county lines. The same might be said of States, to a large extent. Yet, they comprise much larger territories, and for practical and routine reasons, will be considered separately, in general. Ohio is more naturally confined than most other States, and a faunal list of the State means somewhat of a unity. But even then, the lines should not be drawn too strictly. Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 463 THE CAUSE OF TREMBLES IN CATTLE, SHEEP AND HORSES AND OF MILK-SICKNESS IN PEOPLE.* E. L. Moseley. The mother of Abraham Lincoln died of milk-sickness. In many districts of the region extending from Michigan to Ten- nessee trembles and milk-sickness proved a veritable scourge to the early settlers. One of these districts was in northern Ohio in the western part of Erie and the eastern part of Sanduskj'- County. Here forty-three persons are said to have died in a single year from this cause. Within the last thirty years Doctor Storey has treated nearly fifty cases in Townsend Township, which may be half of the whole number. The loss of domestic animals from trembles in the three Townships, Townsend, Margaretta and Perkins, since the first settlement, doubtless exceeds five thousand. On some single farms the number is more than a hundred. People who came from Pennsylvania with a view to settling here returned to their own State on learning of the peril of pasturing animals in Ohio. To this day many woods in this district are not pastured, because animals would soon die if turned into them. Milk-sickness is known to be due to the use of milk, butter, cheese or meat of animals afflicted with the trembles, but what causes the trembles has not been well understood. It has long been known that only the animals allowed to run in the woods were affected, and experience showed that certain woods w^ere very dangerous while others were safe. For a time many thought that the water was the cause of trembles but this idea was discarded long ago, as was also the hypothesis that the air of certain localities furnished the poison. \Vm. Morrow Beach, of London, Ohio, in an article on Milk-Sickness in “Transactions of the Ohio Medical Society, 18S4,’’ mentions “five separate and distinct classes of advocates as to the causes of the disease,” but he seems to have settled on nothing more definite than that the animals contract it by “remaining in the timber over night.” Dr. J. A. Kimmell, of Findlay, in an article read at the Inter- national Medical Congress, Berlin, 1890, mentions white snake- root among other things supposed to cause the disease but his own belief was that it was of bacterial origin. Dr. Robert Hessler, of Logansport, Indiana, at the meeting of the Indiana Academy of Science, Dec. 1, 1905, exhibited drawings of an apparently new species of yeast he had found in the blood of a horse that had the trembles, and presumed to be the cause. Professor N. S. Townshend was convinced that white snake-root caused the trembles and his articles in the Ohio Agricultural ♦Read at the Cincinnati meeting of the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Dec. 2, 1905. 464 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, Reports for 1858 and 1873 gav'e evidence to support this view, including a letter from \V. J. Vermilya of Ashland County, who in 1856 had produced trembles and death of a mare by feeding her this weed, also a statement that Mr. John Rowe had fed it to cattle in Madison County, 1839, with the same fatal results. W. C. Mills informs me that Professor Townshend and some of his pupils intended to experiment in feeding this Aveed. The principal objection to Professor Townshend’s view appears to ha\"e been that white snake-root grows where animals have been pastured for many years without a single case of trembles and this seemed a serious objection to the theory. The Eupatoriums are not palatable. Anyone who has tasted boneset will admit that this is true of Eupatorium per- foliatum. In the South I ha\'e observed that animals leave Eupatorium serotinum untouched e\^en where they have been confined so as to eat almost e\’ery other green thing in reach. In northern Ohio I ha\’e found Eupatorium ageratoides, the white snake-root, growing abundantly in a number of woods where animals were pastured but no sign of their ha\fing eaten it. But if the pasture becomes poor, some are likely to eat it. On the 8th of last October I visited a piece of woods in Sandusky County Avhere there was nothing fit for an animal to eat, the principal herbs being nettle, AA'hite snake-root, poke and black nightshade, with some clearweed, basil, and bedstraw. Every plant of snake-root had been nipped off so that I did not see one more than about half the normal height. This had probably been done by cattle from the adjoining pasture which were doubtless accustomed to spend a portion of hot sunny days in the shade of the woods. A few Aveeks before my A’isit a man and his Avife Avho had been using butter made from milk of coavs in this pasture had milk-sickness and the Avife died. Elisha Haff, ToAA’nsend ToAAmship, Sandusky County, did not think trembles were due to any Aveed, until he found that western sheep Avhich he turned in his woods ate the Avhite snake-root and died of trembles. Sheep whose ancestors had long been in the region did not eat it and did not haA'e trembles. Since that he has been destroying the Aveed. James Fuller in the same tOAvnship, in 1874, turned sheep into Avoods Avhen the ground Avas coA'ered AA’ith snoAV and all they had to eat Avas this Aveed. They contracted the trembles and forty of them died. George Sanford in the same tOA\-nship in January, 1881, lost a horse Avhich could get nothing but snake- root in the AVOods. He tracked it and saAv Avhere it had eaten this Aveed. A number of dogs from the neighborhood fed on the carcass and all died of the trembles. Mr. H. H. Lockwood of Sandusky, Avas the first to describe to me the plant Avhich caused trembles and milk-sickness. His Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 465 ancestors settled on the peninsula north of Sandusky Bay in 1812. For many years trembles occurred among the stock. He believes that from their own observation they concluded it was caused by their eating snake-root which they would do only in a dry season when the pasture was poor. About 1872 Mr. David Barber in Margaretta Township, when he was hauling wood with a sleigh, left the gate open into the woods. Sheep got in and, though they were there hardly more than two hours, a number had trembles and some died. The snake-root was the principal plant in these woods. Mr. Barber did not notice that they ate it but supposed at the time that they were poisoned by something they found by pawing through the snow. These woods were notorious for the great number of horses, cattle and sheep which contracted the trembles in them. Mr. Barber told me that he had noticed this weed was abundant wherever trembles prevailed. I had already found this true of the woods I had examined. In 1904 Louis Quinn had twenty-seven steers pastured in a large woods in Townsend. All had the trembles and nine died. The woods were known to be dangerous and so j\Ir. Quinn has been accustomed to leave stock there no later than June 1st. This time he left them about a week longer and had more of them than usual so that they were harder pressed for food. In these woods I found white snake-root more abundant than anv other dicotyl. I saw thousands of them in a walk of a few min- utes while plants fit to eat were scarce. Nearly all the woods in that part of the township are considered unsafe and are pastured only early in the season if at all. In woods near Mr. Quinn’s six lambs died of trembles this year. White snake-root was found abundant in all the woods examined in that region with one notable exception. In the woods of Orlando Ransom I could not find a single specimen, though a boy who was assist- ing me found one. June grass was growing in every part. Mr. Ransom told me the woods had been pastured for the past fifty years and no trembles had occurred. I also learned from sev- eral sources that trembles were unknown west of Pickerel Creek which is three miles west of Quinn’s woods. I examined woods just east of this creek, but found no snake-root and learned that they were pastured with impunity. West of the creek I could find no snake-root in the first two woods examined, in the third after walking nearly a quarter of a mile I found four or five plants, in the fourth none, and in the fifth many in one place and a few others scattered about. E.\RLY EXPERIMENTS IN FEEDING THE WEED. About 1843 John Palmer Deyo, “a scientific investigator and prominent physician,” living near Bellevue fed white snake-root 466 The Ohio Naturalist. LVol. VI, No. 4, to a calf which in consequence had the trembles and died. Mrs. S. M. Thomson, a niece of Mrs. Deyo who is still living, remem- bers that Dr. Deyo took pains to investigate the matter thor- oughly at a time when people held conflicting views regarding the cause of trembles and was gratified when his efforts resulted in convincing them that white snake-root was the cause. She thinks that instead of feeding the weed directly to a calf, he fed it to a cow thereby producing trembles in both cow and calf and the death of the latter. Dr. Cowell, a veterinary physician living near Bloomingville, Erie County, boiled the white snake-root in milk and gave the milk to ]figs which soon died of the trembles. He asked another physician, “What ails those pigs?” “Trembles,” was the reply. Then he told what he had fed them. Dr. John Ray who lived at Whitmore, Sandusky County, steeped white snake-root and fed it to a calf which as a result died of the trembles. I have been told of each of the three cases mentioned above by two old residents, who knew the experimenters personally and all six of my informants are reliable, though of course, they may be in error as to some of the details. There is no doubt that the weed experimented with was the white snake-root and that the experimenters were fully convinced that it was the cause of the trembles. Mr. William Ramsdell of Bloomingville informs me that about 1842 when there was so much discussion of the subject the boys of the neighborhood used to assemble evenings at the old lime-kiln southeast of Castalia and experiment on dogs. They would boil or steep the white snake-root and putting the extract in milk give it to the dogs, in which it would induce the trembles; a large number were killed in this way. Some one experimented on sheep with the same result. He informs me also that a Mr. Redmond (who did not believe that the weed was the cause of trembles) chewed some of the weed and died after suffering for about four weeks. About 1840 Thomas James of Bloomingville caused a calf to die of trembles by feeding it a weed he brought from the woods, which from the description given me by his daughter and also by Isaac Jarrett, I concluded was white snake-root. Dr. Carpenter of Castalia, and B. F. Dwelle of Ottawa County, also experimented in feeding this weed and were con- vinced that it was the cause of the trembles. RECENT EXPERIMENTS. Cats. No. 1. On November 26th my pupil, Oscar Kubach, using snake-root I had recently gathered, broke up the stems and Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 467 leaves of two plants (possibly 3 or 4?) and soaked them over night in about a pint of milk, of which he gave about a gill at about 9 M. to his tom-cat. The cat took about one-half of it. “About 9:30 it seemed to take effect and he tried very hard to vomit but could not. He took long, deep breaths. He was quiet and wanted to sleep very hard. All of a sudden he would tremble very hard, then again very little. A watery fluid passed from his eyes and mouth. He chose a spot in the sun and when driven away walked back in a staggering manner. He had no appetite. His senses seemed to be duller, as he did not care for anything. He went to sleep about 10:30 but did not sleep sound. He seemed to be in an unconscious state for the rest of the day. The next morning about 10:30 he walked about three rods and there died about noon.” Oscar lives in the country and I did not see the cat until he brought it to me dead. Weight estimated 4]/^ pounds. Post- mortem examination by Dr. H. C. Schcepfle and myself showed no lesion, inflammation, congestion or unnatural appearance of any organ. Brain not examined. Death followed more quickly in this case than in any of our other experiments. The cat was not fed the evening before giving the poisoned milk, so that digestion was probably rapid. As it was not taken from home and so was not kept in confinement, the case is especially interesting. No. 2. A female kitten weighing after death thirty ounces, had probably never been handled by anyone until caught for this experiment. My pupil, Alton Fuchs, cut up about half a pound of snake-root I had gathered and boiled it about an hour in a quart of water. When the water had become reduced to a syrupy liquid, about one tablespoonful in volume, it was poured into the throat of the cat and the outside of the throat tickled so that it was all swallowed. “Soon after the decoction was administered the cat acted as if she wanted to vomit but did not vomit at any time. When first turned loose in room of barn it was very active, but after half an hour seemed rather stupid. After an hour she escaped, but was caught while trving to get through a fence, being less active than before poisoning.” I first saw her about 2j/^ hours after extract w'as given, Iving in natural position, eyes directed toward us, but rather dull, took notice of anything held near but indisposed to move. Respirations 38 and 30 per minute, doubtless increased by our presence. Movement of the back seemed greater than in normal breathing, and occasionally a spasmodic contraction ran along the muscles of the back. About noon the next day she took some milk. The symptoms continued much the same as the previous day, the spasms more frequent and pronounced, becoming worse in the 468 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, evening, when at times two or three in close succession made a sort of trembling. Much duller than the evening before but would still move, if driven. At S the next morning she shook all over, her head moving from side to side and the spasms continuing. At some of our visits that day we did not see real trembling. She took some milk and could still climb but showed weakness. At 5 P. M. the breathing was slow and barely discernible. The next morning, Nov. 29, she had taken some milk containing extract of snake- root that had been boiled 1^ hours. Breathing deep but of normal rate — about 21 per minute. No trembling until after she was made to exercise. At 11:40 A. M. more trembling and violent paroxysms. At 12:30 Alton held her by the nape of the neck with her back resting in his other hand so that the legs were free. They quivered rapidly, continually and very plainly, the trembling being intensified by bending the legs with the hand. At 3:40 on being held the same way, trembling did not show at first but soon became plain in one hind leg and then in both. Rectal temperature 101%, the same also on Dec. 4, when the legs would still tremble somewhat but the eyes were normal, appetite good and she was active and restless. She had become tame and even familiar. No extract had been offered Nov. 30th and after that she would take no milk with it in, though her appetite was good. When held up some trembling could be seen, mostly in hind legs, as late as Dec. 7th, though in other respects she seemed well. She disappeared for a time and after her return showed no more trembling or effect of the poison except that she was entirely tame. She had at no time been given any of the snake-root except thoroughly boiled extract. Dec. 14. The same cat was brought to me for fixrther experiments. She showed no trembling or an)’thing abnormal, took milk readily. The next morning I offered her milk in which snake-root had soaked. She would not drink it although it had been warmed and it was left with her about two hours. At 10 o’clock I gave her the heart, lungs, neck and back of thoracic region of a ralxbit which had weighed 24 ounces and had died of trembles. She began eating it at once. At 1 1 :30 she had eaten all and apparently wanted more. At 4:15 she seemed eager for food but would not take milk in which snake-root had been soaked, but ate the meat offered — half of liver, part of abdominal muscle and head of same rabbit. No trembling that dav, but not examined after 4:15. At 8:10 the next morning when lifted by nape of neck, hind legs trembled strongly and on a second trial, the right fore leg also (and the left a little?). When let out of box she found remains of the rabbit up on a window sill and ate part of the stomach which w'as filled with snake-root and parts of other Feb,, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 469 viscera, including some liver, and might have eaten much more, if permitted. At 9 A. M. still trembled, but not so much; at 10:45 could see no trembling; at 4 P. M. very little trembling vhen held up until after exercise when it was plain. Dec. 17, temperature at 9:10 A. M., 103°, at 3:30 P. M., 103.2°. Tremb- ling; at 9:10, none; at 10 o’clock, after considerable exercise, hind legs trembled and after drinking milk (she would take none with snake-root in it) , the hind legs and right front leg trembled strongly when she was held up; at 3:30 trembling mostly in left hind leg and that not till she had been held some seconds. She continued active and appetite good. Killed Dec. 17, but not examined until Dec. 26, when the only abnormal appearance was a general venous engorgement (likely due to the CS... which killed her?). The experiments with this cat proved that trem- bles could be produced by thoroughly boiled extract of snake- root. The later experiments showed that she would no longer take milk containing the poison but would take meat greedily, also that this meat brought on the trembling again, but her first experience appeared to have effected some degree of toler- ance of the poison, for she was not so strongly affected as a larger cat which ate a smaller quantity of meat from the same rabbit. This was No. 3. A female cat, weight about 3M pounds; was fed like No. 2 with meat from rabbit. No. 6. A hind leg was given at S A. M., Dec. 14, but at 3:40 P. M. had not been eaten. At 7 :50 the next morning she had taken this and some good milk. A fore leg and side were x:>ut in, but had not been eaten at 10 o’clock. At 4:10 P. M. the larger part had been eaten. No trembling that day.- At 5:50 P. M. left her half of liver. Of this piece about one-third remained the next morning and was giv'en to No. 2, which had eaten other half of liver. After being out of box a few minutes she returned voluntarilv. Then, for the first time I could feel trembling and on holding her up could see strong trembling of hind legs. 9 A. M., trembled some; at 10:45 did not tremble, had not eaten much of the meat left earlier, drank good cold milk and a few minutes later, when I held her up she trembled so that I could feel it and see it in her legs, three or four of them; 4 P. M., trembled some and, after a very little exercise, strongly. On putting her on window sill, 3rd floor, and letting her look out, trembling was quite notice- able even without holding up. After being let free on the floor a little while trembling was very strong; apparently indisposed to exercise. When returned to box began eating rabbit. Dec. 17, 8:50 A. M., rabbit meat consumed except large intestine containing snake-root She seemed no worse; respira- tions 40 and 36 per minute, doubtless increased by fear; temper- ature at 9:45 A. M., 101^°; trembling that day no greater than 470 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, preceding. Dec. LS, less trembling than before. At 4 P. M. put in the whole of rabbit No. 7 of which we had made post mortem examination. She began eating it at once. Though the rabbit weighed 24 ounces she had at art and seemed satisfied after such a hearty meal. All day she seemed to feel good and did not usually tremble except after exercise or drinking cold milk, when the trembling was very strong. More active than previously, had ceased to show much fear. The next morning she had taken the rest of the meat, the parts remaining being the skull, hind leg bones, considerable of the skin and the large intestine containing snake-root. She seemed no worse. Next day, Dec. 21st, 7:20 A. M., no trembling till after some exercise; temperature 102.9°. At 4:40 P. M. no trembling could be seen. She seemed entirely well. I began to wonder if eating second rabbit would have any effect. That day I offered her milk in which snake-root had been soaked but she took very little of it. Dec. 22nd, she seemed pretty well and was put in a shed from which she escaped and I did not expect to see her again, nor care, as I had seen no reason to suppose she would show anything more of interest. She was not gone long, however, but adopted the shed for her home, spending most of the time in a basket with a flannel cloth in the bottom and paper under the handle partly covering her and helping to keep her warm. She evidently had not got rid of the rabbit and it was making her trouble. Constipation, though not complete, seemed to continue as long as she lived. The hind legs were spread apart more and more each day. She was allowed to go and come as she pleased and for a number of days I thought she would recover. On Dec. 2S, she caught sight of a rabbit I had left on the grass and started to rush at it, being restrained with difficulty. Meat and milk were kept by her much of the time but she took little or nothing except water and a little cooked potato at any time after Dec. 22nd. Dec. 30, she had been going about so much that I thought she was nearly well, but at 4:30 I found her temperature 103.9°, buttocks soiled, odor very bad. When held up bv nape, hind legs trembled. After this I think she did not leave the shed but grew weaker, sometimes trembled when held up, at other times not. Jan. 2nd, she seemed too weak to tremble, had barely energy enough to crawl back into basket when put down near it. At 12:30 I noticed paroxysms of muscles about the shoulders. At 4 o’clock she seemed nearly dead, no struggling but quiet. At 5 she was getting cold. The next afternoon I opened the abdominal cavity and found two ounces or more of a perfectly clear amber colored liquid of slight acid reaction. No inflammation or congestion. (To be continued.) Feb., 1906.] A State Natural History Survey. 471 A STATE NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY. At the Cincinnati meeting of the State Academy of Science the President in his annual address urged the effort to secure state support for a natural history survey. The Academy adopted a resolution endorsing the project and providing for a committee of three, to consist of the retiring President, the incoming President and the Secretary, to draft a bill and endeavor to secure its passage during the coming session of the General Assembly. As a result of the efforts of this Committee a bill has been introduced by Hon. C. V. Trott of Mt. Vernon. This bill, after providing in the first Section for the establishment of the Survey, appointment of the Director by the Governor and authority to appoint necessary specialists and assistants, states in Sections 2 to 4 the objects of the survey as follows: “ Section 2. The Survey shall have for its objects: (1) An examination of the animal and plant life of the state with special reference to its distribution, abundance, increase or decrease, and facts of practical or scientific importance as a foundation for accurate instruction in the schools of the state. In particular shall facts relating to the organic purity of water supplies, the food supply of fishes, the game birds and animals, and forms affecting public health be considered. (2) The identification of birds, fishes, and other animals or plants sent in for the purpose by officers of the Fish and Game Commission, State Board of Health, City Boards of Health, or other State, County or munic- ipal bodies calling for such information, or by the general public so far as they may be of public interest or value, and as the time of the officers may permit. Such investigations as may be especially desired by the State Board of Health in connection with the water supplies or the disease-producing or transmitting forms of life, or the Fish and Game Commission or other State Bureaus for the purpose of their work shall be given preference and pushed with all possible speed consistent with careful work. (3) The preparation of special reports with necessary illustra- tions and maps which shall embody both a general and a detailed description of the work of the survey. Sec. 3. The collections made in pursuance of this act shall be deposited at the Ohio State University and shall be available for study by any person properly qualified, under such regu- lations made by officers of the Survey, as may be necessary for the permanent preservation and use of the collections. Sec. 4. The Survey may from any duplicate material in its collections furnish sets to such colleges, museums, high schools, or township schools of the state as may be willing to pay the cost 472 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, of labelling and transporting such specimens, and furnish evi- dence that such collections will be duly preserved and made available for the use of students and others interested. Pref- erence is to be given in order of application to high schools offer- ing courses in Nature Study, Zoology or Botany, and so located that no other collections of a similar nature are available for study and demonstration.” The Sections following (5 to 8) provide for publication which is on the same plan as the Geological Survey, for compensation of officers, expenses and accounting, and provides an annual appropriation of $5000 for carrying on the work. It is believed by the Committee and others consulted that the bill would give an opportunity to push a much needed study of our native fauna and flora and it should meet the hearty sup- port of all interested in the Natural History of the State as w’ell as the members of the Academy. Letters endorsing the measure to be effective, should be sent as prompt!}' as possible to indi- vidual members of the House or Senate or to Hon. C. V. Trott, House of Representatives, Capitol Building, Columbus, Ohio. While an argument for the Survey seems altogether unnec- essary for readers of the N.\turalist, a statement of some of the lines of study especially needed may be useful. It is particularly desirable that there should be a careful, systematic study of the Fauna and Flora, pushed as rapidly as possible to determine the present status and for comparison during future years. Such a scientific foundation is needed in many lines of study or practical w'ork but perhaps from the standpoint of general knowledge would serve its greatest purpose as a help to teachers of Natural Science in the various schools. It will have all the greater service in this connection if these same teachers can have a hand in the work of the survey and in the distribution and use of the collections resulting from its work. A full knowledge of the aquatic life of the waters of the state is of direct and essential importance in matters of health and in the development of the fishing interests; moreover, the depletion or extinction of such life by sewage and factory waste that pollute our lakes and streams has economic as well as scientific interest. The bill already has received approval and hearty endorse- ment from the presidents of a number of Ohio colleges and universities and of individuals acquainted with the need for such a survev. It is House Bill No. 363. H. O. Feb., 1906,] Sexual and Nonsexual Generations. 473 SEXUAL AND NONSEXUAL GENERATIONS. John H. Schaffner. Recently a number of ideas have been put forward by various authors as to what is a sexual or nonsexual individual or generation. To the writer the case seems to be a matter of definition. The confusion appears to arise not so much in a misapprehension of the facts involved as in the extension of the meaning of the terms used. But in this case individuals and gen- erations should be judged by what they produce. A sexual generation is a gamete-producing generation. Any individual, therefore, producing cells which normally are to conjugate possesses sexuality provided the conjugation results in reproduction. If there is a differentiation of sex, the indi- vidual which produces female gametes directly is a female indi- vidual, and the individual which produces male gametes directly is a male individual. The gametes or male and female cells may be produced with or without a preceding reduction division, for the sexual generation may be either an “a:” or a “2v” generation. A nonsexual generation is a spore-producing generation, the spores being non-conjugating reproductive cells. The non- sexual generation may also be either an x" or a “2x” genera- tion. Sex terms are, of course, not to be applied to nonsexual generations or individuals. An alteration of generations may be antithetic having an “x” gametophyte and a “2x” sporophyte. And certainly the generation which produces the sexual cells is to be called the sexual generation and the one producing the nonsexual spores the nonsexual generation. So in the higher as well as in the lower plants the gametophyte is the sexual generation and the sporophyte the nonsexual. An alternation of generations need not be antithetic. But both generations may have the x'" number of chromosomes. In such forms as Oedogonium and Coleochaete, for intsance, where the 2x number of chromosomes appears to be only in the zygote, the organism coming through reduction from the zygote is still the sporophyte and nonsexual generation for the reason that it finally produces nonsexual spores. It is possible that there are “2x,” sporophyte genera- tions producing their spores without reduction which v.'ould then occur before the formation of the gametes and we would then have an alternation of generations with a “2x” gameto- phyte and a “2a;” sporophyte. Here again the gametophyte is the sexual and the sporophyte the npnsexual generation. In other words, sexual and nonsexual individuals or gametophytes and sporophytes are not determined by an .v number or a 2x number of chromosomes but by the fact that the first produce gametes and the second nonsexual spores. 474 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4, NOTE ON ANTHURUS BOREALIS. D. R. SUMSTINE. Of the six species of Anthurus only one is known from the United States, Anthurus borealis. This species was described by E. A. Burt in 1894. (Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 3:504.) It was reported by him from New York and Massachusetts. I have not seen it reported from any other place since and conse- quently this note may add another station for this interesting fungus. During the summer William Marshall collected for me some fungi growing in the vicinity of Ravenna, Ohio. Among these was a specimen of this plant. Clare Jennings of Olena, Ohio, also sent some fungi to the Carnegie Museum and in the collection were several specimens of Anthurus borealis. The plants agree well with Burt’s description. Some of the plants had only five arms, others had six. The specimens are all in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg. Wilkinsburg, Pa., Jan. 2, 190(). MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Orton Hall, Dec. 4, ’05. The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs. The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. The major paper of the evening was by Dr. C. B. Morrey on “Some Pathogenic Protozoa.’’ Dr. Morrey reviewed briefly the known species of parasitic Protozoa and gave notes on their habits, occurrence, distribution and life histories in general. Parasitic Protozoa occur mainly as internal parasites of animals, only one form being known to occur on plants. Parasitic Protozoa are classified as beneficial, nonpathogenic and pathogenic. Nearly all the orders of Protozoa have representatives among the parasites, but they are especially abundant among the Sporozoa. Professor.s Osborn and Landacre gave brief reports of the Zoological Papers presented at the Cincinnati Meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science. Professor Schaffner reported on the Botanical Papers presented at the same meeting. The following persons were elected to membership: Edna McCleery, Edith Hyde, Mary A. DeCamp, H. S. Hammond, E. W. Berger, Oscar Himebaugh, W. B. Herms, R. L. Shields, J. G. Wittenmyer, C. R. Stauffer, F. B. Grosvenor, E. I. Lichti, W. E. Evans, G. D. Hubbard, A. C. Workman, C. F. Jackson and Mrs. C. F. Jackson.* The club then adjourned. Z. P. Metcalf, Secretary. Date of Publication of February Number, February IS, 1906. LONG & KILER University Supply Stoie Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Ma n Building, Ohio State University. Books. Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engtaving Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electron typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. Si 80 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^rioafe (^mBufance ^crutce. ^efc^j^one 18- Jimeraf ®^rec^or0• 1239 fo 1241 (n. §103 ^freef. CiofumBufi, tf)3to. Scientific Taxidermy for Schools. STUDY NATURE TEACHERS, DID YOU EVER THINK What advantage a few well-selected specimens of Natural History would be in your school room ? There are students by the score who are unfamiliar with the meadow lark or the song spar- row, but who can talk glibly about the feats of Hercules or the charms of Venus. Nature is nearer to us all than the myths of the past, and that mind is trained in Nature’s own way which learns to ob- serve and to know the animated world about us. Let me help you to NATURALIST THomas H, Earl taxidermist by supplying well-prepared specimens of Birds or Mam- mals such as your pupils will learn t o recognize in the woods and fields. WHY NOT WRITE TO- DAY for circulars and prices ? SNOWY OWL. TAUGHT BY MAIL — I give instruction in the Art of Taxidermy, personally, or BY MAIL. You can learn to collect and prepare your own birds, thus reducing the cost of a collection to a minimum. 481 EAST NAGHTEN STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO Starting Medical CottegCf Corner SUte and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jt jt WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. 0., Dean. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OP MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethee, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO, American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. FmOE LIST No. 6 — Ready for dietribution December 1, 1904. Claeei- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANCFACTUBEHS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous List* cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 Fourth avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. C. LAGAl, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NSW “insect CATALOQUE and list of entomological SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION VOLUME VI. MARCH, 1906. NUMBER 5. ne Natur&list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural . History gf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN cf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, m2 gf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number IS cents. Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter The Ohio Naturalist. A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of Th* Biological Club op the Ohio State Univeksity, and of The Ohio State Acadeht of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Ediior-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnkr. Business Manager James S. Hike. Associate Editors. F. L,. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology, R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology, J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. ‘ Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement witli ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine. Address THE OHIO naturalist, Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Qdonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. 'Tight, J. A. Bownocker, " J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders -. Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “ Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: ‘W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. MAR 29 1906 The Ohio ^J\(^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni’versity. Volume VI. MARCH, 1906. No. 5. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Fi-SCIIER— New ami Bare Ohio Plants J75 SIosEi.Ey— The Cau.'^^e of Trembles in Cattle, Shee]) ami Horses ami of Milk-Sickness in People (continued) -177 ScHAFFNER— Tlic Life Cycle of a Hoinosporons Pteridophyte 4s3 Lindahl— .\ Li.'-tof (sopoda from the Stale of Ohio ITe.served in tlie Museum of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History 4S8 Berger — A Pseudoseorpion from Guatemala 4S9 JENNING.S— Some New or Noteworthy Species Reported from Ohio in Recent Botanical Literature 492 McOwen— Key to Ohio Catalpas in Winter Condition 496 Metcalf— Meeting of the Biological Club 49(1 NEW AND RARE OHIO PLANTS. Walter Fischer. Since the last annual report on the State Herbarium was written, ten new plants have been added to the flora of the State. The following is a list of these plants vdth the names of their first collectors, date and locality of collection and a few remarks as to their occurrence and distribution; 50a. Marsilea quadrifolia L. Franklin County, W. Fischer, 1905. This plant was placed in the botanic garden at the University several years ago and is now spreading in a small stream on the University farm. 154a. Panicuni Gattingeri Nash. Cuyahoga County, Otto Hacker, 1901; Washington County, W. A. Kellerman, 1902; Franklin and Warren Counties, W. Fischer, 1905. This Panicum is not so abundant as P. capillare but, is found side by side with the latter and, like it is common throughout the State. 1545. Panicum cognatum Schultes. Lake County, Otto Hacker, 1901. 553a. Agave Virginica L. Lawrence County, E. B. Willard, 1905. This is a southern plant and was found growing on a hillside near Ironton, probably one of the northernmost limits of its range. G26a. Salix alba x luctda. Ashtabula and Logan Counties, R. F. Griggs, 1905. G2G5. Salix alba x babylonica? Ashtabula County, R. F. Griggs, 1905. LIBRARY NEW YORK botanical GARDEN. 476 The Ohio Naturalist, [Vol. VI, No. 5, ()()4a. Quercus imbricaria x rubra. Franklin County, W. Fischer, 1895. This interesting tree, now growing on a vacant lot in the city of Columbus, was discovered by the writer in September, 1895, and regarded at that time as a cross between Q. rubra and Q. imbricaria. Specimens in the herbarium, how- ever, have always been labeled Q. imbricaria x velutina. If this oak is to be regarded as a hybrid of the shingle oak and some one of the red oak group, the evidence is certainly in favor of Q. rubra being one of its parents. A few small entire leaves, the pubescence on the under side of all the leaves, and the size of the fruit are probably characters inherited from Q. imbricaria; while the form of the majority of the leaves and of the acorn, especially the cup, also the habit and general aspect of the entire tree all point strongly to a Q. rubra ancestry. llGOa. Croton monanthogynous Michx. Franklin County, AV. Fischer, 1905. Quite a patch of this western plant was found along a railroad track at North Columbus. 1593a. Perilla frutescens (L.). Warren County, W. Fischer, 1905. Around an old deserted dwelling and barn near Loveland, where it has been doing well and multiplying for the past fifteen years. 1900a. Coreopsis lanceolata L. Franklin County, AV. Fischer,. 1905. Escaped from gardens at Marble Cliff, where is has been spreading the last four or five years. AA'hile botanizing during the past summer and fall a few other plants more or less rare were added by the writer. Some of these had not been in the herbarium before, although pre- viously reported for the State. Another hybrid oak, probably Q. imbricaria x velutina, was discovered in AA'arren County near Loveland. This tree is remarkable for having an aspect entirely that of Q. imbricaria. The leaves are medium in size and almost entire, the majority being wavy in outline, while lobed ones are very scarce. The fruit resembles that of Q. velutina more closely than that of any other of the red oak group. Aster sagittifolius urophyllus (Lindl.) and A. Lowrieanus Porter, from the dry wooded hills of Fairfield County; and A. puniceus lucidulus A. Gray and A. junceus Ait. on Cranberry Island, Buckeye Lake, Licking County, the last named also in streams in Franklin County. Helianthus Maximiliani Schrad. and H. mollis Lam., both western sunflowers, the former reported for Lake County in 1900 and the latter for Erie County in 1895, were found growdng in considerable quantities near Marble Cliff in Franklin County. March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 477 THE CAUSE OF TREMBLES IN CATTLE, SHEEP AND HORSES AND OF MILK-SICKNESS IN PEOPLE. E. L. Moselev. (Continued from p. 470.) No. 4. A tom-cat weighing 5 lbs., 10 ounces. Had been liable to fits of coughing and vomiting, when fed meat. He made a poor subject. I gave him milk in which stems without leaves had been soaked, and after two days milk in which leaves had been soaked. He soon contracted diarrhoea which prob- ably prevented much of the poison being absorbed into the blood. After four days he would not take any more poisoned milk. He was watched a good deal but was seen to tremble only a few times and then under conditions which might possibly have produced trembling without the aid of any poison. How- ever, single tremors were noticed a number of times, two or three times a paw or foot when raised or stretched out by him- self was seen to tremble. Occasionally the head trembled a little. A slight trembling of the ears and tail continued for a considerable time and most persistent of all a motion of the loins. This is the part in which trembling is said to be most noticeable in cattle. Respirations at one time 35 per minute. When he would take no more poisoned milk I gave him a leg of rabbit No. 6. The next day while he was drinking cold milk I noticed strong trembling. Earlier in the day he had eaten greedily another leg and side of the rabbit. The next day, when held up by the nape his hind legs trembled and when put down he trembled all over. The meat seemed to affect him more than the milk. He ate readily all that was given and if I had had enough of it, would probably have been killed by it. As it was, he shared the fate of No. 2 and post-mortem exam- ination at the same time showed nothing more. Dog. No. 5. A small cur, was given, Nov. 25, at 8:15 A. M., milk mixed with a water extract of snake-root and at 1 1 :45 the leaves and tops of several herbs broken up and mixed with hash, also a chicken’s liver dipped in the extract. No effect was noticed that day but at 3:30 the next morning Mr. Reinheimer says the dog shook hard all over so that he thought it was dying. At 10:10 A. M., as it lay on its side in the sun, it stretched out its legs as if yawning and trembled in a very unnatural manner. After dinner also we noticed some trembling of the legs especiallv when he changed his position. He showed some weakness, dullness and less disposition to bark than usual at sounds. Nevertheless, he was not so different from usual except in the 478 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5, early morning but what all these things might have escaped notice if he had not been watched. He was dull enough at any time. Nov. 27, he seemed natural. At 9:30 P. M. he was given six tablespoonfuls of strong extract. All next morning he “lay extended on the floor, seemed indisposed and ate very little. At 0:30 P. M. he ate a little of the snake-root mixed with potato. Nov. 29, rather lively, if anything, actions all natural.” After this he showed little, if any, effect of the poison. Boy. “On IMonday evening at 9:30 P. M. while I held the dog’s mouth open a friend poured the extract into the dog’s mouth. The dog choked and coughed the extract into my face and mouth. I was in the room while the mixtrue was steeping and also on the previous evening. At 10:30 I was taken with a fit of cramps and the following day was nauseous. Several times during the three following days I had fits of trembling, always accompanying the extension of limb.” — Bartelle H. Reixheimer. ^Yhile another of my pupils was preparing a decoction of snake-root, although it did not affect him, yet on his mother, who was not well, it had a sickening effect, though she was not in the same room. Rabbits. No. G. A rabbit, weighing about l}4 lbs. Alton Fuchs began feeding snake-root Dec. 9, 9 A. M. It was kept supplied most of the time and given nothing else except on one occasion, a few lettuce leaves. On the afternoon of Dec. 12 I was sur- prised on looking in its box to see the rabbit dead for we had seen no trembling nor anything the matter with it. Probably if we had watched it that day we would have seen it tremble. From our experience with Cat No. 2 we had expected to see the legs tremble when unsupported, but later experience with rabbits showed that they are not affected in this way. This rabbit had taken altogether about 2 ounces of snake-root, mostly leaves and branches, likely much more than necessary to kill it. The stomach and large intestine were found well filled. No inflammation or congestion. No. 7. The mate to No. 6, was fed by Oscar Kubach, the first snake-root being given in the morning of Dec. 13. He noticed some trembling in the evening and more the next evening. On Dec. IG it was more pronounced. The rabbit died that afternoon between 1 and 3, the interval from the first feed- ing being about the same as in the case of No. G. It took both March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 479 water and milk; these were not offered to No. 6. It had eaten leaves and branches of about 35 plants. No inflammation was found. No. 8. A female rabbit, w’eight after death 1383 grams. With aseptic precautions A. E. Guenther, Ph. D., Professor of Physiology in the University of Nebraska, injected under the skin of her back about cubic centimeters of an extract of snake-root made by boiling five ounces of the plants in two quarts of water until the liquid was reduced to about two ounces, after several days kept at boiling temperature again for an hour and heated to boiling a third time just before using. I was not looking for immediate results but three minutes after the injection was made, while I was still holding her on my knee I could feel her tremble and in a minute more we could see tremb- ling of the loins very plainly. Half an hour later she showed less decided trembling, breathing rapid and deeper than before the injection, at times a twitching of loins or sides repeated not rapidly enough to call trembling but quite unnatural ; also a vibration of the flesh over the angle of the lower jaw, the last, perhaps, not caused by the poison. She moved about freely and ate lettuce and cabbage. The visible effects of the poison lessened through the day and the following day seemed entirely gone, except the temperature, which gradually approached the normal. The injection was made at 12:15 P. M., Dec. 31. 11:30 A. M.— temperature 104.8°; 1:30 P. M.— 104.2°; 3:30 P. M.— 105.1°; 5:30 P. M.— 106.°; 7:30 P. M.— 105.8°; 9:.30 P. M. — 106.°. Although taken fourteen times between the afternoon of Dec. 29th and the time of injection it was in no instance above 104.8°. Forty-eight hours after the injection the tempertaure had become normal. Jan. 3, 7:50 A. M., I began feeding her white snake-root of which she took the leaves and branches readily. I kept her pretty well supplied each day with snake-root, giving also some good food. The effects on her actions and appearance were not striking and might have escaped notice if I had not looked for them. Deep breathing, sometimes rapid, especially noticeable in the loins, with some diminution of strength were noticed. She would move about without urging but less rapidlv than a normal rabbit. Her temperature taken several times each day showed no marked influence of the poison. On the whole it was below normal, exceeding 103.8° only on the day she began to eat the weed, i. e., before it was digested, and about 23 hours before she died, when it was 104. .3°. Jan. 7, her appetite was not so good and her eyes dull. In the evening deep breathing was noticeable and trembling resembling shivering. Next morning I found her lying on her side, as if dead. When laid on top of box she gasped for breath, not violently but with increasing 480 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5, energy, so I thought she might revive. At the last were a few kicks. Half an hour after she had expired an auricle was still beating. The stomach, caecum and colon were hlled with partly digested snake-root. Bladder filled, although she had drunk no water or milk for several days. Viscera appeared natural. We were not sure whether the veins were a little engorged. There had been no constipation of any consequence. Total amount of snake-root consumed was between two and three ounces. Death occurred 120 hours after first feeding of snake-root. No. 9. Female rabbit weight 33 ounces, taken from her home, Dec. 23. Temperature in next three days taken only five times, ranged from 99. S° to 101.9°. At 3:30 P. M., Dec. 20, I gave her in milk about ^<4 ounce of extract from same bottle as that used for the injection of No. 8. It had already been twice boiled for a long time. I gave her some of this with milk or cabliage or lettuce on each of the three succeeding days, about one ounce altogether. Dec. 27, 7:30 A. M., temperature 102.2°; 1 1 :3o A. M., temp., 103.5°; 2:10 P. M., temp., 103.8°; 4:30 P. M., temp., 103.5°. From Dec. 27 to Jan. 14 her temperature was taken several times each day, ninety times altogether. Only twice was it found below 102.2°, the maximum being 105.3°. No other effect of poison manifest until Dec. 28 when I noticed a trem- ulous motion of her sides, and rapid and irregular breathing. The motion of the sides seemed a sort of panting, the rate in the afternoon about 90 per minute. The next day the panting was not noticeable and never became very distinct again, except when there was external cause for excitement. Jan. 4, 11:40 A. M., I began giving each day some milk in which snake-root leaves had soaked. Jan. (i, 9:30 P. M., she showed a sort of trembling the motion being backward and forward. This has been noticed infrequently since, also a little panting and lessen- ing of strength. Otherwise she has seemed well. She has been well fed all the time. No change of temperature can be attrib- uted to withholding the poison after Dec. 29 or giving it again in different form Jan. 4-7 and 11-12. No constipation. No. 10. A female rabbit, weight 11 ounces. Jan. 11, began giving her milk in which snake-root had soaked, one third as much each time as to No. 9, her w'eight being one-third as great. She has shown similar effects. Her temperature changes help to understand those of No. 9. Before removing her from the warren her temperature at 3:30 P. M. was 102.9°, about like that of others of her size but low’er than in the larger rabbits. She was carried a mile in the sleeve of a laboratory apron most of the way on a warm car. In twenty minutes her temperature had fallen to 99 and at 9:30 P. M. to 98.4°. It was higher every March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 481 afternoon but did not rise as the days went on and, although well fed and allowed to stay part of the time with rabbit No. 9, nothing availed to bring her temperature up to 102°, until she was given milk in which snake-root had soaked. This was on the evening of Jan. 11 and the following days. Jan. 12 her temperature reached 101.8°; Jan. 13, 102.6°; Jan. 14, 104.3°. Further experiments with rabbits have shown that, like cats, they may acquire some degree of tolerance of the poison, also that one ounce gathered in January is not sufficient to kill a large rabbit. One weighing 3J4 pounds ate 28 grams of snake- root January 21-27, with a little good food. Twitching was noticed January 27-30, during which time she was well fed. Then she ate nine grams more of snake-root but survived. Another weighing nearly four pounds was made to tremble or twitch by injections of a decoction of snake-root January 21, 22 and 30, and by eating of the leaves and branches 67 grams, February 1-5, but survived. Sheep. No. 11. Saturday morning, Jan. 6, 1906, I went into the country and selected from a flock a healthy female lamb of about forty pounds weight and brought it home on the electric cars. In the afternoon I gathered in the woods 88 ounces of white snake-root of which I gave her 8 ounces at 4:45, on the next day 34 ounces and the remainder Monday and Tuesday morning. She took it more readily than I had expected, in fact, after being without other food not very long she ate the snake- root leaves quite greedily, but the coarse stems would not eat at all, even when cut into rather small pieces and soaked over night in water. The total amount consumed was about 29 ounces. Other food was withheld only until Monday when at 5 P. M. I gave her about a pint of bran all of which she ate. W ater was offered several times every day but only a few ounces taken altogether. Until Tuesday evening I saw nothing wrong with her what- ever though Tuesday noon I noticed that she had not cleaned out the box containing the snake-root leaves quite so well as before. If she had been watched long at this time quite likelv some effect of the poison would have been noticed. I did not see her again till after dark. Then having weighed out some freshly gathered snake-root to give her I noticed that she stood facing away or to the side instead of manifesting eagerness for it as heretofore. Then I noticed deep and unnatural breathing, an almost spasmodic movement of the sides. After taking a few steps, she lay down as if unable to stand. When pushed she arose, walked a few steps and sank down again. I went for H. H. Lockwood who had seen sheep affected by trembles and 482 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5, H. A. Winters who had lost many sheep and other animals from trembles. On returning I saw a little trembling of the flesh at the hips. After watching her awhile they both felt sure that she had the trembles and in conversation with me the next day Mr. Winters said the symptoms were unmistakable. She ate some bran while lying down, stopping to let her head rest on the corner of the box. She raised her hind quarters but failed in attempting to straighten her front legs and so ate while kneeling. At 10 P. M. she was lying still, her respirations rather deep and about 10 per minute. She gave no heed to the lantern. The next morning she was unable to rise or even to stand when lifted onto her feet. Nor would she eat. Breathing spas- modic but no trembling. At noon she was still lying in the same place, her breathing deeper and about 25 per minute. Without any urging she struggled as if to rise and this doubtless increased the respirations somewhat. Whether she had done this at frequent intervals I could not tell. No trembling but the breathing quite laborious and unnatural. At 3:40 P. M. still in same position. Respirations labored, irregular, 33 per minute after a fit of kicking, then after a short interval 30 per minute. About 4:20 there was violent struggling involving not only the legs but the abdominal and other body muscles. At 4:40 I found her dead. Post mortem examination the next morning showed that the kidneys were enlarged to double the normal size. One of them weighed 50.3 grams, one obtained from a lamb of about the same size at a market and another from a lamb about half again as heavy weighing 25.5 and 2G grams. No other organs were found enlarged, inflamed or con- gested or in anv way unnatural in appearance with the possible exception of the brain which some thought slightly congested. The abdominal cavity contained several ounces of liquid, “due to feeble circulation preceding death.” Besides H. C. Schoepfle, M. D., and Dr. Hinkley, a veterinary physician, I had three butchers, one at a time, examine the body. There had been no constipation. The rumen was well filled with snake-root. Death would likely have come almost as soon had she eaten none of it after Sunday. The quantity given Saturday afternoon and Sunday was 42 ounces, of which 14 may have been eaten. Likely enough a small fraction of this would have sufficed to produce trembles, though death might not have come so quickly — four days from the time of first feeding. Meat from this sheep was fed to four animals. A large cat ate six ounces of the liver about 5 P. M. and the next morning trembled violently, less as the day went on and, after that, none. A cat of the same size ate six ounces of muscle from a hind leg, but showed no effect for two days or so when it became sick, losing its appetite but not trembling. It has recovered. A March, 1906.] Life Cycle of a Homosporous Pteridophyte. 483 rather small cat took four ounces of liver and running off with it was not seen again for three days when she seemed quite sick but could not be caught. A dog (No. 5) ate four ounces of liver showing no effect for two days when he became dull. The fourth day, having apparently recovered, he was given the heart and spleen. After about 24 hours fits of trembling affected his limbs, some of it still noticeable the next day, after which he was all right. All our experiments were with w'eeds gathered after many hard frosts and nearly all with weeds gathered from woods that have long been pastured without a single case of trembles, so far as the owners know, ever having occurred in them. In gathering it I did not notice a single plant that had been nipped off. The absence of inflammation in the animals that we experimented on as well as in those that contract the trembles in the pasture shows that the poison is not an irritant. The (juickness of its action and the fact that treml)ling is a char- acteristic effect indicate that it acts on the nervous system. THE LIFE CYCLE OF A HOMOSPOROUS PTERIDOPHYTE. John H. Schaffner. The Homosporous Pteridophytes constitute the lowest sub- kingdom of vascular plants. They and all plants above them have a true fibro-vascular system and true leaves and roots in the sporophyte generation except in a few cases where leaves or roots have been lost through an adaptation to some peculiar environment. No plants below the Homosporous Pteridophytes possess true leaves, roots, or vascular system. These plants are called homosporous because in them there is only one kind of nonsexual spores produced while the three higher subkingdoms of vascular plants have tw’o kinds of nonsexual spores and are thus called heterosporous. The known fossil record of Homosporous Pteridophytes does not extend below the Silurian Period although they must cer- tainly have flourished in jjrevious geological times. They were exceedingly abundant in the Devonian and Carboniferous and were among the important coal forming plants. Many were of the tree type while at present they are mostly low geophilous perennials, although in tropical countries tree ferns are still quite abundant. There are about 2,' April, 1906.] Observations — Flora of the Shale Bluffs. 499 This is a very handsome little species collected at the Gulf Biologic Station, Cameron, La., by Prof. J. S. Hine and Mr. J. B. Garrett. It occurs among the growth of Iva frutescens which abounds in lowland or swampy areas near the coast and doubtless oviposits in this plant. While resembling pallida in size and to some extent in coloration, it differs distinctly from that species in sexual characters. The light green color, prom- inent smokv margin on the oblique veins of elytra and the testa- ceous upper surface of abdomen as well as shape of opercula, form distinctive characters. Described from five males, one female. ECOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE FLORA OF THE SHALE BLUFFS IN THE VICINITY OF COLUMBUS, OHIO. Walter Fischer. The Ohio and Olentangy shales crop out in various places in this state, from the shores of Lake Erie in a line extending through the Scioto valley to the Ohio River. During the past summer and fall the writer has had an opportunity to study a few of these exposures, which are found north of Columbus along the Olentangy River and in the deep ravines leading into it from the east. The district studied embraced an area about ten miles in length by two in width and includes some of the best outcrops in the state. The prevailing type of vegetation on the high dry land near the bluffs is the open white oak forest which contains also red and chestnut oaks, hickories, poplars and ashes. The under- growth consists of straggling groups of papaw, Crataegus, black haw and blackberry. Further back beech forests, more or less mi.xed with other trees become quite frequent. Closer to the edge of the bluffs, in the dry usually well drained clav soil, the vegetation is decidedly xerophytic. This is readilv seen from the list of herbaceous plants found here : Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) Danthoiiia spicata (L.) Poa compressa L. Potentilla Canadensis L. Linum Virginianum L. Polvgala verticillata L. Euphorbia corollata L. Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pedicularis canadensis L. Houstonia purpurea L. Lobelia inflata L. Hieracium venosum L. Hieracium scarbum Michx. Solidago ulmifolia ^luhl. Solidago nemoralis Ait. Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Gnaphalium obtusifolium (L.) -\chillea Millefolium L. 500 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, Such shrubby plants as Rhus glabra, Rubus nigrobaccus and R. procumbens with lichens and xerophytic mosses, are also always to be found here. The slopes of the old ravines in which sufficient humus has collected, are clothed with a mesophytic growth of usuallj'^ not very large trees, chiefly oaks, with a luxuriant shrubby and her- baceous undergrowth. In the more open ravines this herbaceous undergrowth is decidedly vernal, whereas in the narrower and deeper ravines, which are much more shady and moist, it con- sists mostly of ferns, and of these, Dryopteris marginalis is by far the most common. Here too, the beech takes the place of the oak, as it does at the base of the more open ravines. The following are some of the commoner plants found in this mesophytic forest area: It was interesting to watch the destruction of this meso- phytic flora and the transition through the various stages of xerophytic life back to the mesophytic stage again. When a ravine has found its lowest level it begins to widen, a process which takes place very rapidly when a slight shifting of the cur- rent turns the streams against one of the soft sh'ale banks for, as the shale is very brittle, a slight undermining causes it to break and slide. This strips the forest of its entire undergrowth ; the Juglans cinerea L. Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Ostrya Virginiana (Mill.) Fagus Americana L. Quercus rubra L. Quercus velutina Lam. Quercus coccinea Wang. Quercus alba L. Quercus acuminata (Michx.) Amelanchier Canadensis (L.) Prunus serotina Ehrh. Aesculus glabra Willd. Acer rubrum L. Tilia Americana L. Fraxinus Americana L. Fraxinus quadrangulata Michx. Cornus florida L. Cornus alternifolia L. f. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Shrubs. Ribes Cynosbati L. Hamamelis Virginiana L. Euonymus obovatus Nutt. Staphylea trifoliata L. Herbs. Adiantum pedatum L. Dryopteris marginalis (L.) Trees. Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz.) Filix fragilis (L.) Filix bulbifera (L.) Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Carex albursina Sheldon Carex Pennsylvanica Lam. Unifolium Canadense (Desf.) Salimonia biflora (Walt.) Actaea alba (L.) Hepatica acuta (Pursh). Hepatica Hepatica (L.) Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) Thalictrum dioicum (L.) Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Sanguinaria Canadensis L. Bicucula cucularia (L.) Arabis laevigata (Muhl.) Heuchera Americana L. Aralia racemosa L. Washingtonia Claytoni (Michx.) Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.) Mitella diphylla L. Mitchella repens L. Galium concinnum T. & G. Nabalus altissimus (L.) Solidago caesia L. Solidago flexicaulis L. Aster cordifolius L. Polymnia Canadensis L. Senecio obovatus Muhl. April, 1906.] Observations— Flora of the Shale Bluffs. 501 light humus going first, carrying with it the herbaceous plants, followed by the shrubs, leaving the larger trees with their securer holdfasts until last. The erosion may cease at this point, or it may go on until the slope becomes precipitous and is swept of its last vestige of vegetation. In either case, the plants mentioned as being in the xerophytic zone above, may begin to creep down as soon as sufficient earth has been washed down to enable them to thrive. Owing to the great isola- tion of the different ravines, there is less uniformity in the succession of the different plant societies than might otherwise be expected. Es- pecially is this true of the earlier stages. Some of the first plants to appear on the pure exposed shale are the annuals Anychia dichotoma, A. Canadensis and Oxalis stricta. In some places nearer to civilization, Melilotus alba is one of the earliest occupants of the naked cliffs. In the shrubby thicket which follows, there is usually a great dearth in the number of species. Rnbus nigrobaccus may be un- iformly relied upon to appear first, while V acciniuni vacillans, Gaylussacia resinosa, Amelanchier Canadensis and Acer rubum are always found in the dryest, hottest and most exposed shales; and these, with a carpeting of lichens, mosses and Danthonia, may immediately be followed by a young sturdy growth of white and red oaks. In ravines where the shale is kept moist by springs, or on the dry, southern and western exposures. Solidago caesia, S. fiexicaulis, Aster macro phyllus , Rubus occidentalis , as well as R. nigrobaccus, Hamamelis Virginiana, with ferns, mesophytic mosses and liverworts obtain a foothold here, perhaps earlier than usual and are quite abundant. An interesting plant society was found on a bluff at High Banks on the Olentangy River. This magnificent bluff is over one hundred feet in height, exposed to the rays of the afternoon sun, and in places so steep and the rock so loose that no vegeta- tion has been able to gain a foothold. But few trees are found on this exposure; straggling and shrubby red and white oaks. Fig. 1 . View in upper end of a narrow ravine showing character of the vegetation. 502 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, junipers, red maples, service-berries and hop hornbeams are the only representatives. The xerophytic thicket association, how- ever, is well developed and consists of the following species: Fig. 2. A shale bank which has suffered from erosion. Here the vege- tation has nearly all disappeared. A few trees still standing, indicate the type of the original forest. Shrubs. Rubus nigrobaccus Bailey. Rubus procumbens Muhl. Rosa humilis Marsh. Aronia nigra (Willd.) Rhus glabra L. Rhus radicans L. Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Rhamnus lanceolata Pursh. Vaccinium vacillans Kahn. Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.) Poiycodium stamineum (L.) Diervilla Diervilla (L.) Lonicera glaucescens Rydb. Viburnum acerifolium L. Viburnum prunifolium L. Cornus candidissima Marsh. Interspersed with and adjoining the above, were the follow ing herbaceous perennials: Andropogon scojjarius Michx. Andropogon furcatus Muhl. Sorghastrum avenaceum (Michx.) Muhlenbergia diffusa Willd. Allium cernuum Roth. Comandra umbellata (L.) Euphorbia obtusata Pursh. Taenidia integerrima (L.) Aster laevis L. Solidago ulmifolia Muhl. Helianthus divaricatus L. April, 1906.] Corrections, Key to Liverworts. 503 and the annuals: Anychia dichotoma Michx. Oxalis stricta L. Anychia Canadensis (L.) The appearance of solitary specimens of such plants as Hi- coria niicrocarpa, Vitis vulpina, Carpinus Caroliniana and Frax- inus Americana in this thicket, probably indicates a return to a mesophytic stage. This will never fully develop however, until the slope of the bluff has become such that sufficient humus can accumulate for the support of this type of vegetation. Washington, D. C. CORRECTIONS TO THE KEY TO LIVERWORTS. Edo C'l.\.\ssen. The Key to Liverworts in the Ohio Naturalist Vol. V, No. 6, should be changed in items 21-25 inclusive, as follows: 21. Leaves bilobed and bidentate or emarginate and short-bidentate. 22. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 23. 22. Leaves bilobed and bidentate; underleaves bidentate; perianth free. Lophocolea. Leaves emarginate and short-bidentate: underleaves entire; peri- anth connate with the calyptra. Harpanihus. 23. Underleaves often wanting or entire or nearly so. 24. Underleaves 2-4-parted. Chiloscyphiis. 24. Underleaves subulate, fugacious. Jungermannia. Underleaves lance-subulate, entire and subdentate or wanting (except on gemmiferous shoots), broadly oval, entire and subdenticulate. 25. 25. Underleaves lance-subulate, entire and subdentate. Involucral leaves 2, connate at base, entire. Leaf-cells roundish, 5-7- angular, cell walls much thickened, each cell appearing as if surrounded by about 6 smaller, 3 or more angular ones. Stem without runners. Mylia. Underleaves wanting (except on gemmiferous shoots), broady oval, entire or subdenticulate. Involucral leaves 3-ranked, bifid or bilobed. Leaf cells round, surrounded b}' much thickened cell walls. Stem with runners. Odontoschisma. In the second to last line of the Key the word “Sphaerocephalus” should read “Sphaerocarpus.” 504 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, NOTES ON THE FORMER OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN MAMMALS IN NORTHERN OHIO. E. L. Moseley. Mr. Porter W. Wright has killed more big^game than any other man of my acquaintance in this region. He owns a good deal of land in Sandusky County near the west end of Sandusky Bay, and has lived there since 1836, when he was two years old. Along w'ith notes made at his house last year I will give some others obtained previously from old residents, some of w^hom are no longer living. Mr. Wright often saw fifteen or twenty deer at a time and they used to eat much of the corn in the fields. Men cut brush to keep them out of the corn fields. They would eat within tw’enty rods of a man and seme were shot from the houses. They were plentiful enough to furnish all the meat desired, and there was no market for them. The last was seen about 1859. In Erie County deer were often seen on the Oxford Prairie feeding, and were plentiful as late as 1830. In Paulding County, W. H. Todd killed a deer in 1881. In Wood County, on Scotch Ridge, Isaac Ward shot a deer in the Fall of 1893. Mr. Wright does not know of any bison in his time, but he saw many of their horns, and bones near Castalia. Elk antlers have been reported found in Erie County. Bears were seen in various places in Sandusky County but were scarce after 1845. Mr. Wright thinks there w'ere none of these animals after he began to hunt deer in 1849. On Put- in-Bay when Daussa’s Cave w'as being enlarged in order to make it accessible to the public, part of the lower jaw bone of a bear was found. W. H. Todd told me a bear was killed in Paulding County in 1881. Mr. Wright remembers having seen panthers when he was a boy. Mr. Gurley says that years ago there were many wild cats in Erie Countv. A wild cat w'as killed in Wood Countv about 1878. Mr. Wright killed three otters about 1874. His wife thinks the last one was caught there about 1879. Near Sugar Rock, Catawba Island, one was seen swimming July 8, 1897, by Mr. Coville; and I was told that about the same date otters were caught occasionally near Toussaint, Ottawa County. Wolves killed several sheep near Clyde in 1835 or 1836. Mr. Wright thinks the last one south of the Sandusky River was seen about 1854, but that there were some in Ottaw'a County later. In the museum at the Indiana State House is a mounted specimen of a wolf killed in Jasper County, Indiana, in 1904. April, 1906.] Winter Buds of Ohio Trees and Shrubs. 505 He saw many porcupines, the last about 1S70. Mr. Julius House killed a porcupine in Wood County about 1879. In Daussa’s Cave, Put-in-Bay, half of a lower jaw-bone of a beaver was found. Mr. Wright knows of no living specimens in his time. Concerning mammals still common, a few notes may be of interest. In the fall of 1899, Burt Todd killed 13 raccoons, 27 skunks and 18 opossums, nearly all within three miles of his home in the eastern part of Erie County. In 1900 he killed 15 raccoons, 28 skunks and 20 opossums. About 1892 Charles Dildyne and his brother trapped 74 mink in one winter in the West Huron Marsh in Erie County. Sandusky. WINTER BUDS OF OHIO TREES AND SHRUBS. John H. Schaffner. In a region where plants are exposed to severe winters and great variations of temperature, the development of proper pro- tective devices for the delicate stem tips becomes of considerable importance. Winter buds are usually protected by various kinds of scales, by pubescence, or by gummy and resinous ex- cretions. These devices are not developed to keep the tip warm nor to prevent freezing, but to check evaporation. In cold weather, when the temperature of the cells is reduced to or below the freezing point, water is driven off and solidifies as ice crystals in the intercellular spaces, outside of the cell wall. Now, as is well known, if some frozen plants while thawing out are submerged in water only a few degrees above freezing, they may recover completely, because the normal turgidity of the cell is thus restored. In much the same way, if a frozen bud is pro- perly protected by suitable coverings, when the ice melts the water will be retained and reabsorbed by the protaplasm of the cells, while if it were freely exposed the water would evaporate and the cells could not regain their normal condition since little or no water is being absorbed by the roots. A very perfectly protected winter bud is found in Platanus occidentalis. After the protective cap, formed by the base of the petiole, falls away with the leaf, the bud is exposed for the first time since its inception. It is completely covered by a single smooth outer scale. Beneath this is a gummy layer and on the inside a large amount of dense coarse pubescence. One could hardly think of a more perfect arrangement for keeping in mois- ture. Winter buds may be without definitely developed scales, as in Asimina triloba, Hamamelis virginiana, and Rhus glabra. 5o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, Such buds are said to be naked although usually well covered by a silky or felty pubescence. Among the conifers Thuja occi- dentalis and Juniperus virginiana have naked buds. Our species of Pinus, Abies, Tsuga, and Picea and most of our woody dicotyls have scaly buds. The bud scales may be fleshy as in Tilia americana or more commonly dry, at least on the outside, as in Fagus americana and AEsculus glabra. The buds may he covered on the outside by a single scale, as in the various species of Salix and in Platanus occidentalis, or there may be several to many scales exposed. In Fagus and AEsculus the scales are imbricate and numerous while in Liriodendron and Magnolia they are connate and represent pairs of stipules. The buds are sometimes prominently stalked, as in Hama- melis virginiana and the various species of Alnus. In certain trees the buds are hidden under the leaf scar, as in Robinia and Gleditsia; in others they are minute and hidden under the short petiole bases, as in Comus fiorida and in Philadelphus. In Gym- nocladus dioica the buds are sunken and protected by a protub- erance of the bark. The buds may be single in the axils, as in Moms and Ulmus, or there may be two or more in an axil. Fre- quently there are three side by side, as in Amgdalus persica, Pm- nus serotina, and Acer mbmm, and occasionally they are clus- tered. Quite frequently the buds are superposed. This is nor- mally the case in Juglans, Hicoria, Menispermum, Gymnocladus, Ptelea, Gleditsia and Cladrastis. In Quercus the buds are prom- inently clustered at the tip of the twig. In many trees and shrubs the terminal bud is self-pmned or withers away. This is the condition in Moms, Ulmus, Diospy- ros, Tilia, Cercis, Staphylea, and many other genera. In these plants the axillary bud or pair of buds near the morphological tip of the twig may be called end buds. In some species, as for example Rhus glabra, a considerable part of the end of the twig is deciduous. Plants with prominent terminal buds are the various species of Fraxinus, Malus, Amygdalus, Juglans, and Hicoria. In the genus Prunus, so far as the writer knows, all the cherries, both wild and cultivated, have terminal buds while the plums and apricots do not. I Winter buds may be of a reddish or violet color, as in Tilia americana and Cercis canadensis. They may be glabrous, as in Liriodendron and Liquidambar, or they may have various types of pubescence, as in Populus alba, Sorbus aucuparia, Xanthoxylum americanum, Juglans cinerea, and Corylus amer- icana. Some buds are stellate pubescent, as in Hicoria alba, and others are prominently covered with peltate or scurfy scales, as in Hicoria minima and in Lepargyraea. Among our trees with gummy or resinous]buds]Aesculus hippocastanum, Populus balsarnifera, and Populus deltoides are prominent. April, 1906.] Ascochyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas. 507 Finally some winter buds show a very distinct vernation— conduplicate, involute, revolute, plicate, or convolute — although this is usually well shown only while the leaves are expanding in the spring. The conduplicate vernation is very distinct in the winter buds of Liriodendron tulipifera and the involute ar- rangement in the buds of Populus balsamifera. ASCOCHYTA PISI,— A DISEASE OF SEED PEAS.* J. M. Van Hook. During the season of 1904 and 1905, there was an exceptional blighting* of peas from Ascochyta pisi Lib. The disease was general throughout the state and occasioned loss especially where peas are grown in large areas for canning purposes. My attention was first called to this trouble June 24, 1904, on French June field peas, which had been sown with oats as a for- age crop. Most of the peas at this time, were about two feet high and just beginning to bloom. The lower leaves were, for the most part, dead. A feW plants were wilting after several days of sunshine following continuous wet weather. Other stunted peas grew among these, some of which never attained a height greater than a few inches. Appearance on stems, leaves, pods and seed. — A close examina- tion of the plants showed that the stems had been attacked at many points, frequently as high as one and one-half feet from the ground, though most severely near the ground where the disease starts. In the beginning, dead areas were formed on the stem in the form of oval or elongated lesions. At a point, from the top of the ground to two or three inches above the ground, these lesions were so numerous and had spread so rapidly as to become continuous, leaving the stem encircled by a dead area. In some cases, the woody part of the stem was also dead, though the greater number of such plants still remained green above. This was due to the excessive amount of moisture in the soil and atmosphere previous to this time. On the leaves, were orbicular or oval dead spots, one-fourth to one cm. in diam- eter. These areas are darker at the circumference. Below, the leaves were badly spotted, causing them to die. In the greenhouse, the spotting of leaves failed to develop, though the attack at germination and at the base of the stem was more severe than out of doors. The dead areas at the base never ex- tend much above the surface. Such plants as are not killed 1. Presented at the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio State Academy of Science. 2, The disease has been erroneously termed “Club root” by canners, since, on exam- ining the roots for cause of dying, nodules common to members of the family Leguminosae, have been observed. 5o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, by the fungus by the time of flowering, develop pods in propor- tion to their vigor. The pods are badly attacked and exhibit spots quite similar to the ordinary anthracnose of the bean. In a case of Ascocyhta pisi on Egyptian-peas, Lochhead^ describes the spots on pods to have “rings of black specks more or less concentric.’’ No such appearance was found in connection with any of the peas examined. However, the Egyptian-pea belongs to a different genus from any host found by the writer to be' affected with Ascochyta pisi. Perhaps the most important thing in connection with the life history of the fungus, is, that it grows through the husk into the seed. Frequently, when the pod contains no seed, the my- celium will grow through, forming similar spots on both sides of the pod. When the mycelium passes into the seed, brown spots are formed on the surface. In the worst cases, half of the sur- face is frequently discolored and the seed adheres to the husk. These areas are much more striking on g7'een peas such as the Market Garden than on the yellowish varieties as the Admiral. Peas affected with the mycelium of the fungus, can not always be told by an ordinary microscopic examination. A consider- able amount of mycelium sometimes fails to color the pea and no spot is developed until the pea is exposed to considerable mois- ture for a short period. The fungus. — The pycnidia of the fungus are formed on the dead areas of the stems, leaves, pods and seed and even on dead stems and branches where the effects of the fungus are not easily noticeable. They are ordinarily brown, have a circular opening and measure 125 to 100 ij. in diameter. On the seed, they are formed on the outer surface, but frequently this is cracked away and fruit bodies occur below. Here they are often of a yellowish or amber color and occur in numbers from a few to several dozen and are sometimes so crowded as to form almost a solid mass for as much as five or six mm. in diameter. The spores are oblong, usually 2-celled and slightly constricted at the septum. Those of the field-pea (French June), measured 12 to 10 X 4 to G jU,. One measurement of spores on pea seed showed them to be 8 to 11 x 5 to 7 fi. and practically all con- tinuous; while those on a specimen of Market Garden seed, were 10 to 20 X 3 to 5 /X and a few, even, were 2-septate, measuring as much as 23 yu. long. Lack of maturity was the chief cause of the continuous spores, though some of these never become septate. Lochhead^ reports only a few 2-celled spores found in some material of Egyptian-peas affected with Ascochyta pisi. Ascochyta pisicola (Berk.) Sacc., which is perhaps identical with 3. Ont. Apr. Coll, and Exp. Farm. An. Rep. 1903, j)p. 17-33, 13. 4. Lochhead, 1. c., p. 27. April, 1906.] Ascochyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas. 509 A. pisi Lib., is described as being either 1-septate or 1-celled. A. Bolthauseri Sacc.,® found on the leaves of bean, is often 2-septate. Cultures. — Halsted'^ who was first (so far as the writer is able to learn) to note and to figure the pea seed affected with Ascochyta pisi, states that seed “apparently healthy when placed in the ground, soon show patches and spots of a dark color, which are also the spore bearing places of Ascochyta.’’ Krueger’ noticed the presence of the fungus by soaking seed for twenty-four hours in water, when dirty spots would appear. When left for forty-eight to seventy-two hours, the mycelium grew out into the water forming a white mass of radiating threads similar to those of Saprolegnia. All these results of Halsted and Krueger were verified. If one places such diseased peas in a seed germinator for sev- eral days, a heavy coat of white mould will be formed about them. On removing these to a covered dish where less moisture is present, numerous reddish-brown pycnidia are formed all through and over this white fluffy mass of mycelium. (Of course this mycelium must not be confused with a similar growth of some such fungus as Fusarium which often contaminates peas and beans, when not kept dry, — especially just before harvesting.) Peas which failed to germinate in the ground, were removed, with the result, that they too, soo developed pycnidia on the mycelium surrounding them. The germination of such seeds is very poor. Krueger found the germination of very badly af- fected seed to be 20%.- In similar experiments conducted by the writer the germination was only 0%. Such peas seldom reach maturity when they do germinate, as the fungus affects the base of the young plant. Hiltner' records the sudden dying of peas from such attacks at the base of the stem. The fungus was carried over to the young plants by the seed, a fact determined through experiments by Jarinsb The result of these early at- tacks by the fungus, is all sizes and vigor of plants. Plants of equal age, range in height from two inches to four feet. In the struggle between the fungus and host, the latter may not notice- ably increase in size for a long period, or it may succumb at anv time. Young plants six inches high, affected with the fungus, were planted against healthy ones of the same size, with the re- sult, that the latter became diseased in a few days. Later, fruit bodies formed abundantly. 5. Bulthauser-Amrisweil. Blattflecken der Bohne. Zeit. f. Pflanzenkr., p. 1.35. 0. Halsted. Some Fungous Diseases of the Pea. N. J. Rept., pp. 357-362. 1893. 7. Krueger, Ungewoenliches Auftreten von Ascochyta pisi Lib. on Erbsenpflanzen. Centl. f. Bak. u. Par. 2. I., p, 620. 1895. 8. Hiltner, Erbsenmuedigkeit. Sachs, landw. Zeitung.. 1894, No. 18. 9. Jarins, Ascochyta jiisi bei parasitischer und saprophyter Emahrung. Bibl. Bot., Heft 34, 1896, c. tab. The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 6, 510 Seed treatment. — Many experiments in seed treatment by im- mersion were carried on during 1904 and 1905, but all proved un- successful. The presence of the mycelium and spores within the seed, has, so far, rendered treatment impossible, since any solution strong enough to kill the fungus, also kills the pea germ. In fact, the fungus is the less susceptible of the two. Still it was hoped to kill such spores as might be merely adhering to the outer seed coat of the peas and thereby increase the per cent, of germination. The chief chemicals used were formalin and mer- curic chloride. These were used in several strengths and for various lengths of time. The seed was then planted in soil (in the greenhouse) or put into a seed germinator. The results, for the most part, were not only unsuccessful, but negative. Liquid treatment, especially when the seed was immersed for a consid- erable period, seems to increase the bacterial rot'” which is also responsible for the failure of some of the seeds to germinate. Direct immersion in hot water as well as immersing in hot water after soaking, was tried by Krueger, with the result that the vitality of the seed was injured, while the fungus was not. Dry heat was also applied with similar results. Though Krueger found seed treatment with Bordeaux mixture ineffective, exper- iments carried on by the writer during the present season, showed a slight increase in germination over check plots, when seed was soaked for an hour in water rolled in Bordeaux dust and immediately planted. The following table gives the aver- age results obtained by this treatment. The figures show the number of grams produced from one foot of row; also the gain or loss in per cent. The peas were drilled in rows three feet apart and not sprayed: TABLE I. V ARIETY. Early Planting. Late Planting. Tr. Untr. %G orL Tr. Untr. %G orL Market garden 21.9 21.6 + 1-4 4.9 4.3 -1 14.0 Admiral 29.0 27.8 4.3 4.2 3.4 -h 23 . 5 Telephone 14.8 11.5 + 28.7 *. . . French June . 21.6 21.4 4 .9 * No late planting. The result of tying up vines, of spraying with Bordeaux and of omitting the last spraying, is shown in the following table. The per cent, of gain or loss of sprayed over unsprayed, is computed for the early planting only, as the late crop of un- sprayed was planted somewhat later than late planting where spraying was done. Moreover, the almost complete failure was due, in large part, to powdery mildew, which failed to develop in 10. Halsted, Failure of Pea Seed to Grow. N. J. Kept., 1893. pp. 3,19-362. April, 1906.] Ascochyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas. 511 the least on the sprayed crop. Though the sprayed rows and those tied up, produced, in general, more than the checks, the gain was scarcely sufficient to warrant such treatment merely to increase the quantity of peas. The object, however, of such treatment, is more for the purpose of growing uninfected seed peas in order that so great loss may not be experienced from a poof stand and to start a crop free from the disease. This, on soil free from the disease, ought to improve the situation. Al- though a test of the per cent, of germination of the 1905 seed has not yet been completed, the seed from tied up and from sprayed peas, was much freer from the fungus than that from the check lots. Notwithstanding the great care in spraying, the results are certainly not what they would be under more favorable conditions of weather. The almost daily rains rendered it im- possible to keep a coat of Bordeaux on the plants. TABLE II. Sprayed. Unsprayed %G.or L. in sp. in early planting. VARIETY. Tied up. Not t. up %G- or L. Sprayed late. Not sp lale. %G. or L. Not t. up uor sp. 1. ! 6^0 1 Early pl.‘ Late pi. French June 24.2 25.9 I 6.6 12 6 9.5 t32.6 14.7 t29.1 21.4 *. . . . t21.0 26.. 3 20.3 t29.5 9.6 8.2 tl7.1 19 9 fl7.2 21 6 4.5 t 6 0 * No late planting made, t Gain. J Loss. The early training up of peas seems to be an important factor in securing healthy seed peas, since the fungus makes its first attacks near the ground and gradually works itself up the stem, branches and leaves. The height (on the plant) to which the fungus will attain in a given time, is therefore dependent, to a certain extent, upon how much of the vine lies upon the ground. Hosts.- — All the varieties of the common pea examined dur- ing the past year, were found to be affected with Ascochyta, though some much more seriously than others. The following is a list of those carefully examined: French June Very badly. Market Garden Admiral Badly. Dwarf Telephone. . . . Very badly. Telephone Badly. Prosperity Badly. American Wonder . . .Very badly. Advancer Badly. Alaska Slightly. So far as the writer is able to learn, no investigations have been made as to the susceptibility of varieties. Aside from the genus Pisum however, it has been found ta attack Medicago sativum", Cicer arietinum,''^ Phaseolus vulgaris'’^ and Vida vil- 11. Lagerheim. Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. — Akad. Handlingar. 1898. Bd. XXIV Aid. Ill, No. 4. 21p. 12. Rostrup. “Tidskrift for Landrugets Planteavl" V, No. 14, Kjobenhavn 1898. 13. Carruthers, Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc. Eng. Ser. 10 (1899) pts. 4, .678-688. 512 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, losa.'* A critical examination of the species of Leguminosae grown at the station in 1904 and 1905, showed all of these to be free. Following are the results from the various Leguminosae grown on the Station variety plots in 1904 and 1905: Host. Examined July 22, 1904. Examined July 28, 190.5, Hairy Vetch Free Free. S])ring Vetch Slightly on leaves... White Lupine Free * Lentils “ Grass Peas Free. French June Peas Very bad Very bad. On leaves and stems Scotch (jrav Peas Slightly on leaves.. . Velv'et Beans Free * Horse Beans Free. IMedium Green Soy Beans. . . “ . Mammoth Yellow Soy Beans “ * Beggar Weed ■¥ Free. Yellow Lupine * ** Flat Peas Alfalfa Free ; . . . Egyptian Peas “ Russian Blue Peas No planting.* Climate certainly determines largely the seriousness of at- tacks by this fungus. For example, Lochhead'" describes a ser- ious outbreak on Egyptian-peas in Ontario in 1903. V^et, while we have experienced an exceptional attack by the fungus during 1904 and 1905, Egyptian-peas have proved to be entirely free of the disease. Excessive moisture during these two years, is doubtless the chief factor in this outbreak. Added to this, is the continual growing of peas on the same ground. When peas have been planted on the same soil for two or more successive years, the loss may be considerable, even in ordinary seasons. Two years rotation in other crops, relieves the land of the trouble for the time at least, showing that the fungus lives over in the soil or compost as well as in seed peas. Previous outbreaks have been reported. Krueger’’^ states that in one place, the cultivated field crop was a complete failure in LS94. Combes" reports it as attacking pea stems so seriously as to cause a wilting of the tops, in 1879. 14. Ducomet. Prog. Agr. et \it. (EdL’est) 22 (1901) No. 34, pp. 225-233. 1.5. Lochhead, 1. c., p.*26. 16. • Krueger, 1. c., p. 621. 17. Combes, Crittogamia agraria. p. 473. Botanical Laboratory, Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station, November 23rd, 1905. April, 1906.] The Classification of Plants. III. 513 THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS. III. John H. Schaffner. In a natural system of classification, plants are grouped ac- cording to their supposed relationships. Some groups have re- semblances which leave little doubt as to the affinities of its mem- bers. Each subkingdom has a number of such groups. These greatest groups in the subkingdom are called classes. A class may then be defined as a group of plants in a subkingdom, the members of which show an evident relationship to one another because of similarity of morphological and physiological char- acters. This relationship must apparently be closer among the members of the group than to any other member in the sub- kingdom. The relationship of the class to other classes in the subkingdom is in many cases indeterminable at present, or at least so obscure that it gives rise to numerous disagreements among systematists. This obscurity indicates that most of the classes were segregated in primitive times, probalby before they had passed from the condition of the next lower subkingdom or stage of development. Thus classes and subclasses represent more or less parallel lines of development in the same stage of evolution. The class is not to be extended beyond one sub- kingdom, even though its missing links be found or generally assumed. Mere similarity of superficial morphological charac- ters is, however, not sufficient to establish relationship; for as is well known, the same evolutionary tendencies may be operative in entirely distinct groups and bring about quite similar mor- phological results. The mere acquisition of some peculiarity or the loss of another can not be regarded as of any special im- portance in establishing a class. For example, it might turn out in the future that some Conifers or Angiosperms possess motile spermatozoids. But this peculiarity might persist in any of the higher groups and in itself could be of no importance in classification. All possible morphological characters must be taken into consideration in establishing a class, due weight being given to the possibilities and impossibiliites of derivation, for each structure involved, from its supposed ancestral type. Quite commonly relationships are claimed between groups where the derivation of the one from the other involves an improbable or impossible modification of the parts, and a profound credulity is required before assent to the proposition is possible. Unfor- tunately we are still far from possessing the necessarv general knowledge of plant structures and developments to make a defi- nite disposition of the larger groups. It is evident that there must continue to be considerable diversity of opinion as to the number and limits of plant classes. Yet properly compre- 514 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, bended, the class stands out as the large unit of classification and with a fair knowledge of structure and function there should be little necessity for the shifting of species from one class to another. In some cases it is a comparatively easy matter to recognize the class while in others it is exceedingly difficult. In the Homosporous Pteridophytes there are plainly three distinct types of living species, lycopods, horsetails, and ferns, and these repre- sent the three classes of the subkingdom. Whether the ferns could be regarded as reprensenting more than one phylogenetic branch may be a question with some. The quillworts show characters which exclude them from both the selaginellas and the eusporangiate ferns. For this reason they have been shifted about from one place to another without finding a permanent home. Evidently in all such cases the proper procedure is to estab- lish a distinct class and then the arguments as to their relation- ship with other classes may proceed pro and con ad infinitum. In a general way one may recognize relationships between certain classes and if this is possible such a group of classes will constitute a phylum. A phylum then represents one of the great fundamental branches of the plant kingdom and consists of a number of classes supposed to be more closely related to one another than to other classes. The Angiosperms are no doubt such a phylum. They are not only the greatest group of plants but a very isolated group which appears to have come from a common ancient stock. The Gymnosperms are probably a poly- phyletic subkingdom. The Cyanophyceae, Schizomycetes, and Myxoschizomycetes probably represent a phylum, the Schizo- phyta. A phylum may extend from one subkingdom to another. This is probably the case with lycopods, selaginellas and their fossil allies. But as a general rule the relationships between lower and higher groups have not been definitely determined. Too little is known of the morphology and geological history of plants to make possible the establishment of phyla with any great certainty. Henry Shaler Williams, in his Geological Biology, makes the following important statements on this point; “The arrangement into branches, therefore, is from a struc- tural point of view highly artificial; and for purposes of tracing the historv, or even from a taxonomic point of view, it is of little importance to deal with characters more ancient or of higher rank than the class characters.’’ “ It may be convenient to associate the classes together into larger groups ; but to reach the point of real union of their char- acters, in order to associate two or more classes in a common April, 1906.] The Classification of Plants. III. Ohio Naturalist. P/a/e XXXII: Diagramjshowing the approximate relationships of the classes and subclasses^of plants. octHce* ^*CHiMrcf rrj CrAl/OPHVCEyt ffKi20WvCCT£S MT/OSCHlZOMrff rff j^steroochexes OMTEROM«OES HVMENOMYCf .0^ '^•^XOMVCr T£s The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, 516 group, leads us far back into the uncertain mists of earliest geological time, and into the similar mists of embryonic homo- geneity. It is impracticable in the present stage of science to trace the evolutionary history of classes.” In some cases a class may fall into two or more well defined subordinate groups which are quite distinct and still show an evident relationship. These are called subclasses. The general subgroups of a class or subclass are the orders ; the orders divide up into suborders and families ; the families into subfamilies and genera; and the genera into species. The species may also be made up of subgroups which are at present still imperfectly understood and defined. Phyla, classes, orders, and families and other subordinate groups then represent branches of closer and closer relationships, shown by similarities of essential structures and produced by segregation as the result of diversity of evolution and destruction of intermediate types; while series and subkingdoms stand for horizons or progressive stages of the evolution of the plant kingdom. The main groups of plants rank as follows: Groups representing stages \ Series of progressive evolution. / Subkingdom. j Phylum Class (Subclass) Order (Suborder) Family (Subfamily) Genus Species. The orders are always to end in ales and the families in aceae. Definite endings should also be adopted for the classes, suborders, and subfamilies. In the accompanying diagram all classes and subclasses recognized by the writer are given with their approximate re- lationship indicated by the branchings of the “tree.” It was thought best not to attempt to indicate any definite relationships between the higher Algae and Fungi although some authors have in the past presented such schemes some of which may have more or less merit. In a future paper the classes given will be briefly defined in their proper order. Groups representing phy- logenetic relationships. . April, 1906.] Further Notes on Anthurus borealis. 517 KEY TO OHIO ALDERS IN WINTER CONDITION. William C. Morse. Alnus Gaert. Shrubs or trees with alternate leaf scars, not 2-ranked, twigs brown with prominent scattered lenticels; ter- minal bud present with about 3 visible scales; axillary buds single, large and prominently stalked or minute and not stalked ; leaf scars triangular to subcircular; bundle scars 3-5; stipular scars present; pith prominently 3 angled or Y-shaped; both staminate and carpellate catkins present all winter, carpellate catkins woody, cone-like. 1. Twigs glutinous, black or brown dotted, nearly glabrous or with a few large scattered hairs, buds 4-.5 lines long, stalks of the buds 2-3 lines long; staminate catkins dark purple; peduncle of fruiting catkns 2-6 lines long. A tree reaching a maximum height of 75 feet and a trunk diameter of 2^ feet; introduced. A. glutinosa (L.) Medic. European Alder. 1. Twigs coarsely pubescent, with comparatively few brown dots; buds 2-3 lines long; stalks of buds hne long; peduncle of fruiting catkins 2-6 lines long. A native shrub or sometimes a small tree. .4. rugosa (Du Roi) Koch. Smooth Alder. 1. Twigs finely pubescent; buds 2-4 lines long; bud stalks ^-1 line long; fruiting catkins sessile or nearly so. A native shrub or rarely a small tree. A. incana (L.) Willd. Hoary Alder. FURTHER NOTES ON ANTHURUS BOREALIS. W. W. Stockberger. In a recent note on Anthurus borealis Burt, (Ohio N.aturalist 6:474, 1906) D. R. Sumstine states that he has not seen it re- ported from any other places than those localiites in New York and Massachusetts recorded by Burt when he described the species in 1894. Lloyd {Mycological Notes, No. 17, p. 183, 1894) acknowledges the receipt of some specimens collected by Beardslee near Cleve- land. Ohio. Later a short account of the occurrence of Anthurus borealis in northern Ohio, by Beardslee, was published by the Ohio State Academy of Science (9th Ann. Kept. p. 19, 1901). The occurrence of this fungus at Granville, Ohio, was reported before the Ohio Academy at its annual meeting in 1901 (10th Ann. Kept. p. 20, 1902), and this station is further recorded in Lloyd’s Mycological Notes (No. 19, p. 219, 1905) along with some previously unrecorded New England stations, one at East Hart- ford, Conn., one at Storrs, Conn., and several in Massachusetts. Its further occurrence as noted by Sumstine would seem to indicate that this species of Anthurus does not occur so rarely as has been supposed, and that its occasional occurrence through- out Ohio may be safely predicted. Washington, D. C., March 2, 1906. 518 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6, CIRCULAR OF INQUIRY WITH REFERENCE TO THE PRES- ENT STATUS OF THE ENGLISH SPARROW PROBLEM IN AMERICA. 1. Are you familiar with Bulletin No. 1, The English Spar- row in America, published by the Agricultural Department in 1889; and do you agree with the facts there presented and with its conclusions? 2. Is the English Sparrow present in your locality? If so, are they increasing or derceasing in numbers? d. What is being done with you to exterminate them? Please outline methods which you deem effective. 4. What influence have you observed the English Sparrow to have upon native birds? 5. Would public opinion in your locality favor the adoption of effective measures to exterminate this species? 6. Please state the facts and arguments, pro and con, which decide this problem in your own mind. Please send replies as early as possible — before June 1 — to the undersigned. It is hoped to gather a consensus of opinion from all parts of this country and Canada. The data will be published as soon as possible. Signed, March, o, 1900. A. H. Estabrook, (Newspapers please copy.) Clark University, Worcester, Mass. MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB. Ortox Hall, Feb. 5, 1906 The Club was called to order by the president, Mr. Griggs. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The paper of the evening was by Mr. Griggs on “The Kelps of Vancouver’s Island.’’ Mr. Burgess, Professors Schaffner, Hubbard and Hambleton took part in the discussion which followed. Ur. Berger reported a formula for mixing alcohols which he had worked out. D. D. C. Condit, Allan McOwen, A. F. Burgess, Misses Clara Orton Smith, Irene Fisher, May Dalbey, Ethel Smith, Ada Noyes, and Elizabeth Matthews were elected to membership. The club then adjourned until March. Z. P. Metcalf, Sec. Date of Publication of April Number, April 14, W06. LONG & KILER Unwersit^ Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. Si Jk Si 80 /2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO, DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. r 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO, ^rtuafe (^^mBuPance ^eroicc. ^cPey6one 18- ^uneraf ®irecfor0* 1239 fo 1241 (n. I5tg6 ^frecf. CoPum6u0, (&3to. Scientific Taxidermy for Schools. TEACHERS, DID YOU EVER THINK What advantage a few well-selected specimens of Natural History would be in your school room ? There are students by the score who are unfamiliar with the meadow lark or the song spar- row, but who can talk glibly about the feats of Hercules or the charms of Venus. Nature is nearer to us all than the myths of the past, and that mind is trained in Nature’s own way which learns to ob- serve and to know the animated world about us. Let me help you to STUDY NATURE by supplying well-prepared specimens of Birds or Mam- mals such as your pupils will learn t o recognize in the woods and fields. WHY NOT WRITE TO- DAY for circulars and prices ? SNOWY OWL. TAUGHT BY MAIL— I give instruction in the Art of Taxidermy, personally, or BY MAIL. You can learn to collect and prepare your own birds, thus reducing the cost of a collection to a minimum. NATURALIST Thomas H. Earl taxidermist 481 EAST NAGHTEN STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO Starling Medical College, o G)rner State axid 6tli Streets, COLUMBUS, OHIO. J« MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jft WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGLS. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean. Ohio Medical University. B DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address: Gsorgb M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bbthbi., D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department. Gbo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, omo. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y. PRICE LIST No. 0 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List ho. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURERS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOV PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. 0 DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LACAl, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology. ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars. RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW “insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION VOLUME VI. MAY. 1906. NUMBER 7. Ohio Niature^list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History qf Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN af THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef th« OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, m2 THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY af SCIENCE. Ohio State University, Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered tt the Post-Office it Columbui. Ohio, is Second-cliis Mitter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history ol Ohio. The official organ of Thk Biological Club of the Ohio Statb University, and of The Ohio State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chie/, John H. Schaffner. Business Manager, James S. Hine. Associate Editots. P. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology, R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology, J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Natcbaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natdralist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Bu.siness Manager, J. S. Hinr. Ad.i,.„ THE OHIO NATURALIST. gEj£5a*|ffs"''5K'ffi Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. J First Report, and First and Second .\nnual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth .\unual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers^No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott .-. Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “ The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By J.5.MES S. HinE' Price 35 cts. Special Papers— No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonsbr Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “ The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 24 1906 The Ohio T^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of the Ohio State University. Volume VI. MAY, 1906. No. 7. TABLE OF CONTENTS GKlG(iS— A Reducing Division in Ascaris 519 Durrant— Descriiitions of New Mallophaga 52S Claa.ssen— Key to the Species of Liverworts Recognized in the .acked together to form the four elements in each of the tertads ; but the approxi- mation of the two sides of the loop is still incomplete in the upper tetrad. The chromosomes now become more compact and grad- ually take their position in the tetrads (fig. 11.) All traces of the linin thread may have disappeared by this time or the orig- inal linin may persist between the two tetrads as in fig. 11 and by the attachment of its split ends show plainly which chro- mosomes are the result of conjugation and which of splitting. From a stage represented by fig. 11 it is an easy step to the ma- ture tetrad ready for the first division (fig. 12). The only change consists in a further shortening of the chromatids. In the process just described the ends of the loops which form the tetrads are connected by two double linin threads which twist or pass close together at a common point, corresponding to the bases of the two original loops. Because of their being thus drawn together the resultant tetrads nearly always stand at an angle to each other instead of extending in the same straight line, see especial!}’ figs. 6 and 7. This angle persists until just before the separation of the dyads in the first mitosis (fig. 12) and is very noticeable. While it cannot be regarded as positive evi- dence either way, it is not easy to explain such an angle on any assumption of double longitudinal splitting but it corresponds with and helps to corroborate the looping shown to take place in tetrad formation. After the tetrads are well fomied the facts of the process of reduction are so well known as to require no amplification here. From each tetrad by the two maturation divisions are passed out successively a dyad and a monad, leaving one monad from each of the tetrads to form the resulting female producleus. Since the May, 1906.] M Reducing Division in Ascaris. 523 tetrads arise by a conjugation of two longitudinally divided chromosomes, one of these maturation divisions is transverse and qualitive representing a true Reducing Division in Weis- man’s sense. There next arises the question as to which of the two divisions is the Reducing Division. This point the writer does not hesitate to say is very difficult, or perhaps incapable of complete demonstration in Ascaris. It has seemed to him that the presence of the Reducing Division was the all important fact and that the matter of deciding which division was qualitative was of much less importance. Because of this and because of the great difficulty of the matter I have not tried seriously to de- termine the question in the present investigation. The different chromatids in the tetrads are so similar and so difficult to find in favorable positions where all four of them can be seen at once that it is onlv with great reserve that statements as to the iden- tity and origin of the separate dyads of the first division can be made. But in this matter the angle between the tetrads may give a clue, not, however, in my judgment amounting to proof. By inspecting such stages a figs. 9 and 10 it will be seen that if Ave take the nearest common plane of the two tetrads, that in which the angle between them would lie, were it a plane angle (the plane of the paper in the cases cited) then we find that the equivalent chromatids arising by a split, lie perpendicular to that plane and the dissimilar chromatids arising bv a transverse break lie parallel to that plane. Applying this to fig. 12 in which the tetrads are oriented for the first division but not yet drawn out of their original angle we find that the first division would be the qualitative for it is the dissimilar dyads which lie on the different sides of the eauatorial plate of the spindle and Avill pass to the different cells in mitosis. The results given above were arrived at after examination of many hundreds of nuclei in the critical stages. The ones se- lected for the figures are unusual only in their clearness and in the favorable position of the parts. Of all the nuclei seen about half were so strongly contracted as to be impossible of resolution. Of the others all but two or three were clearly interpretable as stages in the process outlined above. A few, about 1-3 per cent, should be interpreted either as products of folding or of a double longitudinal division. None were found which could be interpreted as products of the latter process Avhich did not lend themselves equally Avell to the other interpretation. Inasmuch as the results of the present investigation are diametrically opposed to those reached bv Brauer (2) on the sper- matogenesis of the same object, it might seem difficult to bring the observations of Brauer into harmony with those of the pre- sent writer. But such is not at all the case. One point which great stress upon and which is at first sight most con- vincing, is that the granules are sometimes clearlv doubly split at a very early period. A\ hatever the significance of this group- 524 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, ing of granules in fours may be, it is not necessarily a precourser of the reduction division. Such groups of four granules as Brauer shows (fig. 22-24) are frequently very abundant in the nuclei of the wall cells of the uterus which are not, of course, in prepara- tion for a reduction division. He has several figures (35, 37, 41, 42) in which the doubled loops shown in my fig. (i are very plain. He does not, however, follow the gradual approxima- tion of the sides of the loops but supposes them to straighten out into a single semicircular band which by transverse division forms the two tetrads. During all these stages he supposes that the spirem is composed of the doubly split granules of the early pro])hases, believing, doubtless, that his inability to see them was due to the very unfavorable positions which such objects would inevitably assume. He does, however, show in small por- tions of figures 34, 36 and 41, places where the spirem is repre- sented as composed of three or four strands instead of two which the present writer has invariably found. Beyond these points there is no greater difference in our observations than is pro- bably due to differences in the sex cells of male and female animals. Montgomery (fi) has pointed out that the tetrads are of un- equal size. My own studies have not been carried carefully into the maturation mitoses where Montgomery made his observa- tions but what I have seen of these stages tends to confirm his statements. The earlier stages also offer strong confirmatory evidence of their truth. As has been mentioned one of the tet- rads is almost always slower in its formation than the other, be- ing derived apparently from longer more contorted segments of the spirem thread. His contention is that there is always a con- jugation of similar chromosomes to form a tetrad. This would seem to l)e correct in the main but it appears to be not without exceptions, see fig. S. SUMMARY. The foregoing observations seem to show conclusively that the tetrads in the eggs of Ascaris megalocephala bivaletis arise not by a double longitudinal split of the original spirem thread but by a folding of adjacent segments together (conjugation of univalent chromosomes) together with what is believed to be a single longitudinal split. The two split loops which form the two tetrads appear very early in the contuinous spirem and in their later develo])ment simply break apart, shorten, thicken, and straighten out till the tetrads are formed. Since of each tetrad only one component chromosome re- mains in the ripe ovum, there is a Reducing Division in Wesi- mann’s sense bv which paired chromosomes are separated from each other in the egg and the hereditary characters transmitted by the chromosomes, thereby modified. May, 1906.] A Redudug Division in Ascaris. 525 Literature Cited. With two exceptions, I have listed only the papers directly referred to in the text. The exceptions are -Guyer’s extremely important work published before the rennaissace of Mendel’s Law, which have not received from writers on kindred subjects, the attention they deserve. 1. Berghs, Jules. La Formation des Chromosomes Hetero- typiques dans la Sporogenese Vegetale. II Depuis la Sporogonie jusqu’an Spireme Definitiv. La Cellule 21 : 38.3-397 PI. 1. 1904. 2. Brauer, a. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Ascaris megalocephala. Archiv f Mik. Anat. u. Entw. 42 : 168. 1893. 3. Gregoire, Victor. Les Resultats Acquis sur les Cineses de Maturation. Premiere Memoire; Revue Critique de la Literature. La Cellule 22 ; 221—376. 190.5. Material cited at p. 330. 4. Guyer, M. F. Spermatogenesis of Normal and Hybrid Pigeons. Chicago, 1900. 5. . Hybridism and the Germ-Cell. Univ. Cincin- nati. Bull. 21. 1902. 6. Montgomery, Thos. H. Some Observations and Consider- ations on the Maturation Phenomena of Germ Cells. Biol. Bull. 6 : 137. 1903. 7. Moszkowski, Max. Zur Richtungskorperbildung von As- caris megalocephala. Archiv f. Mik. Anat. u. Entw. 59 : 388. 4 fig. 1902. 8. Tretjakof, D. Die Bildung der Richtungskorperchen in den Eieren von Ascaris megalocephala. Archiv. f. Mik. Anat. u. Entw. 65 : 358-583. PI 21. Die Spermatogen- ese bei Ascaris megalocephala. p. 383-435. PI. 22, 23. fig. 1. 1905. Explanation of Plate XXXIII. The figures were drawn with a Leitz 1-16 oil immertion ob- jective and a Bausch and Lomb 1-2 in. ocualr. They were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida and are reproduced 2-3 their original size. Fig. 1. A nucleus just passing from the resting stage. The nuclear membrane is extremely faint, being on the verge of disappearance. Fig. 2. The chromatin network well broken up and on the way to the fcrmation of the continuous spirem. Fig. .3. A continuous spirem. This is wrapped so tightly that it is not possible to be certain all the strands run exactly as drawn. The nuc- leus was, however, in this stage and about as drawn. Fig. 4. Slightly later than the last, showing the first appearance of doubled granules on the still single linin spirem. As in hg. 3, the spirem is too complicated to be followed with certainty but it in the main as represented. 526 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, Fig. .5. A continuous spirem singly split. The spirem may be traced by focusing from the granules at the right around the elbow above and back on the left side where after crossing twice it turns and passes under the elbow to the granule next the starting point. In addition to this there can be traced from the first granule, a loop passing under the other large granules where its relations cannot be made out. It is not impossible that this loop is not linin at all but some cytoplasmic conden- sation. It is not like the rest of the spirem in appearance. On sujicrfi- cial examination the right portion might be mistaken for an end view of a tetrad with bridges between the rods but its relations to the whole clearly negate any such possibility. Fig. 6. A split spirem doubled on itself to form the two tetrads. It has already broken apart at the upper end of the right tetrad leaving two loo'se ends, connected by a faint strand of dense sytoplasm. h'ig. 7. Spirem in which one strand is twisted entirely around the other in a manner impossible in a split rod. The two ends of the loops are beginning to break apart or perhaps have already broken but remain in close contact. Fig. >S. One tetrad nearly formed, the other lagging. The relations of the four rods to the right are not possible to make out precisely. On the left the loop of the original spirem is still evident. This shows the longitudinal split faintly in the distal end. Such a figure as this might easily be interpreted as due to a double split. The loop looks at hrst sight like the incompletely separated ends of a longitudinal split. But at the point of junction the distal (left) arm turns up and then bends down to meet the other which in like manner turns down and then up making a rounded loop perpendicular to the plane of the paper. One arm of the loop is also much shorter than the other but dees not seem to be cut off or disturbed. Fig. 9. A nucleus in which one of the two tetrads is much more com- pletely formed than the other. The right tetrad is seen to be composed of four rods two above the others. The spirem has completely broken across between the two arms of the loop and in one side the longitudinal split is also complete while in the other there remains a bridge across between the two portions. At the base of this tetrad both arms are seen to be continuous with the spirem which starting from one arm bends around and is twisted on itself in the position of the left tetrad, returning to the second arm of the right tetrad. In the parallel strands near the right tetrad are seen two pairs of small granules which may be chromatin or merely thickenings of the linin thread. Were it not for the evidence of the rest of the loop these might be taken to have arisen by a longitudinal split but such an interpretation is clearly impossible of the twisted spirem of which they are a part. Fig. 10. A continuous split spirem of almost the same age as figure (), in which the tetrads are clearly forshadowed though not yet differen- tiated. Contraction with consequent obliteration of the chromatin gran- ules has gone further than in fig. (1, but the arm of the tertads have not approached closely nor has any break occurred. The linin connections which are very evident were largely lest in reproduction. Fig. 11. A nucleus in which the four chromatids of each tetrad are clearly visible. The double linin thread may be traced into the overlying chromatids of the right tetrad which bend back and down to become con- tinuous with the two underlying chromatids which in turn are contin- uous with the second pair of strands of linin thread. The connections of the left tterad with these linin threads is so indistinct as not to be exactly traceable. The left tetrad is in such a position that three of its chroma- tids are visbile while the fourth may be traced by focusing down. The different chromatids are much connected by bridges. Fig. 12. A pair of tetrads fully formed and lying in the maturation spindle, showing the characteristic angle between them. May, 1906.] A Reducing Division in Ascaris. 527 Ohio Naturalist. Plate XXXIII. Griggs on “Ascaris. 5*8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MALLOPHAGA. E. P. Durraxt. 1. Physostomum serraHmi sp. nov. (Fig. 1, B.) Female — Length, 4.7 mm., width, l.;i mm.; wide marginal bands on abdomen with sinuous, dark central line in bands sharply reflexed at pos- terior part of each segment. Among the largest of the genus. Head .88 mm. long, .8fi mm. wide, evenly rounded at front, which is half as wide as occiput, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior angles incurved, occipital border broadly concave. Palettes rather large, palps extending slightly beyond margin of head, anterior sub-margin convex with a number of hairs. Antennal fossae with broad inner border; ocular notch slight, fleck conspicuous. There are three hairs on lateral border of head, one half way between fleck and angle, one near point of angle, and one as far in front of eye as eye is from angle. Prothorax much broader than long, greatest width equal to that of head; posterior border convex, lateral margins rounded, with large bristle; marginal extensions narrow and of uniform width ; metathorax much longer than prothorax; anterior rounded and slightly swelling, lateral border diverging posteriorly, large bristle at angle. Length of thorax .48 mm., width, .4(1 mm. Abdomen with sides slightly swelling at middle, last segment broadly rounded with posterior part expanded; marginal bands broad, with dark- brown line in middle sharply reflexed toward median line at posterior part of each segment except seventh. This whole line, which is charac- teristic of the genus, has a serrate outline and seems to distinguish the species. The color of legs and head is tawny, e.xcept the darker inner bor- der of antennal fossae and small blotches further forward, the abdomen and thorax each a shade darker. Described from a single specimen in Professor Herbert Osborn’s collection, taken from Desert Homed Lark (Otocoris sp.) at Ft. Collins, Colo., by J. H. Cowen. 2. Physostomum sub-hastatum sp. nov. (Fig. 1, A.) Female — Length, 3.17 mm., width, .98 mm.; light fulvous, abdomen with dark bands near lateral borders, head and thorax with numerous markings of dark brown, legs same color as body. Head, length .73 mm., width, .60 mm.; front broad and evenly rounded, margins diverging, slightly undulating, ocular notch small with two small hairs, fleck large; temple extended posteriorly, angle slightly out-turned, one short and two long bristles; occipital margin re- entering, occiput convex; labral lobes prominent, brownish incurved blotch back of lobes; antennal fossae well-marked, interior border with dark-brown band; two curved brown blotches between antennal fossae and those curving in from margin back of palettes; narrow sub-marginal occipital band, light brown; palpi scarcely e.xtending to margin of head. Thorax, length, .83 mm., width, .65 mm.; jirothorax broader than long, narrower than head, lateral margins evenh’ rounded except at an- terior part which is slightly incurved and has two small hairs and a bristle; long bristle at rounded posterior angle; anterior and posterior margins slightly concave; dark brown bands along lateral sub-margins; marginal extensions clear and of even width. Metathorax longer and wider than ])rothorax, anterior part covered by it; margins diverging, large swelling near anterior ]>art with three small hairs; large bristle and two small hairs at posterior angle; same May, 1906.] Descriptions of New Mallophaga. 529 width as first segment of abdomen ; narrow brown lateral bands extending toward median line at front; similar incurved lines from lateral lines at middle. Legs large, of same color as head. Abdomen, sides swelling, seventh segment narrowing, eighth evenly rounded; segments of nearly equal length, transverse margins straight, first, second, and third with one bristle, others with two bristles, at pos- terior angle; last segment with fringe of small hairs on posterior border; lateral line heavy and brown, broken at sutures with clear diagonal line; eighth segment paler than the others. Described from specimen in Professor Herbert Osborn’s col- lection, taken from Pipilo maculatus megalonyx (Baird) at Ft. Collins, Colo., by C. F. Baker. This species shows a considerable resemblance to P. subangulatum Car. in the lines of the thorax extending inward from the lateral line, but it is smaller and the lines are narrower and shorter. Fig. 1. A, Physostomum sub-hastatum, female from Pipilo macu- latus megalonyx Baird. x 17. B, Physostomom serratum, female from Otocoris sp. X 13. C. Menopon aegialitidis, female from Aegialitis vocifera. x 33. .3. Menopon aegialitidis sp. nov. (Fig. 1, C.) Female — Length, 1.30 mm., of golden-brown color, with darker trans- verse bands on abodmen, metathorax and abdomen having an oval out- line, spiracles prominent. Head, length, .29 mm., width, .48 mm.; front almost semi-circular, temporal lobes broadly rounded, posterior concave, antennae large and partly concealed in fossae, which have the broad inner border marked by a band of brown; ocular fleck large, notch shallow; palpi small; two large bristles in front of ocular notch, a row of fine hairs below it, and three large bristles on temporal lobes; large bristle at base of antennae and five .dong occipital border; head tawny, a triangular blotch in middle of an- terior sub-margin; narrow occipital band. 53° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, Thorax, .31 mm. long, .47 mm. wide; greatly constricted at middle. Prothorax twice as broad as long, much narrower than head; anterior angle rounded, two small hairs with bristle between, two more bristles near posterior angle, several small bristles along posterior border; a nar- row transverse band one-third of the way from front, with longitudinal bands near each end, diverging bands running half-way to front from ])osterior border. Metathorax shorter and broader than prothorax with straight diverging sides, also nearly straight anterior and posterior su- tures; two long bristles at posterior angle, twelve long hairs along posterior border; a little darker than prothora.x. Legs rather large especially the fennir, and fulvous. Abdomen with sides and posterior evenly rounded, wide transverse bands extending from side to side, sutures curved except last one; invag- inations in the chitin of the lateral margins of all the segments except the last two produce clear notch-like spaces; one large and one small bristle at posterior angles of all but terminal segment; numerous long hairs on posterior borders of segments ; fringe of fine hairs along sub-margin of last segment; last three sutures marked by clear spaces; first four segments have three small hairs on lateral margins. Described from specimen in Professor Osborn’s collection, taken from Aegialitis vocifera at Ft. Collins, Colo., by R. C. Stephenson. This work was carried on in the Zoological Laboratory of Ohio State University under the direction of Professor Herbert Osborn, to whom the writer wishes to express his thanks for val- uable assistance. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LIVERWORTS RECOGNIZED IN THE SIXTH EDITION OF GRAY’S MANUAL OF BOTANY. Edo Claassen. This key may be considered as a continuation of the one pub- lished last year in the Ohio Naturalist (Vol. V, p. 312.) Its pur- pose is therefore the same; it is intended to make the study of the liverworts and their determination more easy. It was thought to be necessary to put into the key more characters than are usually given. Rather than hamper the student in any way in his efforts to determine the liverworts, this extended key is l.)elieved to enable him to overcome the obstacles in his path. Am’um Dumort. 1. Thallus narrow (about 2 mm. wide), palmately and pinnately divided or pinnate or bipinnate. 2. 'I'hallus wider (4 mm. wide or more), simple or irregularly lobcd. 4. 2. Calyptra smooth, not tuberculate, more or less hairy or squamu- lose, obovate-pyriform, about 3 mm. long. pinnatifida Xees. Calvptra more or less verrucose or tuberculate. 3. 3. Thallus biconvex with wide margin, formed by a single layer of cells (therefore in transverse section lens-shaped ; calyptra cylin- drical, (j-8 mm. long. midtifida Dumort. Thallus flat, pellucid, with narrow margin (in transverse section of nearly equal thickness or planoconvex); calyptra pyrifonn- clavate. latifrons Lindb. May, 1906.] Key~to Liverworts. 531 4. Thallus simple or slightly lobed; involucre short, lacerate; pedicel not folded upon itself. pinguis Dumort. Thallus irregularly lobed; involucre none; pedicel 16-25 mm. long, sometimes folded upon itself and remaining within the cal- yyhra, the capsule thus appearing sessile. sessilis, Spreng. Aiilhoccros Micheli. Thallus papillose; spores black, strongly muriculate and sharply angled. punctaUis L. Thallus smooth ; spores nearly smooth, yellow, angular, lacvis L. A.stcrclla Beauv. Thallus forking and increasing by joints. Antheridia in sessile lunate disks. Peduncle bearded at base and apex. Spores large, tuberculate, nearly reticulately folded. hemisphacrica Beauv. Hazzania S. F. Gray. Plant robust; leaves from green to brownish, about 2 mm. long, somewhat deflexed with concave base, their apex 3-toothed; underleaves roundish— quadrangular, 4^6 toothed above and sinuate on the sides. trilobata S. F. Gray. Plant much smaller; leaves yellowish or dark brown, about 1 mm. long, strongly deflexed, perfectly convex, their apex 2-3 toothed or entire; underleaves suborbicular, bifid, crenate or entire. deflexa Underw'. Blasia Micheli. Thallus simple or forked or stellate, with sinuous margin; fruit from an oval cavity in the costa; involucre mostly none; capsule oval-globose; gemmae globose in flask-shaped recep- tacles; the scale-like underleaves broad-oval, coarsely dentate, in one longitudinal row. pusilla L. Hlcpliarostoma Dumort. Stem flaccid, creeping, branched; leaves much smaller than the ramose, forking and awl-shaped involucral leaves; perianth ovate-cylindric. trichophyllmn Dumort. Ccphalozia Dumort. 1 . Perianth more or less 3-angled or 3-carinate ; leaf cells large (mostly 2.5-50 /x. broad;) plants medium sized. 2. Perianth 3-6 angled; leaf cells small (14— 20/x broad) ; plants small, often minute. 7. 2. Underleaves rarely present, except on fruiting branches. 3. Underleaves usually present; leaves rarely subimbricate. fluitans Spruce. 3. Leaf lobes straight. 4. Leaf lobes connivent or incurved. 5. 4. Dioecious, rarely monoecious; without runners; usually pale; leaf cells opaque; perianth large, widest above middle, unequally ciliolate. virginiana Spruce. Monoecious; with runners; usually greenish or reddish; leaf cells pellucid; perianth linear-prismatic or fusiform, whitish, den- ticulate or ciliate. bicuspidata Dumort. 5. Lcaflobes narrow, incurved. cnrvifolia Dumort. Leaflobes broad, short, connivent. 6. 6. Leaves deucrrent; perianth linear-fusiform, 3-plaited, when }’oung triangular only above, when mature. multiflora Spruce. Leaves not decurrent; perianth large, oblong-cylindric, obtusely angled. planiceps Underwood. 7. Growing on the ground and on rocks; heteroecious; perianth linear or narrowly fusiform, prismatic, denticulate or subentire; leaves somewhat distant with acute lobes and an almost rec- 532 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, tangular acute sinus; underleaves often on sterile stems as also on fruiting branches. divaricata Dumort. Growing on rotten wood; dioecious; perianth broadly oval to ovatefusiform. 8. 8. Perianth small, whitish, obovate or ovate-fusiform, obtusely 8- angled, the mouth setulose or ciliate; leaves with a broad or lunate sinus and broad-subulate, mostly acute lobes. Macoiinii Aust. Perianth broadly oval or subobovate, obtusely angled, the apex slightly plicate, the mouth connivent, dentate, sometimes narrowly scarious; leaves imbricate, more or less serrate, the sinus and lobes subacute; underleaves present. Snllivantii Aust. ChUoscyphiis Corda. 1. Underleaves 4-parted; involucral leaves 2-cleft; perianth 2-3 lobed, the lobes long and lacerate-toothed. adscendens Hook, and Wils. Underleaves bifid. 2. 2. Involucral leaves 2-toothed; perianth 3-lobed, the lobes spinose— dentate. pallescens Dumort. Involucral leaves slightly 2-toothed; perianth 3-lobed, the short lobes nearly entire. polyanthos Corda. Conocephalus Neck. Thallus dichotomous, reticulate and porose. Antheridia imbedded in an oval disk, sessile near the apex of the thallus. Spores large, muriculate, brown. Dioecious. coniciis Dumort. Diplophyllmn Dumort. Stem acsending, nearly rootless; leaves closely folded and subden- ticulate, with or usually without a pellucid line near the base, the lobes obtuse or acutish, the lower oblong-scymitar-shaped, coarsely dentate, the upper smaller, subobovate. albicati'i Dumort. var. taxifolium Nees. Dtunorticria Nees. Thallus thin, soft, forking, usually with scattered hairlike rootlets beneath, naked or with a delicate, appressed pubescence above; peduncle chaffy at apex. Spores muriculate. Dioe- cious. hirsuta Nees. F imhriaria Nees. . — Thallus simple or bifurcate, mostly conspicuously porose, with scales below, their hairlike ends surpassing the leafborder in shape of a long white beard. Antheridia immersed in the thallus. Spores roundish-angular, subreticulate. tcnclla Nees. Fossombronia Raddi. 1. Plant minute; stem forked or fastigiately divided; spores pale fuscous, more or less tuberculate. cristida Aust. Plant large or of medium size; stem mostly simple. 2. 2. Spores brown, depressed-globose-tetrahedral, crested, the slender (l()-24) crests pellucid, rarely confluent. pusilla Dumort. S]3ores reticulated and pitted. 3. 3. Spores yellowish brown, globose-tetrahdral, not depressed, deeply reticulated, the 7-9 reticulations large and deep, 5-6 angled and winged. angiilosa Raddi. Spores yellowish to dark brown, globose-tetrahdral, less deeply reticulated, and pitted, the 12-18 reticulations 4-6 angled and indistinctly crenate. Diimortieri Lindb. Fridlania Raddi. 1. Perianth smooth; leaves marked by a central moniliform row of cells or by a few large scattered cells; lower lobe cylindric- saccate. 2. May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 533 Perianth rough with tubercles or scales or smooth; leaves not marked by moniliform cells; lower lobe helmet-shaped, some- times expanded, ovate— lanceolate. 4. 2. Leaves orbicular. 3. Leaves oblong from a narrowed base; lower lobe oblong-galeate. jragilifolia Tayl. 3. Pinnate; lower lobe near stem, oblong-clavate; underleaves ob- long, 2-cleft, flat. Asagrayana Mont. Bipinnate; lower lobe distant from stem, oval or oblong; under- leaves quadrate-ovate or obovate, emarginate, margin revo- lute. Tamarisci Nees. 4. Lower leaf lobe about ^ the size of the upper. Oakesiana Aust. Lower leaf lobe much smaller than the upper. .5. 5. Underleaves scarcely wider than the stem, bifld, divisions entire, acute. 6. L^nderleaves 2-3 times wider than the stem, bifld, divisions entire or toothed, acute or blunt. 7. 6. Perianth pyriform, slightly compressed, repand, smooth, obscurely carinate beneath and gibbous toward the apex. Eboracensis Lehni. Perianth broadly oblong, bowl-shaped with very short mouth, papillose, abruptly broad-carinate beneath, 1-many-nerved each side of the keel, 2-angled. saxicola Aust. 7. Leaves lax, rather distant, lower lobes mostly expanded, ovate- lanceolate. Sporogonium unknown. acolotis Nees. Leaves crowded or close-imbricate, lower lobe seldom expanded. Sporogonium known. 8. 8. Perianth tuberculate. 9. Perianth smooth. 10. 9. Irregularly branching; leaves ovate, lower lobe sometimes expand- ed into a lanceolate lamina; underleaves not toothed: perianth compressed pyriform, 2-4 carinate dorsally, 4-carinate ven- trally. Virginica Lehm. Pinnately branching; leaves round, lower lobe not expanded: un- derleaves toothed: perianth obovate, retuse. dilatata Nees. 10. L'nderleaves cordate or rounded, sinuate-subdentate; perianth convex dorsally, strongly keeled ventrally. sqitarrosa Nees. Underleaves rather large, rounded; perianth sulcate dorsally, acutely keeled ventrally. plana Sulliv. Gcocalyx Nees. Stem creeping with numerous rootlets; leaves ovate-quadrate, bidentate, light to bluish green; underleaves cleft to the middle, with linear-lanceolate divisions. graveolcns Nees. Grimaldia Raddi. Thallus pale green, purple on the margin and below, with usually distinct whitish pores, the scales beneath often extending far beyond the margin and becoming whitish; peduncle barbed whitish and chaffy at base and apex. harbifrons Bisch. Thallus bluish-green with membranous margins, purple below; ])cduncle sparingly scaly at base, barbulate at the apex. rnpcstris Lindenb. Gymnomitrium f'orda. Stem simple or imbricately branching, thickened at the apex; leaves ovate, bifid, with a narrow scarious margin, bluish- green or brownish- or reddish-yellow to silvery-olive; no un- derleaves. concinnatmn Corda. Harpanthns Nees. Stem filiform, decumbent, usually simple, leaves roundish ovate, their lobes acute; underleaves large, nearl)’ 3-sided-lanceolate, mostly entire; perianth splitting above on one side. scutatus Spruce. 534 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, Hcrbcrta .S. F. ('rray. Stem erect, nearly simple; leaves curved and one-sided, deep!}' lobed, lobes lanceolate. Perianth ovate-subulate or narrowly fusiform, 3-angled, deeply 4-8 lobed. adttnca S. F. Gray Jithiila Dumort. Subdichotomously branching; leaves dark olive green, oblitiuely ovate, acute, entire or subrepand; underlcaves roundish, ser- rate or entire; involucral leaves bifid, serrate; perianth tri- a ngular-obpyriform . 11 utchinsia; Dumort. var. Siillivantii Siiruce. / iiujicrmamiia .Micheli. 1. Leaves com])licatc-concave, almost always eciually bilobed. 2. Leaves not complicate-concave. 4. 2. Stem densely covered with rootlets; leaves distant, oval with ob- tuse, almost rectangular sinus and acute lobes; involucral leaves 2-3 lobed, spinulose-serrate ; jierianth ovate, obtuse, the mouth contracted and ciliate. Monoecious. Hellcriana Xees. Stem sparsely covered with rootlets or frequently without any. Dioecious. 3. 3. Leaves erect, spreading, subsaccate at base, their dorsal part far overlapping the stem, subquadrate, with acute sinus, reaching 1^2 of the leaf, and acute, often incurved lobes; involucral leaves 2-3 lobed, denticulate above; perianth ovate-clavate, .5-6 plicate above, much contracted and long-fringed. Michauxii Weber. Leaves very regularly arranged in 2 rows (thus giving the plant a comb-like appearance), keeled, the lobes acute to obtuse; involucral leaves larger, the inner ones trifid; perianth oval- oblong, the mouth somewhat contracted and ciliate-dentate. miunta Crantz. 4. Leaves entire or barely retuse. .5. Leaves 2- or more lobed or —dentate. 7. .5. Underleaves present (not apparent on old stems), broadly subu- late; upper involucral leaves laciniate. Schraderi Martins. Underleaves wanting; involucral leaves like the cauline. (i. (). Leaves orbicular, decurrent dorsally; perianth exserted, obovate— oblong, the mouth 4-cleft; capsule globose. splurrocarpa Hook. Leaves ovate-elliptical; perianth fusiform, plicate above and den- ticulate; capsule oval. pumila With. 7. Leaves bilobed or bidentate. 8. Leaves 3-6 lobed or dentate, seldom 2-dentate. 16. 8. Underleaves present. 9. (Jungermannia alpestris and J- ventricosa may be sought here) L^nderleaves wanting. 10. 9. Leaves vertical, bifid, the lower leaves with usually acute sinus and lobes, the up])er much larger with rounded lobes and obtuse sinus; underleaves entire or the broader bifid; perianth without involucral leaves, dorsal. *■ Gillmaiii Aust. Leaves subvertical or spreading, emarginatcly bilobed, the lobes acute c)r the upper obtuse; underleaves somewhat obsolete or subulate, incurved; involucral leaves little larger, less deeply lobed; perianth terminal. Wattiami Aust. 10. Leaves 2-toothed. 11. Leaves bifid or 2- 3-or more lobed. 13. 11. Leaf lobes obtuse with an obtuse sinus~or acute~in the upper leaves; perianth pellucid, reddish below. Wallrothiana Nees. Leaf lobes 'acute. 12. May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 535 12. Plant green to reddish brown; leaves on the same stem hardly equal to each other in shape, often bearing red globules on the lobes of the upper leaves; perianth whitish, alpestris Schleich. Plant green to reddish green; leaves on the same stem similar in shape, often bearing vellowish globules on their lobes; peri- anth green to reddish. ventricosa Dicks. 13. Involucral leaves like the cauline; leaves roundish-ovate, 2-lobed with obtuse sinus and inequilateral, obtuse lobes; perianth long-oval to pyriform. injiata Huds. Involucral leaves unlike the cauline; leaves 2-6-cleft or-lobed. 14. 14. Usually purplish-black; leaves imbricate or distant on erect fer- tile stems with obtuse, wavy lobes; involucral leaves cristate- undulate, obtusely many-lobed; perianth long-clavate. laxa Lindb. Light to blackish and purplish-green; leaves horizontal or semi- vertical with acute or obtuse lobes; involucral leaves 3-5 cleft or lobed. 15. 15. Plant small (about 2 mm.), light green often with a purplish hue; leaves semivertical, erect-spreading; upper involucral leaves longer than wide; perianth oblong, pale, often banded and spotted with pink. excisa Dicks. Plant large (5-15 mm.), deep to bluish green; leaves horizontal, closely imbricate, the upper wavy-crispate; involucral leaves wider than long; perianth oval, whitish green. excisa Dicks, var. crispa Hook. 16. Underleaves none; leaves of irregular shape, .3-or more lobed with obtuse sinus and numerous, wide or narrow, always very acute, dentate lobes, thus giving the plant a crispate appear- ance. incisa Schrad. L^nderleaves present, sometimes obsolete. 17. 17. Leaves divided to into 3 or 4 acute lobes and coarsely reflexed— dentate at their base; underleaves numerous, deeply bifid with ciliate— dentate base. sctijormis Ehrh. Leaves divided to yi irilo acute or obtuse lobes and not dentate at base; underleaves entire or 2— toothed or often obsolete. 18. IS. Stem often with many vertical shoots, bearing loosely imbricate leaves; perianth oblong. attennata Martins. Stem without shoots; perianth ovate. barbata Schreb. Kaiitia S. F. Gray. Without ventral runners; underleaves bifid, lobes short oval-tri- angular, acute or obtuse. Trichomanis S. F. Gray. With ventral runners; underleaves minute, the upper orbicular, bifid, the lower tu'ice 2-lobed, the primary lobes round-quad- rate, the secondary ovate or subulate SiiUivantii Underwood. Lcjennia Libert. 1. Underleaves entire. clypcata Sulliv. L’nderleaves bifid or obsolete. 2. 2. Underleaves bifid. 3. L^nderleaves obsolete; leaves muriculate-denticulate. calcarea Libert. 3. -Monoecious; stem long, somewhat branching; leaves roundish- ovate, obtuse; perianth obovate-clavate. serpyllifolia Libert, var. amcricana Lindb. Dioecious; stem filiform, pinnately branching; leaves ovate-tri- angular, rounded or obtuse; perianth broadly pyriform, 5— carinate. Plant minute. lucens Tayl. Lcpidozia Dumort. Leaves decurved, 3-4 cleft, the lobes lanceolate, formed by more than 2 rows of cells. reptans Dumort. Leaves incurved, 2-3 cleft or parted, the lobes subulate, termed by 2 rows of cells. sctacea Mitt. 536 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, Liochlaena Nees. Monoecious. Dark Green, Stem with brownish rootlets, closely creeping, usually branched many times; leaves imbricate, mostly decurrent; leaf cells large, roundish, with much thick- ened walls; involucral leaves vertical and saccate in their lower part, recurved and spread out flatly in their upper part. lanccolata Nees. Lophocolea Dumcrt. 1. Leaves entire, emarginate and bidentate (often on the same stem), leaves '2-lobed, globes. mo re or less dentate. heteropylla Nees. Underleaves (all) distinctly bilobed. 2. 2. Under-leaves .3 to 4 cleft or 2 and 3 to 4 parted. 3. Underleav^es 2-lobed. 4. .3. Underleaves 3 to 4 cleft, the inner lobes lanceolate, the outer ones linear; leaves acutely lobed. bidcntata Dumort. Underleaves, the lower small, 2-parted, the upper larger with a signle tooth on each side or palmately 3—1 parted and the apical sublanceolate and narrowly bifid; leaves mostly ob- tusely lobed. Hallii Aust. 4. Leaves 2-lobed with obtuse sinus and lobes or retuse or entire; underleaves light-pink, the steaceous lobes spreading incruved. Maconnii Aust. Leaves 2-lobed with acute lobes and acute or obtuse sinus. 5. 5. Leaf lobes with an obtuse (lunate) sinus, usually bearing yellowish globules, lobes of underleaves lanceolate, acuminate. Dioe- cious. yninor Nees. Leaf lobes usually with an acute sinus; lobes of underleaves subu- late. Monoecious. Aiistini Lindb. Lumilaria Micheli. Thallus oblong with rounded lobes, aereolate and porcse, innova- ting from the apex, with imbricate sublunate scales beneath; peduncle very hairy; antheridia in the apical sinus of the thallus. vulgaris Raddi. Marchantia Marchant f. Thallus large, forking, areclate, porcse; receptacle divided into an uneven number of rays (mostly 9) and the involucres be- tween them always one less in number. Antheridia immersed in a peduncled, disk-like, raidate, or lobed receptacle. Dioe- cious. polymorpha L. Marsupella Dumort. 1. Leaves closely and vertically imbricate; stem minute (2—4 mm.), clavate with 4—8 pairs of oval leaves; leaves bilobed, lobes acute with an acute or angular sinus. adiista Spruce. Leaves spreading or locseh' imbricate. 2, 2. Stem stoloniferous, rigid (10-40, sometimes 80-100 mm.), some- what thickened upward; leaves usually broader than long, subquadrate, lobes obtuse or mucronate; sinus obtuse (^ or 4 of the leaf) ; the two upper involucral leaves connate to the middle. emarginata Dumort. Stem not stoloniferous, erect, subflexuous (1.5-30 mm.); leaves obovate, their upper half slightly keeled, their lower half ventricose-concave ; lobes roundish— obtuse, sinus narrow, acute or less obtuse than in the perceding (1 of the leaf) ; the two upper involucral leaves connate J. sphacclata Dumort. Aletzgeria Raddi. 1. Densely villous throughout. pubesceus Raddi. Hairy on the margin and midrib beneath, smooth above. 2. May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 537 2. Midrib covered above and below with 2 rows of enlarged cells; hairs very long, divaricate and hooked— deflexed, the marginal in twos, rarely with discoid tips. hamata Lindb. Alidrib covered above with 2 rows of enlarged cells and below with 3—7 rows of cells. 3. 3. With 3-7 (usually 4-6) rows of cells below, smaller than the upper ones and often indistinct; midrib densely pilcse beneath, hairs rather long, straight cr nodding, the marginal mostly in clus- ters of 3-6, some of which have disccidal tips. rnyriopoda Litidb. With 3-6 rows of enlarged cells below; hairs rather long, straight, divaricate, the marginal usually in twcs, very often disk- bearing. conjugata Lindb. Mylia S. F. Gray. Stem erect, nearly simple, radiculose; leaves orbicular, purplish; perianth ov’al; calyptra finally long-exserted. Taylori .S. F. Gray. Nardia S. F. Gray. 1. Perianth exserted , connate with the involucral leaves, subcampan- ulate and open, deeply laciniate, 6-10 plicate; rootlets purple. fossornbroiiioides, Lindb. Perianth connate at base with the inner involucral leaves and some- what surpassing them, 3-8 carinate, the mouth constricted; rootlets whitish reddish or purple. 2. 2. Marginal leaf-cells quadrate and much larger than the others; rootlets whitish. crcniilata Lindb. Marginal leaf-eclls about as large as the others. 3. 3. Branch leaves ovate or obovate, scarcely decurrent, half as large as the obliquely semi-circular ( r broadly ovate, decurrent stem leaves; fruit unknown. biformis Lindb. Branch leaves similar to the stem leaves; fruit known. 4. 4. Rootlets reddish (claret-colored); leaves roundish oval; involucral leaves clcsely appressed and connate with the lower third of the perianth, which is slightly exserted, obovate and narrowed to the 4-cleft mouth. hyalina Carring. Rootlets purple; leaves orbicular; involucral leaves connate (more or less) with the small, subobovate perianth, which is slightly or not exserted, rooting at base and triquetrous above, but becc ming 4— 7 plicate. cremdiformis Lindb. Notothylas Sulliv. Thallus 5-1.5 mm. wide; capsule with a suture on each side; spores light yellowish-brown. orbicularis Sulliv. Thallus small; capsule often without suture; spores dark-brown, a half larger. mclanospora Sulliv. Odoutoschisma Dumort. Underleaves mcstly wanting; perianth subulate-fusiform, lacinate or cliiate; among messes. Sphagni Dumort. U^nderleaves broadly oval, entire and sub-denticulate; perianth close-connivent above at length bursting irregularly; on rotten wood. dcniidata Lindb. Pallavicinia S. F. Gray. Fruit arising from the costa, at first terminal, becoming dorsal; capsule cylindric, about 5 times longer than broad; involucre cup-shaped, short-lacerate. Lycllii S. F. Gray. Pellia Raddi. 1. Thallus indistinctly ccstate, lobed and sinuate. Calyptra much longer than the involucre. Antheridia at the base of the in- volucre on the same thallus. cpiphylla Raddi. 538 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7. Thallus distinctly costate. Calyptra not surpassing the involucre. Antheridia on a separate thallus. 2. 2. Divisions of thallus l>roadly linear, the margin mostly undulate crisped. cndiviacfolia Dumcrt. Divisions of thallus, the early ones linear-oblong, the margins ascending and remotely sinuate, the later ones linear-pinna- tifid. calycina Xees. Ptagiochila Dumort. 1. Leaves with 3-12 large, spinulcse and distant teeth; no under- leaves. spimdosa Dumort. Leaves entire, repand or denticulate. 2. 2. Lower part of stem leafy to the base; underleaves 2-3 ceft, fuga- cious. 3. Lower part of stem, forming a rhizome, bearing scales; no under- leaves; mouth of perianth ciliate. asplcnioides Dumcrt. 3. Leaves entire or slightly repand; mouth of perianth crenulate. interrupta Dumcrt. Leaves entire, the uppermost repand-denticulate; mouth of peri- anth denticulate. porclloides Lindenb. Porclla Dill. 1. Stems bipinnate; leaves more cr less remote, ovate-oblong, lower lobe minute, flat, as long but not half as wide as the ovate- rectangular entire underleav'es. pinuata L. Stems mostly simply pinnate (or bipinnate in P. platyphylla) ; leaves mostly closely imljricate, round— ovate cr ovate. 2. 2. Leaves sub-erect, the straight ventral margin strongly involute towards the apex; cells punctate-stellifcrm. Sidlivantii Underw. Leaves flat or mere cr less concave at base cr somewhat conve.x, the margin decurved c r curved upwards. 3. 3. L'jjper leaf-margin curved upwards and undulate, mostly entire; lower lobe reaching half of upper, hardly deuerrent; under- leaves semi-circular with strongly reflexed margins, entire. platyphylla Lindb. L^pper leaf margin decurved, mere or less denticulate; lower lobe smaller, long-decurrent ; underleaves subcrbicular or quad- rate-oval or quadrate, dentate cr ciliately serrate. 4. 4. Underleaves suborbicular or quadrate-oval, the margins undu- late and dentate; lower lobe acute, reaching J of upper and half as wide as the dentate underleaves. dentata Lindb. Underleaves ejuadrate, the margins sparsely dentate; lower lobe oblong, obtuse, longer but narrower than the underleaves, both with stronglj- recurved and sparsely denticulate margins. Thuja Lindb. Preissia Xees. Thallus large, sparingly forking, increasing by joints, ends of lobes subcordate, with white pores above and dark purple scales below. Antheridia in a peduncled disk-like receptacle. Dioecious or usually monoecious. commutata Xees. Ptilidium Xees. Stem subpinnate with short rootlets; perianth several times longer than the involucre, .\ntheridia in the base of closely imbri- cated leaves. Dioecious. ciliarc Xees. Radula Dumort. 1. Lower lobe small, rounded, more or less transversely adnate. tcuax Lindb. Lower lobe subquadrate, barely incumbent on the stem. 2. 2. Widely subj>innately branched; leaves imbricate, rounded; peri- anth obconic, compres.sed. Antheridia in the bases of 2-3 ]>airs of stronglv imbricate tumid leaves, com planata Dumort. May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 539 Indeterminately branching: leaves somewhat remote, round-obo- vate; perianth clavate— obconic. Antheridia axillarv on short lateral branches, arising near the terminal involucre. obconica Sttlliv. Riccia Micheli. 1. Terrestrial forms growing in rosettes or irregular dichotomous forms. Fruit immersed in the upper side of the thallus, mostly protuberant above. Thallus with or without air- cavaties. 2. Aquatic plants floating in water or with its retreat rooting in mud and there fruiting. Fruit immersed in the lower side or the central groove of the thallus. Thallus with air-cavaties. 12. 2. Thallus mostly without air-cavities. 3. Thallus with air-cavaties communicating with the upper surface. 1 1 3. Thallus naked, without cilia and scales on the margin and under- neath. 4. Thallus with scales underneath, not ciliate or more or less ciliate at the margin and apices. 7. 4. Spores small (60/i or less). 5. Spores larger (7.5-95/i), dark fuscous with deep reticulations (about 8 across the conve.x turface); divisions of thallus nar- row. arvensis Aust. .5. Thallus with wide divisions, thin and flat, with few rootlets; spores muriculate, spinulcse. tenuis Aust. Thallus with narrow divisions and numerous rootlets. 6. tt. Thallus thin, flbrous-reticulate; spores obscurely muriculate. Frostii Aust. Thallus canaliculate above, carinate-thick-ened beneath; spores coarsely reticulate. {fluitans, L. var. Sullivanti, Aust.) Huebeneriana Lindenb. 7. Thallus with scales underneath, not ciliate. S. Thallus more or less ciliate at the margin and apices. 10. 5. Scales and usually the thallus purple underneath; scales not ex- ceeding the margin; spores light brown. nigrella D. C. Scales usually whitish; thallus green underneath. 9. 9. Scales reaching beyond the margin: spores light brown. lamellosa Raddi. Scales not reaching the margin; spores dark brown. {sorocarpa Bischoft) minima L. 10. - Capsules usually in a single row; spores blackish, opaque, scarcely reticulated {arvensis Aust. var. hirta Aust.) hirta Aust. Capsules scattered chiefly near the base of the divisions (with a purple spot near them on the thallus) ; spores brown, reticu- lated with 7-8 areolae across the convex surface. Lesciiriana Aust. 11. Upper surface of thallus strongly pitted, green or reddish to pur- plish; divisions of thallus rather broad, obtuse or often obcor- date at the apex. crystallina L. Upper surface of thallus mostly smooth (except for the median groove), yellowish green; divisions narrow, linear, obcordate and convex, thickened at the apex. lutescens Schwein. 12. Thallus linear, dichotomous, floating or rarely terrestrial capsule protuberant from the lower surface. fluitans L. Thallus obcordate, floating or rarely terrestrial; capsule not pro- truding, at last exposed by a cleft in the central groove. natans L. Scapania Dumort. 1. Lower leaf lobe equalling in size the upper or nearly so. 2. Lower leaf lobe (except those near the summit) about twice the size of the upper or 3-4 times its size. 3. 54° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7, 2. Leaf 1 'bes roundish-obtuse and denticulate on outer margin; per- ianth much exceeding the involucral leaves, denticulate. siibalpina Dumort. Leafljbes brcadly-ovate, obtuse or apiculate, entire; perianth small, entire. glaucoccphala Aust. 3. Lower lobes (except those near the summit) about twice the size of the upper. 4. Lower lobes (e.xcept those near the summit) 3-4 times the size of the upper. 7. 4. Leaves broader than long; upper lobes rounded or blunt. 5. Leaves longer than broad; upper lobes more or less acute, (i. .5. Leaves lax; lobes roundish, equal at the summit of the stem, en- tire or ciliate-denticulate; perianth oblong-incurved, nearly entire, twice as long as the involucre. iindulata Dumort. Leaves somewhat rigid, lobes rounded, submucronate, the lower appressed, the upper conve.x with incurved apex; perianth ovate, denticulate. irrigna Dumort. 0. Lower and upper lobes ciliate-dentate, the upper acute; perianth densely ciliate. nemorosa Dumort. Lower lobe coarsely dentate and with deejj purple spur-like teeth on the keel, the upper roundish and less dentate; perianth usually dentate. Oakcsii Aust. 7. Loltes ovate, acute, serrate; perianth incurved, entire. iimbrosa Dumort. Lobes, the 1 Dwer ovate, acute or bidentate, concave, the upper small and tooth-like; perianth oblong, 5-plicate, the mouth ,0-dentate. exsecta Aust. Sphacrocarpus Micheli. Thallus orbicular, lobed, in small rosettes; the clustered inflated involucres (3 or 4 times as long as the capsule) mostly dispersed over its whole surface. tcrresiris Smith. Trichocolea Dumort. Stem pinnately decompound without rootlets; antheridia large, in the axils of leaves on terminal branches. Dioecious. tomcntella Dumort. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CEDAR POINT, I. W. A. Kellerm.\n .\nd H. H. York. A general list ot the flowering plants and ferns of Cedar Point was published in the Ohio Naturalist 4 : 186-190, 1904. Dur- ing the summer of 1904, the following plants were collected on the point and should be added to the list; Acer negundo L. Allionia nyctaginea Mx. Allium tricoccum Ait. A vena sativa L. Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Chaetochloa viridis (L.) Scrib. Fraxinus biltmoreana Beadle. Fraxinus nigra Marsh. Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx. Hesperis matronalis L. Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt. Hordeum pusillum Nutt. Hypericum perforatum L. Ledipium campestre (L) R. Br. ^Morus rubra tartarica Loud. Rosa humilis Marsh. Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst. Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray. Secale cereale L. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd. Specularia per/oliata (L.) DC. Typha angustifdlia L. L^lmus fulva Mx. Virburnum cassinoides L. Date of Publication of May Number, May 14, 1906. LONG & KILER Unwersit^ Supply Store Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street, Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University. Books. Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc. Special Orders for Books solicited. A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS. Bucket Engtaoing Co. Process and Wood Engraving, Electro= typers and Manufacturers of Stereotyping and Engraving Machinery. 80]/2 North High Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO. DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING. SPAH% & GLENN, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS. 50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^rttjafc (^mBufance ^crotce. 18. (Bbtoarb (B. ;^te^er ^ Co., _^uneraf ©trecfore. 1239 to 1241 (n. ^freef. CofumSus, Scientific Taxidermy for Schools. STUDY NATURE TEACHERS, DID YOU EVER THINK What advantage a few well-selected specimens of Natural History would be in your school room ? There are students by the score who are unfamiliar with the meadow lark or the song spar- row, but who can talk glibly about the feats of Hercules or the charms of Venus. Nature is nearer to us all than the myths of the past, and that mind is trained in Nature’s own way which learns to ob- serve and to know the animated world about us. Let me help you to by supplying well-prepared specimens of Birds or Mam- mals such as your pupils will learn t o recognize in the woods and fields. WHY NOT WRITE TO- DAY for circulars and prices ? SNOWY OWL. TAUGHT BY MAIL — I give instruction in the Art of Taxidermy, personally, or BY MAIL. You can learn to collect and prepare your own birds, thus reducing the cost of a collection to a minimum. NATURALIST THomas H. Earl taxidermist 481 EAST NAGHTEN STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO Starling Medical College, Comer State and 6th Streets, COLUMBUS, omo. Jt MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ jIt jIt WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL. EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES. CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D.. LL. D., Oem. Ohio Medical University. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY. Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar- macy. Annual Sessions, seven months. All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan. Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilitiee in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW. For Catalogue and Other Information, Address : Georgb M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department. L. P. Bethee, D. D. S., Dean,. Dental Department. Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department. OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY, 700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, omo. American Entomological Co. 1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y, PRICE LIST No. 6 — Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi- fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903. Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera. Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection, Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material. MANUFACTURERS OF The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES. The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS, which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento- mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles. Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when issued. (All previous Lists cancelled.) THE KNY-SCHEERER CO., 225-233 fourth Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y. DEPARTMENT OF Natural Science. G. LAGAl, Ph. D. Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Lantern Slides, Microscopes and Accessories, Division of Entomology, ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES AND SPECIMENS. North American and Exotic Insects, School Collections, Metamorphoses, Biological Models, Microscopical Preparations, Boxes, Cases, Cabinets, Forceps, Pins, Nets, Dissecting Instruments, Glass Tubes and Jars, RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD. NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES” ON APPLICATION VOLUME VI. JUNE. 1906. NUMBER 8. Natur&list A Journal Devoted more Especially to the Natural History of Ohio. OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB ef tht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mZ cf THE OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE. Ohio State University. Columbus. Annual Subscription Price, $1.00. Single Number 15 cents. Entered it the Post-Office at Colambaa, Ohio, ss Second-cliai Matter. The Ohio Naturalist, A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official organ of Th* Biolooical Club or the Ohio Statb UNiTBKSiTy, and of The Ohio State Acadbht of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents. Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner. Business Manager, James S. Hike. Associate Editors. F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Archaeology, R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology, J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology. Advisory Board. Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN. Prof. Charles S. Prosser. The Ohio Naturaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio State University. In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management. By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Acade.my of Science, the Ohio Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who are not in arrears for annual dues. The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume. Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike. Addresi THE OHIO NATURALIST, §g£ga'l„“s"15B‘a- Ohio State Academy of Science Publications. First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each Special Papers — No. i. “ Sandusky Flora.” pp. 167. By E. L. Moseley. Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 2. “ The Odonata of Ohio.” pp. 116. By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 3. “The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio.” pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker, J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 4. “The Fishes of Ohio.” pp. 105. By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 5. “ Tabanidae of Ohio.” pp. 63. By James S. Hine Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 6. “The Birds of Ohio.” pp. 241. By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts. Special Papers — No. 7. “Ecological Study of Big Spring Prairie.” pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 8. “The Coccidae of Ohio, I.” pp. 66. By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts. Special Papers — No. 9. “Batrachians and Keptiles of Ohio.” pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts. Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science, Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. JUN 14 1906 The Ohio T^aturalist, PUBLISHED BY The Biological Club of ihe Ohio Stale University. Volume VI. JUNE, 1906. No. 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS ^^CHAFF^■ER— Terminology of Organs in Various Conditions of Development 541 jENNiN(iS—.ldditious to the Flora of Cedar Point. II 544 .lACKSON— Key to the Families and Genera of the Order Thysauura 545 Hine— Xotes on Some Ohio Mammals 550 Young— Key to the Ohio Viburnums in the Winter Condition 551 Berger — A Simide Formula for Mixing any Grade of Alcohol Desired 652 Hine— The Purple Gallinnle in Ohio .553 Griggs— A Diurnal Rotation in Leaves of Marsilea 554 Metcai.f— Meeting of the Biological Club 656 luilex to Volumes IV. V and VI. TERMINOLOGY OF ORGANS IN VARIOUS CONDITIONS OF DEVELOPMENT. John H. Schaffner. In describing organs which are undeveloped, defective, or re- duced, one is sometimes at a loss as to the proper term to be ap- plied. The words available are used in various ways bv different authors. It becomes necessary, therefore, for each individual to make some selection for himself in order to avoid general con- fusion until a common agreement is reached either through gen- eral consent or through some authoritative body. Without go- ing into details on special cases, one may consider the following types of organs representing various stages of individual develop- ment or of evolutionary progress. 1. Normal organs in the first stages of development in the individual are “incipient” organs and the beginning of such an organ is its “inception.” The wuiter has proposed the term “incept” as a suitable noun to be used in the same way as the German “ anlage. ” Thus one may say that a bud is an incipient flower, or the bud is the incept of the flower. An incipient organ is one in the embryonic condition but not necessarily an organ of the embryo. Primordium and rudiment have been used as special nouns for incipient organs but rudimentarv is a general term and primordial from its paleontological flavor has rather a phylogenetic meaning. Definition — Incipient organ, incept (Lat. inceptio,incipiens) — An organ in its first stages of development in the life of the indi- vidual; an organ in its embryonic condition. 2. Organs in the first stages of their evolution or such as have become specialized or fixed in a certain stage of evolution, while in related groups they have advanced to higher types, are library NEW YORK botanical Garden. 542 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8, properly called “nascent” organs. Thus the lung of a reptile must at one time have been a nascent lung while gills were used to aerate the blood. The hypophysis of a moss is a nascent leaf whether it ever develops any further or not. Such organs were called “prophetic” by Agassiz in harmony with his theory of creation. If a noun is to be used it appears to the writer that “primordium” is the correct expression. Thus “primordial organ” becomes synonymous with “nascent organ” and should perhaps have the preference. Definition — Nascent organ (Lat. nasci, nascens) — An organ at the beginning of its evolution or at the beginning of its develop- ment in the race; an organ in its first stages of evolution as com- pared with other homologous organs. 3. If an organ was developed in the past but is now contin- ually imperfect or undeveloped in the individuals of a species it is called a “vestigial” organ or a “vestige.” The three small sterile stamens in a Catalpa flower are vestigial. The splint bones in a horse and the dew-claws on a cow’s foot are examples of vestigial organs. Such organs even if no longer functional may still be useful. Some undeveloped organs may however not be vestigial. The incepts may be present in the embryonic state of the individual and may or may not develop, depending on the sex determined during the development of the organism. Such organs may in some cases be vestigial or they may only be special cases of abortion. Definition — Vestigial organ, vestige (Lat. vestigium) — An organ which was normally developed in the past history of the race but which has become permanently reduced, never develop- ing completely in any individual. 4. If an organ normal in the species fails to develop properly in an individual it may be called an abortive organ. A micro- cephalic individual has an abortive head. A flower bud or a leaf may be abortive by reason of an unfavorable position on the stem. Abortive organs may sometimes be atavistic, the devel- opment having stopped at a stage representing a more primitive condition of the race. Abortive should not be used in the sense of vestigial. Definition — Abortive organ (Lat. abortare, abortivus) — An or- gan normal in the species but which has failed to reach full de- velopment in the individual. 5. Organs properly developed in the individual sometimes become reduced through disease or other causes. Such organs are properly called “atrophied” organs. Definition — Atrophied organ (Gr. a trophia) — An organ which is normal in the species and fully developed in the individual, but which has become reduced through pathological conditions or through disuse. June, 1906.] Terminology of Organs. 543 6. Imperfectly developed or reduced organs of all types mav be called rudimentary organs or rudiments. So long then as the nature of any incomplete organ is unknown, or speaking generally, it may be called a rudimentary organ ; but with complete knowledge, and speaking specifically, it will be called an incipient, a nascent, a vestigial, an abortive, or an atrophied organ as the case may be. Definition — Rudimentary organ, rudiment (Lat. rudimentum) — An organ in the initial, incipient, or incomplete stage of develop- ment; or one that has become reduced either in the history of the race or of the individual. There are still other types or conditions of organs which may be defined in a definite sense ; 1. Atavistic organs are such as show in the individual a re- turn to some ancestral type. 2. Retrogressive organs are such as are passing from a higher to a lower or less perfectly developed condition or state of organization. 3. Abnormal organs are those which deviate from the usual tvpe in some extraordinary way, as in shape, size, number of parts, color or other character. Good examples of abnormal organs are shown in the following: a fasciated stem, a three-parted Fuchsia, or a “web-toed” man. Abnormalities are frequently inherited. 4. Under the term malformed organs, may be included such tvpes as unusual growths due directly to some external condition in the life of the individual, as ari insect bud-gall, or a leaf blade of a rhubarb grown in the dark. A good example is a pointed leaf which has become emarginate through some accident dur- ing its development. A malformation cannot be transmitted unless acquired characters so called are inheritable. 5. Transformed organs are such as show a change in the in- dividual or the race from one type of structure or function to an- other. A stamen developing into a petal is a transformed organ. In such transformations there is a failure of the usual hereditary tendencies to assert themselves while other tendencies present in the same cells become dominant when they should be sup- pressed. Insect wings are probably transformed gills and rep- tilian lungs transformed air-bladders. 6. Under the term “juvenile organs” may be included all organs which appear on the young individual but which are ab- sent in the adult. They may be special organs of the embryo, or normally developed organs which later drop off or are absorbed. The compound leaves of certain seedling Acacias which in the adult stage have only phyllodes are good examples of juvenile organs; the tail of a tadpole is a juvenile organ. The term em- bryonic organ may be used for the earlier stage whenever there 544 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No, 8, is a definite change of environment during development as in mammals, birds, or seed plants, while juvenile may be employed for the succeeding stages. Embryonic is however, the more re- stricted term and when there is a gradual transformation from the egg or spore to the adult form, the more convenient designa- tion is “juvenile” stage or organ. In cases where there is a definite metamorphosis or succession of forms as in some mosses or in insects the special terms applied to these stages may, of course, be most advantageously used for the special organs of the stage in question. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CEDAR POINT, II. Otto E. Jenni.xgs. The “ Flora of Cedar Point, published in 1904, was intended to be a complete list of the flowering plants and ferns of that lo- cality as collected during the summer of 1903 and as substan- tiated by definite prior reports of various other collectors. A list of 20 additions for 1904 was published in the May number of the Ohio Xatur.\list. During the 1905 session of the Lake Laboratorv of the Ohio State University a further opportunity was afforded the writer following up this line of study. In the following list are given those species which were collected on Cedar Point in 19()5 but which were not included in the former lists referred to. The total number of species of flowering plants and ferns re- ported for Cedar Point is now 449, — original “Flora of Cedar Point,” 3